OBJECTIVE + SUBJECTIVE

(One Line Question Answer & Precise Detail)

CRUX OF EDUCATION

For

ESE, SESE, SST, NAT, NTS, Headmaster/Headmistress, Subject Specialist Education, Lecturer Education

A Complete Package for Teaching Profession & M.A Education/M.Ed

Muhammad Nazir

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED WITH THE PUBLISHER

COPY RIGHT ACT: No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any form or by any means
without the prior consent of the copying owner.

Publisher : Yousaf Mukhtar

Copy : 500

Printer : Z.A Press

Price: 400/-

NOTE: Although every care has been taken in the printing of this book, yet the Publisher/ Authors will
not be held responsible for any printing error or omission. However, suggestions for the improvement of
the book (including printing errors, if any) will be welcomed and incorporated in the subsequent editions
of the book.

PREFACE

Education is an overarching field with curriculum designing and research based on changing learning
environments which serves as the basis of teaching-learning process in all other fields ranging from
engineering, medicine to social sciences and beyond.

This book contains tremendous information regarding Foundation of education, Instructional designs,
teaching Methodologies /strategies and many other topics, which fall within the domain of teaching-
learning process. The author has designed the contents of the book in a comprehensive and well-
structured manner, catering to different levels of readers. It is a commendable effort which has
contributed to the field of Education, since this is the root through which further learning patterns and
ideas stem. This book would serve as a key 'learning tool for all those who want to benefit from the
ideas and information provided.

This book, therefore, is a significant addition to the literature already available on this topic and would
notably complement it.
Dr. Tanzila Nabeel

Chairperson,

Department of Special Education, Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I would like to express my deepest gratitude to Almighty ALLAH (SWT) and Beloved Prophet (PBUH) Who
enlightened the mankind with the power of positivity and showed it the righteous path.

I wish to write special note of thanks to the Honourable Dr. Tanzila Nabeel, Chairperson Department of
Special Education, Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad, who made me to fight with spirit and
achieve the set goals successfully.

I am very grateful to the Dr. Muhammad Naeem Mohsin, Director Distance Education, Govt. College
University, Faisalabad for his continuous support and advice to accomplish this work.

I am thankful to my valuable colleagues of special education department especially Abdul Hameed

Gujjar, Farhat Hayat Malik, Madam Mehmuda Kousar, Abdul Sattar, Haji Muhammad Siddique,
Muhammad Akram Sabir, Ifra Sohail, Aysha Wajih Ullah, Maria Kazam, Bashir Rabbani, Tahir Jamil,
Sumaira Choudhari, Abid Masood Khan, Naveed Ejaz, Fida Hussain Atif, Zameer Ul Hassan and all staff of
Govt. Institute for Slow Learners Toba Tek Singh.

A special word of thanks to my brothers Naseer Ahmed and Muhammad Shaban, Lecturer Govt.
Municipal Degree College Faisalabad who kept me going with confidence and helped in finalization /
publication of the book. Finally I am very indebted to my mother, my wife, and my kids (Hiba, Hadia,
Sohaib, Anas) for their special prayers and love.

Muhammad Nazir

CONTENTS

Chap# Topic Page #

1 Educational Philosophy 1-13

2 History of Education 15-44

3 Educational Psychology 45-88

4 Evaluation 89 -104

5 Educational Research I 105-166

6 Curriculum 167-178

7 Instructional Technology 179-182 i

8 Computer Technology 183 -198

9 Guidance 199 - 216

10 Educational Leadership & Management 217 - 262

11 Education Policies 263 - 270

12 Science 271 - 290

13 Islamic Information 291 - 312

14 Pakistani Information 313 - 350

15 World Information 351 - 380

16 Abbreviations 381-394

Chapter1 PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

Sr# Topic

1 Nutshell of Educational Philosophy

2 General Educational Philosophies

1) Idealism

2) Realism

3) Naturalism

4) Pragmatism

5) Existentialism

3 Major Educational Philosophies

1) Perennialism

2) Essentialism

3) Progressivism

4) Reconstructivism

4 Basics of Philosophy

Nutshell of Philosophy of Education

1. Philosophy is the search of - Reality

2. Literal meaning of philosophy - Love for wisdom

3. Word philosophy is derived from 2 Greek words - Phila& Sophia

4. Word 'Phila' means - Love

5. Word 'Sophia' means - Wisdom

6. Aim of education is to develop mind & soul, said by - Idealists

7. Values not change overtime as its related truth not change - Idealists

(confuse) 8. s Instruction of Idealist teacher is - Teacher centered

9. Favorite method of Idealist teacher is - Lecture method

10. Your thoughts control your reality - Idealism

11. You cannot trust your senses, they are unreliable - Idealism

12. Rationalism is related to - Idealism

13. Socrates &Plato are related to philosophy - Idealism

14. What cannot be thought, cannot be real said by - Idealists

15. Ideas are the only reliable form in - Idealism

16. Oldest western philosophy - Idealism

17. Philosophy stresses 'mind over matter' - Idealism

18. Ultimate reality is spiritualism is related to philosophy - Idealism

19. Body is false and mind is true is related to philosophy - Idealism

20. Realism was a reaction to the narrowness of - Idealism

21. Aristotle disagreed with his teacher Plato in concept - Ideas are real

22. Realism is concerned with the -Reality of universe

23. Which teacher leads the child to reality - Realist

24. Physical world is real world - Realism

25. Founder of Realism - Aristotle

26. Who says, matter is real- Realism

27. Philosophy stresses 'matter over mind' - Realism

28. Aristotle and John Locke advocated philosophy - Realism

29. Naturalists important teaching method - Role Playing

30. Nature is itself real, said by - Naturalists

31. Aim of education is self expression according to - Naturalists

32. All education is pleasant - Naturalism

33. Nature is valuable - Naturalism

34. Universe of natural objects is ultimate reality in - Naturalism

35. Naturalism was presented by - Rousseau

36. No distinction between body and mind in philosophy - Naturalism

37. Senses are gateway of knowledge related to philosophy - Naturalism

38. Negative education be given to child in Naturalism at age- 1 -12 Years

39. Philosophy and education are 2 sides of a coin, said by - Rousseau

40. Man is born free, but everywhere he is in chains, said by - Rousseau

41. William James, Dewey & Kilpatrick are exponents of - Pragmatism

42. Pragmatism was initially introduced by - William James

43. Pragmatism is concerned with the - Change as reality

44. Pragmatist teacher instruction relies problem solving & - Project method

45. Term 'pragmatism' is derived from - Greek

46. Term pragmatism is derived from word 'Pragma' means - Action

47. Pragmatism is related to the country - America

48. You cannot know something that you not experienced - Pragmatism

49. Reality is constantly changing - Pragmatism

50. Problems are solved through scientific method in - Pragmatism

51. Who believe in democracy in education - Pragmatists

52 Teacher is facilitator in - Pragmatism

53. Truth is 'what works' is related to - Pragmatism

54. Which philosophy says there are 'No ultimate values' - Pragmatism

55. Philosophy related to human choice and responsibility - Existentialism

56. Teaching is a performance that evokes students learning in - Existentialism

57 Man is responsible for his action / experience said by - Existentialism

58. Teacher is one who stresses on choice in - Existentialism

59. Individuals create their own realities is related to - Existentialism

60. Student says ' it is my life, I will do what I want' - Existentialism

61. Student choose curriculum for self-directed learning in - Existentialism

62. Teacher teach whole student, not just math, Urdu etc. - Existentialism

63. Individuality of man is supreme in philosophy - Existentialism

64. Freedom is the source of ultimate values in philosophy - Existentialism

65. Which philosophy say that 'Existence is ultimate' - Existentialism

66. Man cannot accept readymade concept of existence - Existentialism

67. Idea of death should be accepted gracefully in - Existentialism

68. 'Man cannot be taught what the world is' related to - Existentialism

69. Modern youngest philosophy is - Existentialism

70. Father of Existentialism - Kierkgaard

71. Kierkgard, Jean Paul Sarte, Karl Jaspers exponents of r Existentialism

72. Perennialism is an educational philosophy of - Old values

73. Permanancy is more real than change, said by - Perennialists

74. Education is life itself, not preparation of life, said by - Perennialism

75. Humans are same, hence education should be same everywhere- Perennialism

76. Study of great books is related to philosophy - Perennialism

77. Philosophy that emphasizes on everlasting reality - Perennialism

78. In perennialism, teacher is - Authority figure

79. Which philosophy remains constant all the times - Perennialism

80. Most conservative and inflexible philosophy is - Perrenialism

81. Focuses on old things that occur again and again - Perrenialism

82. Education is not imitation of life but preparation for it - Perrenialism

83. Maritain, Adler, Hutchins are exponents of philosophy - Perrenialism

84. Perennialism has roots in both the - Idealism & realism

85. Essentialist philosophy of education based on content & - Teacher centered

86. Essentialists stress on - Mental Discipline

87. Useful culture and skills are focused in philosophy - Essentialism

88. Essentialists get their aim of education from - Traditions

89. Philosophy stresses core knowledge/core curriculum - Essentialism

90. Philosophy related to 'Back to Basics' - Essentialism

91. 'Back to Basics' means - Promoting reasoning

92. Focuses teaching essential information &values of past - Essentialism

93. William Bagley is the exponent of philosophy - Essentialism

94. Child interest should be focused in learning - Progressivism

95. Curriculum of progressivisms is - Child centered

96. Progressivist teacher emphasize- Practical education

97. Experimental knowledge is real, said by - Progressivism

98. Progressivism was derived from - Pragmatism

99. Education is re-organization of experience, said by - John Dewey

100. Education is learning to do by doing, said by - John Dewey

101. Life is continuously changing process said by - Progressivism

(Missed)

QS

Learning by doing best describes the philosophy - Progressivism

Philosophy focuses on curriculum of student interest- Progressivism

Experimental ism & Instrumentalism are names of philosophy- Progressivism

Emphasize student preparation for social revolution- Reconstructivism

Emphasize 'building a just society'- Reconstructivism

Stress reorganizing & restructuring educational process- Reconstructivism

Brameld, Counts&Freire are exponents of philosophy- Reconstructivism

Reforms are necessary in every walk of life said by- Reconstructionism

Teacher is change agent in- Reconstructionism

Philosophy related to change or reforms- Reconstructivism

Other name of reconstructivism- Postmodernism

Who originated the concept of reconstruction- John Dewey

Ethics and aesthetics are components of- Axiology

Determining right / wrong & good/bad is related to- Ethics

Determining beauty of objects & judgment is related to- Aesthetics

Area that deals with values in philosophy- Axiology

Area that deals with knowledge in philosophy- Epistemology

Area that deals with reality in philosophy- Ontology

Study of Reality or nature of Existence- Ontology

Metaphysics deals with the nature of- Reality

Other name of metaphysics is- Ontology

Normally philosophy may be prescriptive and- Speculative

Education discipline in Pakistan reflects- Ideology of Pakistan

Every system of education is based on- Ideology of nation

Knowledge derived from senses is called- Empirical

Going beyond man's knowledge to find truth is called- Transcendentalism

Philosophy that takes beliefs from several philosophies- Eclectic

Important question of philosophy is- What is universe

Authentic knowledge is gained through the-Empirical experience

Logical and scientific thinking include- Value system

Etymological definition of a word derived from mostly- Greek & Latin

Philosophy encourage self-actualization/self-fulfillment- Humanism

A descriptive definition of the term is its- Explanation

Desirable models of behaviors of a society are called- Values

Answers

- Progressivism

- Progressivism

- Progressivism

- Reconstructivism

- Reconstructivism

- Reconstructivism

- Reconstructivism

- Reconstructionism
- Reconstructionism

- Reconstructivism - Postmodernism

- John Dewey

- Axiology

- Ethics - Aesthetics

- Axiology

- Epistemology

- Ontology

- Ontology

- Reality

- Ontology

- Speculative - Ideology of Pakistan

- Ideology of nation

- Empirical

- Transcendentalism

- Eclectic

- What is universe -Empirical experience

- Value system - Greek & Latin

- Humanism - Explanation

- Values

QS

Emphasis in classroom should be on the needs of Civic aim of education includes- Individual child

Philosophy is a general theory of Education means- Civic Sense

Goal of education should be acquiring- Education

The basic source of educational objectives is- Experience Knowledge, skills, habits

Aims of education should be mainly determined by- Human experiences

Objectives of education have been derived from- Society

Growth resulting from experience is- Philosophy

Change in behavior through experience is called- Education

Most important element of non-formal education is- Learning

Seeking expert opinion is a source of knowledge- Media

Knowledge acquired through inner feeling is- Authority

acquired reasoning is- Intuition

Most authentic and scientific knowledge comes from- Rationalism

Speculative philosophy is related to- Sense perception

Analytical philosophy is related to- Ontology

philosophy is related to- Epistemology

Speculative philosophy deals with- Axiology

Analytical philosophy deals with- Developing theory

Prescriptive philosophy deals with- Assessment

Knowledge comes directly from Allah (SWT) Revealation

Needs of individual are more important than society- Romanticism

Logic includes the inductive and- Deductive reasoning

Reality comprises both Idealism & Realism- Cartesian Dualism

(body & mind) Sensory experiences are ultimate source of knowledge- Empiricism

Branch of philosophy that deals with reasoning If a child fails in class, what should be done with him-
Give chance to improve

Answers

- Individual child

- Civic Sense

- Education

- Experience Knowledge, skills, habits

- Human experiences

- Society

- Philosophy

- Education
- Learning

- Media

- Authority

- Intuition

- Rationalism

- Sense perception

- Ontology

- Epistemology

- Axiology

- Developing theory

- Assessment

- Right or Wrong

- Revelation

- Romanticism

- Deductive reasoning

- Cartesian Dualism

- Empiricism

- Logic

-Give chance to improve

General Educational Philosophies

1. Idealism

Philosophy

1 .Based on ideals, ideas, values.

2. Body is false, soul is true.

3. Favour bookish knowledge.

4. Mind and spirit are essential.

5. Aim of life is self-realization.

6. Ultimate reality is spiritualism.

7. Values are real and unchanging.

8. Emphasize on higher values of life.

9. Material world is mortal & values

immortal.

“error”Answers

Curriculum: Ethics, religion, logic, literature, humanities, gymnastic, geography, fine arts. Teacher:

QS

1. Teacher is dominant.

2. Teacher is co-worker with God in perfecting man.

3. Teacher inspires pupils to make them spiritual being.

Teaching Method:

1. Lecture method

2. Discussion

3. Dialectic Method (Question/Dialogue) Discipline: Inner discipline/discipline of mind and

intellect.

Exponent Philosophy

1. Against idealism.

2. Based on real things (materials).

3. Emphasize bookish knowledge.

4. Favours travelling, observation, real experience.

5. Education should be practical and utilitarian (useful).

Curriculum: Physical world (Science and Mathematics).

Teacher:

1. Teacher is dominant.

2. Teacher teaches material things.

Teaching Method:

1. Inductive

2. Heuristic

3. Experimental Method

4. Field trips.

Exponent

3. Naturalism

“error”Philosophy

3elieve in nature. Material world is real world. Aim of life is self-expression. - Child has the central
position.

stincts are base of all education. : Senses are gateway of knowledge. 1 No distinction b/w body and
mind.

nphasize, maximum child freedom. : Soul /spirit is not real,material is real. Man born good,society make
him bad. Belief in science&scientific knowledge. 2 Everything comes from nature&return to
it. .'.Emphasize present experience, interest & activities.

-. Heredity & environment effect personality. Curriculum; Age 1-12 Years:

“error”Answers-Child should be given negative education.

-Training of senses.

-Learning by wandering here and there. -Education from family and home. Age 12-20 Years:

-Formal Education/training of intellect /physical science.

-Experience base education /direct experience. Age 20 & above:

-Experience base science teaching in the field. Teacher: Teacher is a manager who provides educational
environment.

Teaching Method: Motivation, Direct experience, Child interest.

Exponent(Rousseau)

Discipline: Discipline by natural consequence.

Philosophy

1. American philosophy

2. Faith in flexibility.

3. No ultimate values.

4. Faith in democracy.

5. Reality is still in making.

6. Life is constantly changing.

7. Based on practice/experiment.

8. Human development according to environment.

9.Emphasize reconstruction experience.

Curriculum:

1. Language

2. Social Studies,

3.GeneralScience&various activities.

Teacher:

1 .Teacher is friend &guide.

2.Teacher encourages self-education.

Teaching Method:Project / Problem-Solving /Activity Based/ Learning by Doing/Real Life situation

Method.

Discipline:

1 .Free discipline 2. Self-discipline.

Exponents of Philosophy

1. Existence is ultimate.

2. No inborn human nature.

3. It is a man's nature to exist.

4. Individually of man is supreme.

5. Man is central than truth or laws.

6. Man must create him for himrself.

7. Man is maker and master of culture.

8. Home education is better than school.

9. Man is responsible for his / her doings.

10. Man cannot be taught what the world is.

11. Emphasis on aesthetic sense/knowledge.

12. Freedom is the source of ultimate values.

13. Idea of death should be accepted gracefully.

14. Believe in freedom of man & his self-direction.

15. Man cannot accept ready-made concept of existence.

16. Modern youngest philosophy.

17. Twentieth century philosophy.

Curriculum:

1. Curriculum focuses on individual and relationship.

2. Emphasis of freedom of choice of curriculum. Teacher:

1. Child is central than teacher.

2. Teacher is facilitator not a didactic authority. Teaching Method:

1. Child centered approach according to the interest of the children.

Exponents
Major Educational Philosophies

Philc~\ Kv 1 .Study of greu" books. Z.Strict classror m discipline. 3.Emphasis on everlasting reality. - Foe
uses old things/occur again&again. r-:^anency is more real than change, re student rationally&
spiritually. " Emphasize reasoning, thinking, memory. 7 :-cation is constant like human nature st
conservative/inflexible philosophy, --nans are same, their functions are same, so education should be
same for everyone.

location is not imitation of life but reparation for it. Teacher:

. acher centred approach/teach ideas. 71 aching method: ~ :ratio Dialogue Curriculum:

Reading great thinkers of history, math, . nee, music, social study.

Exponents

Philosophy

1.Stress on mental discipline.

2.Knowledge comes from hard work.

3.Emphasis on useful culture and skills.

4.Focus on teaching of essential information &essential values of past.

Teacher

Teacher-centred approach - active. Student

Student is passive, listens and learns.

Teaching Method

Socratic Method/Direct instruction

Curriculum:

Reading, writing, traditional subjects, technology.

William Baglay

4. Reconstructivism

I .Freedom of student. 2.Natural environment. 3.Teacher is facilitator.

4.Individual development. 5.Child centered approach. 6.It is dynamic never static. 7.Child interest, need,
level. 8.Derived from Pragmatism. 9.Emphasize student respect. 10.World is changing day by day.

II .School run on democratic lines.

12.Experimental knowledge is real.

13. Active involvement of students.

14.Games, laboratory, tips, simulation.

15.Life is continuously changing process

16.Cooperative learning/problem solving. 17.Focus experimental/scientific knowledge. 18.Called

experimentalism/instrumentalism

1 .Building a just society.

2.Democratic environment.

3.Also called social reconstruction.

4.Prepare student for social revolution.

5.Teach students how to make decision.

6.Focus social problems/social reforms.

7.Reforms necessary in every walk of life

8.Focus formal/informal education mode

9.Teacher help student learn critical issue

10.Reorganizing&restructuring education process.

The word philosophy is derived fro.

sdom)", means 'Love for Wisdom'. It is a sti

oowledge, or values based on logical reasoning, i

Cicero: Philosophy is the mother of all arts

Coleridge: Philosophy is the science of sciences

. « e> It is a theory of education in its most g

encer: True education is practicable only to tru

-: Philosophy aims at knowledge of eternal nature c

-tutle: It is a science that investigates nature of be

= Flchte: Art of education will never completely clear

G*ntile: Education without philosophy would mean a L iv-re of education.

-CRDC

Mlosophy
->sque

% ri «~~>

^.nlosophy. are to understand precise

Styles of Philosophy

There are following 3 styles:

Speculative Philosophy Concerned with theory development regarding purpose of creation of man,
society, universe etc.

It is related to area of Ontology.

1 Analytic Philosophy Explains the whole with the help of parts. It is related to area of Epistemology.

Perspective Philosophy Concerned with ethics, aesthetic sense and evaluates good/bad, beauty etc.
*;

It is related to area of Axiology.

Tabula Rosa Theory

This theory was presented by John Locke. It states that children are Blank slate, : rerience builds their
knowledge and school must fill that slate.

:IOR : -AP - 1] Philosophy of Education

13

Basics of Philosophy

Philosophy

The word philosophy is derived from Greek word "Phila (Love)" & "Sophia

sdom)", means 'Love for Wisdom1. It is a study of nature, causes, or principles of reality,

. -; .\ledge, or values based on logical reasoning. It is a rational investigation of truth.

. c ro: Philosophy is the mother of all arts,

ieridge: Philosophy is the science of sciences. Dewey: It is a theory of education in its most general
phases. Spencer: True education is practicable only to true philosophers. : 'lato: Philosophy aims at
knowledge of eternal nature of things.

- >totle: It is a science that investigates nature of being, as it is in itself.

Fichte: Art of education will never completely clear without philosophy.

.mile: Education without philosophy would mean a failure to understand precise - r.ure of education.

Areas of Philosophy

I here are following 3 areas:

Ontology/Metaphysics (Reality) It deals with the nature of reality.

hpistemology (Knowledge) It deals with the nature of knowledge*

Axiology (Values) It deals with the nature of values.

Styles of Philosophy

There are following 3 styles:

Speculative Philosophy Concerned with theory development regarding purpose of creation of man,
society, universe etc.

It is related to area of Ontology.

1 Analytic Philosophy Explains the whole with the help of parts. It is related to area of Epistemology.

3 Perspective Philosophy Concerned with ethics, aesthetic sense and evaluates good/bad, beauty
etc. * It is related to area of Axiology.

Tabula Rosa Theory

This theory was presented by John Locke. It states that children are Blank slate, 7 rerience builds their
knowledge and school must fill that slate.

“last double page”

Chapter2 HISTORY OF EDUCATION

Sr# Topic

1 Nutshell of History of Education

2 Famous Muslim Educationists

3 Famous Western Educationists

4 Ancient History

5 Education in Pakistan
6 Trends in Education

7 Miscellaneous

Nutshell of History of Education

1. Education is derived from a Latin word - Educere

2. Educere means - To lead

3. Change in behavior and attitude in human being -Education

4. Process of acquiring knowledge, skills, values, attitude - Education

5. To enable a human to read and write is called - Literacy

6. Perfect code of life for human - Quran &Sunnah

7. Islamic education system prefer the aspect of life - Moral Aspect

8. Book 'HujjatulBaligah' was written by - Shah Walliullah

9. Shah Waliullah was greatly influenced in mysticism by - Ibn-e-Rushd

10. Ibn-e-Rushd was greatly influenced by - Ibn-e-Bajjah

11. Certificate used to teach in specific area of expertise in history - Ijaza

12. In early stages of Islam, teachers classified into categories -2

13. Good relationship helps to control the - Anger

14. Language, arts, rituals, law are part of a -Culture

15. Attitude of Prophet (PBUH) in administration was - Humanitarian

16. Core curriculum for early Muslims was -Quran

17. Ibn-e-Sina& Imam Ghazali told, child education begin with - Quran

18. Islamic education system emphasize language must be learned -Arabic

19. Islam lays emphasis on the - Equalit\

20. Muslim Ummah needs teachers with the mission - Prophetic

21. No educational system can be better than quality of its - Teachers

22. Teaching principle, proceeding from simple to complex -presented by Muslims

23. Muslim Caliph who presented Open Door policy - Hazrat Ali (R.A
24. Hindus called Allamalqbal on demand of separate country -Imaginative dreame:

25. Nationalist Muslims who supported congress -Hussain Ahmed &

26. Nationalist Muslims who supported congress - Dr. ZakirHussair

27. Values in Islamic education system are rooted in- Religio::

28 Most authentic& essential curriculum in Islam is - Quran &Sunnah

29. Education in Islam is - Valued:

30. Man is Khalifatullah (vicegerent of God) in - Isl

31. Superiority of a man in Islam is based on his/her - Pier

32. Reason to claim separate homeland by Muslims in India - Religion ; HAP - 2] History of
Education

17

Curriculum Refinement and Development Center is Education system of a nation should reflect its
Primary institution in Islam for universalization of education-Islamic education curriculum emphasize on
Muslims emphasized the art most Brilliant period in Muslim history for knowledge spread Salaries were
started to be given to teachers in period of Muslim education put emphasis on the development of
Education is obligatory in Islam for Major problem of management in Pakistani education School level
curriculum is developed by

Answers

-CRDC . - Philosophy Mosque

- Handicraft skills

- Ca'!igraphy - Abbasides - Hazarat Umar (R.A) - Whole personality - All Muslims

- Lack of Planning -Provincial Textbook board

Availability of one book for one class creates problem of- Poor content

Language preferred by Muslims in subcontinent - Arabic & Persian

Masj id plays an effective role in- Preschool education

Free education in Pakistan was announced in - 1947

Mosques were declared educational centers firstly in -1979

Educational meeting of 1947 is called - Conference

India's earliest contact with Islam was through -Arab merchants of Malabar cost

QS

Islamic Art was the combination of Arts

Ideology of education takes its roots from Faith and

Source of Islamic Civilization is

Muslims of India demanded Pakistan to practice

Corner stone of Islamic Islamic Nation

Meaning of word 'nation' is

DSD is located in

DSD was established in

Old name of DSD is

Purpose of DSD

DTEs are appointed by

DTEs evaluate the teacher & student progress Best method for teaching large class Talking and
indiscipline in class is indicator of Learning in mother tongue improves the student World Teacher Day is
celebrated on

Answers

- Roman, Greek, Egypt - Philosophy of life - Quran

- Islamic Ideology

- The Kalima

- Birth of race -Wahdat Colony, Lahore

- 1959

-Education Extension Center -Teacher Edu. & Training -DSD

- On monthly basis

- Lecture method

- Student boredom
- Comprehension

- October 5

QS

67. Forgetting can be minimized by

68. What to do when you find 2 students fighting

69. Tell aggressive students about their behavior's

70. Can a teacher suspend the student

71. What is purpose of textbook assignments

72. Difference in values of different age groups

73. Rote learning is suitable for the

74. Teacher who knows student problem and resolve it is

75. Who is called father of research on teaching

76. On first day in class, what would you do

77. If majority of students are weak, keep your teaching slow guidance to bright students

78. If teacher not able to get student attention, he should evaluate

79. If some student misbehave, improve their behavior by

80. If back benchers make noise, make them sit

81. A teacher in the class should keep his voice

82. If student not able to follow, you should

83. If students fails in examination, it is the fault of

84. If teacher unable to answer question, he say he will answer

85. Classroom discipline can be maintained by developing

86. A teacher in the class is a

87. Verbal guidance is least effective in teaching

88. If noise occur in lecture, teacher should quite for a while

89. Mind itself is the result of process of evolution said by

90. TV is better than radio in teaching, as it uses both senses

91. Disciplinary cases should be sent to principal when other

92. First important of the teaching is knowing the

93. If student gets unconscious, provide first aid and contact-

94. Curriculum includes both formal and

95. Dynamic approach to teaching means learning through

96. If you teach normal children with blind, sii Ihe blind

97. True evaluation of student is possible through

Answers

- Overlearnin

- Punish bot -Harmful consequence

-N - Practic - Generation ga

- Slow Learne

- Appreciate

- N.L. Gag

- Introduce yoursel

-With some ext

- His teaching meth

- Your characte

- In front bench

- High enou -Explain with exampl - Students themselv

- After consultatio -Student interest in stu

- Group lead

- Skill -Then go o

- John Lock

- Hearing & Visic

- Means fail -Student backgroun

Nearby doctor

- Informal educatic
- Activiti

- On front bench -Continuous evaluati

D r : - A - - 2] History of Education

19

Tr. :se teachers are popular in student who help them

ral values can be developed in student, if teacher himself Vk said 'Allah has sent me as a teacher' -: said
'Knowledge without practice is dangerous' rst educational center of Islam h D established Dar-e-
Arqam .o established education center of Islam 'Suffah" -ere the Suffah was established islamic
education center with student residence facility : :?phet (PBUH) companions and their successors were
ost ruction delivered by Prophet (PBUH) to women

Ices to illiterate people, it would be end of world said by -am Ghazali was

Who said 'Goal of society is to apply Sharia'

nazali advocated 2 types of knowledge 3 nazali said, reasoning in 6th sense which helps to tell Who
wrote book 'Jewels of Quiar'

no wrote book 'Revival of religious sciences' B: ok Ahya-e-Uloom was written by B : ok 'Kimiya-e-Sadaat'

was written by [ ossification of Faz-e-Ain&Farz-e-Kafaya presented by Seeking knowledge is basic right of
every individual

nous Muslim Historian F ather of political economy irneKhaldun was born in Who presented the concept
of'Asabiya' Asabiya means

Who said 'rote learning kills student thinking ability -neKhaldun said, primary education should be given
in I -neKhaldun presented 2 types of Aloom, Aloom Naqli & Famous book 'Muqaddma' was written by
Who differentiated history of Islam and history of Muslims

Answers

-To resolve their problem

- Practice them

- Prophet (PBUH)
- Prophet (PBUH) -Dare-Arqam,Makkah

- Prophet (PBUH)

- Prophet (PBUH) -Masjid Nabvi, Madina

- Suffah

- Full time teachers

- Once a week - Prophet (PBUH)

- Persian educationist

- Imam Ghazali

- Useful & Useless

-Truth

- Ghazali

- Ghazali

- Imam Ghazali

- Imam Ghazali

- Imam Ghazali

- Imam Ghazali

- Ibne-Khaldun

- Ibne-Khaldun

- Tunis

- IbneKhaldun - Group solidarity

- IbneKhaldun - Mother tongue

- AloomAqli

- IbneKhaldun

- lbn-e-Khaldun

QS

130. 13 century, Muslim thinker, historian & educationist - Ibn-e-Khaldun

131. Ibne-Khaldun never favoured the method - Lecture Method

132. Who opposed simultaneous learning of two languages - Sir Syed Ahmed

133. Founding father of Two Nation Theory - Sir Syed Ahmed

134. Who said 'superstition cannot be the part of faith' - Sir Syed Ahmed

135. Sir Syed established Orphanage for Muslim orphans in - Muradabad

136. Sir Syed established Scientific Society in -1863

137. Aligarh High School was established in -1875

138. Aligarh High School was elevated to MAO college in - 1877

139. MAO College was elevated to university in -1921

140. Who wrote journal'Tehzibullkhlaq' - Sir Syed Ahmed

141. AsbabBaghawat-e-Hind was written by - Sir Syed Ahmed

142. Allamalqbal was born at Sialkot on - November, 9, 1877

143. Who emphasized on Individuality (Khudi) -Allamalqbal

144. Allamalqbal presented KhutbaAllabad in-1930

145. Who wrote book Ilmullqtisad - Allamlqbal

146. Who stated that learning unite knowing, feeling, doing - Froebel

147. Who presented the idea of Kindergarten (KG) -Froebel

148. Emphasis on Nationalism, Idealism, child freedom is philosophy of - Froebel

149. Permissive environment of Froebel Kindergarten include -Gift, song, occupation

150. Fredrick Froebel established first Kindergarten (KG) in -1837

151. Froebel established KG for the children age - 4-5 Years

152. All the children have potential to learn said by -Froebel

153. Play is the engine of real learning, said by -Froebel

154. Who wrote book 'Pedagogous of Kindergarten' - Froebel

155. Froebel was - German educationist

156. Montessori curriculum include types of experience -3

157. Maria Montessori was - Italian educationist

158. First woman doctor who graduated from Rome university - Maria Montessori

159. Maria Montessori presented the method - Montessori Method

160. Play is the work of child, said by - Maria Montessori

161. Who wrote book 'Discovery of Child' - Maria Montessori

History of Education 21

un ir.3 Montessori was awarded the degree of - Medicine

xi as founding father of functional psychology - John Dewey

ed ■M. Join Dewey was -American educationist

ed . e is said to have taken from Herbart - Theory of interest

ed Pragmatic philosophy was developed by - Dewey

ad Dewey established Laboratory school in - Chicago University

53 Jhcr. Dewey established Laboratory school in -1896

75 — Dewey introduced the method for students - Project method

"7 promoted democracy in education - Jhon Dewey

21 le\ els of Dewey curriculum -3

id rst .evel curriculum of Dewey was regarding - Making & doing

id v econd level of curriculum of Dewey was regarding -Space & Time concept

n Third level of curriculum of Dewey was regarding -Science subjects

al naming by Doing Method was presented by - Dewey

SO D wrote book 'Reconstruction in philosophy' - Dewey

al ton Plan was introduced by - Helen Parkurst

el ther name of Dalton Plan - Children University

el Dalton Plan school was established in New York in - 1919

el Classrooms of Dalton Plan were called - Laboratories

)n Student progress in Dalton Plan was shown by - Graph/diagrams

17 In Dalton Plan who outlined weekly assignments - Teachers

rs C ahon Plan conference duration to exchange ideas - 25-45 minutes

el : arts of Dalton plans were -3(House/Assignment/Lab)

el Helen Purkurst was an -American educationist

el IS6L Father of American Education - Horrace Mann

St Z ?mmon Schools of Horrace were for the - Students learning

N rmal Schools of Horrace were for the - Teacher training

st 3 wrote book 'On the art of teaching' - Horrace Mann

ri Philosophy of Naturalism in education was presented by- Rousseau

»d usseau preferred in education sense of discrimination &-Physical activities

ri Educational program of Rousseau was for people of - Upper classes only

ri A ho consider the education as negative process - Rousseau

194. Who consider that child at birth is by nature good - Rousse

195. Rousseau identified developmental stages

196. Who related the schooling to social purposes -Rousse

197. Who said, child must be freed from society's imprisoning institutes-Rousseau

198. Who wrote famous novel Emile -Rousse

199. Who developed object lesson emphasizing sensory learning- Rousseau

200. Rousseau said that aim of life is - Self-Expressio

201. Who wrote book 'Social Contract' - Roussea

202. Rousseau was - Swiss educationi

203. What Pestalozi applied to education - Modified naturalis

204. Pioneer in Elementary Education Reforms - Pestalo

205. Pestalozi presented the Normal school for - Teacher trainin

206. Father of vocational training - Pestalo

207. Father of Modern Education -Pestalo

208. Pestalozi stressed on the training of - Teache

209. Motto 'Learning by head, hand and heart' was given by - Pestalo

210. 2 Main states Athens & Sparta was the part of - Gree

211. Socrates used questioning technique to develop the - Concep

212. Knowledge that comes from inside is real, said by - Socrat

213. Socrates was the teacher of - PI

214. Dialectic Method was presented by -PI

215. Plato's philosophy took education as means of preserving - The sta

216. Dialogue to resolve conflict b/w two parties on a topic - Dialectic Meth

217. Main role of education, according to Plato is to develop - Power of thinki

218. Who presented the idea of "Ideal Sate' - Pla

219. Plato presented the philosophy of - Idealis

220. Who wrote book 'Republic' - Pla

221. Against Plato, Aristotle made home a real - Training cent

222. Aristotle was the student of - Pla

223. Aristotle was the teacher of - Alexander Gr

224. World first book of psychology was written by - AristoL

225. Aristotle wrote a book on psychology named - Peri Psych

:ior ; - - - - 2] History of Education

23

QS

bo presented the philosophy of realism Fhe academy established in Athens by Aristotle

irtue lies in the attainment of happiness, said by Combination of Arithmetic, music, astronomy &
geometry

rr.bination of Arithmetic, music, reading & writing "Paragogos' in Athenian education was a

..henian education involve more intellectual element than Meaning of Ephebe Wrestling school of
Greece was

leaning of Agog

• of speaking and writing effectively is called ^ma Iqbal Open University (AIOU) established in rst largest
distance university in Asia rmer name of AIOU was JU is located 'ode of instruction of distance education
is rstitute of Educational Research (IER) was established E R belongs to university University of Education
was established in No. of campuses of University of Education Punjab Examination Commission (PEC)
started in PEC holds the exam of classes

Dividing students into groups according to their abilities

What is the Socrates technique

A teacher who is self-critical of his teaching

Type of education held in school setting

Answers

- Aristotle

- Lyceum

- Aristotle

- Quadrivium

- Didasealeum

- Slave

- Sparatan

- Young man

- Palaestra

- Excitement

- Rhetoric

- 1974 -AIOU

-Peoples open university Sector H-8, Islamabad

- Non-formal

-1960

- Punjab university

-2002 -9 -2005

- 5 & 8 Classes

- Tacking

- Question-Answer

- Reflective teacher

- Formal education

********************

Famous Muslim Educationists

1. Hazrat Muhammad (Peace Be Upon Him) (571-633) - World Educationist

# He (PBUH) was the Last Prophet of Allah (SubhanahuTa'ala).

# He (PBUH) stressed right kind of education. jgw

# He (PBUH) said 'Allah sent me as a teacher*.

# He (PBUH) said that iearn from cradle to grave'.

# He (PBUH) used to talk in the accent of listeners.

# He (PBUH) made education, a religious obligation.

**# He (PBUH) used to teach simple to complex concepts.

**# He (PBUH) stressed the use of QuranicDua (!-»*? yj)

# He (PBUH) used friendly and interesting behavior in teaching.

# He (PBUH) said that education is compulsory for both men &women.

# He (PBUH) stressed teaching through examples and demonstrations.

# He (PBUH) used to summarize the issue first, and then give the details.

# He (PBUH) said 'Best amongst you is one who learns &teaches 'Quran'.

# Wives of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) used to teach the women and girls.

# He (PBUH) used to praise and encourage the people on correct answering.

# He (PBUH) used to talk / teach softly with appropriate pauses and breaks.

# Established education center 'Suffa' for teaching in Masjid-e-Nabvi, Madina.

# He (PBUH) stressed asking questions while teaching to make learning effective

# He (PBUH) used body language, gesture, facial expression to make learning effective.

# He (PBUH) used effective speech in teaching (use of pauses, rise &fall of voice

# He (PBUH) established education center 'Dar-e-Arqam' for teaching in Makkab

# Prisoners of Battle Badr freed after they taught 10 Muslim children to read/write

# He (PBUH) stressed not only to gain the knowledge but also on practice. (PBUH) said 'Knowledge
without practice is dangerous'.

# He (PBUH) said 'Teach people, make things easy, don't make things difficult keep silent when
you become furious (angry)'.

# He (PBUH) advised the Muslims to teach their children learn Quran, archery (LS J'J, swimming,
calculation, medicine & genealogy.

# He (PBUH) used to teach principles of Islam &Quran Majeed to people **coi from different
regions of world, & appointed different Sahaba (R.A) for purpose
# "I have never seen a better teacher than the Messenger of Allah. He neither reprimanded, nor
beat nor insulted me." Muawiya Bin Hakam said.

2. Imam Ghazali (1058-1111) - Iranian/Persian Educationist

Real name Abu Hamid Muhammad Ibn Muhammad Al-Ghazali.

Goal of society is to apply Sharia.

Teach lesson from simple to complex.

Knowledge can bring us closer to God.

Favored physical education for children.

Aim of education is the character building.

Two types of knowledge are; Useful and Useless.

Goal of man is to achieve happiness close to God.

Reasoning is the 6th sense which helps to tell truth.

Teacher should plan the lesson before the teaching.

Human mind is like a slate and teacher can transform it.

Teach students according to their individual differences.

Knowledge improves the status and respect of individual.

Favored good and simple diet for children physical growth.

Worldly education is equally important as religious education.

Favored proper clothing for children & disfavored tight and fit clothing.

Four categories of knowledge are; Prophetic, Rulers, Scholars, Preachers.

Teacher should behave like a father figure and avoid corporal punishment.

Divine revelation is superior to reason which is endowed only to Prophets.

Teachers should simplify lesson by using tales, stories etc. to make it effective.

Teaching lessons should be based on previous knowledge 6c student experience.

2 types Useful knowledge:i)Farz-e-Ain(Compulsory), ii)Farz-e-Kafaya(Optional).

Curriculum should be combination of religious, worldly education, logic & philosophy.

Included industrial education, textile, agriculture, tailoring, & hair cut+i g in curriculum.

Favor elementary education&home related knowledge for female, not higher education.
Ways to identify & remove deficiencies: perfect teacher, close friends, foes, & self-analysis.

Books: Revival of religious sciences (AhyaulAloom), Jewels of Quran, Alchemy of Happiness etc.

3. Ibn-e-Khaldun (1332-1406)-Arab Educationist/Famous Historian

# His name was Walli-Uddin Abu Zaid Abdul Rer an born in Tunis.

# Education should be means to bring happiness in life.

# Mathematics should be taught as compulsory subject.

# Education helps to develop character and personality.

# Aim of education is to develop thinking and reasoning.

# Rote learning / memorization kill the student thinking ability.

# Education system should be formulated based on its ideology.

# Mother tongue should be used in primary education.

# He presented the concept of' Asabiya' (social cohesion/group solidarity).

# Justice is basic value of society if there is no justice in society, it will ruin it.

# Student should participate in discussion over a problem and find its solution.

# Teacher/parents love child, not punish him to avoid damaging his personality.

# He favored discussion and debates and disfavored lecture method of teaching.

# Travelling is also a means of education. He promoted study tours for learning.

# Student should put their effort to think, interpret &actively involve in learning.

# Every Muslim men &women should gain knowledge of Holy Quran &Sunnah.

# Teaching students according to their ability/capacity level makes learning easier.

# Teachers should teach simple to complex, known to unknown, concrete to abstract.

# Vocational/professional subjects should be included with academic subject in education.

# Education should develop socio-economic efficiency in man to be effective member of society.

# There are 2 types of Aloom:

(1) AloomNaqli (originated from Quran, Hadith, Fiqah, Tafseer, grammar)

(2) AloomAqli[g&med through experiment, observation, reasoning (math, physki logic)]

# Teaching process should comprise of 3 stages: (1) //if/Wiicrio/i-introducing topic with
examples and salient points to

covered

detail explanation of the points discussed before

(2) Development-

introduction.

(3) Recap/Summary-hsson should be revised for effective learning.

Books: Famous "Muqaddma", Arab Philosophy of History.

4. Sir Syed Ahmed Khan (1817-1898) - Indian Educationist

He was also a political leader of the Muslims.

Superstition cannot be the part of faith (Iman).

He was Muslim pragmatist & Islamic. Modernist.

He got the title 'Sir', 'JavadUd-daullah' & 'Arif Jung'.

He advocated the use of Urdu Language among Muslims.

He was founding father of Two Nation Theory of Pakistan.

Get rid of the old and useless rituals as it hinder our progress.

He promoted Western Scientific education among the Muslims.

He was against the superstitious and orthodox thinking of the Muslim."

Established an Orphanage for Muslim orphan children in Murfadabad.

Established MadrassahMuradabad, 1858/Madrassah Ghaziabad, 1862.

We will remain humiliated/rejected if we not made progress in scientific field.

Established Scientific Society-1863 for translation of English books into Urdu.

He promoted western modern education &religious education among Muslims.

Muhamadan Educational Conference, 1886 to bring political wisdom in Muslims.

Knowledge acquisition science/technology is only solution for Muslim problems.

Established Aligarh High School, 1875 which was elevated to MAO College in 1877 and to University in
1921.

Books:Tafseer-Ul-Quran/Tuzk-e-Jahangiri/Aaeen-e-Akbri/Asbab-baghawat-hind/Loyal Muhammadns of
India/TabeenUlKalam/AsrarulSanadid.
Journals: TehzeebUlIkhlaq, Aligarh Institute Gazette.

5. Allama Muhammad. Iqbal **(1873-1938). Indian Educationist/Poet

He favored female education & moral education. He was against the mere bookish knowledge and rote
learning. Education begins from a sense of ego and it leads to perfection. He favored activity, creativity,
science and research in Muslims. He emphasized Individuality (Khudi), one's precious self or ego.
Students have freedom to develop their personality and talents. Education should cultivate qualities; 1)
Courage, 2) Tolerance, 3) Faqr. He was awarded'doctorate of Philosophy by University of Munich in
1907. He wrote famous Child Prayer "Lab PeAati Hay Dua Ban K TammanaMeri". He delivered
'KhutbaAllaabad" in 1930, presented idea of separate homeland. Gave concept of Mard-e-Momin for
Muslims to believe Allah & restore Khudi.

# He promoted ideas of Justice, brotherhood, equality and service among Muslims

# Emphasized learning by doing method & and stressed to make lesson interesting

# Aim of education is the development of personality & strengthening indivic qualities of a child.

# Learning is ability to implement & apply knowledge in real situation otherwise is meaningless.

# He included philosophical subjects, art and literature, religious subjects, soc^-subjects, history
and science in curriculum.

# Parents should spend their lives according to Quran and sayings of Hadis Muhammad (PBUH) to
become ideal for their children.

# Books:Asrar-e-Khudi/Ramooz-e-Bekhudi/Pyam-e-Mashraq/Bang-e-Dara/Bal-ei Jabreel/Zarb-e-
Kaleern/Armghan-e-Hijaz/Javed-Nama/Iqbal-nama/Ilm-ul-Iqtisad/Zaboor-e-Aj am.

Famous Western Educationists

1. Fredrick Froebel (1782-1852) - German Educationist

# Humans are creative beings.

# Play is the engine of real learning.

# Basic components of philosophy include, free self-activity, creativity, social participation and
motor expression.

# Emphasize play-based, child centered, games, practices, gifts, pare-involvement, occupation,

songs.

# Presented Kindergarten method to teach children'in playful environment. Books: Education of

the Man, Pedagogics of Kindergarten
2. Maria Montessori (1870-1952) - Italian Educationist

# Play is the work of child.

# Child should be allowed to move freely in class.

# Age level 1-6 years of children is very important.

# Children need freedom, fun and they learn at their own pace.

# First women doctor who graduated from University of Rome.

# Multiage grouping of children makes them learn from each other.

# Worked with disabled children and presented Montessori Method.

# Designed special materials &special environment to teach children.

# Emphasize natural environment for learning, joy, interest and need of child.

# Beautifully designed colour material should be used for teaching of children.

slims * Teacher works as a facilitator &guide, who provide environment and materials,

isting * Children should not be forced to learn. Children learn reading, writing, calculation

ividu -s freely as mey learn to walk and talk. This whole depends upon the natural

environment which should be orderly and accessible to the children according to

the age and needs.

wise

Bwk Montessori Method/Discovery of child/Secret of childhood/Absorbent mind

2. socj Jhon Dewey (1859-1952) - American Educationist

• He is founding father of functional psychology (functionalism). Hazr ♦ He presented

Pragmatism (philosophy of education).

• He established first psychology lab in USA. al-e- • He presented Learning-by-Doing

Method of teaching.

• He advocated democracy.

• Established Laboratory Schools in Chicago, emphasize lab experiments to learn.

ks Democracy &Education/Experience &Education/Art as experience/ School and society/Reconstruction

in philosophy/Philosophy of John Dewey
3. Helen Parkhurst (1887-1973) - American Educationist

e was a student of Maria Montessori.

-phasize on individualized instruction, self-reliance & pupil-led teaching.

->-e presented Dalton Plan. It was a laboratory school in which learners ::e experimenters. Plan
reorganized the school into 3 components;

irent- (1) Assignment-giving responsibility to learners to learn according to interest

and ability,

(2) Laboratory-Where student seek best way to achieve assignment,

(3) House-where teacher acts as a counselor to give lessons. Horace Mann (1796-1859) - American
Educationist

• Education should be provided by well trained teachers.

• Education must be free, non-sectarian, and publically funded.

• Father of Common School Movement. In which promoted free public education.

• Established special teacher training colleges called Normal schools for teacher training. Capable
teachers were promoted and unfit teachers were eliminated.

• Public schooling central to good citizenship, democratic participation &societal wellbeing.

3 ooks: Lectures on education/Slavery/On the Art of Teaching

Disfavored book reading, formal & social education, formal discipline/habit formation. Children learn
right and wrong through experiencing the consequences of th acts rather than tlirough physical
punishment.

* Gave the idea of negative education in which child himself set free, wander he and there in
natural way to learn by dancing, running, playing.

Books: Social Contract/Emile (Novel)/Discourse on Political Economy

**4. Pestalozi (1746-1827) - Swiss Educationist

Nature of mar. is essentially good.

His motto was 'Learning by head, hand and heart'.

He was inspired from Rousseau ideas and his novel 'Emile'.

Emphasized natural environment in schooling, loving & caring.

He emphasized child centered approach, individual difference, sense perception studen! ,„if-activity.

♦ Pestalozi Method emphasized individualized, self-paced, self-directed activity-based learning.

Books: Letters on Early Education/The Education of Man

Ancient History

Educational History:

Mostly people were illiterate in the past. Oral traditions were important which wer memorized. Most of
the education was achieved orally. Religion was main focus O education. Knowledge about the animals,
farming, fishing, food preparation, construction anc military training was focused. Formal education was
being provided to few people.

Purpose of Educational History:

1. To benefit past experiences

2. To understand people and different societies

3. To analyze cultural norms

4. To understand the progression of society

5. To increase education quality

History of Education Ancient Greece:

Education played very vital role in the life of Greek people in the past. There were - two major states in
Greece in the past; Athens & Sparta. It was the period of 5th _-• BC. There were 2 types of education; 1)
Formal education delivered by paid ic-ers in formal school setting 2) Informal Education delivered by
unpaid teacher in : .blic / local settings. Greek education focused on mind, body and imagination.

I:nation System of Athens:

Education focused on training of Arts, Peace and War. Schools were private _ - people had an
opportunity to send their children in schools due to low tuition

lere

Primary Education (0-6 Years) - Basic Reading / Writing at home

**3oys were taught at home by mother or male slave. They were taught;

^_ 1) words of Homer (poet), 2) how to play lyre (music instrument). Elementary Education (6-14
Years) - Gymnastic Education
Eymnastic training upto 14 years was compulsory.

Secondary Education (15-18 Years) - Intellectual Education

an,

After 14 years of training, poor students ended their education and join on & apprenticeship of a
trade. Rich students continued their education under a ulosopher teacher. Subjects of geometry,
sophistry, astronomy and rhetoric (art f speaking and writing effectively) were taught.

Post-secondary Education (19-20 Years) -Military Training

Two years military training was imparted and students were graduated after 20 ■ ears. Then more
advanced studies were also provided later.

"Girls were imparted only primary education at home. Co-curricular activities include; running, jumping,
boxing, wrestling, music, dance.

: .cation System of Sparta:

wen *

us 0 Main purpose of education was to physically strong and fit body.

n am Military Tainting (6-18 Years)

Boys and Girls in barracks undergo strict military training. It includes, taking less food, walking bare
footed, sleeping on hard beds, reading and writing, jumping, running, swimming, hunting, disk throwing
etc.

Gymnastic & Warfare Training (19-20 Years)

Only male persons undergo gymnastic and special warfare training with real weapons. At the age of 20
after 2 years training, a test was taken. Passing persons were declared soldiers and citizens. Other join
trade / business but they were not considered citizen & they had no political rights.

3. Soldier Training (21-60 Years)

Soldier training was continued upto 60 years in a separate barracks even marr: soldiers were also lived
alone without family.

4. Retirement and Family Life (61 till death)

Male were retired at the age of 60 years and they were allowed to live the families.

Socrates (469-399 BC):

1. Socrates was Greek philosopher born in Athens.

2. He said that knowledge is truth.

3. Person should find truth, work wisely and rationally.

4. He stressed in moral excellence.

5. Teachers ask right questions so that students think & answer critically.

6. He stressed on self-examination / analysis.

Teaching Method

Question Answer technique was used by Socrates to motivate, stimulate studer. and encourage healthy
discussions. Questions should be designed in such a way thad may increase the ;tudent interest and
curiosity. The questions should be linked wi student's answers.

Types of Questions of Socrates:

1. Introductory Questions - Linking with previous knowledge of students.

2. Developing Questions - Questions on new topic.

3. Recaptulatory Questions- Repeating the questions.

4. Evaluatory Questions - To judge the performance at the end.

Plato (429-347 BC):

1. Plato was the student of Socrates.

2. He presented the idea of Ideal State.

3. Brightest minds should made political decisions of state.

4. He presented philosophy of Idealism.

Books:Republic/Statesman/Lysis/Sophist/Laws/Symposium/Apology. Stages of Education of Plato:

1. Pre-Education (0-6 Years) - Moral Education

Moral education will be imparted to children by parents and elders.

2. Elementary Education (7-18 Years) -Basic Education

Separate ine girls and boys. Children should learn basic education, music, post

math and literature.

P - 2] History of Education __33

Military Training (19-20 Years):

Students undergo military experience in the battlefield for 2 years. Higher Education (21-35 Years):

Students get advance knowledge of mathematics, philosophy and literature for 10

the ears. Students should get the knowledge of dialectic for 5 years.

Ruler and Philosophers Training (36-50 Years):

Students get the training from 36-50 years to become rulers and philosophers. Practice as Ruler or
Philosophers (50 Years onward):

People are now ready to become ruler or philosophers and apply their knowledge practically.

: tie (384-322 BC):

1. Aristotle was the student of Plato.

2 He was the tutor of Alexander the Great.

3 Education is the attainment of happiness. derr 4. Virtue lies in the attainment of

happiness.

that 5. He used inductive and deductive method to find out knowledge.

ts.

' wr 6. Sensory experiences / sensations are the root of knowledge. 7. He presented philosophy
of Realism. Books: Peri Psyches/Physics/Metaphysics/Politics/Rhetoric/Economics. The Lyceum
(Peripatic School):

It is the basis of present day universities. It was located in Athens. Aristotle used i ach; philosophy,
mathematics, and rhetoric in the school.

[Curriculum:

1. Infant Schooling (0-6): It includes play, physical activities & stories.

2. 7-14 Years Schooling:Numerics, literacy, liberal arts.

3. 15-21 Years Schooling: Mathematics, Geometry, Astronomy, grammar, literature, poetry,

rhetoric, ethics and politics.

4. 21 Years onward: Physics, metaphysics, biology, cosmology, logic.

- : men Role:

1. Women were inferior to men. Aristotle promoted only male education.

2. Girls should be trained for household, child rearing (care/development).

Education in Pakistan
Role of Mosque in Education:

1. Place for Prayers

2. Place for socialization

3. Place for Dawa (Preach)

4. Place for Celebration (Eid, Marriage etc.)

5. Place of state meetings

6. Place for Medical Care

7. Place for Education

Dar-e-Arqam - First Islamic Education Center:

In earlier times, non-Muslims were teasing the Muslims in many ways that's preaching of Islam was also
difficult. In order to avoid such situation, Prophet (PBl established Educational center (Dar-e-Arqam) in
HazratArqam Bin Arqam (RA) ho It was first educational center of Islarri. Its aim was to spread the
message of Al teaching of Quran & Hadith, Tafsir-e-Quran etc.

Suffah:

Suffah means shaded area/area covered by roof. It was an area in Masjid-e-N designated for the
education, residence of poor, needy, out guests. Needy people lived in Suffah were called Ashab-e-
Suffah (residents of Suffah). It was first Isl Residential University. Prophet (PBUH) used to send Ashab-e-
Suffah in different for preaching of Islam. Different needs (food etc.) of Ashab-e-Suffah were provided
Muslim community. Suffah Curriculum:

1. Tafsir-e-Quran 2. Usul-e-Fiqah 3. Usul-e-Din 4.Caliphs

5.Nahv 6. Religion 7. Jadal

14. Language, arts, rituals, law are part of a -Culture

15. Attitude of Prophet (PBUH) in administration was - Humanitarian

16. Core curriculum for early Muslims was -Quran

17. Ibn-e-Sina& Imam Ghazali told, child education begin with - Quran

18. Islamic education system emphasize language must be learned -Arabic

19. Islam lays emphasis on the - Equalit\

20. Muslim Ummah needs teachers with the mission - Prophetic

21. No educational system can be better than quality of its - Teachers

22. Teaching principle, proceeding from simple to complex -presented by Muslims

23. Muslim Caliph who presented Open Door policy - Hazrat Ali (R.A

24. Hindus called Allamalqbal on demand of separate country -Imaginative dreame:

25. Nationalist Muslims who supported congress -Hussain Ahmed &

26. Nationalist Muslims who supported congress - Dr. ZakirHussair

27. Values in Islamic education system are rooted in- Religious::

28 Most authentic& essential curriculum in Islam is - Quran &Sunnah

29. Education in Islam is - Valued:

30. Man is Khalifatullah (vicegerent of God) in - Isl

31. Superiority of a man in Islam is based on his/her - Pier

32. Reason to claim separate homeland by Muslims in India - Religio:

on ; HAP - 2] History of Education

17

Curriculum Refinement and Development Center is Education system of a nation should reflect its
Primary institution in Islam for universalization of education-Islamic education curriculum emphasize on
Muslims emphasized the art most Brilliant period in Muslim history for knowledge spread Salaries were
started to be given to teachers in period of Muslim education put emphasis on the development of
Education is obligatory in Islam for Major problem of management in Pakistani education School level
curriculum is developed by
-CRDC . - Philosophy Mosque

- Handicraft skills

- Ca'!igraphy - Abbasides - Hazarat Umar (R.A) - Whole personality - All Muslims

- Lack of Planning -Provincial Textbook board

Availability of one book for one class creates problem of- Poor content

Language preferred by Muslims in subcontinent - Arabic & Persian

Masj id plays an effective role in- Preschool education

Free education in Pakistan was announced in - 1947

Mosques were declared educational centers firstly in -1979

Educational meeting of 1947 is called - Conference

India's earliest contact with Islam was through -Arab merchants of Malabar cost

Islamic Art was the combination of Arts

Ideology of education takes its roots from Faith and

Source of Islamic Civilization is

Muslims of India demanded Pakistan to practice

Corner stone of Islamic Islamic Nation

Meaning of word 'nation' is

DSD is located in

DSD was established in

Old name of DSD is

Purpose of DSD

DTEs are appointed by

DTEs evaluate the teacher & student progress Best method for teaching large class Talking and
indiscipline in class is indicator of Learning in mother tongue improves the student World Teacher Day is
celebrated on

- Roman, Greek, Egypt - Philosophy of life - Quran

- Islamic Ideology

- The Kalima

- Birth of race -Wahdat Colony, Lahore

- 1959

-Education Extension Center -Teacher Edu. & Training -DSD

- On monthly basis

- Lecture method

- Student boredom

- Comprehension

- October 5

67. Forgetting can be minimized by

68. What to do when you find 2 students fighting

69. Tell aggressive students about their behavior's

70. Can a teacher suspend the student

71. What is purpose of textbook assignments

72. Difference in values of different age groups

73. Rote learning is suitable for the

74. Teacher who knows student problem and resolve it is

75. Who is called father of research on teaching

76. On first day in class, what would you do

Dars-e-Nizami:

It was originated by MolanaNizamUddinSahalvi in India to promote teachings Islam according to Quran

and Sunnah and remove the harmful effects of sec education.

Curriculum of Dars-e-Nizami:

1. Quran & Hadith

2. Tafsir Quran

3.Logic

4.Usul-e-Tafseer
5. Usul-e-Hadith

6. Philosophy

7. Mathematics

8. Literature

DeeniMadaris:

DeeniMadaris teach; Quran, Hifz-e-Quran, Ahadith, Fiqah, etc. All DeeniMa are working under the
WafaqulMadaris. Arabic course (ShahdatulAlmiya) of an Isl Scholar is considered equivalent to M.A
Islamiat/M.A Arabic. An Islamic Scholar declare Fatwah after graduation.

“Miss/last double pages”

HISTORY OF EDUCATION

Sr# Topic

1 Nutshell of History of Education

2 Famous Muslim Educationists Famous Western Educationists

6 Trends in Education

7 Miscellaneous

3 Ancient History

4 Education in Pakistan

Nutshell of History of Education

1. Education is derived from a Latin word - Educere

2. Educere means - To lead

3. Change in behavior and attitude in human being -Education

4. Process of acquiring knowledge, skills, values, attitude - Education

5. To enable a human to read and write is called - Literacy

6. Perfect code of life for human - Quran &Sunnah

7. Islamic education system prefer the aspect of life - Moral Aspect

8. Book 'HujjatulBaligah' was written by - Shah Walliullah

9. Shah Waliullah was greatly influenced in mysticism by - Ibn-e-Rushd

10. Ibn-e-Rushd was greatly influenced by - Ibn-e-Bajjah

11. Certificate used to teach in specific area of expertise in history - Ijaza

12. In early stages of Islam, teachers classified into categories -2

13. Good relationship helps to control the - Anger

77. If majority of students are weak, keep your teaching slow guidance to bright students

78. If teacher not able to get student attention, he should evaluate

79. If some student misbehave, improve their behavior by

80. If back benchers make noise, make them sit

81. A teacher in the class should keep his voice

82. If student not able to follow, you should

83. If students fails in examination, it is the fault of

84. If teacher unable to answer question, he say he will answer

85. Classroom discipline can be maintained by developing

86. A teacher in the class is a

87. Verbal guidance is least effective in teaching

88. If noise occur in lecture, teacher should quite for a while

89. Mind itself is the result of process of evolution said by

90. TV is better than radio in teaching, as it uses both senses

91. Disciplinary cases should be sent to principal when other

92. First important of the teaching is knowing the

93. If student gets unconscious, provide first aid and contact-

94. Curriculum includes both formal and

95. Dynamic approach to teaching means learning through

96. If you teach normal children with blind, sii Ihe blind

97. True evaluation of student is possible through

- Overlearnin

- Punish bot -Harmful consequence

-N - Practic - Generation ga

- Slow Learne

- Appreciate

- N.L. Gag

- Introduce yoursel

-With some ext

- His teaching meth

- Your characte

- In front bench

- High enou -Explain with exampl - Students themselv

- After consultatio -Student interest in stu

- Group lead

- Skill -Then go o

- John Lock

- Hearing & Visic

- Means fail -Student backgroun

Nearby doctor

- Informal educatic

- Activiti

- On front bench -Continuous evaluati

D r : - A - - 2] History of Education

19

Tr. :se teachers are popular in student who help them

ral values can be developed in student, if teacher himself Vk said 'Allah has sent me as a teacher' -: said
'Knowledge without practice is dangerous' rst educational center of Islam h D established Dar-e-
Arqam .o established education center of Islam 'Suffah" -ere the Suffah was established islamic
education center with student residence facility : :?phet (PBUH) companions and their successors were
ost ruction delivered by Prophet (PBUH) to women

Ices to illiterate people, it would be end of world said by -am Ghazali was

Who said 'Goal of society is to apply Sharia'

nazali advocated 2 types of knowledge 3 nazali said, reasoning in 6th sense which helps to tell Who
wrote book 'Jewels of Quiar'

no wrote book 'Revival of religious sciences' B: ok Ahya-e-Uloom was written by B : ok 'Kimiya-e-Sadaat'

was written by [ ossification of Faz-e-Ain&Farz-e-Kafaya presented by Seeking knowledge is basic right of
every individual

nous Muslim Historian F ather of political economy irneKhaldun was born in Who presented the concept
of'Asabiya' Asabiya means

Who said 'rote learning kills student thinking ability -neKhaldun said, primary education should be given
in I -neKhaldun presented 2 types of Aloom, Aloom Naqli & Famous book 'Muqaddma' was written by
Who differentiated history of Islam and history of Muslims

-To resolve their problem

- Practice them

- Prophet (PBUH)

- Prophet (PBUH) -Dare-Arqam,Makkah

- Prophet (PBUH)

- Prophet (PBUH) -Masjid Nabvi, Madina

- Suffah

- Full time teachers

- Once a week - Prophet (PBUH)

- Persian educationist

- Imam Ghazali

- Useful & Useless

-Truth

- Ghazali
- Ghazali

- Imam Ghazali

- Imam Ghazali

- Imam Ghazali

- Imam Ghazali

- Ibne-Khaldun

- Ibne-Khaldun

- Tunis

- IbneKhaldun - Group solidarity

- IbneKhaldun - Mother tongue

- AloomAqli

- IbneKhaldun

- lbn-e-Khaldun

130. 13 century, Muslim thinker, historian & educationist - Ibn-e-Khaldun

131. Ibne-Khaldun never favoured the method - Lecture Method

132. Who opposed simultaneous learning of two languages - Sir Syed Ahmed

133. Founding father of Two Nation Theory - Sir Syed Ahmed

134. Who said 'superstition cannot be the part of faith' - Sir Syed Ahmed

135. Sir Syed established Orphanage for Muslim orphans in - Muradabad

136. Sir Syed established Scientific Society in -1863

137. Aligarh High School was established in -1875

138. Aligarh High School was elevated to MAO college in - 1877

139. MAO College was elevated to university in -1921

140. Who wrote journal'Tehzibullkhlaq' - Sir Syed Ahmed

141. AsbabBaghawat-e-Hind was written by - Sir Syed Ahmed

142. Allamalqbal was born at Sialkot on - November, 9, 1877

143. Who emphasized on Individuality (Khudi) -Allama Iqbal

144. Allamalqbal presented KhutbaAllabad in-1930

145. Who wrote book Ilmullqtisad - Allam Iqbal

146. Who stated that learning unite knowing, feeling, doing - Froebel

147. Who presented the idea of Kindergarten (KG) -Froebel

148. Emphasis on Nationalism, Idealism, child freedom is philosophy of - Froebel

149. Permissive environment of Froebel Kindergarten include -Gift, song, occupation

150. Fredrick Froebel established first Kindergarten (KG) in -1837

151. Froebel established KG for the children age - 4-5 Years

152. All the children have potential to learn said by -Froebel

153. Play is the engine of real learning, said by -Froebel

154. Who wrote book 'Pedagogous of Kindergarten' - Froebel

155. Froebel was - German educationist

156. Montessori curriculum include types of experience -3

157. Maria Montessori was - Italian educationist

158. First woman doctor who graduated from Rome university - Maria Montessori

159. Maria Montessori presented the method - Montessori Method

160. Play is the work of child, said by - Maria Montessori

161. Who wrote book 'Discovery of Child' - Maria Montessori

History of Education 21

un ir.3 Montessori was awarded the degree of - Medicine

xi as founding father of functional psychology - John Dewey

ed ■M. Join Dewey was -American educationist

ed . e is said to have taken from Herbart - Theory of interest

ed Pragmatic philosophy was developed by - Dewey

ad Dewey established Laboratory school in - Chicago University

53 Jhcr. Dewey established Laboratory school in -1896

75 — Dewey introduced the method for students - Project method

"7 promoted democracy in education - Jhon Dewey

21 le\ els of Dewey curriculum -3

id rst .evel curriculum of Dewey was regarding - Making & doing

id v econd level of curriculum of Dewey was regarding -Space & Time concept

n Third level of curriculum of Dewey was regarding -Science subjects

al naming by Doing Method was presented by - Dewey

SO D wrote book 'Reconstruction in philosophy' - Dewey

al ton Plan was introduced by - Helen Parkurst

el ther name of Dalton Plan - Children University

el Dalton Plan school was established in New York in - 1919

el Classrooms of Dalton Plan were called - Laboratories

)n Student progress in Dalton Plan was shown by - Graph/diagrams

17 In Dalton Plan who outlined weekly assignments - Teachers

rs C ahon Plan conference duration to exchange ideas - 25-45 minutes

el : arts of Dalton plans were -3(House/Assignment/Lab)

el Helen Purkurst was an -American educationist

el IS6L Father of American Education - Horrace Mann

St Z ?mmon Schools of Horrace were for the - Students learning

N rmal Schools of Horrace were for the - Teacher training

st 3 wrote book 'On the art of teaching' - Horrace Mann

ri Philosophy of Naturalism in education was presented by- Rousseau

»d usseau preferred in education sense of discrimination &-Physical activities

ri Educational program of Rousseau was for people of - Upper classes only

ri A ho consider the education as negative process - Rousseau

194. Who consider that child at birth is by nature good - Rousseau

195. Rousseau identified developmental stages

196. Who related the schooling to social purposes - Rousseau

197. Who said, child must be freed from society's imprisoning institutes-Rousseau
198. Who wrote famous novel Emile - Rousseau

199. Who developed object lesson emphasizing sensory learning- Rousseau

200. Rousseau said that aim of life is - Self-Expression

201. Who wrote book 'Social Contract' - Rousseau

202. Rousseau was - Swiss Educationist

203. What Pestalozi applied to education - Modified naturalist

204. Pioneer in Elementary Education Reforms - Pestalo

205. Pestalozi presented the Normal school for - Teacher trainin

206. Father of vocational training - Pestalo

207. Father of Modern Education -Pestalo

208. Pestalozi stressed on the training of - Teache

209. Motto 'Learning by head, hand and heart' was given by - Pestalo

210. 2 Main states Athens & Sparta was the part of - Greek

211. Socrates used questioning technique to develop the - Concept

212. Knowledge that comes from inside is real, said by - Socrates

213. Socrates was the teacher of - **PI

214. Dialectic Method was presented by **-PI

215. Plato's philosophy took education as means of preserving - The** sta

216. Dialogue to resolve conflict b/w two parties on a topic - Dialectic Method

217. Main role of education, according to Plato is to develop - Power of thinking

218. Who presented the idea of "Ideal Sate' - Plato

219. Plato presented the philosophy of - Idealist

220. Who wrote book 'Republic' - Plato

221. Against Plato, Aristotle made home a real - Training centre

222. Aristotle was the student of - Plato

223. Aristotle was the teacher of - Alexander Great

224. World first book of psychology was written by - Aristtole

225. Aristotle wrote a book on psychology named - Peri **Psych

:ior ; - - - - 2] History of Education

23

QS

bo presented the philosophy of realism

Fhe academy established in Athens by Aristotle

irtue lies in the attainment of happiness, said by

Combination of Arithmetic, music, astronomy & geometry

rr.bination of Arithmetic, music, reading & writing "Paragogos'

in Athenian education was a

..

henian education involve more intellectual element than

Meaning of Ephebe Wrestling school of Greece was

leaning of Agog

• of speaking and writing effectively is called

ma Iqbal Open University (AIOU) established in

First largest distance university in Asia rmer name of AIOU was

**JU is located 'ode of instruction of distance education is rstitute of Educational Research (IER) was
established E R belongs to university

University of Education was established in

No. of campuses of University of Education

Punjab Examination Commission (PEC) started in

PEC holds the exam of classes

Dividing students into groups according to their abilities

What is the Socrates technique

A teacher who is self-critical of his teaching

Type of education held in school setting

Answer

- Aristotle
- Lyceum

- Aristotle

- Quadrivium

- Didasealeum

- Slave

- Sparatan

- Young man

- Palaestra

- Excitement

- Rhetoric

- 1974 -AIOU

-Peoples open university Sector H-8, Islamabad

- Non-formal

-1960

- Punjab university

-2002 -9 -2005

- 5 & 8 Classes

- Tacking

- Question-Answer

- Reflective teacher

- Formal education

Famous Muslim Educationists

1. Hazrat Muhammad (Peace Be Upon Him) (571-633) - World Educationist

# He (PBUH) was the Last Prophet of Allah (SubhanahuTa'ala).

# He (PBUH) stressed right kind of education. jgw

# He (PBUH) said 'Allah sent me as a teacher*.

# He (PBUH) said that iearn from cradle to grave'.

# He (PBUH) used to talk in the accent of listeners.

# He (PBUH) made education, a religious obligation.

# He (PBUH) used to teach simple to complex concepts.

# He (PBUH) stressed the use of QuranicDua (!-»*? yj)

# He (PBUH) used friendly and interesting behavior in teaching.

# He (PBUH) said that education is compulsory for both men &women.

# He (PBUH) stressed teaching through examples and demonstrations.

# He (PBUH) used to summarize the issue first, and then give the details.

# He (PBUH) said 'Best amongst you is one who learns &teaches 'Quran'.

# Wives of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) used to teach the women and girls.

# He (PBUH) used to praise and encourage the people on correct answering.

# He (PBUH) used to talk / teach softly with appropriate pauses and breaks.

# Established education center 'Suffa' for teaching in Masjid-e-Nabvi, Madina.

# He (PBUH) stressed asking questions while teaching to make learning effective

# He (PBUH) used body language, gesture, facial expression to make learning effective.

# He (PBUH) used effective speech in teaching (use of pauses, rise &fall of voice |

# He (PBUH) established education center 'Dar-e-Arqam' for teaching in Makkab

# Prisoners of Battle Badr freed after they taught 10 Muslim children to read/write

# He (PBUH) stressed not only to gain the knowledge but also on practice. (PBUH) said 'Knowledge
without practice is dangerous'.

# He (PBUH) said 'Teach people, make things easy, don't make things diffic keep silent when you
become furious (angry)'.

# He (PBUH) advised the Muslims to teach their children learn Quran, archery (LS J'J, swimming,
calculation, medicine & genealogy.

# He (PBUH) used to teach principles of Islam &Quran Majeed to people coi from different regions
of world, & appointed different Sahaba (R.A) for purpose

# "I have never seen a better teacher than the Messenger of Allah. He neith reprimanded, nor
beat nor insulted me." Muawiya Bin Hakam said.

2. Imam Ghazali (1058-1111) - Iranian/Persian Educationist

Real name Abu Hamid Muhammad Ibn Muhammad Al-Ghazali.

Goal of society is to apply Sharia.

Teach lesson from simple to complex.

Knowledge can bring us closer to God.

Favored physical education for children.

Aim of education is the character building.

Two types of knowledge are; Useful and Useless.

Goal of man is to achieve happiness close to God.

Reasoning is the 6th sense which helps to tell truth.

Teacher should plan the lesson before the teaching.

Human mind is like a slate and teacher can transform it.

Teach students according to their individual differences.

Knowledge improves the status and respect of individual.

Favored good and simple diet for children physical growth.

Worldly education is equally important as religious education.

Favored proper clothing for children & disfavored tight and fit clothing.

Four categories of knowledge are; Prophetic, Rulers, Scholars, Preachers.

Teacher should behave like a father figure and avoid corporal punishment.

Divine revelation is superior to reason which is endowed only to Prophets.

Teachers should simplify lesson by using tales, stories etc. to make it effective.

Teaching lessons should be based on previous knowledge 6c student experience.

2 types Useful knowledge:i)Farz-e-Ain(Compulsory), ii)Farz-e-Kafaya(Optional).

Curriculum should be combination of religious, worldly education, logic & philosophy.

Included industrial education, textile, agriculture, tailoring, & hair cut+i g in curriculum.

Favor elementary education&home related knowledge for female, not higher education.

Ways to identify & remove deficiencies: perfect teacher, close friends, foes, & self-analysis.

Books: Revival of religious sciences (AhyaulAloom), Jewels of Quran, Alchemy of Happiness etc.

3. Ibn-e-Khaldun (1332-1406)-Arab Educationist/Famous Historian

# His name was Walli-Uddin Abu Zaid Abdul Rer an born in Tunis.
# Education should be means to bring happiness in life.

# Mathematics should be taught as compulsory subject.

# Education helps to develop character and personality.

# Aim of education is to develop thinking and reasoning.

# Rote learning / memorization kill the student thinking ability.

# Education system should be formulated based on its ideology.

# Mother tongue should be used in primary education.

# He presented the concept of' Asabiya' (social cohesion/group solidarity).

# Justice is basic value of society if there is no justice in society, it will ruin it.

# Student should participate in discussion over a problem and find its solution.

# Teacher/parents love child, not punish him to avoid damaging his personality.

# He favored discussion and debates and disfavored lecture method of teaching.

# Travelling is also a means of education. He promoted study tours for learning.

# Student should put their effort to think, interpret &actively involve in learning.

# Every Muslim men &women should gain knowledge of Holy Quran &Sunnah.

# Teaching students according to their ability/capacity level makes learning easier.

# Teachers should teach simple to complex, known to unknown, concrete to abstract.

# Vocational/professional subjects should be included with academic subject in education.

# Education should develop socio-economic efficiency in man to be effective member of society.

# There are 2 types of Aloom:

(1) AloomNaqli (originated from Quran, Hadith, Fiqah, Tafseer, grammar)

(2) AloomAqli[g&med through experiment, observation, reasoning (math, physki logic)]

# Teaching process should comprise of 3 stages: (1) //if/Wiicrio/i-introducing topic with

examples and salient points to

covered

detail explanation of the points discussed before

(2) Development-
introduction.

(3) Recap/Summary-hsson should be revised for effective learning.

Books: Famous "Muqaddma", Arab Philosophy of History.

4. Sir Syed Ahmed Khan (1817-1898) - Indian Educationist jjk

He was also a political leader of the Muslims. JkJ^*

Superstition cannot be the part of faith (Iman). BHLJB

He was Muslim pragmatist & Islamic. Modernist.

He got the title 'Sir', 'JavadUd-daullah' & 'Arif Jung'.

He advocated the use of Urdu Language among Muslims.

He was founding father of Two Nation Theory of Pakistan.

Get rid of the old and useless rituals as it hinder our progress.

He promoted Western Scientific education among the Muslims.

He was against the superstitious and orthodox thinking of the Muslim."

Established an Orphanage for Muslim orphan children in Murfadabad.

Established MadrassahMuradabad, 1858/Madrassah Ghaziabad, 1862.

We will remain humiliated/rejected if we not made progress in scientific field.

Established Scientific Society-1863 for translation of English books into Urdu.

He promoted western modern education &religious education among Muslims.

Muhamadan Educational Conference, 1886 to bring political wisdom in Muslims.

Knowledge acquisition science/technology is only solution for Muslim problems.

Established Aligarh High School, 1875 which was elevated to MAO College in 1877 and to University in
1921.

Books:Tafseer-Ul-Quran/Tuzk-e-Jahangiri/Aaeen-e-Akbri/Asbab-baghawat-hind/Loyal Muhammadns of
India/TabeenUlKalam/AsrarulSanadid.

Journals: TehzeebUlIkhlaq, Aligarh Institute Gazette.

5. Allama Muhammad. Iqbal (1873-1938). Indian Educationist/Poet

He favored female education & moral education. He was against the mere bookish knowledge and rote
learning. Education begins from a sense of ego and it leads to perfection. He favored activity, creativity,
science and research in Muslims. He emphasized Individuality (Khudi), one's precious self or ego.
Students have freedom to develop their personality and talents. Education should cultivate qualities; 1)
Courage, 2) Tolerance, 3) Faqr. He was awarded'doctorate of Philosophy by University of Munich in
1907. He wrote famous Child Prayer "Lab PeAati Hay Dua Ban K TammanaMeri". He delivered
'KhutbaAllaabad" in 1930, presented idea of separate homeland. Gave concept of Mard-e-Momin for
Muslims to believe Allah & restore Khudi.

# He promoted ideas of Justice, brotherhood, equality and service among Muslir

# Emphasized learning by doing method & and stressed to make lesson interestir

# Aim of education is the development of personality & strengthening indivic qualities of a child.

# Learning is ability to implement & apply knowledge in real situation otherwis is meaningless.

# He included philosophical subjects, art and literature, religious subjects, soc^-subjects, history
and science in curriculum.

# Parents should spend their lives according to Quran and sayings of Ha Muhammad (PBUH) to
become ideal for their children.

# Books:Asrar-e-Khudi/Ramooz-e-Bekhudi/Pyam-e-Mashraq/Bang-e-Dara/Bal-ei Jabreel/Zarb-e-
Kaleern/Armghan-e-Hijaz/Javed-Nama/Iqbal-nama/Ilm-ul-Iqtisad/Zaboor-e-Aj am.

Famous Western Educationists

1. Fredrick Froebel (1782-1852) - German Educationist

# Humans are creative beings.

# Play is the engine of real learning.

# Basic components of philosophy include, free self-activity, creativity, social participation and
motor expression.

# Emphasize play-based, child centered, games, practices, gifts, pare-involvement, occupation,

songs.

# Presented Kindergarten method to teach children'in playful environment. Books: Education of

the Man, Pedagogics of Kindergarten

2. Maria Montessori (1870-1952) - Italian Educationist

# Play is the work of child.

# Child should be allowed to move freely in class.

# Age level 1-6 years of children is very important.

# Children need freedom, fun and they learn at their own pace.
# First women doctor who graduated from University of Rome.

# Multiage grouping of children makes them learn from each other.

# Worked with disabled children and presented Montessori Method.

# Designed special materials &special environment to teach children.

# Emphasize natural environment for learning, joy, interest and need of child.

# Beautifully designed colour material should be used for teaching of children.

slims * Teacher works as a facilitator &guide, who provide environment and materials,

isting * Children should not be forced to learn. Children learn reading, writing, calculation

ividu -s freely as mey learn to walk and talk. This whole depends upon the natural

environment which should be orderly and accessible to the children according to

the age and needs.

wise

Bwk Montessori Method/Discovery of child/Secret of childhood/Absorbent mind

3. socj Jhon Dewey (1859-1952) - American Educationist

• He is founding father of functional psychology (functionalism). Hazr ♦ He presented

Pragmatism (philosophy of education).

• He established first psychology lab in USA. al-e- • He presented Learning-by-Doing

Method of teaching.

• He advocated democracy.

• Established Laboratory Schools in Chicago, emphasize lab experiments to learn.

ks Democracy &Education/Experience &Education/Art as experience/ School and society/Reconstruction

in philosophy/Philosophy of John Dewey

4. Helen Parkhurst (1887-1973) - American Educationist

e was a student of Maria Montessori.

-phasize on individualized instruction, self-reliance & pupil-led teaching.

->-e presented Dalton Plan. It was a laboratory school in which learners ::e experimenters. Plan
reorganized the school into 3 components;
irent- (1) Assignment-giving responsibility to learners to learn according to interest

and ability,

(2) Laboratory-Where student seek best way to achieve assignment,

(3) House-where teacher acts as a counselor to give lessons. Horace Mann (1796-1859) - American
Educationist

• Education should be provided by well trained teachers.

• Education must be free, non-sectarian, and publically funded.

• Father of Common School Movement. In which promoted free public education.

• Established special teacher training colleges called Normal schools for teacher training. Capable
teachers were promoted and unfit teachers were eliminated.

• Public schooling central to good citizenship, democratic participation &societal wellbeing.

3 ooks: Lectures on education/Slavery/On the Art of Teaching

**Disfavored book reading, formal & social education, formal discipline/habit formation. Children learn
right and wrong through experiencing the consequences of th acts rather than tlirough physical
punishment.

* Gave the idea of negative education in which child himself set free, wander he and there in
natural way to learn by dancing, running, playing.

Books: Social Contract/Emile (Novel)/Discourse on Political Economy

7. Pestalozi (1746-1827) - Swiss Educationist

Nature of mar. is essentially good.

His motto was 'Learning by head, hand and heart'.

He was inspired from Rousseau ideas and his novel 'Emile'.

Emphasized natural environment in schooling, loving & caring.

He emphasized child centered approach, individual difference, sense perception studen! ,„if-activity.

♦ Pestalozi Method emphasized individualized, self-paced, self-directed activity-based learning.

Books: Letters on Early Education/The Education of Man

Ancient History

Educational History:

Mostly people were illiterate in the past. Oral traditions were important which wer memorized. Most of
the education was achieved orally. Religion was main focus O education. Knowledge about the animals,
farming, fishing, food preparation, construction anc military training was focused. Formal education was
being provided to few people.

Purpose of Educational History:

1. To benefit past experiences

2. To understand people and different societies

3. To analyze cultural norms

4. To understand the progression of society

5. To increase education quality

History of Education Ancient Greece:

Education played very vital role in the life of Greek people in the past. There were - two major states in
Greece in the past; Athens & Sparta. It was the period of 5th _-• BC. There were 2 types of education; 1)
Formal education delivered by paid ic-ers in formal school setting 2) Informal Education delivered by
unpaid teacher in : .blic / local settings. Greek education focused on mind, body and imagination.

I:nation System of Athens:

Education focused on training of Arts, Peace and War. Schools were private _ - people had an
opportunity to send their children in schools due to low tuition

Education (0-6 Years) - Basic Reading / Writing at home

3oys were taught at home by mother or male slave. They were taught;

^_ 1) words of Homer (poet), 2) how to play lyre (music instrument). Elementary Education (6-14
Years) - Gymnastic Education

Eymnastic training upto 14 years was compulsory.

Secondary Education (15-18 Years) - Intellectual Education

an,

After 14 years of training, poor students ended their education and join on & apprenticeship of a
trade. Rich students continued their education under a ulosopher teacher. Subjects of geometry,
sophistry, astronomy and rhetoric (art f speaking and writing effectively) were taught.
Post-secondary Education (19-20 Years) -Military Training

Two years military training was imparted and students were graduated after 20 ■ ears. Then more
advanced studies were also provided later.

"Girls were imparted only primary education at home. Co-curricular activities include; running, jumping,
boxing, wrestling, music, dance.

: .cation System of Sparta:

wen *

us 0 Main purpose of education was to physically strong and fit body.

n am Military Tainting (6-18 Years)

Boys and Girls in barracks undergo strict military training. It includes, taking less food, walking bare
footed, sleeping on hard beds, reading and writing, jumping, running, swimming, hunting, disk throwing
etc.

Gymnastic & Warfare Training (19-20 Years)

Only male persons undergo gymnastic and special warfare training with real weapons. At the age of 20
after 2 years training, a test was taken. Passing persons were declared soldiers and citizens. Other join
trade / business but they were not considered citizen & they had no political rights.

3. Soldier Training (21-60 Years)

Soldier training was continued upto 60 years in a separate barracks even marr: soldiers were also lived
alone without family.

4. Retirement and Family Life (61 till death)

Male were retired at the age of 60 years and they were allowed to live the families.

Socrates (469-399 BC):

1. Socrates was Greek philosopher born in Athens.

2. He said that knowledge is truth.

3. Person should find truth, work wisely and rationally.

4. He stressed in moral excellence.

5. Teachers ask right questions so that students think & answer critically.

6. He stressed on self-examination / analysis.

Teaching Method
Question Answer technique was used by Socrates to motivate, stimulate studer. and encourage healthy
discussions. Questions should be designed in such a way thad may increase the ;tudent interest and
curiosity. The questions should be linked wi student's answers.

Types of Questions of Socrates:

1. Introductory Questions - Linking with previous knowledge of students.

2. Developing Questions - Questions on new topic.

3. Recaptulatory Questions- Repeating the questions.

4. Evaluatory Questions - To judge the performance at the end.

Plato (429-347 BC):

1. Plato was the student of Socrates.

2. He presented the idea of Ideal State.

3. Brightest minds should made political decisions of state.

4. He presented philosophy of Idealism.

Books:Republic/Statesman/Lysis/Sophist/Laws/Symposium/Apology. Stages of Education of Plato:

1. Pre-Education (0-6 Years) - Moral Education

Moral education will be imparted to children by parents and elders.

2. Elementary Education (7-18 Years) -Basic Education

Separate ine girls and boys. Children should learn basic education, music, post

math and literature.

P - 2] History of Education __33

Military Training (19-20 Years):

HTM

Students undergo military experience in the battlefield for 2 years. Higher Education (21-35 Years):

Students get advance knowledge of mathematics, philosophy and literature for 10

the ears. Students should get the knowledge of dialectic for 5 years.

Ruler and Philosophers Training (36-50 Years):

Students get the training from 36-50 years to become rulers and philosophers. Practice as Ruler or
Philosophers (50 Years onward):

People are now ready to become ruler or philosophers and apply their knowledge practically.

: tie (384-322 BC):

1. Aristotle was the student of Plato.

2 He was the tutor of Alexander the Great.

3 Education is the attainment of happiness. derr 4. Virtue lies in the attainment of

happiness.

that 5. He used inductive and deductive method to find out knowledge.

ts.

' wr 6. Sensory experiences / sensations are the root of knowledge. 7. He presented philosophy
of Realism. Books: Peri Psyches/Physics/Metaphysics/Politics/Rhetoric/Economics. The Lyceum
(Peripatic School):

It is the basis of present day universities. It was located in Athens. Aristotle used i ach; philosophy,
mathematics, and rhetoric in the school.

[Curriculum:

1. Infant Schooling (0-6): It includes play, physical activities & stories.

2. 7-14 Years Schooling:Numerics, literacy, liberal arts.

3. 15-21 Years Schooling: Mathematics, Geometry, Astronomy, grammar, literature, poetry,

rhetoric, ethics and politics.

4. 21 Years onward: Physics, metaphysics, biology, cosmology, logic.

- : men Role:

1. Women were inferior to men. Aristotle promoted only male education.

2. Girls should be trained for household, child rearing (care/development).

Education in Pakistan

Role of Mosque in Education:

1. Place for Prayers

2. Place for socialization

3. Place for Dawa (Preach)

4. Place for Celebration (Eid, Marriage etc.)

5. Place of state meetings

6. Place for Medical Care

7. Place for Education

Dar-e-Arqam - First Islamic Education Center:

In earlier times, non-Muslims were teasing the Muslims in many ways that's preaching of Islam was also
difficult. In order to avoid such situation, Prophet (PBl established Educational center (Dar-e-Arqam) in
HazratArqam Bin Arqam (RA) ho It was first educational center of Islarri. Its aim was to spread the
message of Al teaching of Quran & Hadith, Tafsir-e-Quran etc.

Suffah:

Suffah means shaded area/area covered by roof. It was an area in Masjid-e-N designated for the
education, residence of poor, needy, out guests. Needy people lived in Suffah were called Ashab-e-
Suffah (residents of Suffah). It was first Isl Residential University. Prophet (PBUH) used to send Ashab-e-
Suffah in different for preaching of Islam. Different needs (food etc.) of Ashab-e-Suffah were provided
Muslim community. Suffah Curriculum:

1. Tafsir-e-Quran 2. Usul-e-Fiqah 3. Usul-e-Din 4.Caliphs

5.Nahv 6. Religion 7. Jadal

Dars-e-Nizami:

It was originated by MolanaNizamUddinSahalvi in India to promote teachings Islam according to Quran

and Sunnah and remove the harmful effects of sec education.

Curriculum of Dars-e-Nizami:

1. Quran & Hadith 2. Tafsir Quran 3.Logic 4.Usul-e-Tafseer

5. Usul-e-Hadith 6. Philosophy 7. Mathematics 8. Literature

DeeniMadaris:

DeeniMadaris teach; Quran, Hifz-e-Quran, Ahadith, Fiqah, etc. All DeeniMa are working under the
WafaqulMadaris. Arabic course (ShahdatulAlmiya) of an Isl Scholar is considered equivalent to M.A
Islamiat/M.A Arabic. An Islamic Scholar declare Fatwah after graduation.

CHAPter - 2] History of Education

35

Maktab School:
Maktab schools are associated with the mosques. Maktab schools were suggested a 1979 Education
policy of Pakistan. Education from class 1 to class 3 was required to

- E given in Masjid Maktabschool. A competent teacher will help Imam of Masjid in -.eaching.
Maktab schools are different form Madaris in scope where students are fewer and least curriculum
including Quran Nazira and Hiz-e-Quran were taught.

Mosque Schools:

Education Policy 1978 suggested the establishment of Mosque Schools to -prove the education in
Pakistan. Subjects of Urdu and math with Quran were taught. - e traditional Imams were unable to
continue this educational teaching so this idea was -;: implemented fully.

> wr. Pilot Schools/Charter Schools:

3UI: These are elementary and secondary schools that receive funding from the govt.

l0US - ai they are free from some of the rules and regulations that are applied on other public Mia:
hools. These schools were started with the help of USA. Purpose of charter school is to -crease and
improve the opportunities of education.

mprehensive School Scheme:

These schools were also established with the help of USA. First comprehensive j ' ; - :ol was
established in Multan in 1966. These schools were established in each district

- ;iiquarter all over the Pakistan. Its aim was to provide quality education.

area

ed t cational Schools:

These schools arrange vocational courses for the students who have passed their

- idle or matric classes. Courses include; carpenter, mason, welder, tailor, electrician, . -^puter
operator, embroidery, etc. Vocational schools have established at each tehsil e%el in Pakistan.

special Schools:

lgs c Special schools have been established in all the districts and tehsils of Pakistan for

jcuh _-e children with special needs. These children mainly include; children with mental Ktardation,
visual impairment, hearing impairment, physically handicapped. Special e; ucation teachers with
different professionals such as psychologists, speech therapist, audiologist, physiotherapist etc. teach
the children with special needs with specially

- :dified curriculum.

Ilamalqbal Open University (AIOU):

idar 1. AIOU is the first largest university of distance education in Asia.

2. AIOU is the second largest university of distance education in World.

4. It was renamed as AIOU in 1977 by Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto.

5. Established to educate workers, people of distant areas at their home place.

6. It is located in H-8 Sector, Islamabad.

7. Its chancellor is the President of Pakistan.

8. Its average student's enrolment is more 121acs every year.

9. Non-formal teaching methodology is used for teaching.

10. It provides textbooks, and reading material to students at home.

11. It arranges radio, television programs for students.

12. It arranges tutors in the near surrounding of the students.

13. Students have to submit the assignment to the tutors & appear in semester exams to pass the
program/course.

14. It has started many online learning programs.

15. It has 1172 study centers for professional training of students.

16. It has 9 regional campuses, 33 regional centers, 41 approved study centers. 138 part-time
regional coordinating offices.

17. Largest teacher education institution with average enrolment of 4 lac students.

18. Only institution providing program for Educational Planning & management.

19. It offers more than 2000 courses.

20. It offers operating semester system twice a year i.e. Spring& Autumn.

21. It got UNESCO ROMA & Raja Roy Singh award for educating rural masses.

Institute of Education and Research (IER):

It is a postgraduate college of education in Punjab University, Lahore establishec in 1960 with the
cooperation of USA. It is premier and most prestigious institute of education in country. It provides
teacher training, advance studies and quality research.

National Bureau of Curriculum and Textbook (NBCT):

It is also called curriculum wing. This wing is responsible to supervise the provincial curriculum bureau
for their curriculum development and textbooks development by ensuring the quality and
standardization.
Steps in Curriculum Development:

1. Developing Objectives (Objectives are framed on basis of education policy)

2. Scheme of Study(lt consider national education policy, market demand, and global issues.

3. Development of Sy//a6j#s(Syllabus is developed according to objectives)

4. Textbooks development (Provincial Textbook Board-PTTB develop it)

5. Review and Approval (National Review committee review books)

6. Publication and Distribution (After approval, book is published)

7. Teacher Training (Usually teacher guide is provided to teach the particular book and sometimes
training is imparted for the teaching of book.)

Provincial Textbook Board (PTTB):

Four PTTBs have been established one in each province. PTTBs are responsible r preparing, publishing,
stocking, distribution and marketing school textbooks. PPTBs : repare books for the classes KG to
Intermediate.

Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education (BISE):

BISE is responsible to conduct exams of Secondary (IX-X) and Higher Secondary XI-XII) classes. BISEs have
been established in each division.

Inter-Board Committee of Chairman (IBCC):

This committee was established, comprising of chairman of BISEs for mutual . ^aboration of BISEs. It was
established to resolve the issues of all BISEs and bring miformity in their workings.

Education Extension Centers:

EECs were established in each province of Pakistan to impart preservice and Dservice training to the
teachers. EECs provide training to the teachers for the changes made in the curriculum. In Punjab, EEC
has been renamed as DSD (Directorate of Staff I r\ elopment).

Provincial Institutes of Teacher Education (PITE):

PITEs were established in Punjab in 2000 for quality assurance and teacher raining, offering programs of
B.Ed, M.Ed and M.A Education. These were sponsored by Asian Development Bank. Presently PITEs
stopped working.

University of Education (UE):

1. UE, Lahore was established in 2002.

2. It was first specialized university in the field of education in Pakistan.

3. Its aim was to improve and provide preservice /inservice teacher training, educational leaders,
educationists, researchers, curriculum developers.

4. Its chancellor is Governor of the Punjab.

5. It has one main campus and 8 sub-campuses.

Punjab Examination Commission (PEC):

PEC is autonomous body setup by Punjab govt, for student's exams at grade 5 and grade 8. It started
functioning in 2005 and took first exam 5th grade exam in 2006. It is now working under Punjab
Examination Commission Act 2010. It takes exams every year of govt, and private students in all 36
districts of Punjab. It consists of 18 members.

District Teacher Educators (DTEs):

DTEs are appointed byDSD to evaluate and assess the progress of teachers and students of govt, schools
on monthly basis. DTEs visit the schools monthly and take the exams of students.

Cluster Training Support Centers:

Govt, of Punjab has nominated different central schools as cluster training support centers for the in
service training of teachers. In order to cover whole Punjab 36 District Training and Support Centers
(DTSC) have been established (one in each district). Under each DTSC on average 60 Cluster Training and
Support Centers (CTSC) have been established. One cluster covers approximately 30 schools lying within
radius of 16km. At one cluster (1-5) District Teacher Educators (DTEs) are placed depending upon the
schools attached with cluster. A DTE has been an allotted 10-15 school for implementation of CPD at
cluster level.

Trends in Education
Online Learning: Different software have been designed by different distance learning universities to
provide the education to students at their home through computer and internet called online learning.
Child sits daily on particular websites and completes the given assignments by the university online.

Mobile Learning: Learning by using mobile is very much easy and comfortable.

E-Learning: It is an electronic learning. It means learning through computer, emails, Skype etc.

Child Centered Learning: Now child has become client, customer, and central point of educational
institution. Teacher is just guide and facilitator. The child interests, needs, attention, mental level etc.
are kept under consideration while teaching.

Game Based Learning: Learning through games is very much effective for pervasive learning especially
for the kindergarten classes.

: -tAP - 2] History of Education

39

ject Method: Studentsundergo inquiry based education. Theyaregiven different ■ ems and asked to
resolve them at their own.

hy Childhood Education (ECE): Children at the early age about 3-5 years old are educated in playing and
effective learning environment. Punjab Govt, has started this ect of ECE in different districts.

IC Education: It promotes Education For All (EFA) to enhance the fundamental and ; knowledge/skills.

"M Education: It includes the education of Science, Technology, Engineering, and

ooks: Now Electronic Books called E-Books are available on the internet which can sed through
computer, mobile or E-Book Readers.

ance Learning:Distance learning provides education to the persons who are ; yees or not able to get
education in formal institutions. Distance learning provides facility of education at home by providing
textbooks material. Student is required to c .he assignmentsand appear in semester exams.

r Tutoring:It includes teaching of students by their classmates of same age.

usive Education means to educate the children with special needs in normal Is with normal children who
are not disabled.

Individualized Learning: It means that teaching each student according to his strengths, b, interests and
mental level.

Long Learning (LLL): It means getting education throughout the life/whole life, cation continues in the
entire life of a man in formal or informal mode, education at : I, home, and community etc.
Miscellaneous

Literacy:

"Literacy means to enable a person to read and write.'

Education: It refers to the process of acquiring knowledge, skills, values, attitude, belie and habits.
Usually it takes place in school setting and related to teaching-learning process.

Formal Vs Informal Vs Distance Education:

Formal Education

Non-Formal /

Distance Education /

Open System /

Correspondence Learning

Informal Education

1. Usually in school

2. May be repressive

3. Compulsory

4. Strictly teacher-led

5. Planned

6. Structured

7. Sequential

8. Student attendance

required

9. Increasing interaction

b/w student and teacher

1. At home or school

2. Relatively supportive
3. Usually voluntary

4. Less teacher-led

5. Planned

6. Structured

7. Sequential

8. Usually student is not required

9.- Less / no interaction b/w student and teacher

1 .Anywhere

(home, bus, market etc.)

2. Supportive

3. Voluntary

4. Usually learner-led

5. Unplanned

6. Unstructured

7. Non-sequential

8. No student attendance

9. No interaction b/w

student and teacher

Elements of Education:

There are following 4 elements of education:

1. Aims

2. Curriculum

3. Pedagogy

4. Evaluation

7>

pes of Reading:

1. Skimming: Quick reading to know central point/theme.

2. Scanning: More quick reading than skimming. Reading important points/topics or reading
required information.

3. Intensive Reading: Slow, deep& complete reading with full attention.

4. Extensive Reading: Reading long text for enjoyment out of classroom, at home or outside in
leisure time with own speed e.g. Novel reading.

-vpes of Writing:

1. Narrative Writing: Narration of some event e.g. journey, story, flood etc.

2. Descriptive Writing: Description of person, place or thing e.g. person, animal, town etc.

3. Expository Writing: Explanation of ideas, plans, facts, procedures.

7 vpes of Writing Composition:

1. Controlled Writing: Student is given writing assignment but final decision is made by the
teacher.

2. Guided Composition: It is guided by the teacher.

3. Free Composition: Teacher given only the topic but student himself does without any help.

Maxims of Teaching:

1. Simple to Complex

2. Known to Unknown

3. Part to Whole / Vice versa

4. Concrete to Abstract

5. Direct to Indirect

6. Particular to General

7. Analysis to Synthesis

8. Empirical to Rationale

9. Psychological to Logical

Computer Assisted Instruction:

It is a method of instruction in which student learns himself with the help of computer
programs/software. Its elements include following:
1. Tutorial Mode: Computer gives information to the child and at the end asks different questions
and scores the child achievement.

2. Drill and Practice: Child is given an assignment repeatedly for drill.

3. Discovery Mode: Problem is given to child and ask to resolve at its own.

4. Simulation Mode: Different artificial situation are given to play or perform on computer e.g.
game of aeroplane pilot etc.

5. Gaming Mode: Different games are given just for the enjoyment of child.

Types of Teleconferencing:

Teleconferencing means communicating with a group of people/conference from long distance. Its types
are as under:

1. Audio Teleconferencing

2. Video Teleconferencing

3. Computer Teleconferencing

Steps of Lesson Planning:

1. General Objectives

2. Specific Objectives

3. Introduction

4. Teaching Aids (AV aids, computer, etc.)

5. Previous knowledge (children previous knowledge is linked with topic)

6. State of Aim (explanation of current topic)

7. Presentation (Telling different points and questions)

8. Explanation (Answering the questions)

9. Summary

10. Review Questions

11. Home Assignment

Micro Teaching:
It is a teaching of 5-10 minutes to 5-10 students by video tape or computer to judge teaching ability. This
teaching is done duringpreservice or inservice training of teachers. Here students are the teachers. One
teacher teaches and others observe his/her teaching and analyze his/her weaknesses.

■ crammed Instruction: Method of teaching in which teachers teach in an organized ith full dedication,
according to the teaching principles.

-erafive Learning: It is a type of learning in which a group of 3-4 students is — - .ated and it is given a
problem for its solution.

aic Method: It refers to discussion / dialogue between two or more people having rent view on one
topic.Studentsargument with each other to find truth.

E : -cational Trend: Related changes taken place in education over time due to change

-:ciety.

Tracking: Dividing students into groups according to their abilities.

• rciprocal Teaching: Instructional activity during which teacher and student exchange each other what
is to be learned.

j.ptive Teaching:Applying different instructional strategies to different groups of ;rs so they all can
achieve success.

- : rizontal Relationships:Successful relationship of students with their peers that meet

- social skill needs, belongings.

. -rical Relationships:Successful relationship of students with parents and teachers that . :heir needs of
safety, security and protection.

Reflective Teacher:A teacher who is thoughtful and self-critical about his or her

teaching.

_;ink, Pair, Share Technique: It is cooperative discussion strategy presented by Frank nn. First students
think about the problem and then they make their pairs with other r_dents and share their ideas in
turns with each other to resolve the problem.

Des of Learning:Itincludes;Cognitive, Affective and Psychomotor learning.

- ; rates Question: Answering their own questions by the students.

-.mary Teaching Methods: It includes; Lecture, Demonstration, Role play, & Grou I-.scussion.

'. rmonstration: Teaching by showing. It has 3 stages:

1. Instructor Tells

2. Instructor Shows

v£> jrd ry iood flexes - Peers

3. Student Shows

I le Play:It is the imitation of real events by the student.

Illustration Method: Use of videos or pictures to show how an c

Living Curriculum: Itincludes the use of multimedia over the internet to ere progressive interactive
environment.

Direct Instruction:Teacher centered instruction which includes lecture, presentation, recitation.

Indirect Instruction:Student centered instruction in which student learns at his/her c as in inquiry based
learning, problem solving method etc.

Small Group Discussion:Independent discussion of 4-6 studentsin a group.

Overlearning: It is a strategy whereby the learner continues to study and rehearse material after it has
been brought to mastery.

Removing Student stealing habit: If a child uses to steal the items in school, find cause of behavior and
explain the effects of behavior.

Chapter3 Educational Psychology

45

CHAPTER

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

Sr#

Topic

Nutshell of Educational Psychology

2 Schools of Psychology

Piaget Theory of Cognitive Development

4 Erikson Theory of Psychosocial Development

5 Vygotsky Theory of Sociocultural Development

6 Kohlburg Theory of Moral Development

Bronfenbrenner Ecological Theory

8 Freud Theories

9 Theories of Learning
10 Behavioral Theories of Learning

11 Cognitive Theories of Learning

12 Theories of Motivation

13 Theories of Emotions

14 Miscellaneous

-Humanistic -Humanistic Psyc -Humanistic Psych

17. Watson, Pavlov and Skinner are related to - Behavioral

18. Study of whole behavior promoted by school of psychology

19. Whole is greater than sum of its parts is

20. Max Wertheimer, Koffka, Kohler &Lewin are related to

21. Learning by insight theory is also called

22. Gestalt is a German word that means

23. Psychology theory emphasize 'free will'

24. Most optimistic view of human nature related to

25. School of psychology that given more value to human

26. Maslow and Carl Roger are related to school of psychology-Humanistic Psv

27. Founder of humanistic approach

28. Kind of therapy developed by Freud - Psycho

29. Human behavior includes conscious, subconscious-unconscious - Psycho

30. Other term used for psychoanalysis is - Psychod\

31. Central concept of psychoanalysis is - Unconscious

32. Unconscious shapes our personality/behavior said by

QS

**:cer of psychodynamic psychology

. think &feel in altered states of awareness mind and body relation is

- ^rsonal means

- rrsonal psychology is also called „ s Man is conscious animal'

= 5 Man is social animal' _> first psychologist

- k of psychology was written by

. : psychology book of Aristotle was

James published book of psychology 1895 : psychology in USA :experimental psychology established
World first lab of psychology andt set up world first lab of psychology in Why age' of a child is fang age'
of a child is E .cited state arising in response o stimuli

: rd 'emotion' is derived frorii ord

Emovere means Emotions rise abruptly but die Which is master emotion Limbic system is often called
Basic born emotions

First emotional expression appear in infants Emotional style one displays in response to events An
emotional bond to particular person Word ' moral' is derived from Latin word Mos' means

No clear-cut answer regarding morally correct action

Word psychology is derived from

Moods are formed during

Inborn automatic response to stimuli

People of same age and status are called

Answers

- Sigmund Freud

-Transpersonal psychology

-Transpersonai psychology

- Beyond the personal

-Transpersonal psychology

-William Wundt &James

- Aristotle

- Aristotle

-Aristotle

-Peri Psyches

-Principle Psychology

-William James
-William Wundt

-William Wundt

- Leipzig, 1879

- Early Childhood

- Late Childhood

- Emotion

- Emovere

- To Excite, stir up

- Slowly

- Fear

- Emotional brain

- Love, Fear

- General excitement

- Temperament

- Attachment

- Mos

- Manner, Habit

- Moral Dilemma

- Greek word - Adulthood

- Reflexes

- Peers

QS

67. Actions that show respect and caring for others

68. Tendency to analyze own thoughts

69. Person become capable for reproduction at stage

70. Unconditional love fosters congruent self-concept said

71. Founder of client centered therapy

72. Attention on measureable and observable aspect is

73. Founder of behaviorism

74. Behaviorist say that behavior is controlled by

75. Roger said that important in problem solving is

76. Negative or unpleasant consequences

77. Positive or pleasant consequences

78. Reinforcer that can be touched

79. Gesture or sign to communicate positive regard

80. Opportunity to engage in a favorite activity

81. Process of self-praise or motivation is called

82. Voluntary goal directed behavior of a person

83. Punishing/rewarding whole class for performance

84. Type of reinforcing properties of primary reinforce

85. Type of reinforcing properties of secondary reinforce

86. Rate of response in positive reinforcement

87. Rate of response in negative reinforcement

88. Reinforcement determines response acquisition

89. Reinforcement determines response performance

90. State that energizes, directs and sustains behavior

91. Motivation for inner pleasures

92. Motivation for external rewards

93. Punishment is an example of motivation type

94. Motivation related to activities that are their own rcu i

95. Stimulus is necessary for response in

96. Change in behavior due to reinforcement

97. Stimulus plays dominant role in

98. Response plays dominant role in

99. Thorndike contributed in conditioning process

100. Behavior related to particular stimulus

Answers

- Prosocial Beha\

- Reflects

-Pub-

- Carl Ro

- Carl R

- Behavio

- J.B Wa

- Enviro

-Cli

- Punis

- Reinfor

- Concrete Reinfo

- Social Reinfo

- Activity Reinfo

- Self-reinforce

- Operant Beha\

- Group consequen

- Biolog

- Acqu

- Incre

- Deere

- Ski -Band - Motiva

- Intrinsic Motiva

- Extrinsic Motivat Extrinsic Motiva - Intrinsic motiva

-Classical condition!

-Operant condition -Classical condition

-Operant condition -Operant Conditio

-Respondent beha\
ehavi Behavior not clearly related to particular stimulus - Operant behavior

;ctiv: Use of consequences to strengthen behavior - Reinforcement

3uber Use of consequences to weaken the behavior - Punishment

Roge _Consequences that seriously threaten self-esteem -Psychological punishment

[Rog :- Observable reaction to stimulus - Response

norh Punishment by loss of reinforcers - Response cost

Nats, - Learned response to previously neutral stimulus -Conditioned Response

)nme Response evoked by conditioned stimulus -Conditioned Response

Clie Response evoked by US without prior learning -Unconditioned Response

lishe Stimulus evokes particular response -Conditioned Stimulus

force Stimulus evokes response without prior learning -Unconditioned stimulus(US)

lforc ; Stimulus that produces no response - Neutral Stimulus

lforce* Gradual disappearance of acquired response - Extinction

lforc Behavior modification based on behaviorist theory -Applied Behavior Analysis

:emer 5 Pavlov describe the learning process -Classical Conditioning

havi Skinner describe the learning process -Operant Conditioning

lenc Who said behavior affected by positive reinforcement - Skinner

ogicr i Drug that speed up function of nervous system - Stimulant

quire - : Founder of Rational emotive behavior therapy(REBT) - Albert Ellis

reast - 2; Therapy changes irrational & dogmatic cognitions -REPT

rease - Removing student from situation which reinforce misbehavior - Timeout

cinnq22Removing disruptive student from class until behaves normal- Timeout

ndu: Removal of all the reinforcement - Timeout

ati _ Total length of time of a class - Scheduled Time

**•atiys Amount ol class time devoted to teaching - Allocated Time

**'auoLIr Amount of allocated time each student focus in class - Engaged Time

**'atio? *" Mental patterns that guide behavior - Schema

**'atiaj-j Basic mental structure that organize/interpret information - Schema

onird"9. Organized cluster of knowledge about particular event - Schema

oninjv) General cognitive abilities related to IQ - G Factor

31111131. Naturally occurring changes over time - Maturation

onir.x J2. Scores based on standard deviation are - Standard Scores

or.'--: •Study sessions with rest periods are called - Distributive Practice

ia\i»3. Study session with single extended period - Massed Practice

QS

135. Overprotected child will tend to display

136. Aggression that involves the physical attack

137. Deliberate aggression against others to obtain desired goal

138. Aggressive response to frustration

139. Action that harms others

140. Action that violates cultural expectations

141. Sense of concern for future generations

142. Interpretation of sensory information

143. Our perception about ourselves

144. Memory that holds information in original form

145. Memory that holds information for only an instant

146. Memory holds information for few seconds

147. Information you are focusing on at the moment

148. Other name of working memory

149. Memory holds information in permanent fashion

150. Memory for meaning

151. Weakening of memory over lime

152. Combination of visual and auditory memory

153. Auditory stimuli is held, as memory

154. Visual stimuli is Iieid as memory

**155. Memory part tcmporari!) holds sensory information

156. Sensory register visual information

157. Sensory register auditory information

158. Divide large information into small pieces for easy remembrance

159. Inability to retrieve learned information

160. Amnesia is related to

161. Unable to remember things at age 3 year or less

162. Tiny space between neurons

163. Chemical messages in body are sent through

164. Difference in abilities in students at particular age

165. Pioneer who identified individual differences

166. Organized group of similar actions or thoughts

167. Intensive working with expert to complete complex task

168. The way one thinks about the information

Favouring one gender over the other Art of teaching children Art of teaching adults

Study of human behavior and mental processes

Study of how students learn and develop

Disorder in which student has difficulty learning

Reading disorder is called

Dyslexia usually have problem in

Problem of cognition and adaptive behavior

Currently mental retardation is called

Relating current information with previous learned

Thinking of all possible solutions to a problem

Step by step procedure to solve the problem

Merely copying behavior without understanding its meaning- Direct modeling

Behaving like someone in a book or movie - Symbolic ,Modeli.

Integrating behaviors of several models to form new behavior- Synthesi modeling

Internalize self-talk

Exchange of thoughts through verbal & nonverbal means Science of sound

Smallest unit of sound that affect word meaning Smallest meaningful unit in a language Proper
arrangement of words in a sentence Study of meanings behind words Study of social aspects of language
use Spontaneous noises of infant different from native language

Answers

- Impulsivi

- Hyperactivi

- Expressive Disord

- Expressive Disord

- Receptive Disord

-Articulation Disord

QS

Spo^aneous noises of infant related to native language Students in danger of failing to complete basic
education- At-risk students

Act without thinking Inability to sit still

Language disorder regarding making of sounds Language disorder regarding producing of language
Language disorder regarding understanding of language Difficulty in pronouncing correct sound

53

Educational Psychology

:ulty in speaking due to obstruction in air in nose : ulty in forming smooth connections b/w words I •
:-zer of hearing Z >::icr of vision

dren with IQ level 140 & above . aking a task into concrete small objectives _ ating new information to
previously learned edge and understanding of society rules p ■ chology lab in USA established by . -.
ation must be based on child need is said by : atment of mental & behavioral disorder with drug rtfined
to home, dislike group activities is . able, outgoing, interested in group activities _ e sex cell male sex cell
. of an individual starts from rench surgeon discovered speech centre in brain

area related to language production rain area related to language comprehension -;: professor of
psychology i:■ opened first psychology clinic quiring knowledge through senses I n eloping one's
potential fully is called :ance in education was started in ather of guidance

-.est area of psychology among psychologists apy uses electrical shocks for schizophrenia iy of
similarities & differences in behavior body of neuron is called eurons are made up of dendrites, a soma
and P art of neuron receive message from other neuron

eurotransmitters are primarily associated with 3 :dy cells carry and process information mical released
at an axon terminals

or throat

Answers

- Voice Disorder

- Fluency Disorder - Hearing Impairment

- Visual Impairment

- Gifted Children - Task Analysis

- Elaboration

- Social Cognition

- G. Stanley Hall

- John Dewey

- Chemotherapy

- Introvert

- Extrovert

- Sperm

- Ovum

- Zygote

- Paul Broca

- Broca Area

- Wernick Area -James McKeen, USA

-LightnerWitmer, USA
- Empiricism

- Self actualization

- 1905

- Frank Parsons -Clinical &counseling

- Electroconvulsive -Comparative Psychology

- Soma

- Axons

- Dendrite

- Synapses

- Neurons - Neurotransmitter

QS

270 Glands that secrete hormones directly to bloodsream Endocrine glands

271. Child development is useful fo/ the • Teachers

272. Keen study of an event or behavior is made in -Observation Method

273. Children growth is studied in -Developmental Method

274. Sensory disabilities are studied in -Psycho-physical Method

275. Study of behavior under controlled condition -Experimental Method

276. Control is an important characteristic Ox method -Experimental Method

277. Method of educational science -Experimental **Method

278. Method deals 1 person at a time, adjust him/her -Clinical Method

279. Technique of associating items with specific places - Loci Method

280. Period from zygote till chi' a birth - Pre-Natal Perio^

281. Period during the birth - Peri-natal Perioc

282. Period after birth is also called - Postnatal Perioc

283. Period from birth to 2 weeks - Neonate Perioc

284. Cognitive development deais with - Mine

285. IQ of gifted children - 140 and above

286. IQ of average child - 90-110

287. IQ of Slow Learners -70-9i

288. IQ of child with mental retardation - Below 7t

289 Stern formula to determine IQ - lOOxMA/CA

290. First intelligence test was developed in - 1905

291. Who developed first intelligence test - Bine:

292. Scholastic aptitude is synonymous with - Intelligence

293. Wechsler scale is used to measure the - Intelligence

294. Intelligence measures - Academic potential

295. Intelligence test helps to measure the age - Mental Age

296. Mental age of a child indicates level of - Mental Maturit}

297. I.Q is an index of -Mental development Rate

298. Intelligence comes from our genes and - Environmen:

299. Worldwide increase in IQ score over time - Flynn Effec:

300. Intelligence largely determined by heredity said by - Francis Galton

301. Out of sight out of mind is related to stage - Sensory motor stage

302. Information processing theory is -Cognitive learning theory

303. Ability in novel and unusual way is - Creativit)

--5 - 3] Educational Psychology

55

QS

Model of 8 types of learning was presented by Experiments on learning by insight performed by Mental
development reaches at its climax stage According to Maslow, most important needs are Physical
growth is affected by factors Educational psychology is the branch of Discipline of psychology is since the
birth of Mostly differences in interest due to differences in Interest of boys reaches its peak in period
Change in behavior results in

Answers
- Gagne

- Kohler - Formal operational -Physiological needs

-Biological &environmental - Applied Psychology - Man

- Past Experiences - Pre-adolescent -Maturation&learning

Learning of students together in small group on same project-Cooperative learning

;19.

QS

Student work at his own to discover basic ideas Practicing a skill after point of its mastery Discovery
learning & Social learning are theories Average weight of full term baby boy at birth Average weight of
full term baby girl at birth Greatest degree of insecurity is due to Most fundamental agency in boys and
girls life Jean Piaget was born in Learner, learning process, & learning situation Term growth purely used
in the sense

Human organism becomes favorably related to environment is Learning and learning theories are
studied in

Answers-Physical Development -Cognitive Development -Social Development - Moral Development

-Emotional Development

- Heredity

- Constructivism

- Disequilibrium

- Equilibrium

- Sedation

Orderly adaptive changes in human from conception to death -Development

Changes in body structure and function over time Changes that make mental processes more complex
Personality development, social attitude &skills Process that develop sense of right & wrong in child
Child growing ability to regulate/control his emotions Transfer of parent's characteristics to newborn
Active role of learner in building knowledge Current thinking not understand situation is Current
thinking understand situation is Arranging objects in sequence according to 1 aspect
QS

A sense of for future generation is called

Complex answer to the question 'who am V

Excitement to engage in productive work

Willingness to begin new activities

Sense of self-acceptance and fulfillment is

Changing the level of support for learning is

A continuous that never comes to an end

Classroom area where most interaction takes place

Child spends considerable time in system

Types of systems in Bronfenbrenner's theory

Form of communication based on system of symbols

Words combined to form acceptable sentences

Who presented Social Learning theory

Cerebellu, Medulla & pons are part of

Thalamus works in brain as

Vision (eye sight) is related to the brain lobe

Hearing is related to the brain lobe

Worked on split brain patients & got Nobel Prize

Left-side functions of human body controlled by brain

Right-side functions of human body controlled by brain

Sound presented to right ear quickly registered in

Sound presented to left ear quickly registered in

Capacity of short term memory, Miller described

Level of mental retardation of most people is

Child personal responsibility of feeding, dressing

Girls face psychological & social problems who mature

Boys face psychological & social problems who mature

Mathematical skills of females are relatively low

Repeating information to remember it

Gender stability starts at the age of

**Answers

- Generativ.

- Idem:

- Indust

- Initiatr.

- Integri.

- Scaffold'

-Lea

- Action Zo

- Microsyst

-Lang -Syn

- Bandu:

- Hindbr

- Relay syste_

- Occipital Lo

- Temporal Lo

- Roger Spe.. -Right hemisph..

-Left hemisphe. -Left hemisphe. -Right hemisph. -7 chunks informatK -Mi

- Autonorr

-L~~ - Ear!

- Than mal - Rehear

- 3 Yea:

S9

:>90
?91

192

■-4

96.

- Learning Observational Learning - Social Learning

- E.L Thorndike

- E.L Thorndike

-3

- Law of readiness

- Law of Exercise

- Law of Exercise

-Law of Effect

- Teacher Efficacy - Sensorimotor stage

- Preoperational stage

- Operational stage

QS

Gender constancy starts at the age of Quick learningafter single exposure to knowledge Learning a
behavior to avoid unpleasant situation Tendency of an organism to revert to instinctive behavior Change
in genes of population due random sampling Heritable change or error in DNA replication Transfer of
genes from population to another Best representative of category is Set of genes in DNA responsible for
particular traits ' Physical traits result of interaction b/w genotype & environment Human body shape
and physic type Judging human character from facial features Teacher reaction to student performance
on a task Removing student from mainstream school for special instruction- Pull out program

Identical twins are not identical in

Most of what we learn through observation is

Other name of observational learning is

Trial and theory was presented by

Laws of learning were founded by

Thorndike presented how many laws of learning

Degree of preparedness and eagerness to learn

Practice denotes the Thorndike's Law

Repeated things are best remembered

Response that causes satisfaction is Strengthened Teacher belief in their abilities to "bring desired
results First stage of Piaget cognitive learning theory Second stage of Piaget cognitive learning theory
Third stage of Piaget cognitive learning theory Fourth stage of Piaget cognitive learning theory

1. Structuralism

# Oldest school of thought.

# Breaking down mental process into most basic components.

# Emphasis on study of human mind structure/experience.

# Nature & structure shapes personality and learning.

# It focuses on conscious experience (sensation, feeling, perception, ideas. Analysis of these

conscious components was supposed the structure of mind.

# Introspection / observation method was used.

# In introspection method a person analyze his own behavior when he is expos to different
current situation like stimuli (light, colour, sound).

William Wundt

Schools of Psychology

Exponent: William James

6. Psycho-Analysis

* Study of concious, subconciuous, & unconcious behavior.

* Study of recalling of previous knowledge, past experience, feelings, its interpretation to

resolve problem.
* Introspection method is used in which patient describes

ins unc v ious feelings.

* ireatment in which patient tells through free association, fantasies and dr nd ai lys, induces
unconcious conflicts and interpret it for solution.

& ' jaiment people helps making unconcious to concious.

* ( 'sually treats depression and anxiety disorders.

* it is a therapy as well theory.

* In therapy, patient is asked to lie on a couch, and analyst sits behind it notes what the patient
tells about his / her dreams, conflicts, chil memories etc. Therapy is a lengthy process which takes 2-5
session per wee

Exponent: (Sigmund Freud)

Education

**rapy)

••

7. Transpersonal Psychology /Spiritual Psychology

It is a study of mind & body relation. Transpersonal means 'beyond the personal'. It stresses on deeper
level of consciousness to think spiritually beyond physical plane.

> It has often religious aspect to make the people realize that they are spiritual beings in physical
bodies.

► It deal, how we think & feel in our altered state of mind (in sad/happy mood), ponents: Carl
Jung, William James and Abraham Maslow

Piaget Theory of Cognitive Development

**;aget was a psychologist, born in 1894 in Switzerland and died in

sensorimotor Preoperational Concrete Formal

Stage Stage Operational Operational Stage

Stage

(0-2 Years) (2-7 Years) (7-11 Years) (12 to Death)

:w ledge through Symbolic Logical thinking Abstract thinking

v rises and motor functioning stage and deductive stage

- ement rather than /Language skills

-rental processes.

it taki; hildho • week

BASIC TERMS USED BY PIAGET

ema: Basic building blocks of thinking OR The ways of thinking in brain OR The cm of thinking OR How a
person thinks.

nation: Making desired change or adjustment. It has 2 types given below:

1. Assimilation: Using previous information (existing schema) to fit into new environment.

2. Accommodation: Altering previous information (existing schema) to fit into new environment.

ilibrium: Situation where previous information fits in new environment (Assimilation), r^uilibrium:
Situation where previous information does not fit in new environment rnmodation).

Sensorimotor Stage (0-2 Years):

• Reflexes (reactions)-Suckmg objects,swallowing, stepping, crawling, walking etc.

• Exploring world through senses

Habits - Repeating movement of arms, hands, eyes, head etc. Eye hand coordination

Object Permanence- Knowing about invisible objects Experimentation & Creativity- Doing new things
and activities. Pia^ name the children little scientists.

Trial and Error Experimentation

Preoperational Stage (2-7 Years):

Symbolic play/ functioning(Role play with friends, imaginary roles) Intitutive Thought (Don't have
reason to believe) Egocentric (Child thinks his own point of view, self-centered, selfish) Animism
(Imitation, copying others)

Artificialism (Clouds are white as someone painted them white colour)

Transductive reasoning (Relating unrelated things together- at barking a dog, balloon pops etc.)
Centration (Attend only one aspect of situation, focusing on a dimension and neglecting others)

ConservationProblem (Two beakers / glasses of different shapes hav-same quantity of water but child
says that one beaker contains more w-by seeing its shape which looks bigger but actually not).

IrreversibilityQJnable to reverse things into previous position or order) Class Inclusion (Problems in
differentiating classes of different like cats, dogs, goats, sheep etc.)

Transitive InferenceCUnable to use previous knowledge or logic, A is brother of B, B is the brother of C,

So A is the brother of C, but child fi to understand).

Lack of perception

Language Skills(Listening, speaking, reading, writing)

3.

Concrete Operational Stage (7-11 Years):

Logical Thinking Stage (Inductive reasoning)

Seriation (sequencingor categorization according to shape, size, weight)

Classification(categorizing the objects by shape, size or weight)

Decentration (Attending more than one aspect of situation)

Reversibility (Able to reverse the things into previous pattern)

Conservation (Able to learn rule of conservation)

Trans ivity( Ability to sort the objects according to shape, size or weight taller at top, smaller at bottom)

Formal Operational Stage (11 Years& Above):

• Abstract Thinking (Thinking about things which are not in front / present)

• Deductive Reasoning (Deriving rules from general to specific)

• Metacognition (Thinking about own thinking or mental processes, higher order thinking,
comprehension, planning to find solution of a task etc.)

of Piaget Theory of Cognitive Development in the Classroom:

Teacher can use this theory in following way:

Considering child ability at different age level to plan classroom activities.

Guide the students, encourage the students to participate actively.

Encourage students to learn from their peers.

Be patient on student's mistakes, as students learn a lot from mistakes.

Respect each student individual interest, needs, abilities, and limits.

Engage students in active learning process/practical activities.

Encourage collaborative as well individual activities.

Present new problem so student learn to handle disequilibrium.

Erikson Theory of Psycho-social Development

Erik Erikson was a German born American psychologist (1902-1994). Three Aspect of Identity: Erik
explored three aspects of identity:

1. Ego identity

2. Personal identity

3. Social/cultural identity

Crisis Stage Life Stage Relationship Issues Virtue

1. Trust vs Mistrust (0-11/2 Years) Infant Mother Feeding, Sleeping, Teething Hope

2. Autonomy vs Shame & Doubt

(l1/2-3 Years) Toddler Parents Toilet training, walking, Clothing Will

3. Initiative vs Guilt (3-6 Years) Preschool Family Discovery, Adventure & play Purpose

4. Industry vs Inferiority

(6-12 Years) Schoolchild School teacher, friends, neighbor Achievement, Completion

Competen;:

5. Identity vs Role confusion

(12-20 Years) Adolescent Peer, Role Model Resolving identity Fidelity (loyalty)

6. Intimacy vs Isolation

(20-45 Years) Early adulthood Lovers, Friends, work

connection Telling
relationship, work & social life Love

7. Generativityvs Stagnation

(45-65 Years) Middle adulthood Children, workmates Work, Parenthood Care

8. Integrity vs Despair

(65 onward) Later adulthoodSociety, World, Life Life achievement Wisdom

Trust vs Mistrust: Mother provides milk, food, care and thus child starts trusting her mother and feels
confident, secure & safe. If mother fails to provide help, it develops mistrust in the child.

Autonomy vs Shame & Doubt:Child makes his choices at his own about what he likes to play, wear, eat
and using toilet etc. and he/she feels more confident.If the child is not given liberty, he/she ieel insecure
and doubtful.

Initiative vs Guilt: Child initiate different activities and feels confident and secure but if child fails to do
so, he/she feels guilt lack ot confident, afraid to take initiative.

Industry vs Inferiority:Child loves to work at his own and feels good on completing a task. If child is not
allowed to work, he/she feels inferior.

Identity vs Role Confusion: Child begins to look at the future, careei, relation, family etc. and begin
identifying his world. Sometimes' he/she is not clear and feels confusion (I don't know what will be my
future).

Intimacy vs Isolation: Child develops relationship with friends, peers and with family members and feels
confident. If he/she fails to develop relationship, he/she feels isolation and loneliness.

Generativityvs Stagnation:Parenthood, raising children, establishing careers and more productive role. If
one fails to do so, he/she feels stagnant and unproductive.

Integrity vs Despair: If life is successful, one feels good but if he/she could not accomplish his/her goals
in the past, then he/she feels despair, dissatisfied, and depress.
Vygotsky Theory of Social/Sociocultural/ Cognitive Development

Lev Vygotsky was a Russian psychologist (1896-1934). He died at the age of 37 years due to
Tuberculosis.

BASIC THEMES OF VYGOTSKY THEORY Role of social interaction in cognitive development

Social interaction which occurs between a child and his seniors/elders, deve cognition. Child observes
the behavior of others and applies it in his/her activ independently. (The process of giving verbal
instruction to child in learning a tas, called collaborative/cooperative dialogue).

More Knowledgeable Other (MKO)

The adult or guide/tutor who has more knowledge, or experience and guides child to perform any task is
called More Knowledgeable Other.

Zone of Proximal (LWJ2 <-^fJ>)Development (ZPD)

Proximal means those skills that child is close to mastering. ZPD refers tc difference between a learner's
ability to perform a task independently versus perfo task with the guidance of any experienced person
or guide. Skills are too difficult child to master on his own, but that can be done with the guidance of
knowledg person is called Zone of Proximal Development.

(Child trying to climb up a tree, easily climbs the tree with the help of a guide

Scaffolding(UV* 'O^-*): Scaffolding means providing a support or assistance to a in learning a task. When
the child learns to complete the task independently, then help or assistance is removed gradually. This
gradual removal of help is scaffolding. Language: Language is a greatest communication tool and it
develops from interactions. Language helps in cognitive development, reasoning, and supports cul
activities like reading and writing. Three forms of language are as below:

1. Social Speech: External communication that a person uses to talk others. It is typical in children
at the age of 2 years.

2. Private Speech: Internal communication that a person uses to talk himself. It is typical in
children at the age of 3 years. Thoughts of become connected with the words.

3. Silent Inner Speech: Actually these are the thoughts which come intc mind about a situation or
object. Silent inner speech is covert (hi whereas Private speech is overt. It is typical at the age of 7 years.

Imaginative Play and Cognitive Development Children play games, role plays / dramas with others as a
fun, to entertain This imaginative role-play improves cognition.

Kohlburg Theory of Moral Development

. Tence Kohlburg was an American psychologist (1927-1987).

Level Age Stages

Level 1 4-10 Stage 1 - Obedience&Punishment Orientation

? re-conventional) Years Stage 2 - Self Interest Orientation

Level 2 10-13 Stage 3 - Interpersonal Orientation

(Conventional) Years Stage 4 - Law and Order Orientation

Level 3 13 Stage 5 - Social Contract Orientation

Post Conventional) onward Stage 6 - Universal Principal Orientation

1. Obedience & Punishment Orientation: In order to avoid punishment, child becomes obedient and
follows others.

2. Self Interest Orientation: Child likes to perform activities which are beneficial for him/her. Child
gives importance to self-interest.

3. Interpersonal Orientation/Good boy, Good Girl: Child likes to do good work to get approval of
others. When others say that he/she is a good boy/girl, he feels good and so he/she does good.

4. Law and Order Orientation: Child becomes aware of different rules and he/she obeys law to
avoid guilt/blame/punishment.Child respects the authority.

5. Social Contract Orientation:Child becomes aware of different rules, values, opinions, beliefs.
Child obeys these rules in the best interest of society in order to maintain good social standards.

6. Universal Principal Orientation: People follow ethical principal. The person makes a personal
commitment to universal principles of equal rights and respect. If there is a conflict between a social law
and universal principles, the universal principles take preference.

68

CRUX of Special Education

Ecological Theory

Child development is affected by social relationship and environment aroun: them. It comprises of five
levels of environment:

1. Microsystem: It is closest to the child in which he has direct contact with others. It includes
parents, peers, caregivers, friends, teacher in home school or daycare center etc.
2. Mesosystem: It the next level in which different Microsystems of the child interact with each
other and have indirect effect on the child. Here Microsystems don t function independently. School and
home interaction though parents and teachers affect the child development.

3. Exosystem: It is the level in which child has no any direct participation o: involvement but it
affects his development e.g. father promotion a: workplace etc.

4. Macrosystem: It includes actual cultural environment in "hich child lives and all other systems
that affect him e.g. economic system, political system, cultural values etc.

5. Choronosystem: It includes changes over time not only in human but alsc in environment in
which human lives e.g. changes in family structure (divorce, birth, death), change in socioeconomic
status, change in employment status or residence etc.

Freud Theories

Freud presented 2 theories: Psychosexual and Psychoanalytical Theory Psychosexual Development

Theory:

Austrian Neurologist Sigmund Freud (1856-1939)presented this Theory. He believed that life comprises
of tension and pleasure. He said that tension is due to build¬up of libido (sexual energy) and that all
pleasure comes from its discharge. This theory is scientifically, socially and religiously condemned and
criticized.

Psychoanalytic / Psychodynamic Development Theory:

This theory states that human behavior is the result of interaction among three parts of mind (Id, Ego &
Superego).It emphasized that unconscious conflicts shape human behavior and personality. It is also
called Freud Structural Theory.

ral Model of Personality / Elements of Personality:

Personality is composed of three elements (Id, Ego, Superego).

1. Id (Non Reality Based)/ Inborn Element:(Hunger, Thirst, Sex).It avoids

pain and seeks pleasure. According to Freud we are born with Id. When a

child is hungry, he cries and gets food. It fulfills our basic needs immediately.

It just wants to fulfill the needs without realizing reality of situation or feeling

of others. Id is entirely unconsciou s & includes instinctive (inborn) behavior.

Unconscious is the most important level of mind which consists of the

thoughts which are the real cause of behavior but we are not aware of them.
t These cannot be seen but can be explored by hypnosis, free association or dreams. Dreams are royal
road to unconscious.

2. Ego (Reality Based)/ Develops at 2 years & Onward: The ego

understands that other people have needs and desires and that sometimes being selfish can hurt us in
the long run. Ego also fulfills the basic needs but not as immediately or quickly as in Id, rather it satisfies
the needs based on reality. It includes preconscious aspect of personality.

3. Superego (Moral/Ethical Based)/ Develops at 5 years:It is based on

moral/ethical principle which one learns from parents and society. It tells

us about right or wrong. It includes conscious aspect of personality.

Conscious mind consists of the thoughts which are focus of our attention

presently now to which we are fully aware.

: hoanalysis Method:

Freud used this method to explore the unconscious thoughts, feeling, and :;ons of the client. The client
is laid on a couch or bed and counselor asks him to tell at his dreams, fears, etc. which he writes on
paper, analyze them and provide :ance to control these problematic thoughts.

Theories of Learning

Traditional Learning Theories

Digital Age Theory

Behaviorism

Cognitivism

Constructivism

Connectivism
Learning is a

process of change

in observable

behavior caused by

stimulus in

environment.

Learning is a

process of

acquiring and

storing information.

Learning comes

from mental

activity such

memory, motivation, thinking etc.

Learning is a

process of

constructing own understanding / knowledge rather than acquiring from others.

Learning is proce of connect' specialized information sources.

Learning behavior

as

Learning as mental activity

Learning as active process of learning

Learning

connectivity

sources.
Student viewed as 'Black Box'

Student viewed as active participant.

Student viewed as being more on 'driver seat'.

Student viewed

an acth

participant.

Instruction is given in the form of positive / negative reinforcement.

Instruction

emphasis

structuring,

organizing

processing

information.

on

and of

Instruction as a

process of

supporting knowledge construction.

Instruction in

form of provisi

of necess"

links/addresses information.
Theorists

Watson Piaget Vygotsky

Pavlov Bandura Dewey

Skinner Miller

Thorndike Bruner

P - 3] Educational Psychology 71

Behavioral Theories of Learning

1. Classical Conditioning 2. Operant Conditioning

ical Conditioning/Respondent Conditioning:

1. Associated form of learning in which subject learns relationship b/w 2 stimuli.

2. When two things commonly occur together, appearance of one will bring the other to mind
(seeing a nurse, brings the injection & pain to the mind/ringing of bell, brings the food to dog's mind).

3. It is also a Stimulus-Response Learning in which stimulus (food) is presented and in response dog
produces saliva (response).

4. Pavlov Experiment on Dogs: Ian Pavlov (Russian Psychologist) performed an experiment on

dogs. Pavlov surgically implanted a tube in saliva gland of dog to collect saliva. When food was given to
the dog, it started salivation which was collected. Then food was paired with the bell ringing. It was
noted that dog start producing saliva before the food on just the ringing of the bell.

5. Watson Experiment on Human Baby 'Albert':Watson (American Psychologist) performed the

experiment on 11 months old human baby 'Albert'. He was presented a white rats paired with loud
noise of hammer. Albert developed the fear of white rats. Watson said that classical conditioning could
cause some phobias in humans. Afterwards, Albert started weeping just after the seeing the white rats
without hammer noise.

ciples of Classical Conditioning:

1. Acquisition: Initiallearning stage in which response is gradually strengthened.

2. Extinction:Gradual disappearance of conditioned response.

3. Spontaneous Recovery: Reappearance of conditioned response after a period.

4. Stimulus Generalization:Similai response to similar stimuli.

5. Stimulus Discrimination:Different response to similar stimuli.

rant Conditioning/Instrumental Conditioning:

It involves changing of behavior by the use of reinforcement which is given after esired response. It is
also called Trial and Error Learning.

ner Box Experiment:

1. Positive Reinforcement: A hungry rat was put in a Skinner Box. Box contained a lever on the side. Rat
moved in the box and accidently knocked the lever. As it pressed the lever, food was dropped into a
container next to the lever. Rat quickly learned to go straight to lever after a few times of being put in
the box. Consequence of receiving food if they pressed the lever ensured that they would repeat the
action again and again. It was concluded that positive leinforcement strengthened the behavior of rat

2. Negative Reinforcement: An electric shock was given to the rat in Ski-Box. As the rat accidently
pressed the lever, current was switched immediately. Rat quickly learned to go straight to lever after a
few ti of being put in the box. The consequence of escaping the electric curr ensured that they would
repeat the action again and again. It w concluded that negative reinforcement strengthened the
behavior of rat.

Schedules of Reinforcement

1. Fixed Ratio: Completion of fixed no. of responses.

2. Variable Ratio: Completion of non-fixed no. of responses.

3. Fixed Interval: Reinforce first response after fixed interval of time

4. Variable Interval: Reinforce first response after non-fixed interval of time

Principles of Shaping Behavior

Shaping is a process of developing behavior through step by step proce Behavior can be shaped by using
following psychological process:

1. Chaining: Required behavior is broken down into small steps for i effective learning.

2. Generalization: Repeatedly similar response to various similar stimuli.

3. Discrimination:Different response to different stimuli.

4. Reinforcement: Reinforcement helps to shape the behavior.

Classical Conditioning VsOperant Conditioning:

Classical Conditioning

Operant Conditioning
1. Involuntary Response

2. Stimulus is given before response.

3. Response comes after stimulus

4. Learner is passive

5. Developed in Russia

6. Presented Pavlov "Pavlovian"

7. Called 'respondent conditioning'. 8.Symbolize as "Pavlov Dog'

1. Usually voluntary response

2. Stimulus is given after response

3. Response comes before stimulus

4. Learners is active

5. Developed in U.S.A

6. Presented by Skinner "Skinnerian''

7. Called instrumental conditioning.

8. Symbolize as 'Skinner Box'

Cognitive Theories of Learning

1. Discovery Learning 2. Observational Learning

;<irome Bruner Theory of Discovery Learning:

Discovery Learning is a method of inquiry-based instruction. Discovery learning eves that it is best for
learners to discover facts and relationships for themselves on re basis of their past experience and
existing knowledge.

3 mner 3 Modes of Representation

Modes are ways in which information is stored and encoded in memory.

1. Enactive (0-1 Years) - Action Based Information: It involves encoding action-based information
and storing it in our memory. The child represents the past information in the form of motor responses.

2. Iconic (1-6 Years) - Image/Mental picture in the mind: This is where information is stored visually
in the form of images (a mental picture in the mind's eye).
3. Symbolic (7 Years onward) - Words/Language: This is where information is stored in the form of
a code or symbol, such as words of language e.g. Word 'dog' represents all its class.

♦Ttes Wf ctoVy xeUedlo V\\ekan?\aget Theory of Cognitive learning. ♦Bruner also agreed with Vygotsky
that language develops cognition. Bandura Social Learning Theory/Observational Learning:

This theory states that people learn from one another, via observation, imitation r.u modeling. People
learn by observing and copying the others in the society like rarents, peers, TV shows, games etc. These
people who are observed / imitated are called ■ '.jdels. It is also called Learning by Imitation or
Modeling.

! b0 °oll Experiment: Bandura performed an experiment called Bobo Doll experiment i which 2 groups
were used. One group was exposed to aggressive environment and Iher to playing environment.
Bandura noted the effect of aggression on children who as exposed to aggression.

Steps / Mediated Processes:

1. Attention: It involves the extent to which we observe / notice «:.■ behavior. We pay attention to
any behavior based upon its significance, u something is important, that vn\V be paid more attention.

2. Retention: It is how well the behavior is remembered.

3. Reproduction'. It vnvoWes the performance of a teeYvaviox ttiai \vas beerv

earlier. It is the ability to perform behavior copied earlier. 4 Motivation: It involves the adoption of
behavior on the basis of its consequences. If the behavior was reward giving or good then it will adopted
otherwise it will be rejected.

Theories of Motivation

1. Maslow Theory - Hierarchy of Needs:

It was presented by Abraham Maslow (1908-1970, USA). Theory states that when one need is fulfilled, a
person seeks to fulfill the next one and so on. It has 2 levels with 5 stages.

Level Stages/Needs Examples

Basic Needs 1 .Physiological Needs Air, food, drink, sleep etc.

2.Safety Needs Security, shelter, health etc.

3.Social/Love needs Love, friendship, family etc.

4.Self Esteem Respect, achievement etc.!

Growth needs 5.Self-Actualization Self-fulfillment, peak experiences

2. Adler fer ERG Theory:

Adlerfer compressed Maslow's five human needs into three categories: Existence. Relatedness and
Growth (ERG).

1. Existence Needs: Include all material and physiological desires (e.g.. food, water, air, clothing,
safety, physical love). Maslow's first two levels.

2. Relatedness Needs: Include social and external / lower level self-esteem; relationships with
significant others like family, friends, co-workers and employers. Maslow's third and fourth level.

3. Growth Needs: Include internal / upper level self-esteem and self-actualization. It includes
desires to be creative and productive towards ideal. Maslow's fourth and fifth levels.

MaslowAdlerfer

Self-actualization Growth Needs

Self-Esteem (upper level)

Self-Esteem (lower level) Relatedness Needs

Social Needs

Safety Needs Existence Needs

Physiological Needs

Hawthorne Effect:

>. —e people perform better and harder when they are observed by seniors e.g. their rs isor, managers
etc. It involves that employees became motivated to work harder as K»nse to the attention being paid to
them, rather than the actual physical changes s. "able etc.).

Two Factor Theory - Hertzberg:

is also called Dual-Factor or Motivation-Hygiene Theory. Hertzberg found -:rs that influence the
motivation and satisfaction of employees:

Motivating Factors (Satisfiers): These factors enhance worker motivation e.g. enjoying work, feeling
recognition, work progression etc.

2. Hygiene Factors (Dissatisfiers): These factors not enhance the motivation but leads to cause
dissatisfaction and lack of motivation if absent e.g. salary, company policies, relationship with managers
& coworker etc.
Expectancy Theory:

An employee works in a certain way because he expects the desired results from behavior e.g. employee
expects that he will be rewarded with pay etc.

ts of Theory

Expectancy: Belief that your effort will result in desired goal. 2. Instrumentality: Belief that you will
receive reward if meet expectations.

Valence: The value you give to the reward. David McClelland Acquired Needs Theory:

Some needs are acquired as a result of life experiences which motivate to work: Need for achievement
(nAch): Desire to excel and succeed.

2. Need for affiliation (nAff):Desire for interpersonal relationship.

3. Need for power (nPow): Desire to influence the behavior of others. Carrot and Stick Theory:

This traditional motivational theory was presented by philosopher Jeremy am in 1800 during Industrial
Revolution. It breaks down motivation into two basic ments: incentives and fear. Some workers are
motivated by the incentives e.g. attain additional compensation, allowances, power etc. While some
workers fear ~ey will lose their job or demoted etc.

Hull's Drive Reduction Theory:

It was presented by Clark Hull. Here Drive means needs (thirst, hunger, safety Drive is a state of tension
which is reduced by providing drink, food, shelter etc. the drives (needs) are met, satisfaction occurs,
and state of tension is i finished, and person comes to state of equilibrium (homeostasis).

Drive: These are stimulus, needs, arousal or state of tension.

Homeostasis: State of satisfaction after the drive (need) is met.

Primary Drives: Biological needs usually necessary for survival (thirst, hunger, shel etc.)

Secondary Drives: Needs usually not necessary for survival (desire for weal relationships etc.)

9. McDougall's Theory of Instinct:

It was presented by English Psychologist McDougall. He stated that there some inborn
(inherent)/instinct characteristics of an organism which motivates it to wo Instincts drive / develop all
the behavior. Root of motivation is to survive, e.g. A shakes when it is wet, turning on AC when you feel
hot etc.

Instinct: Natural inborn behavior usually occurs in response to stimuli.

10. Incentive Theory:

A reward is presented after the occurrence of an action (behavior) to cause behavior to reoccur.
Different incentives like praise, money, food etc. are produced motivate.

11. Behaviorist Theories

Classical and Operant Conditioning are also the motivation theories.

Theories of Emotions

1. James Lang Theory(Physiological Reaction First / Emotion Later):

Emotions occur as a result of physiological reactions to events/needs means first physiological reaction
comes and then emotion occurs. If j see angry lion in forest, you get frightened and start trembling. Here
f (physiological reaction) comes first and emotion (trembling) comes late:

2. Cannon-Bard Theory(Physiological Reaction & Emotion at

time):

Cannon-Bard disagreed with James Lang and stated that emotion (: from lion) and physiological
reactions (tumbling) occur at the same tr

3. Two Factor Theory / Singer Schachter Theory:

People experience emotions depending upon 2 factors (physiolo response and its cognitive
interpretation).

4. Facial Feedback Theory:

Emotion is the experience of changes in our facial muscles e.g. when smile we feel pleasure, happiness.

- 3] Educational Psychology

77

Cognitive Theory/Lazarus Theory:

Cognitive activity in the form of thoughts, judgments, evaluations are necessary for an emotion to occur.

6. Somatic Theory:

Bodily responses rather than cognitive judgment are necessary for an emotion to occur.

Perceptual Theory:

A recent hybrid (combination) of the somatic and cognitive theory is called perceptual theory.

Affective Event Theory:

Emotions are caused by events which influence attitude and behavior.

Miscellaneous

1 D gy: The study of "human behavior is caWed psy cho\ogy. *

rhe word, 'Psychology' is derived from two Greek words, 'Psyche' and 'Logos', neans 'soul' and 'Logos'
means 'science'. Thus psychology was first defined as nee of soul".

onal Psychology: The branch of psychology which involves the learning . It is an application of
psychology in educational field. It covers motivation, ; environment, level of student, individual
differences, interests, needs, & student

ae.

of Educational Psychology:!! has following 3 areas: Learner

2 Learning Process Learning Situation

of Psychology:It has 2 broad types:

Pure Psychology (It deals with formulation of psychological theories)

2. Applied Psychology (Application of theories developed in Pure Psychology).

ches of Pure Psychology: It major branches are:

General Psychology: It deals with fundamental rules, principles & theories of psychology. 2. Abnormal
Psychology: It deals with abnormal behavior (disorders like depression, sexual deviation, anxiety etc.).

3. Social Psychology: It deals with social behavior of humans ( behavior, social interaction,
leadership etc.)

4. Experimental Psychology: It uses scientific method to study human r and behavior.

5. Biopsychology/Psychobiology/Physiological Psychology: It deals -how brain influences behavior.

6. Developmental PsychologyAt deals with human development.

Branches of Applied Psychology: Its major branches are:

1. Educational Psychology: It deals with educational processes.

2. Clinical Psychology: It deals with mental illness and abnormal behavior a patient in a clinic or
hospital setting.

3. Industrial Psychology: It deals with application of psychol principles and theories on human
behavior in an industrial environm

4. Legal/Forensic Psychology: It deals with law and court cases su child abuse, criminal behavior of
people etc.

5. Military Psychology: Application of psychological principals in mili

6. Political Psychology: Application of psychological principals inpoliti

Scope of Educational Psychology:

1. Studying student behavior

2. Individual differences

3. Teaching Children with Special Needs

4. Measurement and evaluation

5. Curriculum development

6. Growth and development

7. Improving Learning

8. Improving Instruction

9. Guidance and Counseling

10. Heredity and environment

11. Intelligence

12. Personality Development

- 3] Educational Psychology 79

™ - : Vs Development:

Growth Development

"zt in height, size and weight. 1. Change in shape, form or structure.

_. ~. e 2. Invisible

_--.:-.ative 3. Qualitative

with maturity 4. Continuous till death

_: _:eable 5. Cannot measure

ae of the aspects of development. 6. Have different aspects.

; rTected by learning 7. Effected by learning

:-directional 8. Sequential

?les of Human Development:

Development is continuous process (conception to death) 1 People develop at different rates (tall,
dwarf, less weight etc.) Development is orderly (Sequential) (Crawl-sitting-walking....) Development
takes place gradually Proceeds From general to specific Product of heredity and environment

Development is predictable (it can predict future performance of child)

80

CRUX of Special Edu

Language:

Language is our system of using words to communicate. It includes using and gestures to say what we
mean, and understanding what others say.

Phases of Language Development:

Sr#

Phase No.

Phase name

Age level

Language development

1st Phase

Crying
Birth to 1 month

Children cry when feel pa any other trouble to get p attention i.e. when he is wet, hungry.

2nd Phase

Cooing

1-6 months

Children have similar soi Mostly produce vowel sounds ooo, aaa, eee etc.

3rd Phase

Babbling

6-9 months

Children mostly have si sounds with very little vari They mix vowel with conso but produce
meaningless i.e. ba-ba, ma-ma, da-da etc.

4th Phase

1 word production

9-12 months

Children start producing w Usually one word completion mama, doggie etc.
5th Phase

2 word production

2 years

(No dog, where mama Children start speaking clearl;.

6.

6th Phase

3-4 word production

3 years

(Where is mama? etc.) Chi speak more clearly.

7.

7th Phase

4-5

word/sentence

4 years

(Where are you going? Children speak more clearly words.

Errors in Language Development:

1. Over-extension Error. It is an error done by children in their lar development e.g. children start
saying 'doggie' instead of dog. increase (extend) the words.

2. Under-extension Error: It is an error occurred when a child fails to e use of words for other
categories, e.g. If a child knows that rose is a fii but he fails to apply flower for categories other than
rose.

3. Over-regularization: It is irregular changes made by the children ■ words e.g. use of 'corned'
instead of 'came', use of 'tooths' instt; teeth.

<rial Development:

It is the child's growing ability to regulate and control the emotions. An dual interacts with family,
friends, peers, classmates, relatives and workers in Ertrent situations. Parents must train the children
that how to behave in different ns, knowing their emotions, controlling their emotions, patience etc.
especially in . :ents (puberty), children must be guided about the dealings with others.

Jreas of Emotions:

1. Brain: Part of limbic system called Amygdala regulates emotions.

2. Autonomic Nervous System (NS): It has 2 parts:

1) Sympathetic NS: It prepares a person for action.

2) Para- Sympathetic NS: It keeps our body still and cools it down. :-ects of Emotions:

1. Cognitive

2. Physiological

3. Behavioural

• irural Pathway for Emotion Arousal:Information goes to thalamus to amygdala, to - thalamus which in
turn activates autonomic system.

Individual Differences:

These are variations among individuals in regard to single or more characteristics.

pes

1. Physical Differences: Variations in height, weight, size, gender etc.

2. Mental Differences: Variations in mental capabilities, intelligences etc.

3. Attitude Differences: Positive, negative, optimistic, aggressive etc.

4. Study Habits: Good learners, poor learners.

5. Emotional Intelligence: Variations in control, use & reaction of emotion.

6. Motor Ability .-Variations in steadiness, manual, muscular movement.

7. Interest: Variationsininterests, needs, values,

i uses of Individual Differences: Environment &Heredity

e mory: Ability to store and later recall previously learned facts. - 'ses of Memory:

1. Encoding: Getting information into the brain.

2. Storage: Retaining the encoded information in brain over time.

3. Retrieval: Getting information out of memory storage (from brain).

Types of Memory: There are basically 3 types of memory:

1. Sensory Memory: It holds information for very brief time; less 1 second.

2. Sh jrt Memory/Working Memory: It holds information for short less a minute.

3. Long Term Memory: It holds information for long time for hours/days lifetime.

(i) Episodic Memory: Memory of specific events of the past.

(ii) Semantic Memory: General knowledge of the world stored

facts.

(iii) Procedural Memory: Ability to remember procedure of a

performance e.g. how to drive bike etc.

Ways to Encode Memory: Information can be encoded in following ways:

1. Visual (Pictures)

2. Sound (Acoustics)

3. Semantic (Meaning/Concept)

Causes of Forgetting:

1. Decay: Loss of information due to lack of its use for long time.

2. Proactive Interference: It is the loss of memory. It occurs when curr information is lost because
it is mixed up with previously learned, simi information.

3. Retroactive Interference: It is the loss of memory. It occurs who previous information is lost
because it is mixed up with new learne: similar information.

4. Amnesia: Inability to remember past events due to trauma e.g. b damage.

5. Retrograde Amnesia: Inability to remember earlier events befc: traumatic event.

6. Retrograde Amnesia: Inability to remember events that occur afte-traumatic event.

Mnemonics: Learning strategies design to improve memory.

Motivation:

Motivation is a state that energizes, directs and sustains behavior. Literally it is a desire to do the things.
It is a driving force through which humans achieve their goals.

■ipes of Motivation:

1. Intrinsic Motivation: It is a motivationfor inner pleasures e.g. Autonomy,

love, learning, curiosity etc.

1 ExtrinsicMotivation: It is a motivation for external rewards e.g. Money, reward, punishment etc.

TV es: It refers to something as need or desire that causes a person to act.

Primary Motives: Based on biological needs, must be met to survive e.g. Hunger, thirst, sleep, pain
avoidance etc.

Z. Secondary Motives: Based on learned needs. Only consider after our primary motives are satisfied
e.g. Interest, attitude, wealth, success etc.

r> affecting motivation

Interest

2. Culture

3. Gender

4. Age

5. Socioeconomic status

6. Environment

7. Experience

8-. Self-efficacy

.regies to improve motivation

1. Token economy

2. Praise

3. Think positive

4. Show surprising attitude on good behavior (wow, how did you do it? ...)

5. Friendly environment

6. Healthy discussions
7. Promote group working

8. Giving responsibility

9. Resolve students problems

10. Make things fun

11. More practical

12. Better environment

84

CRUX of Special Educati

Reinforcement:

It refers to the use of consequences to strengthen the behavior e.g. giving f after the pigeon lift its head
upward. Here the response (lifting head) comes first stimulus (food) is given later.

Types of Reinforcement: There are 2 types of reinforcement:

1. Positive Reinforcement: It is a reward for doing something well e

remembering joy of receiving star from your KG teacher when you spell

your name correctly.

2. Negative Reinforcement: It is a penalty for not doing something.

Negative Reinforcement Vs Punishment:

Negative Reinforcement Punishment

It is a penalty for not doing something. It is a penalty for doing something wrong

If you not complete homework, mom not If you misbehave, your mom slaps you. serve you with food.

Token Economy: Token economy rewards good / desired behavior of a child wi tokens such as; chips,
stickers, points, stars etc. It is used in operant conditioning.

Self-Concept: Awareness about yourself that how you see, think &evaluate yourself. Components of Self
Concept:
1. Self-Esteem: How much value you give yourself. (High Confident / low
confident/optimistic/pessimistic)

2. Self-image: How you have view of yourself, (strong body/weak body/tall, blue eyes)

3. Self-Identity: Sense of what makes you different from others, (name, gender, ethnicity, family,
occupation)

4. Role Performance: Expected behavior (norms) set by family, culture society. It means ideal
situation, one try to fulfill these roles.

Marcia's 4 Statuses of Identity:

She states that sense of identity of a person is determined largely by the choices commitment he makes
regarding certain personal and social traits.

1. Identity Diffusion: Individual not yet experiences a crisis (problem), not makes any commitment
(effort to resolve the problem).

2. Identity Foreclosure: Individual not yet experiences a crisis (probler but makes a commitment
anyway.

3. Identity Moratorium: Individual experiences a crisis but fail to m commitment.

4. Identity Achievement: Individual experiences a crisis and m commitment.

AP - 3] Educational Psychology

85

.earning:

Permanent change in behavior due to experience, .earning Styles:

1. Visual Learning: Learning through images, pictures etc.

2. Auditory Learning: Learning through listening, sound, music etc.

3. Verbal: Learning by use of words in speech and writing.

4. Physical: Learning through body, hands, sense of touch etc.

Strategies to improve Learning

1. Discouraging Absenteeism

2. Hands on Assignments

3. Inquiry based assignments

4. Motivation of students

5. Friendly environment

6. Ensuring Parental Involvement

7. Encouraging student questioning

8. Considering Individual Differences

9. Use of informational technology

10. Use of AV Aids

latent Learning: Behavior that is learned, but not displayed until a reward is given. Observational
Learning: Learning by watching/copying other without outside --. nforcement.

Innate Learning: Learning occurs and stored up even when there is not reinforcement. Types of
Development:

Cognitive Development: Gradual orderly changes by which mental processes become -ore complex or
sophisticated.

Social Development: It refers to the development of personality, social attitudes and skills, from infancy
to maturity.

Physical Development: Physical development refers to changes in body structure and function over time.

Moral Development: Moral Development refers to the development of a sense of right and wrong in
children.

Emotional Development: Emotional Development refers to the growing ability of a child to regulate and
control his/her emotions and forms secure relationships. It includes knowing about own emotions, and
feeling and controlling them.

Behavior: Action performed by organism in conjunction with its environment. Extinction: The dying out
of a conditioned response by breaking the association between the conditioned stimulus, and the
unconditioned stimulus e.g. when the bell was repeatedly rang and no food presented Pavlov's dog
gradually stopped salivating at the sound of the bell.

Positive Reinforcer: Any consequence that increases the behavior to reoccur.

Negative Reinforcer: Any consequence that decreases the behavior to occur.

Stimulus: Any event or situation that evokes the response."

Response: Any event or behavior that occurs as a result of stimulus.

Conditioning: A process that occurs when two stimuli are consistently paired, causing

the presence of one to evoke the other.

Counter-conditioning: It refers to replacement of particular response by new response to a certain
stimulus.

Unconditioned Response: It refers to the unlearned, naturally occurring response to the unconditioned
stimulus.

Contigency Concracting: Contract between teacher and student that if the child will reach the goal, he
will be rewarded.

Cueing: Use of signals to indicate that a certain behavior is desired or that a certain behavior should
stop.

Incompatible Behavior: Two or more behavior that cannot be performed simultaneously / at one time.

Vicarious Reinforcement: Increase of response frequency by observing others who are being reinforced
for that response.

Vicarious Punishment: Decrease of response frequency by observing others who are being punished for
that response.

Response Cost System: Punishment in which desired things of students are removed if he/she behaves
undesirable way.

Planning Ignoring: Behavioral modification technique in which student is purposefully ignored by

teacher.

- - p - 3] Educational Psychology

87

tebon Potential: When neuron's charge becomes less negative, or even positive is

rd action potential. *-uishment: Any event that decreases the behavior to occur.

rnition: In includes mental process; attention, thinking, problem solving, _-;e: standing language etc.
jtrospection:

retrospection method a person analyzes his/her own behavior when he/she is exposed different current
situation e.g. what he/she feels at the moment when he/she is exposed stimuli (light, colour, sound). It
is the learning about own .mind by analyzing,

rr rtions, physical expressions etc. It was used by the exponents of structuralism.

-: t Cognition: Cognitive process that is emotionally charged.

I: gnitive Dissonance: Mental discomfort caused by new knowledge that conflicts with : Trent knowledge
or belief.
e recognition: It is thinking one's about own thinking. It is thinking about own mental —.cesses. It is an
individual's knowledge of their own cognitive processes and their

ty to control these processes by organizing, monitoring and modifying them. Intelligence: Ability to learn
from experience, think rationally and to deal effectively

th environment.

Intelligence Quotient (IQ): A number that reflects relationship between child's mental i j r and his
chronological age.

C rystallized Intelligence: It refers to the knowledge that we already know and that can

] to solve the problems. 7 uid Intelligence: Intelligence that allows us to solve novel problems quickly for
which E have little training.

• i rgotten Half: It refers to the students who after graduation not continue their studies

nd not ready for transition to the world of work.

sensation: Process that detects stimulus from body or environment.

7 [ rception:Process that organizes sensations into meaningful patterns.

Achievement: Knowledge or skill gained through experience.

Creativity: Ability to invent new solutions to problems.

Socioeconomic Status: A measure of prestige within a social group based on iwome, education,
occupation and prestige in society.

Threat: Situation in which leaner beliefs that there is little or no chance of success. Challenge: Situation
in which leaner beliefs that success is possible with sufficient effort. Attention: Active focus on certain
stimuli to the exclusion of others. Character: Collection of traits in a person which inspires him to behave
honestly, respectfully and courageously.

Absolute Threshold:Point where something becomes noticeable to our senses. Spina Bifida: Condition of
incomplete closure of posterior parts of spinal cord. Aphasia: Loss of speech.

88

ot Special Educatic-

Apraxia: Loss of purposeful movements of body parts.

Serial Position Effect: It refers to the tendency to remember beginning and the end b. not middle from
the list.
Rehearsal: It refers to the cognitive process in which information is repeated over an. over to remember.

Guilt: Feeling of discomfort when one knows that he caused pain for someone. Shame: Feeling of
embarrassment after failing to meet the moral standard. Moral Dilemma: Situation in which there is no
clear-cut answer regarding the moral/ correct action.

Wait Time: Length of time, a teacher pauses after asking questions or hearing studer. comments about
the question etc.

Automaticity: Ability to respond quickly and efficiently while mentally processing and physically
performing a task.

Semiotic Function: Ability to use symbols, sing, pictures, language to represent actions. PQ4R: It is a
studying technique mainly used to help students with difficulty in reading It involves six steps: Preview,
Question, Read, Reflect, Recite, Review. SQ3R: It is a reading comprehension method.It breaks a reading
assignment down intc manageable segments and required understanding before you move on. Its steps
include Survey, Question, Read, Recite, and Review.

In-school suspension: It is a form of punishment in which a student is placed in a quiet boring room
within school building, typically to do schoolwork under close adul: supervision.

Individualized Instruction: An instruction method in which student work at their owr. level and pace.

Differentiated Instruction: An instruction method in which content, pace, product is changed to

accommodate children with special needs in regular classes. Insulin Shock Therapy: It is the treatment
used to cure psychological disorders by using insulin. It is effective for schizophrenia, addicts etc. In this
therapy the comma is caused due to the reduction of blood sugar level.

Chomsky: Chomsky stated that children learn a language because they possess an innate language
acquisition device.

Freud: Most personality disturbances are due to unconscious and unresolved sexual conflicts rooted in
childhood experience.

Nativism Theory: Language development theory that describes that humans are prewired to learn
language. This theory was presented by Noam Chomsky.

Threshold Theory: It states that intelligence and creativity are related upto an IQ score of 120 but not
beyond that.

Sternberg Triarchic Theory: Intelligence represents balance b/w analytical, creative and practical skills.

Chapter4 EDUCATIONAL TESTING, MEASUREMENT, EVALUATION

Sr # Topic

1 Nuttshell of Educational Testing

2 Basics of Educational Testing

3 Bloom Taxonomy/Solo Taxonomy

4 Miscellaneous

90

CRUX of Special Educa

NUTSHELL OF EDUCATIONAL EVALUATION

1. Set of questions require answer orally or written

2. Instrument used to measure sample of behavior

3. Obtaining information in quantitative form is ' - MeasuremeJ

4. Interpretation of measurement data is done in - AssessmJ

5. Evaluation is done to make - Value judgme-

6. Test answers the question - How \\:

7. Measurement answers the question - How ML.

8. Evaluation answers the question - How Good]

9. Test, Measurement, Assessment, Evaluation are - Testing Elemena

10. Least in scope in educational testing elements - Ter

11. Highest in scope in educational testing elements- Evaluat:: -

12. Mostly used tool for summative evaluation is - Te:

13. Assess student performance at start of instruction -Placement Evaluat:

14. Assess student performance at during instruction -Formative Evaluatic i

15. Assess outcome at completing chapter or section -Benchmark Evaluatic:

16. Assess student performance at end of instruction -Summative Evaluatio-

17. Assessing student's permanent learning difficulties -Diagnostic Evaluat::

18. Bottom line evaluation is called -Summative Evaluati

19. Judgment is certified in evaluation -Summative evaluati; -

20. Assess student to place in class or grade -Placement Evaluatic i

21. Test quality measures what it claims to measure - Validir

22. Consistency of scores of a test is- Reliabili

23. Accuracy of measurement is called - Reliabilr

24. Test quality that discriminate high & low achiever -Differentiabilir

25. Test quality showing ease administration, low cost - Usabilir

26. Test quality detect or measure small difference - Discriminatic:

27. Scoring of a test not affect by any factor - Objectivir

28. Test used to measure person's abilities -Criterion Referenced Tes

29. Test used to make comparison among persons -Norm Referenced Tes

30. Test used to measure student learning outcomes - Achievement Tes

31. Test mostly used in schools are - Achievement Tes-

32. Test use to check the cognition level is of students - Intelligence Ter.

33. Projective technique is used to measure -Personalit-

rest taken by institution where learner study - Internal Test

Test taken by outside body - External Test

Test with enough difficulty, enough time to complete - Power Test

Test used for future prediction - Aptitude Test

Test assesses the potential ability of individual - Aptitude Test

Test with easy items & time limit - Speed Test

Test experimentally evaluated, valid, reliable - Standardized Test

Test prepared by expert or specialist - Standardized Test

Test not experimentally evaluated -Non-Standardized Test

Test prepared by teacher for class use -Non-Standardized Test

Founder of modern intelligence test - Alfred Binet

IQ formula ' 100 x MA/CA was presented by - Term an

Peer appraisal (evaluation) is done to - Rate the peers

Collected student relevant record kept in - Portfolio

Tool used for student scoring in assignments - Rubric

Pre-scoring instructions given with assignment - Rubric

Student can score assignments themselves with - Rubric

Scoring guide used for assessment - Rubric

Scoring scale describe criteria for grading - Rubric

Student assess the work of their classmates/peer in - Peer Evaluation

Use of objective & subjective test collectively - Combined Test

Written description of particular event or behavior - Anecdotal Record

Table of Specification (TOS) is used for -Test Development

Table of Specification is written before - Test Development

Table of Specification is also called - Blue Print for test

TOS shows topics to be covered by test & -Sub-points (subtopics)

TOS is prepared by the - Teacher

TOS helps teacher to prepare test with questions - Covering all topics

Student is required to supply own answer - Supply Test

Fill in Blanks & Short Answers are types of - Supply Test

Student is required to select answer from choices - Selection Test

MCQs, True False, Column matching are - Selection Test

Mostly used test is the -MCQs

Problem or question in MCQ is called - Stem

92

CRUX of Special Educa:

68. Stem of MCQs should be written in the form

69. Negative form of Stem in MCQs is often

70. Correct choice in MCQ is called

71. Incorrect choices in MCQ are called

72. Suggested answers in MCQs is given in form of

73. Test that most easy to score

74. Widely used standardized test in USA

75. In MCQs, stem should be

76. Length of the choices in MCQ should be

77. Test provides highest score by guessing

78. Other name of True-False items

79. Relationship between two items is sought in

80. Item in column A for which match in B is required

81. Item in column Bwhich is matched in column A

82. Test that is convergent and easy to score

83. Test that is divergent and difficult to score

84. Test to check complex student's learning outcome

85. Type of essay test that required limited answer

86. Essay test gives unlimited freedom to answer

87. Project is related to the

88. No. of occurrences of something

89. Length of test important factor to obtain representative

90. Objectives planned & developed in evaluation phase

91. Evaluation is conducted in phase

92. Results of students are analyzed in phase

93. Main psychometric measurement values

94. Mostly use popular test for intelligence assessment

95. Norm referenced test makes the comparison between

96. Increased length of test likely to increase its

97. Questions which are easy to mark

98. Statements describe anticipated learning outcomes

99. Instructional objectives are related to the teacher's

100. Other name of instructional objectives is

101. Instructional objectives lead to student's

- Positive F

-Overl

-Distr -Multiple choice/o - M -M - Meank -S

-True/F -Alternate Response i

- Matching 7

-Pre--Res - Objec

- Subjec;

-E

- Restrict Respc - Extended Res~

- Practical w

- Frequ

-S

- Planning P

- Process P

- Product P -Validity & Reliabi

- Wechsler

- Individ

- Reliab;

- Objective -Instructional objecti

- Instruc -Behavioural objecti

- Perform
Instructional objectives are helpful for the teachers and Guessing correction formula

-25 -75th

- Standardized Tests

- Degree Level

- Measurement

- Grade

- Test Validity

- Interview

- Individual

- Group

- Single - Panel

- Structured

- Unstructured

- Indepth Interview

- Focused Interview

- Focused Interview - Observation

-Participant observation Non-participant obsvation

Best item in norm referenced test with item difficulty near Questions difficult to mark with reliability
Normal curve resembles with Discussion is concentrated on one problem / topic in Alfred Binet's major
contribution was in the field of Norm reference test designed to rank the pupil First and important step
in making a test is Construct validity is established through Standard error of measurement is a measure
of Use of many selected responses in test can provide Ql is the percentile Q3 is the percentile

Quality testing in education is possible through Achievement test batteries are widely used at Score of a
student in a paper is called Student performance is indicated through a symbol Evaluation techniques
are selected on basis of Asking questions orally in face to face situation Type of interview with one
candidate Type of interview with many candidates Type of interview conducted by one interviewer Type
of interview conducted by many interviewers Pre-planned questions are asked in interview Unplanned
questions are asked in interview Interviewee is free to talk on some topic in interview Interviewee is
restricted to talk on topic in interview Interviewee is restricted to talk on topic in interview Researcher
observes respondent in natural setting is Researcher is directly involved in situation in Researcher is not
directly involved in situation in

134. Researcher himself directly observes the situation

135. Observation by other means like recording etc. done in

136. Observation in unnatural setting is done in

137. Social relationship, acceptance &rejection measure in

138. Graphical representation of relationship with others

139. Tabular representation of relationship with others

140. List of behavior given children to relate with classmates

141. Scale measures social distance with special class/group

142. Projective techniques are used to measure the

143. Quality of a test measure what it designed to measure

144. A test is valid by definition is inferred in type of validity

145. Appropriation of test with its objectives is checked in

146. Concept of test items is checked in

147. Prediction of future performance of a test is

148. Similarity of a test result with previously validated test

149. Degree of consistency of a test score is called

150. Similar results on same test repeatedly is

151. Consist score on 2 different tests of same nature is

152. Distribution of a test into two halves is done in

153. Mathematical techniques to analyze numerical data

154. Data is taken from all population in statistics

155. Data is taken only from sample in statistics

156. Data is concluded finally in statistics

157. Data is provided in raw & not finally concluded in

158. Data is provided in raw & not finally concluded in

159. Data group around central value b/w smallest & largest

160. Mean, Median, Mode are measure of

161. Arithmetic average of the values is called

162. Middle value of the values

163. Value that occurs frequently or repeatedly

164. Number not very close to the mean is called

165. Tendency of data to disperse around central value

- Direct observ

- Indirect observ -Controlled observ

- Sociometric me-

- Socio - Socio Matr.

-Guess Who tec

- Social distance

- Persons

-Vali - Face Vali - Content Vali

- Construct Vali

- Predictive Vali

- Concurrent Valid

- Reliab: - Test-retest reliab:

-Parallel form reliab -Split halfreliabi - Status -Descriptive Stati -Inferential Stati -Inferential Stati
-Descriptive Stati -Descriptive Stati

- Central Tende

- Central Tend

-M - M

-M -Ou

- Variab:
Range, Variance, Standard Deviation are measures of -Variability/Dispersion

Difference b/w highest & lowest value is called - Range

Quarter value of the data is measured in - Quartile Deviation

Standard deviation is square root of the variance - Standard deviation

Average squared deviation from population mean is - Variance

Variables of same nature are grouped together in - Factor Analysis

relationship between two or more variables is - Correlation

Measure of lack of symmetry in distribution curve - Skewness

Sharpness of peak of frequency-distribution curve - Kurtosis

Flatter than normal curve distribution - Platkurtic

Higher than normal curve distribution - Leptokurtic

Similar in height but flatter than normal curve - Mesokurtic

Checking that items fulfilling objectives of a test - Item Analysis

Difficulty level & effectiveness of distracters checked in - Item Analysis

Item difficulty level of a test is also called - Facility Index

Formula of Facility Index is -F=100xNR/NT

Facility index/difficulty is acceptable at range - 30% to 70%

Value more than 70% indicates that item is very - Easy

Value less than 30% indicates that item is very - Difficult

What classify students into high & low achiever -Discrimination power

Formula to for Discrimination Power - D= NH-NL n

Discrimination Power is acceptable at - 1 to 0.30

Value 1 indicates level of discrimination - 100%

Items are incapable when the value is less than - 30%

If low achievers answer more than high achievers -Distracter is effective

If high achievers answer more than low achievers -Distracter ineffective

96
CRUX of Special Educa

Basics of Educational Testing

Educational Testing Elements:

There are basically four testing elements as given below:

1. Test: It is a set of questions require to answer orally or written. It is an instrument used to

measure sample of behavior. It is used firs-testing.

2. Measurement: Measurement means the quantification or scoring of test. It is the second step.

3. Assessments the interpretation of measurement data. It is the third

4. Evaluation: It is the value judgment of student performance based on measurement,

assessment. It is the fourth step and broadest of all.

Types of Tests by Method:

1. Written Test: Student is required to answer the questions in writing.

2. Oral Test: Student is required to answer questions orally (speaking).

3. Performance/Practical Test: Required to show performance practica.

4. Computer Adapted Test: Test is taken by the use of computer.

Types of Tests by Purpose:

1. Standardized Test: Test developed by an expert or specialist tha: experimentally evaluated, valid
& reliable.

2. Non-Standardized /Teacher Made Test: Test developed by teache-meet the needs of classroom.

Types of Tests on Basis of Ease of Scoring/Quantification:

1. Objective Tests: Test with convergent response that is easily scored.

1) Supply Test: Student is required to supply the own answer/choice e.g in the Blanks & Short
Answer.

2) Selection Type Test: Student is required to answer from the choices/options e.g. Multiple Choice
Questions (MCQs), True/False Column Matching.

Types of Matching Tests

i. Perfect Matching: An option in column B is the only answr

one of the items in column A.

ii. Imperfect Matching: An option in column B is the answer of

than one item in column A.

iii. Sequence Matching: Require to arrange the options in sequenct

iv. Multiple Matching: Matching items in more than 2 columns.

Subjective Tests:Test with divergent response that is difficult to score. Student :s required to answer in
detail. It includes the essay type tests.

Essay Type Tests: Used to check complex learning outcomes of students.

i. Restricted Response: It needs short detail of answer.

ii. Extended Response: It needs large detail of answer,

of Tests based on Interpretation of Results:

Norm-Referenced Test: Test use to make comparison among students.

2. Criterion-Referenced Test: Test use to check the performance of students against some set criteria.

ties of a Test:

1. Validity 2. Reliability 3.Differentiability

2. 4.0bjectivity 5.Usability of Test Construction:

1. Determine purpose of test

2. Identify learning outcomes to be measured

3. Define learning outcomes in terms of specific, observable behaviours.

4. Outline basic topics

5. Prepare Table of Specification (TOS)

6. Prepare test on the basis of TOS of Specification (TOS):

Table of specification is called blue print for test. It is a two way table that shows ±e topics covered in
instruction including its subtopics and the time spent in covering ? topics. On the basis of TOS, test is
divided into different topics according to the of topics. TOS is prepared by the teacher before the test
development.

for Preparation of TOS:

Following steps should be used to write table of specification

1. List down topics covered during instruction.

2. Determine objectives to be assessed by test.

3. Specify the number of days/hours spent for teaching a particular topic.

4. Determine percentage allocation of test items for each of topics covered, inula for Percentage of
TOS:

%Age for a topic =Number of Days/Hours spent on particular topicx 100 Total No. of Days/Hours spent
on Unit/Chapter

98

CRUX of Special Educati

Steps in Measurement:

1. Decision of what to measure

2. Development of test

3. Administering the test/Data Collection

4. Marking of the test/Data Analysis

5. Summarizing and Results

Types of Evaluation:

1. Placement Evaluation: It is done before the instruction starts when child admits in school to
place him in class or grade.

2. Diagnostic Evaluation: It is also done before the start of instruction check the permanent
learning difficulties of students to adapt / adjust curriculum according to the unique needs of students.

3. Formative Evaluation:It is done during the instruction to check student's performance.

4. Benchmark Evaluation: It is during the instruction after the completi of a unit or chapters.

5. Summative Evaluation^ is done after the instruction at the end of year at completion of course
of study.

Phases of Evaluation:

1. Planning Phase: It is the first phase of evaluation involves the situati:-analysis, development of
objectives, selection of test for measurhi objectives and strategies and planning of tests.
2. Process Phase: In this phase the evaluation is conducted.

3. Product Phase: It involves test analysis, scoring, interpretation of rest and making
recommendations on the basis of results of the students.

Purpose of Evaluation:

1. Selection decisions

2. Placement decisions

3. Classification/Grading of students

4. Remedial Decisions

5. Feedback

6. Guidance & counseling

7. Improve Learning

8. Improve Instruction

9. Motivation

.10 Reporting to parents

11 Program evaluation

Analysis:

Item analysis is done to analyze the items of a test whether they are fulfilling the es of the test or not. It
analyzes the appropriate level of difficulty and eness of distracters.

Item Difficulty (Difficulty Level/Facility Index)

item analysis checks the difficulty level of items used in a test. Its steps include:

1) 2) 3) 4)

5)

Arrange papers in order (highest to lowest score). Select papers with 25% highest scores & 25% lowest
scores. 50% in between highest & lowest will be excluded. Calculate correct response of high & low
achievers.

F =^ x 100
- Facility Index

- No. of students correctly answered I - Total no of students

acceptable at 30% to 70% Lue more than 70% indicates that item is very easy, flue less than 30%
indicates that item is very difficult, mple: Suppose total students■ = 80, High achiever=20, Low
achiever=20

NT

F= 12/40x 100 =30% Discrimination Power: It helps to discriminates high and low achievers.

1)

2) 3) 4)

NH-NL

Formula = D =

D - Discrimination Power

NH - No. of high achievers who correctly answered

NL - No. of low achievers who correctly answered

100

CRUX of Special Educati

5) 6) 7) 8)

n - No. of high or low achievers

D is acceptable at 1 to 0.30.

Value 1 indicates 100% discrimination

Value less than 30% indicate incapability of items.

Example:

NH-NL

10-2 20

= 8/20 = 0.40

D is 0.40 which is acceptable.

3. Effectiveness of Distracters

A distracter (option) is considered effective if low achievers answer more tha: high achiever on the
option, but if high achievers answer more than low achiever on tht option, it is ineffective.

Types of Marking and Reporting System:

1. Traditional Marking System:(ln, 2nd, 3rd, or Grad A, B,C)

2. Pass/Fail System

3. Checklist of Objectives: It is checked that what objectives childre: achieved and what not.

4. Letter to Parents:Parents are called and results are shared.

5. Parent-Teacher Conferences

6. Multiple Marking &Report System (Scoring, Grading, checklist at a time

Types of Grading:

1. Percent Grading: It is based on percentage.

2. Norm-Reference Grading: Grading of a student comparing to his classmates.

3. Criterion Reference Grading: Grading of a student in relation to se criteria.

4. Pass/Fail Grading

5. Normal Curve Grading

Types of Rubrics:

1. Hypergeneral Rubric: It includes the excessively general scoring of i student in a test.

2. Task Specific Rubric: It includes the scoring of specific task, not include: all the tasks of a test.

3. Skill Focused Rubric: Scoring of practical skills of a student in a test.

■ of Portfolios:

2.

Working Portfolios:Ongoing collections of a students work samples focused mostly on the improvement
over time, in a student's self-evaluated skills.

Showcase Portfolios:It is the collection of student's best work.

Bloom's Taxonomy / Domains of Learning

Cognitive Domain

- rr.jamin Bloom, 1956)

Affective Domain

(David Krathwohl, 1964)

Psychomotor Domain

(Simpson,. 1972)

: inking / mental skills

Physical / motor Skills

■ j-.owledge

. mprehension

Application
Analysis

Synthesis

Evaluation

1. Receiving

2. Responding

3. Valuing

4. Organizing

5. Characterizing

1. Perception

2. Set

3. Guided response

4. Mechanism

5. Complex Overt Response

6. Adaptation

7. Origination

Cognitive Domain: 6 sub-domains of cognitive domain are as follows:

1. Knowledge: The ability to recall / remember previously learned material.

2. Comprehension: The ability to understand the meaning of material.

3. Application: The ability to apply the knowledge in a new situation.

4. Analysis: Ability to break down fact into components to better understand it.

5. Synthesis: The ability to integrate different elements to form a new whole.

6. Evaluation: The ability to check and judge the value of material.

Affective Domain: 5 sub-domains of affective domain are as follows:

1. Receiving: Willingness to receive the information.

2. Responding: Willing response / active participation of the learner.

3. Valuing: The ability to see the worth / value of something and express it.
102

CRUX of Special Educatic -

4. Organization: Prioritize a value over another &create unique value

system.

5. Characterization: The ability to make the value, a part of one's character

Psychomotor Domain: 7 sub-domains of psychomotor domain are:

1. Perception: The ability to apply sensory information to motor activity.

2. Set: The readiness to act.

3. Guided Response: Ability to imitate an instruction or to utilize trial a : error.

4. Mechanism: The ability to convert learned responses into habitual action with proficiency and
confidence.

5. Complex Overt Response: The ability to skillfully perform comple movement patterns.
Performance without hesitation with expertise.

6. AdaptatiomAbility to make changes in learned skills to meet spec:: events.

7. Origination: Creating new movement patterns for a specific situation.

Revised Cognitive Domain

David Krathwohl & Lorin Anderson revised cognitive domain in 2002 as under:

1956 2001

Knowledge

Noun

to Verb Form

SOLO Taxonomy (Structure of Observed Learning Outcomes)(Biggs & Collis, 1982): It has 2 levels and 5
stages as under:

“Double start pages”

_evels Stages Symbolic Meanings Description

Pre-structural • No understanding of topic. Student not sure about the topic.

. "ace Uni-structural 1 Understand only one aspect of topic.

Multi-structural III Understanding of several aspects of topic but their relationship to each
other and whole are missed.

V / Relational / mi Understanding of relationship among different aspects and to whole.

1-tep Extended Abstract Ability to generalize / apply already gained integrated

knowledge in a new situation. Ability to create new ideas after having mastery on subject.

Proportion of SOLO Taxonomy in Papers: (Uni-structural-17%) (Multi-structual-66%) (Relational-17%)

Miscellaneous

I Statements of broadly long terms studetvt outcomes, i: Statements of long terms student outcomes,
ectives: Statements of short-term student outcomes, ling Outcome: It is a term included in instructional
objectives that describe the :ted results of instruction.

i i assessment: It is the process of identiWna v.

**<7 0&{?£zmes7f s/j^jr stucfesir /earning outc r:ies,

^SSment methods to attain each outcome, timeframe ^.>ju-<„„+-oisa/tsj responsiofe for

cof/ecO'on /review of data. . J Learning Assessment: It is the formative type ofassessment.

Learning Assessment: It is the summative type of assessment.

centile rank: ft isa score that tells the percent of students in a particular group that

lower raw scores on a test than the particular student did.

Score: It is the no. of questions one answers correctly in assessment.

**els

Stages
Symbolic Meanings

Description

Pre-structural

No understanding of topic. Student not sure about the topic.

ace

Uni-structural

Understand only one aspect of topic.

Multi-structural

Understanding of several aspects of topic but their relationship to each other and whole are missed.

Relational

IP

Understanding of relationship among different aspects and to whole.

Extended Abstract

Ability to generalize / apply already gained integrated knowledge in a new situation. Ability to create
new ideas after having mastery on subject.

Proportion of SOLO Taxonomy in Papers: (Uni-structural-17%) (Multi-structual-66%) (Relational-17%)

Miscellaneous

Statements of broadly long terms student outcomes. : Statements of long terms student outcomes,
■rives: Statements of short-term student outcomes.

ing Outcome: It is a term included in instructional objectives that describe the ted results of instruction.

s assessment: It is the process of identifying needs and establishing relative priority se needs.

sment Plan: It is a document that outlines student learning outcomes, •ment methods to attain each
outcome, timeframe for collecting data, and the i dual(s) responsible for collection / review of data. R
Learning Assessment: It is the formative type of assessment. 7 Learning Assessment: It is the summative
type of assessment.

rcentile rank: It isa score that tells the percent of students in a particular group that : ^WSN "SKKsres.
^^\es\%an,Cne particular student did. ■ Score-. It is the no. of questions one answers correctly in
assessment.

Formal Assessment: A structured, planned and organized assessment in class ed different tests, exams
etc.

Informal Assessment: An unstructured and unplanned assessment in class . observation etc.

Norms: It means what the other individuals show score on a test in a group. Psychometrics: It is
concerned with psychologicalmeasurement. It inclti: measurement of knowledge, abilities, attitudes,
and personality traits. It involves construction of instruments and its procedures.

Differentiated Instruction: Teaching every student according to his /her indivic_.

needs, strengths, values, interests.

Overt Behavior: Observable behavior of a person.

Construct: An informed, scientific concept developed to explain the behavior. It car_-

be measure directly e.g. aggression, intelligence etc.

Quantitative Variables: Variables in the numeric form e.g. age, height etc.

Qualitative Variables: Variables in the quality form e.g. gender etc.

A Battery: A group of tests or subtests administered to one person at one time.

Absolute Zero: Absence of what is measured.

True Score: The 100% accurate reflection of one's ability skills or knowledge repeated testing under ideal
conditions if possible.

Observed Score: It is an actual score a test taker receives. It is equal to (True score measurement error).

Standard Error: It is the standard deviation of tests scores obtained from a sir.; student who took the
same tests multiple times. It is the variation from true score. Factor Analysis: It is a data reduction
technique that groups questions into clustt (factors).

Normal Distribution: It is the distribution of scores in which the mean, median, ■ mode are equal and
the scores distribute themselves symmetrically in a bell-shape (Be. Curve).

IQ Formula = 100 x MA/CA (MA=Mental Age, CA=Chronological Age)

Test Anxiety: It involvesemotional reaction to exams or tests that can lew

performance. 10% of students suffer from test anxiety.

Reducing Test Anxiety: Following tricks can be used to reduce text anxiety:

1. Avoid social comparisons among students.

2. Give more, rather than fewer, quizzes and tests.

3. Discuss test content and procedures before testing.

4. Give clear directions for test.

5. Teach test-taking skills and give ample time.

6. Use a variety of assessments.

Chapter5 educational research] Educational Research

105

EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

Research concerned with theory development

Research concerned with theory testing

Research concerned with classroom problems

Basic + Applied + Action Research

Basic Research is also called Fundamental Research &

Applied Research is also called

Action Research is also called

Research done in laboratory

Research done in Field

Research done in Classroom

Research focuses on fundamental laws, theories, process

Research concerned with the past events

Research concerned with the present (current) events

Research concerned with the future events

Historical + Descriptive + Experimental Research

Criticism is done in research

Types of criticism used in Historical Research

In historical research, data is analyzed in terms of

Criticism which checks the validity of data

Criticism which checks the reliability of data

Data is collected by primary & secondary resources in

Eye witness accounts of event by actual observer

Accounts of events not actually observed by reporter

Group not receive treatment in experimental research

Group receive treatment in experimental research

Control group and Experimental group are used in

Groups are randomly formed in

Cause and Effect relationship is determined in

Development & testing of hypothesis is necessary in

Effect of independent variable on dependent check in

Answers

- Basic Resea;.

- Applied Resear;

- Action Resea;.

- Research by Purrx:

- Pure Resear;

- Field Resea;

- Classroom Resea;.

- Basic Resea;.

- Applied Resear:

- Action Resea-.

- Basic Resea;

- Historical Resea;. -Descriptive Resear.

-Experimental Resear: - Research by Metr

- Historical Resea; -2 (Internal+Extemi j

- Critic isu

- Internal Critic;-

- External Critic:-

- Historical Rese

- Primary Resoi -Secondary Resoi

- Control

- Experimental Research

-Experimental Research

-Experimental Research

-Experimental Research

-Experimental Research

-Experimental Research
Re search intends to explain the phenomenon -Explanatory Research

Other name of Causal Comparative Research -Explanatory Research

Research conducted for a problem not clearly defined -Exploratory Research Research only intends to
explore question, not give conclusion

**Answers

-Exploratory Research

Other name of Exploratory Research -Confirmatory Research

Gain knowledge by direct,indirect observation or experience-Empirical Research

**QS

Research related to abstract idea or theory Research focuses on numbers and quantity Research focuses
on text quality Research results in numerical form Research results in words/pictures Accurate and
precise measurement is done in Impossible to measure accurate and precise data Qualitative research is
also called Research is done under the guidance of Different statistical formulas are used for Data is
taken from all the population in statistics Data is taken from sample in statistics No final conclusions is
made in statistics Final conclusions is made in statistics Culture, Theories, Experience, Analogies called
Violating basic rules of scientific research called Forms of Scientific Misconduct Application of research
results on population Statement a researcher believes fact but cannot verify it All subjects have equal
chance of selection in technique M\ subjects nave equal chance of selection in Subjects are divided into
groups or strata in Subjectsare selected from list by taking every Nth name AH the group is taken in
sample without distribution

**sampling in wm^ps±a^rgkrthwdvjM

- Random Sampling Non-Probability Sampling

lottery Method orlucJryDraw is the example of All subjects have not equal chances of selection

QS

67. Easily accessible sample is selected in

68. Sample is selected on basis of personal judgment in

69. Sample is selected on basis of fixed quota

70. Sample selected on reference of previous sample & so on

71. Sample selected in various stages

72. Lowest level of measurement

73. Highest & precise level of measurement

74. Scale provide qualitative classification of objects

75. Scale provide quantitative classification& order of subjects

76. Quantitative classification + Order + Interval of subjects

77. All qualities of Interval Scale + True zero point

78. Survey+ Developmental-*- Interrelationship Researches

79. Collecting data in form of question from particular group

80. Progressive changes in human development studied in

81. Study traces interrelationship between facts

82. Growth Study + Trend Projection Study

83. Growth of human or groups is studied in

84. Future prediction is made in

85. Longitudinal & Cross Sectional method are used in

86. Sample is observed over a long period of time

87. Sample is observed at one point of time

88. Causal comparative + correlation + case study

89. Ex Post Facto Research is also called

90. Causes of effects are determined

91. Degree of relationship b/w variables is determine

92. In-depth investigation or observation of single case

93. Major Types of Experimental Design

94. Design with complete control over variables

95. Design with weak control over variables

96. Design with extremely weak control over variables

97. Conditions a researcher manipulate, control, observe

98. Variable manipulated by the researcher is called

99. Variable occurs as a result of independent variable

100. Variable that sort out the cause of research

QS

67. No relationship b/w variables is related to

68. Relationship exists b/w variable is related to

69. Other name of Research Hypothesis

70. Hypothesis having clear direction of statement

71. Hypothesis having no clear direction of statement

72. Hypothesis show relationship b/w only 2 variables

73. Hypothesis show relationship b/w more than 2 variable

74. Hypothesis that is measured logically

75. Hypothesis that is measured statistically

76. Hypothesis used when null hypothesis is rejected

77. Preparing notes on study or research called

78. Note taking is done to use it easily in

79. Types of Note Taking

80. Quotation of experts should be written in

81. Rephrasing the paras into own wording is

82. Brief account all research in note taking is

83. Presenting own point of view in note taking is

84. Mostly used tool of research is

85. Set of questions demand answer in written form

86. Type of questionnaire containing the choices

87. Respondent free to write without choice in questionnaire

88. Asking questions orally in face to face situation

89. Type of interview with one candidate

90. Type of interview with many candidates

91. Type of interview conducted by one interviewer

92. Type of interview conducted by many inter, a vers

93. Pre-planned questions are asked in interview

94. Unplanned questions are asked in interview

95. Interviewee is free to talk on some topic in interview

96. Interviewee is restricted to talk on topic in interview

97. Interviewee is restricted to talk on topic in interview

98. Researcher observes respondent in natural setting is

**Answers

tacarcher is directly involved in situation in -Participant observation

: ircher is not directly involved in situation in -Non-participant obsvation

**; : i_-;her himself directly observes the situation - Direct observation

Preservation by other means like recording etc. done in -Indirect observation

**bfv*r. ation in unnatural setting is done in -Controlled observation

i. relationship, acceptance &rejection measure in - Sociometric method

al representation of relationship with others - Sociogram

**. -. representation of relationship with others - Socio Matrices

: rehavior given children to relate with classmates -Guess Who techniq

measures social distance with special class/group - Social distance scale

::ive techniques are used to measure the - Personality

~tijiar but symmetrical inkblot images used in - Rorschach Inkblot

■rer.: is asked to tell what he sees in inkblot images in - Inkblot Tests

:sked to tell about ambiguous scenes in test •Thematic Apperception

::: -: skill or knowledge in specific area measured in - Achievement Test

.easure job capabilities or future potential - Aptitude Test

-easure mental function (reasoning, comprehension) - Intelligence Test

- Semantic Differential Thurstone, Guttman are - Attitude Scales

idely used, simple scale to measure attitude - Likert Scale

scrr-iated Rating Scale is also called - Likert Scale

trrrs of all the values is summed up in - Likert Scale

-.ative meaning of events is measured in scale -Semantic Differential

•r :: ectives with opposite meaning is used in -Semantic Differential

■man Scale is also Scalogram or - Cumulative Scale

r.s are asked in quantitative form in - Questionnaire

:ns are asked in qualitative form in - Opinionnaire

■nance of products, institutions improved through - Opinionnaire

: :ems for verification is given in tool - Checklist

of a test measure what it designed to measure - Validity

s valid by definition is inferred in type of validity - Face Validity

: nation of test with its objectives is checked in - Content Validity

■cspt of test items is checked in - Construct Validity

QS

198. Prediction of future performance of a test is

199. Similarity of a test result with previously validated test

200. Degree of consistency of a test score is called

201. Similar results on same test repeatedly is

202. Consist score on 2 different tests of same nature is

203. Distribution of a test into two halves is done in

204. Mathematical techniques to analyze numerical data

205. Data is taken from all population in statistics

206. Data is taken only from sample in statistics

207. Data is concluded finally in statistics

208. Data is provided in raw & not finally concluded in

209. Data is provided in raw & not finally concluded in

210. Mean, Median, Mode are measure of

211. Arithmetic average of the values is called

212. Middle value of the values

213. Value that occurs frequently or repeatedly

214. Range, Variance, Standard Deviation are measures of

215. Difference b/w highest & lowest value is called

216. Quarter value of the data is measured in

217. Standard deviation is square root of the variance

218. Average squared deviation from population mean is

219. Variables of same nature are grouped together in

220. Relationship between two or more variables is

Answers

- Predictive Vali

- Concurrent Vali

- Reliab:

- Test-retest reliab -Parallel form reliab

- Split half reliab - Statir -Descriptive Stat: 5 -Inferential Statir -Inferential Static

-Descriptive Stati

-Descriptive Stat

- Central Tend

-U -Me

Answers

-Variability/Dispe.

- Quartile De^

- Standard de^

-Ve - Factor Ana.

- Corre:

Basics of Educational Research

lawces of Knowledge: Sense Perception

Knowledge is gained through 5 senses; smell, taste, hearing, vision, touch.

Traditions

Different traditions in a culture are also a source of knowledge.

Expert Opinion

Getting knowledge and advice from experts, genius & qualified people.

Deductive Reasoning:

It is a process of reasoning (thinking) from general to particular. For example, Man is mortal. AsAristotle
is a man so he is mortal.

Inductive Reasoning

Process of reasoning from particular to general e.g. "Nazir has 50 rupees in pocket, Naseer50 rupees,
Tariq 50 rupees, meansall class have 50 rupees.

Scientific Method

Knowledge gained by scientific method, by identifying problem, developing hypothesis, data collection /
analysis & drawing conclusions.

Common Sense

Knowledge is also gained through common sense.lt is not very authentic source.

Personal Experiences

Personal experiences are also helpful to gain the knowledge. Revelation (Wahi)

It is knowledge given to Prophet by Allah (SWT). It is authentic source. 10)

Intuition (Wajdan)

It is quick & direct perception of facts without proof or conscious reasoning.

Properties of Knowledge Sources:

1) Verifiable
2) Replicable

3) Impartial

4) Empirical

5) Obj ectable/obj ectivity

3. Educational Research:

Educational research is a systematic investigation to resolve the educate -problems by use of scientific
method.

4. Needs / Scope of Educational Research:

Following features can help to understand need of educational research.

1) Education is Inter-disciplinary Subject-Roots in psychology, history etc

2) Education Considered as Science-Education/psychology behavioral sciences

3) Quality of Education - Research is needed to increase quality of educate ■

4) Changing Concept of Education - Distoce-non-formal-informal educatic:

5) Science & Technology Development- TV, Internet, fax, mobile, IT etc

6) Education and Productivity- Qualified persons enhance productivity.

7) Scarce Resources and Optimum Utilization

8) Changing the Social Attitude -Healthy lifestyle, social & emotional skills etj

9) High Drop Out Rate - Factors of dropout must be explored.

10) High Population Rate- Provision of facilities for large population rate

11) Low Socio Economic Status (SES)-It needs research to enhance SES of p<;

12) Curriculum Development - Improving curriculum as per modern nee.

13) Educational Assessment-Educational assessment issues, quality assessrr.;

14) Effectiveness of Teaching Methods- Use of effective teaching mefhoc:

15) Educational Administration - Making administration more effective.

16) Economics of Education - Increasing education budget etc.

17) Vocational Development - Vocational development of students be ensure I

18) Students Issues - Academic, personal, financial issues etc.

19) Learning and Motivation - Improving learning situation.

20) Individual Differences - Teaching according to capacity of students.

5. Characteristics of Educational Research:

1) Word SLERR' shows its characteristics: (Systematic - Logical - Empirical - Reductive - Replicable)

2) Word MOVIE' shows its characteristics: (Mathematical precision-Objectivity-Verifiability-

Impartiality-Expertn

3) Research is purposive means besed on objectives.

4) Emphasizes generalization of principles &theories.

5) Emphasizes on gathering new data from first-hand knowledge.

6) Endeavors to organize d.ia in quantitative terms.

7) Demands patience & not unhurried activity.

8) Sometimes requires courage.

9) Carefully recorded & reported.

10) Based on observable experience.

Scientific Method and Research:

Scientific method is a systematic, controlled, empirical and critical investigation of hypothetical

propositions about the supposed relations among natural phenomena. Steps of Scientific method
according to John Dewey:

1) Identification of problem

A research problem is identified and defined.

2) Formulation of hypothesis

Possible solutions (hypothesis) are formulated.

3) Collection and Analysis of Data

Data is collected using different tools i.e. questionnaire, interview etc. from sample and analyzed by
using statistical formulas.

4) Drawing of Conclusion

Results are drawn on the basis of data analysis& should be stated in terms of original hypothesis. It
should indicate whether hypothesis was supported or not.

5) Confirmation, disconfirmation or modification of the hypothesis

Finally after conclusion it is confirmed that hypothesis is supported or not. In case of disconfirmation,
hypothesis is changed or modified.

Ethical Consideration and Research:

1) Not conceal (hide) data or efforts of others for using them in own research.

2) Acknowledge contribution of others if you use data of other studies.

3) Describe proper publication practices/references, the bocks one reads.

4) Explain need to store data safely for possible review to avoid replication.

5) Explain problem related to misleading authorship -credit where credit due.

Areas of Scientific Dishonesty.

1) Plagiarism (copying)

A researcher when copies data, he/she must give reference of the data otherwise it will be considered
plagiared or copied.

2) Fabrication (falsehood)

Anything that is made up but not really occurred e.g. overstating sample,

changing data, including personal biases and misquoting the authors.

3) Non-publication of Data

It means data was suppressed (censored) toavoid publishing the facts. It is not ethical to ignore
exception.

4) Faulty Data Gathering Procedures

Non-use of proper research procedure, untrained research assistance etc

5) Poor Data Storage and Retention

Data should be kept safely and available always for verification by others

6) Misleading Authorship: Name of real researchers should not be replaced.

7) Sneaky Publication Practices

It occurs when research is send to more than one research journals for publication. It should be avoided.

Basic Research Versus Action Research:

Area
Basic Research

Action Research

Objectives

Theory development

Solve educational problems

Training

Trained &experts required

Teacher with limited training

Locating problem

A wide range of methods is used to locate the problem

Only teacher locate problem simply in classroom

Involvement

Researcher not usually involve

Teacher is fully involved

Hypothesis

Highly specific hypothesis

Simple statements

Review of the literature

Exhaustive &thorough review of literature is done

Just a glance of teacher is enough for the purpose

Sampling

Random/unbiased sampling

Pupils are used as sampling

Experiment

Error & bias free

Bias is usually present

Data analysis

Complex data analysis

Simple analysis is conducted

Quantitative Versus Qualitative Research:

Quantitative Research

Qualitative / Ethnographic Research

Focus on number &quantity 1 More objective

Statistical tests used for analysis - Use of deductive process ' More generalizeable : Large sample

7. Confirmatory

8. Measures

: Tests a theory ). Structured data 11. Results in numerical form

1. Focuses on text quality

2. More subjective

3. No statistical test used for analysis

4. Use of inductive process

5. Less generalizeable

6. Small sample

7. Exploratory

8. Interprets

9. Develops a theory

10.Unstructured data

11. Results in words /pictures.

Types

Type

1. Descriptive Research

2. Experimental Research

3. Quasi-Experimental Research
4. Causal Comparative Research Correlation Research

Case Study Ethnography

Document & Content Analysis

Bibliographic Research

Autobiography

Historical Research

Tools

1. Questionnaire

2. Structured Interview

Tools

1. Observation

2. In-Depth Interview

3. Focus Group

Historical Research

Historical research provides information about past events and experiments whic: are not present
currently or if present, in hidden form (Michel Lee).

Historical research: involves following:

Investigation of past events Analysis of past events

Derivation of general principles after analysis of past events

4. Understanding present trends

5. Anticipation of future on the basis of past and present trends

Steps in Historical Research:

1. Statement of the problem

2. Collection of data
1) Primary Sources

2) Secondary Sources

3. Analysis (Criticism) of data

1) External Criticism

2) Internal Criticism

4. Drawing Conclusions

5. Report writing

Statement of the Problem

Historical research is limited to already available data. Problem should be well .:rined with one or more
specific hypothesis. Problems having insufficient data are not

suitable.

Data Collection

In historical research data is collected through primary and secondary sources:

1) Primary Sources

These are eye witness accounts and reported by an actual observer or participant in an event. Primary
sources of data are as under:

i. Personal Records

Diaries, autobiography, affidavit, declarations, letters, contracts etc.

ii. Legal Records

Constitutional, legislative, judicial and executive orders etc.

iii. Oral Testimony

Folk-tails, family stories, interviews etc.

iv. Pictorial Records

Photographs, painting, videos, drawings and sculptures etc.

v. Mechanical Records: Audio tapes, video tapes, Micro fiche etc.

vi. Remains and Relics

Fossils, skeletons, tools, weapons, clothing and furniture etc.

2) Secondary Sources

These are accounts of an event that were not actually witnessed by the reporter. The reporter may have
read an account of actual observer or talked with him. Historians use secondary sources only when
primary sources are not available e.g. history text books and encyclopedias.

Analysis/Criticism of Data

Analysis of data is logical rather than statistical. In historical research data is analyzed in terms of
criticism. Criticism is of two types:

1) External Criticism

It evaluates authenticity or genuineness of data to check whether the document or relic is real and
original or counterfeit.Different tests can be used to check originality e.g. signature test, type, spelling,
handwriting, language usage etc. Physical &chemical tests of paper, ink, cloth, stone, wood, metal and
paint can also be used. It evaluates the validity of data.

2) Internal Criticism

It is concerned with internal worth of the content. Although the docurr. may be genuine, do they
represent true picture? Whether the author unbiased, competent, honest having no fear or pressure?
How long 4 the event was recorded? It evaluates the reliability of data.

4. Drawing Conclusions

Conclusions are drawn from the data analysis (criticism of data).

5. Report Writing

The format of writing a historical research report is different from descriptive experimental research
report writing. 1st chapter is written in the same way as descriptive and experimental research. The
remaining chapters in historical resea: depend on the nature of contents. The chapters may range from
two to many depen -upon the variety of contents.

Types of Historical Research:

1. Bibliographical Research

It is the study of old books, published material, articles, research jo etc.

2. Biographical Research
It is the study of personalities, their life style, their impact on society efc

3. Legal Research Government issues, constitutions and executive orders etc.

4. Studying The History of Ideas Different ideas, communism, socialism, two nation theory etc.

5. Studying History of Institutions or Organizations It includes the history of institutions or

organizations.

Descriptive Research

Descriptive research involves the present status of the A descriptive study describes and interprets what
is. It is concerned with conditions relationships that exist, opinions that are held, processes that are
going on, effects that evident and trends that are developing.

Steps in Descriptive Research:

1. Identification & Definition of the problem

2. Objectives of the study

3. Hypothesis of the study

4. Selection of sample from population

Tool of research

Data Collection

Descriptive Analysis

8. Interpreting Findings

9. Drawing Conclusions pes of Descriptive Research:

Van Dalen described following 3 types of descriptive research:

1. Survey Studies

2. Developmental Studies

3. Inter-relationship Studies

1. Survey Studies

A survey is an attempt to collect data in the form of questions from particular group of people. It may
include questionnaire, interview, face-to-face interview or telephone interview etc.
Developmental Studies

Developmental studies are related to the Human Development. It focuses on :regressive changes that
occur as an organism develops. It differentiates children at :liferent levels of age, growth or maturation
etc.

Inter-relationship Studies

It is a study which traces interrelationship between facts that provide a deeper insight into the
phenomena.

Types of Survey Studies:

1. School Survey

School survey is conducted for purpose of internal & external evaluation.

2. Public Opinion Survey

It analyzes present documents, official record, text books etc.

5. Job Analysis

It analyzes employment issues or performance to arrange training programs.

6. Follow Up Studies

At -reviews the progress peopte ^\\o\eft ^\tts£\\\SaoTv aStex com^twn.

122

CRUX of Special Educati

Types of Developmental Studies:

1. Growth Studies

It is related to growth of humans, groups or institutions. It uses 2 methods:

1) Longitudinal or vertical Method

In it, sample is observed over a long period of time. It is expensive.

2) Cross sectional or horizontal Method

Sample is observed at one point of time. It is economical.

2. Trend Projection Studies

It makes predictions from social trends, economic conditions, technology advances, etc. for future
planning.

Types of Interrelationship Studies:

1. Case Study

It is related to in-depth investigation of a single case or a limited number of cases involves detailed
description and analysis of a single person, event, institution or commun;:

2. Causal Comparative Study/Ex Post Facto

It explores the possible causesof effects or existing difference in the behaviour ; ; individuals. It attempts
to identify cause effect relationship.

3. Correlation Study

It explores the degree of relationship between two or more variables. Degree

relationship is expressed as a correlation coefficient. The relationship between variab.-. does not mean
cause and effect relationship.

""Correlation coefficient shows the degree of relationship between variables.

Experimental Research

It involves manipulation of at least one independent variable and observation : its effects on dependent
variable while controlling relevant / extraneous variables.

ment:

A situation in which relationship between cause and effect is determined, of Experiments:

Green wood stated five types of experiments: Trail and Error Experiment

1 Controlled Observational Study Natural Experiment Ex-Post Facto Experiment Laboratory

Experiment

ons for Experimental Research: Without fulfilling following conditions, research will not be effective.
Control
It involves removal or minimizing effects of irrelevant/extraneous variables. No or poor control over
extraneous variable can affect the results.

2 Randomization

Process in which every member of population has equal chances of selection.

Replication

It involves conduct of no. of small experiments rather than one experiment on large scale. Different
small experiments are performed by dividing the sample into control groups and experimental groups
which help to verify data easily.

les:

Variables are the conditions/characteristics that a researcher manipulates, controls ^rves.

Independent Variables

ft is the condition or characteristic that researcher himself manipulates or controls I its effect on the
phenomenon to be observed e.g. reward, punishment, AV aids etc. indent variables are also called
cause, stimulus,treatment,antecedent, experimental active variable.

Dependent Variables

ft is the condition or characteristic that occurs as a result of independent variable Beets of reward,
punishment and AV aids on student learning etc. Dependent fcs also called effect, response, outcome,
precedent&behavioral variables.

3. Extraneous Variables

These are uncontrolled variables which are not manipulated by research: they may have a significant
effect on the research &on dependent variables. It ha types:

1) Environmental Variables

They cause unwanted differences between groups e.g. learning mater

2) Subject Variables

The variables due to which subjects in different groups (confi experimental group) might differ. It has
two types:

i. Organismic Variables

Effects of organism's characteristics such as sex, age and ra; i

ii. Intervening Variables

Variables which intervene between independent and de

variable such as fatigue, anxiety and motivation.

Techniques to Control Extraneous Variables:

Although extraneous variables cannot be controlled completely but ft techniques can be used to
minimize their effects:

1. Removing the variable

Extraneous variable may be controlled by removing such variable complefc Delimiting research to one
gender (male or female) if the extraneous variable is g„ a study of educational managers etc.

2. Randomization

It is the process in which every member of population has equal ch--selection to minimize the bias. It is
also known as unvoiced sampling.

3. Matching Variables

This method is used where randomization is not possible or appropriate case, subjects are divided into
two equal groups having approximately same cor: e.g. division of cricket players into 2 groups (batsmen,
bawlers etc.)

4. Balancing Cases

It means assigning subjects to experimental and control groups in such a mean and variance of the two
groups are as nearly equal as possible.

5. Analysis of Co-Variance (ANCO VA)

This statistical test is used to remove initial differences of covariate ( which affect the dependent
variable along with independent variable. This m preferable to conventional method of matching but it
involves use of ana! covariance.

AP - 4] Educational Testing, Measurement

125

-e-Experimental Design:

1. One Shot Case Study

2. One Group Pretest-Posttest Design

3. Static Group Comparison

One Shot Case Study/One Group Posttest Design Only

1) It uses only one experimental group.

2) Treatment is given to experimental group.

3) Posttest is applied and change is assumed. One Group Pretest Posttest Design
1) It uses only one experimental group.

2) Pretest is applied, treatment is given and posttest is applied.

3) It has minimal internal validity but no external validity. Static Group Comparison Design

1) It uses two groups (1 experimental + 1 Control).

2) No pretest for both the groups.

3) Treatment is given to experimental group only.

4) Posttest is applied, and results are noted.

126

CRUX of Special Educat

1. Nonequivalent Pretest-Posttest Group Design

1) Selection of control & experimental group (no random assignment).

2) Pretest is applied on both the groups and result is noted.

3) Treatment is given to experimental group only.

4) Posttest is applied on both groups, and results are noted/compared.

2. Nonequivalent Posttest only

1) Selection of control & experimental group (no random assignment).

2) Treatment is given to experimental group only.

3) Posttest is applied on both groups and results noted/compared.

3. Counterbalanced Design

Group 1 Treatment A
 Pos&est

When one treatment is given to a group repeatedly it can affect the behavior of subject like fatigue etc.,
in such a case treatment A is given to First group and treatm. B is given to Second group, then treatment
B is given to is given to First group a treatment A is given to Second group by changing the order of
treatment. Then results r compared. Quantity of treatment can be increased from 2 to 3, 4 and so on.
Treatmer then interchanged among the groups.

4. Time Series Design

1) It is a single subject design/one group design.

2) Pretest and posttest is applied repeatedly on one group before and after flj treatment in
different points of time e.g. drug users treatment etc.

True Experimental Designs:

1. Pretest-Posttest Equivalent Group Design

1) Most effective method but also most difficult to perform.

2) Sample is randomly divided into control and experimental gr:_ (treatment group).

3) Pre-test is applied on both groups to evaluate the performance of groups before treatment.

4) Treatment is applied on experimental group only.

5) Posttest is applied to both groups to evaluate performance after treatment.

6) Results are evaluated and compared.

Posttest only Equivalent Group Design

1) Selection of control & experimental group (random assignment).

2) Treatment is given to experimental group only.

3) Posttest is applied on both groups.

4) Results are noted and compared. Solomon Four Group Design

5) It is the combination of above 2 designs.

6) It helps to check whether pretest has any effect on the results.

7) It randomly selects 4 groups (2 experimental and 2 control).

8) Pretest is only applied to 1 experimental and 1 control group.

9) Treatment is given to 2 experimental groups.

10) Posttest is applied on all 4 groups.

11) Result is noted and comparison is made.

128 CRUX of Special Educa

Identification of the Problem

Selection Criteria for Statement of the Problem:

1. Novelty

Research problem should be original & novel (new) so that it does not in\ duplication. If a researcher
intends to conduct a research on previous topic, he/she sh do it with new conditions and objectives to
avoid similarity.

2. Area of Interest

Research should be conducted in own area of interest so that focus remain on research and researcher
may not get bored.

3. Significance

Significance describes that who will take benefit from research. Significance the research shows
importance and value of the research.

4. Feasibility

It is ensured that competence, knowledge and skills of researcher& resource; conveyance, sample etc.
will be available for research.

5. Availability of Guidance

The provision of guidance from the expertise in specific fields is also ensur;: topic related to science can
be consulted with expert science teacher etc.

6. Availability of Finance
The cost or expenses of research must also be kept in mind.

7. Time Requirement

A specific time is given for the research. So time should be kept in mind _ the research so that timely
completion of research may be ensured.

8. Other Facilities

Other facilities like transportation, distance of different institutions, limita-sex etc. are also kept in mind
during research.

Resources of the problem:

Basic resources to frame a research problem are given below:

1. Classrooms and Institutions

There are so many problems in an educational institution which are neede:

resolved e.g. lack of student interest in education, poor teaching methodolo: student dropout etc. So a
researcher can take any problem for his/her research.

2. Home/Community

Home and community role is also very effective in student education. 1 parental involvement, behavior
of peers, siblings, and community members high: rft 'eaning, which helps a researcher to research a
problem.

Social and Technical Changes

Different technological items like TV, computer, internet, email, mobile phone, ok have great impact on
our life. They also have different relevant problems, . ages, disadvantages. These points can be chosen
for research.

Records of Previous Researches

Previous research encyclopedia, educational researches, abstracts, research - 5. and publications are
also rich sources of research problems.

Discussions

Classroom discussion, seminars, workshops and exchange of ideas between _-:her and supervisor,
among researchers etc. are also sources of problem.

Questioning Attitude

A questioning & curious attitude towards practices as well as research' oriented ence helps to provide
research problem e.g. why Pakistan is getting aid from IMF?
Consultations

Consultations with supervisor, fellows, teachers, parents to conceive problem, icance of the Problem:

1. It focuses research.

2. It prevents blind research.

3. It provides direction to researcher.

4. It places clear and specific goals before researcher.

5. It enables researcher to understand situation with greater clarity.

6. It is a guide to the thinking process and the process of 'discovery.

7. It sensitizes researcher to facts that might otherwise be overlooked.

8. It links & organizes the facts together into one comprehensible whole.

9. It sensitizes researcher to certain aspects of situation which are relevant.

10. It serves as a framework for drawing conclusions.

******************

Hypothesis

Definition:

A hypothesis is a provisional (temporary) guess about the research problem

Sources of Hypothesis:

Making a suitable hypothesis is parallel to selection of suitable problem. T; no any special rule to frame
hypothesis, in fact it needs your experience and creav Main sources of hypothesis are as under:

(General Cultural - Scientific Theory - Personal Experience -Analogies)

1. General Culture

Culture is a great source of ideas, theories, and provisional propositions. ReF or moral values, typical role
of family, prejudices against women education, comp_ education &co-education must be kept under
consideration while framing hypofhes :

2. Scientific Theory

There are various scientific laws or theories which are transferable to the fj educational researches e.g.
sound mind in a sound body, handicapped childrer adjustment problems.

3. Personal Experience
A good hypothesis can come only from experience, so personal experience to frame a suitable
hypothesis.

4. Analogies (Similarities)

It means to frame hypothesis based on similarities e.g.researcher can i hypothesis on the basis of a
research already conducted in a foreign country.

Characteristics of Hypothesis:

1. A good hypothesis is an agreement of observed facts based existing

2. It should not be based on personal arguments of the researcher.

3. It should not conflict with any law of nature.

4. It is stated in scientific & research like language.

5. It should permit the application of deductive reasoning.

6. It should be verifiable and testable.

7. It should be capable of being accepted or refuted.

8. Its test should provide an answer to the original research problem.

9. It should state relationships between variables.

10. It should be limited in scope.

11. It should be amendable to testing within a reasonable time.

s of Hypothesis: Declarative Form

It states the relationship between the variables concerned.

: 2tnple:-There issignifwant difference in the education standards of boy schools and r *. schools.

Prediction Form

It predicts that there will be the relationship between the variables concerned & reriment will help to
analyze it.

: 2mple:-There will besignificant difference in the education standards of boy schools ; - j girl schools.

Question Form

Hypothesis can be stated in question form.

E imple:-Is thereanysignifwant difference in the education standards of boy schools and schools'!

"pes of Hypothesis:

Null Hypothesis
It states that norelationship exists between the variables concerned.lt is written in

-.- form.

Eample:-There is no significant difference in the education standards of boy schools mtd girl schools.

Alternate Hypothesis/Research Hypothesis

Alternate Hypothesis is designed against the Null hypothesis. It is accepted when ill hypothesis is
rejected. Hypothesis other than null form, are written as 'Hi, H2; •. It is of two types; directional or non-
directional.

ample:-There is significant difference in the education standards of boy schools and schools.

1) Non-Directional Hypothesis

It simply indicates that independent variable affects the dependent variable. It means relationship
between two variables exists, but it does specify the direction.

Example: Teaching with lecture method and discussion method significantly affect the academic
achievement of the students.

2) Directional Hypothesis

It not only indicates relationship between two variables but also specify the direction.

Example: Teaching with lecture method significantly affects the academic achievement of the students
than discussion method.

3. Simple Hypothesis

A hypothesis that shows the relationship between only two variables; one is independent and the other
is dependent variable.

4. Complex Hypothesis

It is a hypothesis that shows the relationship between more than two variables.

5. Logical Hypothesis

It is that type in which hypothesis is verified logically.

6. Statistical Hypothesis

It is that type in which hypothesis is verified statistically. Hypothesis Testing:

Statistical tests are used to determine whether a hypothesis is accepted or rejectee In hypothesis
testing, two hypotheses are used: the null hypothesis and the alternate t hypothesis. The alternative
hypothesis is the hypothesis of interest; it generally states thi there is a relationship between two
variables. The null hypothesis states the opposite, tha: there is no relationship between two variables.
Review of Related Literature

Literature Review is a summary of previously conducted researches on the same topic being
investigated by the researcher.

1. Importance of Literature Review:

1) Clarify what is already known

A literature review helps to clarify what is already known, what theoretics frame works developed &
what has already been done. It avecs replication (copy/duplication).

2) Identify Gaps in Current Knowledge

A thorough literature review can also help to identify gaps in curr knowledge. It can help to clarify what
has not been investigated so far.

3) Helps in development of Valuable Hypothesis

Variety of researches helps to frame valid and valuable hypothesis.

4) Sharpens Research Focus Review of literature focuses the researcher towards the right
direction.

5) Indicate Effective Research Methods A review of previous researches may indicate the methods
the n effective in providing required information.

6) Provides insight into reasons for Inconsistency of Results

Related studies can show inconsistent results. By investigating the similarities and difference between
groups of studies with varying results, a review of literature may provide some insight into the reasons
for inconsistencies.

7) Points Out Valid & Reliable instruments

A review of the related literature points out valid and reliable instruments for collection of data related
to specific problem.

Sources of Literature Review:

1) General References

It includes different articles.

2) Primary Sources

It is most authentic source based on direct observation. It provides direct description of study by person
who has actually observed or witnessed event.

3) Secondary Sources

These sources include publications written by authors who were not direct observers in the events
described e.g. Text books or compile books.
4) Direct Sources

i. Educational Journals.

ii. Monographs; Year books and bulletins.

iii. Dissertations and thesis.

iv. Govt, publications etc.

5) Indirect Sources

i. Encyclopedias of education.

ii. Educational Indexes.

iii. Educational Abstracts.

iv. Directories.

v. Autobiographies.

vi. Bibliographical references.

vii. Quotation sources.

5. Note Taking on Study:

Common Points for Notes Taking

Notes are taken/prepared by a student from a study book, article, research, magazine etc. to use in
future to make his/her study more effective and easy. A student must keep in mind following while
taking the notes on study:

1)

Objectives / goals of the study

2) Summarize the lesson

3) Important Headings

4) Important key points

5) Verbal clues

6) Resources/references

7) Specific Order

8) Tangible Examples
Sampling Techniques

There are 2 types of sampling techniques as under: bility sampling

Every individual of a population has equal chances of selection for sample. Probability Sampling Every
individual of a population has no equal chances of selection for sample, of Probability Sampling: Simple
Random Sampling

Every individual of a population has equal chances of selection for sample e.g. draw etc.

Systematic Sampling

It is a sampling in which individuals are selected from list by taking every nth . where 'n'is equal to
number of individuals on the list divided by number of cts desired for sample.

i. Total population of teachers - 5000

ii. Desired sample size 10% (5000x10%) -500

iii. Obtain a list of population teachers - list of 5000

iv. Determine N * no(Population Size) - 5000= 10

Sample Size 500

v. Start at random place at top of population list from that select every 10th

no.

Stratified Sampling

Population is divided into subgroups or strata. Every subgroup has equal entation in sample as they exist
in population.

\ soldiers of 3 countries are as under:

' Pakistan China Afghanistan Population 200 400 60") Subgroups (sample) 50 100 150

Proportion 12 3

Cluster Sampling

It is usually used when target population is geographically dispersed. Different rs are selected from the
population entirely. These clusters (groups) are not further ivided e.g. all the class or family etc.
Types of Non-Probability Sampling:

1. Convenience/Accidental/Haphazard Sampling

It is considered easiest, cheapest, least time consuming and most commonly y technique. Sample is
selected which is easily accessible e.g. data collection from frier, co-workers, customer at single mall.

2. Purposive/Judgment Sampling

Researcher believes that some subjects are more fit for his/her research & or. basis of his/her personal
judgment, sample is selected purposefully.

3. Quota Sampling

Sample is selected on the basis of fixed quota e.g. quota for Army Personal, quou Teachers, quota for
labourers etc. Sample can be selected on the basis of race, sect, gen3 age by fixing quota (50% sample of
30 years of age, 50% sample with 40 years of age).

4. Snow Ball Sampling

It is usually when there is very small population size. When a reseat approaches any sample subject, it
further refers another subject who meets the criterii research e.g. a drug user can help researcher to
locate other drug users.

5. Double/Multistage Sampling

In a double stage sampling, the population is divided into a number of group first stage and then in 2nd
stage, sample is drawn from within these groups.

Measurement Scales

There are 4 scales, simply called {(NOIR) Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, Ratio}:

1. Nominal Scales

This scale provides qualitative classification of the objects. This scale does not any quantitative value.
For example; boy or girl, man or woman, Pakistani or Indian etc.

1) Male - M

2) Female - F

2. Ordinal Scales
This scale provides quantitative classification of objects in an order (seque from lowest to highest e.g.
the ranking of students in class for height, weight academic achievement.

85 Kg 75 Kg 73 Kg

(85=1,75=2, 73=3)

• II II I II I ■

Although subjects are ordered but ordinal intervals are not present.

Interval Scales

This scale provides quantitative classification of objects in an order with additional quality of interval.

Explanation: This scale helps to make some exact &meaningful decisions e.g. if we -easure height of
three students by using a meter scale and find their heights to be 185 cm, 172 cm and 159 cm
respectively. We can say that A is taller 13 cm than B and 26 cm taller than C. We can also infer the
difference between heights of A and C is twice than A nd B. In it the differences between consecutive
points on the scale are equal over the entire scale but there is not true zero point.

Ratio Scales

Fourth & highest level of measurement is ratio scale. These scales have all the characteristics of interval
scale with additional advantage of true zero point.

Summary of Measurement Scales

Nominal Scaic Ordinal Scale Interval Scale Ratio Scale

Qualitative classification Quantitative Classification Quantitative Classification

Quantitative Classification

- Order (sequence) Order (sequence) Order (sequence)

- - Interval Interval

- - - True Zero point

Tools of Research

Research tools are the instrument for data collection from respondents. Tools of research are made
keeping in view the objectives of the study.

1. Questionnaires
(i) Close Ended (ii) Open Ended

2. Interview

1) Individual Interview

2) Group Interview

3) Single Interview

4) Panel Interview

5) Structured Interview

6) Non-Structured Interview

7) Non-Directive Interview

8) Focused Interview

3. Observation

1) Participant Observation

2) Non-Participant Observation

3) Structured Observation

4) Unstructured Observation

5) Natural Observation

6) Direct Observation

7) Indirect Observation

8) Controlled Observation

4. Personality Test

1) Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)

2) Myers Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI)

5. Sociometric Techniques
-AP - 4] Educational Testing, Measurement 139

Questionnaires

Questionnaire is the tool of research containing series of questions to collect the from respondents in
written form. It is mostly used in survey research: s of Questionnaire: Closed Form/Structured
Questionnaire

It usually consists of a prepared list of concrete questions and choices of a ble answer. Respondent is
asked to mark choice out of different options e.g. Yes, No

Open Form/Unstructured Questionnaire

A question is asked and respondent is permitted to answer freely and fully in their ords and ideas. It
makes the data tabulation.and analysis difficult. Pictorial Form

Some questionnaires are presented to respondents in the form of drawing or graphs. It is suitable for
children and adults with limited reading ability, od of Presentation of Questionnaire: Through Mail or E-
Mail

It can be sent quickly to respondents by mail but results are often incomplete. Face to Face Situation

Researcher presents questionnaire personally. It is more suitable tY\as\ma\\.

eloping Questionnaire

1) The questions should be specific.

2) The questions should not be coloured by personal bias.

3) The wording of the questions should be clear and understandable.

4) The questions should be short and simple.

5) The questions should not*make the respondents angry.

6) The questions should not be ambiguous and misleading.

7) The question should be in sequence.

8) There should be no leading question.

9) The instructions should be very clear.

10) The multiple choice items should be arranged.

140

CRUX of Special Educate

Interview

4) Panel Interview- Conducted by many interviewers.

5) Structured Interview-Preplanned questions asked in rigid o: Inflexible.

6) Unstructure Interview-Unplanned/situational questions/informal/flex

7) Nond^.ive/Indepth Interview: It is psychoanalytical in na: Interviewee asked to talk freely about

some topic & hidden motives gc

8) Focused Interview: It includes preplanned questions and interview restricted to the topic to
make him remain focused & specific.

3. Observation

It is the natural way of assessment in which researcher observes the respo busy in his/her natural /
routine working and he/she doesn't know that he/she is observed. It is direct and primary source of
information.

1) Participant Observation - Researcher is directly involved in situati be observed.

2) Non-participant Observation-Researcher is not directly involve situation to be observed.

3) Structured Observation-Preplanned/Formal/Inflexible observation.

4) Unstructured Observation-Unplanned/situational/infonnal/flexible.

5) Natural Observation- It involves observing behavior in natural se No control or change by

researcher.

6) Direct Observation - Researcher himself directly observes the situai

7) Indirect Observation - Observation by other means like recording e:

8) Controlled Observation - Observation in unnatural/special settings

4. Personality Test

It is a questionnaire which analyzes type of personality a person has. It ana-

psychological problems, interest, knowledge etc.

1) Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)

It is most widely used test. It is used for the therapeutic assessm psychology and screening candidates
for job etc. It has many versi< measures anxiety, depression, Obsessiveness, Anger, Self-esteem
aspiration, social discomfort, family problem, school problem, concerns.

2) Myers Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI)

It is self-report questionnaire which indicates psychological prefe that how people perceive world and
make decision.

Sociometric Techniques

It is quantitative method for measuring social relationship, acceptance and action. It tells relationship of
a person in group, class, family.

1) Sociogram

It is graphical representation of relationship of a person with others.

2) Socio Matrices

It is tabular representation of relationship of a person with others.

3) Guess-Who Technique

Children are given a list of traits or behavior and asked to nominate classmate who fits best in the
behavior.

4) Social Distance Scale

This scale measures social distance with particular class of groups e.g. religious groups, ethnic groups,
minorities, foreign etc. It measures agreement or disagreement, acceptance, rejection of a person with
others.

Projective Tests

Projective tests are also used as personality test. It let a person respond to rguous (unclear) stimuli to
check his hidden emotions and internal conflicts.

1) Rorschach Inkblot Test

It is set of ten irregular but symmetrical inkblot images. Respondent is asked to explain what he sees to
check problem.

2) Holtzman Inkblot Test

It is a variation of Rorschach test, but uses a much larger pool of different inkblot images and it has
different scoring criteria.

3) Thematic Apperception Test (TAT)

Different ambiguous scenes of people are shown and respondent is asked to describe its various
aspects.

4) Draw-A-Person Test

Respondent is asked to draw a person's sketch to analyze his feelings etc.

5) Animal Metaphor Test

Respondent is asked to create a story and interpret its significance.

6) Sentence Complete Test

Respondent is asked to complete a sentence with his own words.

7) Picture Arrangement Test

It consists of 25 sets of 3 pictures. Respondent is asked to arrange in order.

8) Word Association Test

Different words are given and respondent is asked to associate them.

9) Graphology

It analyzes the physical characteristics at the time of writing and wri: -patterns of a person to identify the
writer.

7. Test

1) Achievement Test

It measure level of skill or knowledge in specific area e.g. Math, Urdu tc

2) Aptitude Test

It measures job capabilities of candidates e.g. verbal, numeric reasoning

3) Intelligence Test

It measures variety of mental functions such as reasoning, comprehens:

8. Attitude Scales

1) Likert Scale / Summated Rating Scale

It is most widely used, simple and uni-dimentional scale to measure -attitude survey research.
Respondent is asked to respond to se: statements whether he/she strongly agree (SA), Agree (A),
Undec:: (UD), Disagree (DA), Strongly Disagree (SDA).

Scoring of positive statement - SA=5, A=4, UD=3, DA=2, SDA=3

Scoring of negative statement - SA=1, A=2, UD=3, DA=4, SDA=5

Score of all values is summed up means total is made for every stateme:
2) Semantic Differential Scale

It measures the connotative meaning of things, events, and concepts uses polar adjectives (opposite-
meaning terms) at each end. Responder. asked rate an object by putting a mark on one of the 7 spaces
in e: dimension. All blanks are numbered 1 to 7 and after completion aven. of each dimension is
determined. Different adjectives are used.

Good _ Bad

Clean Dirty

Cruel . Kind

3) Thurstone Scale

It measures favourable or unfavourable attitude of persons towaJ different statements. Respondent was
required to rate each statement f: -1 to 11. Average of all statements is determined to know the attitude
■ dividing the summed rating over checked statements.

4) Guttman Scale/Scalogram

It is a cumulative scale. It presents number of statements and asks respondent to agree or disagree. It
establishes one dimensional continuum for a concept you wish to measure. A respondent who is agree
with any statement in the list, will also agree with previous statements e.g. if he agree statement no. 3,
it means he agrees with statement 2 and 1 also.

Opinionnaire

It is set of statements about which opinions of respondents are taken to measure ::itude. It is qualitative
approach whereas questionnaire is a quantitative approach, onnaires are basically used to improve the
performance of products, items, ions, organization etc.

Checklist

It is list of items you need to verify, check and inspect. It helps to reduce the _-e of memory and human
attention. List of different tasks is organized and completed ■ are ticked and remaining are left blank
until their completion.

Rating Scale

It involves qualitative and quantitative description of items, things, traits of a n. Respondent is required
to rate every statement as he / she wishes from given "gories of five or seven, e.g.

None - Mild - Moderate - Severe -Very Severe

Validity

A quality of a test / research tool that measures what it is designed to measure, pes of Validity: Face
Validity

It infers that a test is valid by definition. It means that a test measures what it is posed to measure.
Researcher assumes that test will work.
Content Validity

It is checked that if the content of the test is appropriate according to the ectives of study. It is done
with help of supervisor, experts of relevant fields.

Construct Validity

It is checked what should exist in test theoretically. Criterion Based Validity/Statistical Validity

It involves that test produces the same results as produced by different other -"dardized tests. It has
following 2 types:

1) Predictive Validity

Test predicts future performance. In this case, a test is given to : subjects as pretest and then treatment
is given. After treatment again s ■ test is applied and results are compared. In this case result of pre"
predicts the future performance of the subject.

2) Concurrent Validity

It infers that test produces similar results with previously validated tests Other Types of Validity: Internal
Validity

Test is internally valid if difference on dependent variable is the direct result independent variable, not
the other variables.

External Validity

Test is externally valid if results are generalizeable to the population outside

sample.

Threats to Internal Validity:

1. History

When an unexpected event (extraneous variable) occurs during the experi which affects the dependent
variable is denoted as history.

Example: A researcher provides a food supplement to sample subject to analyze its efl on body strength,
and during the experiment, subject starts weight lifting and h building exercises that can affect the
results of food supplement. It is called the threa history.

Solution: History occurs when there is only one group in research & it does not a:: experiment if two
groups (experimental + Control) are used for research.

2. Maturation

These are the natural physical or mental changes in subject over a period of which affects the
dependent variable irrespective of independent variable.

Example: Subject of study got tired (fatigue) after 45 minutes of experiment e.g. childi or old age people.

Solution: Maturation is the problem with one group research. It can be resolved by us
two groups (experimental + Control).

3. Pre-Test Sensitization/Exposure Effect

It is the familiarity of subject with an instrument or test.

Example: When a pretest applied repeatedly on a subject, he/she starts giving be results due to
repeated exposure in posttest.

Solution: It is a threat of one group design. It can be reduced by increasing inter-between test use or by
using 2 group design or Solomon 4 Group Design.

Instrumentation

It involves unreliability of the instrument. ample. Changing of test/instrument, change of observer, or

scorer can affect effect the ability of the test.

>: lution: The test, observer or scorer or research assistant should not be changed. Use of 2 groups is
also helpful to reduce the effect of instrument.

Statistical Regression

It is the regression to the mean. It happens when sample is not selected randomly, esearcher selects the
subjects in sample who scored highest or lowest.

imple: It means a subject gains lowest score in pretest but highest score in posttest, or riest score in
pretest but lowest score in posttest.

lution: Subjects of the sample should be selected randomly.

Selection of Subjects/Bias Selection

It is the bias involved in comparison of subjects in the groups.

E ample: Researcher may divide the subjects into groups by personal bias.

: lution: Random selection of subjects for experimental or control group or Repeated -easures design
may be used. It is a threat of 2 group design not of one group design.

Mortality

It involves the drop out of subject from study.

Example: If some subject refuses due to some domestic issues like injury, disease or aeath, this can
cause drop out of the sample.

Solution: Selection of sufficient sample. Threats to External Validity:

Testing (same as in internal validity) 1 Bias Selection (Same as in internal validity)

Hawthorne Effect/Reactive Effect

Subject of study influenced by the fact that he/she is being recorded or observed ■vhich affects the
dependent variable.

Example: A person whose physical fitness is being observed by researcner, he / she starts doing more
push-ups or chin ups when the researcher arrives.

Solution: Laboratory environment should be controlled.

Multiple Treatment Effect/Cumulative Effect

When the same subject received two or more treatment as in repeated measures aesign, it may carry
over the effect of previous treatments and result cannot be generalize to single treatment.

146

CRUX of Special Educatio

Example: Giving different treatment e.g. drug, exercise, therapies etc. The effect of cz= treatment
accumulates with others.

Solution: Interval of treatment can be increased to reduce the effect. Factors affecting Validity:

1. Unclear direction of test

2. Use of difficult terms in test

3. Poorly constructed test items

4. Ambiguity in test items

5. Short test

6. Improper arrangement of test items

Reliability

The degree of consistency of score of a test is called reliability. Simply wher . test score shows almost
similar result repeatedly, it is said that the test is reliabIt Reliability is the pre-requisite of validity. A
correlation coefficient can be used to asse the degree of reliability of a test.

Types of Reliability:

1. Test-Retest Reliability
When similar test is applied again and again and it shows same results each tirr i it is called test-retest
reliability. There should be appropriate interval in between the teso taking another test too early or tool
late can affect the results. It has following two types

1) Inter-Rater Reliability

Similar test is given to different people at the same time.

2) Intra-Rater Reliability

Similar test is given to same people at the different time.

2. Parallel Form Reliability

Two different tests of same nature are developed and applied to the subjects unce same conditions and
correlation of their reliability is evaluated.

3. Split Half Reliability

A test is distributed into two halves and the results of both the halves am correlated and compared. If
the results of two halves are similar, the test is reliable Following two formulas are used to measure the
split half reliability:

1) Spearman Brown Prophecy Correction Formula(2 Forms after split)

Total Test Score (r) = 2r Split Half

1+r Split Half

Kudar-Richardson Method(Full form of test before split)

KR-21 = K{1 -M(K-M))

K-l KS2

3) Cronbach Alpha

Cronbach's Alpha is equivalent to the average of all possible split half correlations. In this process, test is
divided into two halves again and again with different sequence and their correlation is determined.

Factor affecting Reliability Threats to Reliability

length of test 1. Fatigue

. Spread of score 2. Habituation (training)

Difficult test 3. Standardization of procedures

- Objectivity 4. Precision of measurement

Usability (ease-ability)
Statistics

Statistics is a body of mathematical techniques for gathering, organizing, _ - ; zing and interpreting
numerical data. There are two types of statistics:

Descriptive Statistics

1) This term is related to data analysis which describes and shows the data in a meaningful way.

2) It provides raw data and not helps to conclude the data finally.

3) It only helps to interpret the data.

4) It uses measures of Central tendency & Spread, Relationship.

5) Data is taken from all population and generalize on it.

Inferential Statistics

1) Data is taken from sample for data analysis& generalize on its population.

2) It provides final data and helps to conclude the data.

3) It uses measures of ANOVA, ANCOVA, MANOVA, and MANCOVA.

Descriptive Statistics:

These are given below: Measures of Central Tendency

It describes the average characteristics. It includes Mean, Median, Mode. 1) Mean: Arithmetic
average of the values is called mean.It is equal to sum of all values in data set divided by number of
values in data set.

148

CRUX of Special Education

where a is the population variance, p is the population mean, Xj is the z'th element from the population,
and N is the number of elements in the population.

4) Standard Deviation: Standard deviation is square root of the variance. ■ ur Population:

For Sample:

3. Measures of Relationship / Association: Correlation is the relationship between two or more

variables or sets of data.

1) Correlation coefficients: These are measures of the degree of relationship between two or more
variables. If one variable tends to increase at the same time that another variable increases, we would
say there is a positive relationship between the two variables. If one variable tends to decrease as
another variable increases, we would say that there is a negative relationship between the two
variables. It is also possible that the variables might be unrelated to one another, so that there is no
predictable change in one variable based on knowing about changes in the other variable. It is expressed
in the form of a coefficient with +1.00 indicating a perfect positive correlation; -1.00 indicating a perfect
inverse correlation; 0.00 indicating a complete lack of a relationship.

i) Pearson's Product Moment Coefficient (r): It is the most often

used and most precise coefficient; and generally used with

continuous variables.

ii) Spearman Rank Order Coefficient (p): It is a form of the

Pearson's Product Moment Coefficient which can be used with

ordinal or ranked data.

Note: A simplified method of determining the magnitude of a correlation is as follows:

*.00-.20 Negligible

* .20 - .40 Low

* .40 - .60 Moderate

* .60 - .80 Substantial

* .80-1.0 High

In published studies or reports, correlational coefficients are usually displayed ae the'r' values. For
example, r = .66, p < .01 where r is the correlational coefficier and p is the level (.01) of statistical
significance.

2) Multiple (Linear) Regression: A statistical technique used to find linea: relationship between
dependent variable &several independent variables.

3) Factor Analysis: This test explores which variables in a data set are most related to each and the
variables of same nature are grouped together . the form of factor.

Inferential Statistics:

These are given below:

1. ANOVA (Analysis of Variance)

ANOVA is used when the effect of only one independent variable is found c dependent variable.

2. ANCOVA (Analysis of Covariance)

ANCOVA is used when there is a known covariate with one independer variable. ANCOVA controls
changes resulted from covariate to get the result of independent variable only.

* Covariate is a variable that is typically associated with independent variable and it als-: affects it.

3. MANOVA(Multivariate Analysis of Variance)

MAN OVA is used when the effect of one independent variable is seen on more than one dependent
variables (multiple dependent variables).

4. MANCOVA (Multivariate Analysis of Covariance)

MANCOVA has components of both the ANCOVA and MANOVA. It is use; when there are covariates as
well as multiple dependent variables.

Writing Research Report

Format of Research Report:

There are usually following 3 parts of research report:

Preliminary

1.Title Page

2.Declaration Certificate 3. Dedication 4.ApprovaI Sheet 5 Acknowledgement 6.Table of Contents

7List of'Tables 8.List of Figures 9.Abstract \vj. NctoTP/ms

Main Body

Chapter No. 1

Introduction

CAapterAfo. 2

Literature Review

Chapter No. 3

Research Methodology
Chapter No. 4

Data Analysis

Chapter No. S

Summary, ?mdmg,s. Conclusion & Recommendations

Supplementary

Bibliography/Reference Appendix/Appendices

Index/Indices

1. Title Page: It usually includes information in following order (sequence):

1) Title of report at the top in Pyramid Form.

2) Name of researcher with Roll No./Registration No./Session/Class

3) Name of Department

4) Logo of Institution

5) Name of Institution Declaration Certificate

Researcher declares that his/her research is original and in future, if his/her search is found
plagiared/copied etc. his research may be cancelled.

Approval Sheet: Research approval is made by research supervisory committee. Dedication

Researcher dedicates his/her research to whom he/she intends (father, mother etc.). Acknowledgement

Researcher appreciates the persons who guided or assisted him in research.

Writing Research Report

7 rmat of Research Report:

There are usually following 3 parts of research report:

Preliminary
Main Body

Supplementary

I Title Page

Declaration Certificate 5 Dedication

- Approval Sheet

5 Acknowledgement : Table of Contents "List of Tables ■-List of Figures

- Abstract

Acronyms

Chapter No. 1

Introduction Chapter No. 2

Literature Review

Chapter No. 3

Research Methodology

Chapter No. 4

Data Analysis

Chapter No. 5

Summary, Findings, Conclusion & Recommendations

Bibliography/Reference Appendix/Appendices Index/Indices

Preliminary Section:

Title Page: It usually includes information in following order (sequence):

1) Title of report at the top in Pyramid Form.

2) Name of researcher with Roll No./Registration No./Session/Class

3) Name of Department

4) Logo of Institution

5) Name of Institution

2. Declaration Certificate
Researcher declares that his/her research is original and in future, if his/her research is found
plagiared/copied etc. his research may be cancelled.

3. Approval Sheet: Research approval is made by research supervisory committee.

4. Dedication

Researcher dedicates his/her research to whom he/she intends (father, mother etc.).

5. A cknowledgement

Researcher appreciates the persons who guided or assisted him in research.

152

CRUX of Special Education

6. Table of Content

This page includes serial number, contents &page numbers. It includes chapter 5 headings &sub
headings and gives abird's eye view to the reader.

7. List of Tables

It includes tables used in the research, shows serial No., Title & Page No. of table

8. List of Figures

It include figure/chart used in research, shows serial No., Title & Page No. of figure.

9. Abstract: It includes statement of problem, hypothesis, methodology and results.

10. Acronyms: It includes alphabetical lists of abbreviations used in research. *Note: Paging of
Preliminary part is done in the form of (i. ii. iii), starting from serial 'if at the bottom centre of page.

Main Body:

Usually following chapters are used in research:

1. Chapter No. 1 -Introduction

1) Statement of the Problem

2) Significance of the Study

3) Objectives of the Study

4) Hypothesis

5) Limitations

6) Delimitations

7) Definitions of the Terms

2. Chapter No. 2 -Review of Related Literature

3. Chapter No. 3 -Methodology of Research

1) Nature of Research / Research Design

2) Population

3) Sample

4) Sampling Technique

5) Tool of Research/Instrument

6) Validation of Research Tool

7) Data Collection

8) Data Analysis

4. Chapter No. 4 - Data Analysis

5. Chapter No. 5 - Summary, Findings, Conclusions & Recommendations

1) Summary

2) Findings

3) Conclusions

4) Recommendations

Supplementary Part:

/. Bibliography/References

2. Appendix/Appendices

3. Index/Indices

'\ote: Paging of Main Body and Supplementary part is done in the form of (1,2,3) at the
- :tom centre of page.

Detail of Research Report Terms:

Research background & its justification is written in -Introduction of research

Statement of the Problem in research describes the - Research Topic

Research intends to achieves the - Objectives of Study

Significance of the study explains the -Research worth/value

Tentative (uncertain) explanation of an event - Hypothesis

Sanctions naturally imposed on research - Limitations

Sanctions out of control of researcher - Limitations

Sanctions imposed on research by researcher himself - Delimitations

Terms explained to avoid misinterpretation in research - Definition of Terms

j. Previous researches & literature related to research topic - Literature Review

11. Heart of the research is called -Research Methodology

12. Type of research is mentioned under heading - Nature of research

13. Total subjects from which sample is drawn - Population

14. Small portion of population involved in research - Sample

15. Process of selecting sample from population is - Sampling

16. Techniques used to select sample in research is called - Sampling Technique

17. Instrument used to collect data from research sample - Tool of Research

18. Process of collecting data from research sample is - Data Collection

19. Process of analyzing/interpreting data by using statistics - Data Analysis

20. Nutshell, brief account of research -Summary of res -arch

21. Findings of research are made on the basis of - Data Analysis

22. Conclusions of research are made on the basis of - Findings of research

23. Suggestions made on the basis of conclusions of research - Recommendations

24. Sources of research literature which are part of research - Bibliography 2 5. Sources of
research literature which not part of research - References (check) 26. Extra material that supports
research is given in - Appendices
■1

.5. Introduction

4. Statement of the Problem

5. Significance of the Study

6. Objectives of the Study

7. Hypothesis

8. Limitations

9. Delimitations

10. Definitions of the Terms

11. Methodology of the Research

12. Nature of Research

13. Population

14. Sample

15. Sampling Technique

16. Tool of Research

17. Data Collection Procedure

18. Data Analysis Procedure

19. Review of Related Literature

20. Bibliography

21. Appendices

re: Format of Research proposal & Research Report depends upon the nature of tsearch.

Writing Bibliography/Reference

In research, references / bibliography are written in different styles e.g. APA e, Chicago Style etc. Mostly
APA style is used all over the world and in Pakistan, ssently 6th Edition of APA Style is being used. Here
we will discuss American -ological Association (APA) Style - 6th Edition:
I-jferencing: It is of two types: In-Text Citation & Reference List.

TEXT CITATION:

It means how to use reference in text/paragraphs of the research. Every text rnrased text) taken from
other researches must be followed by a reference. It should ude the last name of author followed by
year of publication.

1 to2 Authors:

If there are one or two authors, write them in subsequent literature similarly. (*et I ^ ill Not be used).

At the Beginning of Text.

. 1) AH (2009) found that motivation effects learning.... 2) Ali and Asad (2009) found that
motivation effects learning.. At the End of Text:

1) Motivation effects learning.... (Ali, 2009).

2) Motivation effects learning.... (Ali &Asad, 2009).

2. 3 to 5 Authors:

If there are 3 to 5 authors, then write all the authors name first time the refere: . occurs and then
subsequently include only the name of first author followed by et al.

Example:

First Time: Motivation effects learning (Ali, Asad, Irf, Hu &Ju, 2009). Second Time: Environment effects
learning(Ali et al., 2009).

3. 6or more Authors:

If there are 6or more authors, then write only the last name of first au: followed by et al. every time you
write the reference in text.

4. Group Authors: It include govt, corporation, agencies etc.)

First 7wm?:(Ministry of Health [MOH], 2009).

Second Time: (MOH, 2009).

5. Citing Secondary Resource: If you not read original source but given in

other secondary resource then add "as cited in" word in the reference.

Example: Asad (as cited in Ali, 2009).

6. Similar Information by more than one author: (Ali, 2009; Asad, 2007).

IN REFERENCE LIST:

The references used in the text / paragraphs of literature of the research repor i given in References List
at the end of research separately.
Books:

1. 1 Author {List all the authors}:

Ali, M. C. (2009). Trends in Education. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.

2. 2 to 7Authors:

Ali, M. C. Asad, J., Irf, S., Hu, K., Ju, L., Khan, M., &Rai, J.(2009).7>e«u Education. Lahore: Majeed Book
Depot.

3. 8 or more Authors^* first six authors and the last author}:

Ali, M. C, Asad, J., Irf, S., Hu, K., Ju, L., Khan, M., &Rai, J. (2009).7m;

Education. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot. (7th author will be replaced with dots).

article:

Printed Article

Nazir, M. (2012).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special reds Journal of Education, 22(6),
23-40.

Online Database Article

Nazir, M. (2012).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special Needs. urnal of Education, 22(6), 23-
40. Retrieved from http://aiou.edu.org.pk/2345. Online DOI (Digital Object Identifier) Article

Nazir, M. (2012).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special eeds Journal of Education, 22(6),
23-40. Retrieved from http://aiou.edu.org.pk/2345. . 10.1016/j.jsams.2012.03.007 Magazine Article

Nazir, M. (2012, October).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special ^cds.North & South, 22, 23-
40.

Thesis:

Printed Thesis

Nazir, M. (20l2).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special Needs M.Phil Thesis).AllamaIqbal

Open University, Islamabad, Pakistan.

Online Thesis

Nazir, M. (2012).Level of Depression among Adolescents of Special Needs M.Phil Thesis,AllamaIqbal

Open University, Islamabad, Pakistan)JR.etrieved from -ap://aiou.edu.org.pk/2345.

Group Authors:

Ministry of Health (2009).Health and Related /sswe.s.Islamabad, Pakistan: Author. (*When the author
and publisher are same).

Same Authors, Same Date:

Ali, M. C. (2009a). Trends in Education. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.

Ali, M. C. (2009b). Education and Futurology. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot. Internet Reference:

Internet Group Reference: In-Text:

Technology plays pivotal role in (World Technology

Network, 2014, para 3).

(Write page or para no. if no page no. available).

ample:

Ali, H., Asad, K., & Hu, J. (2009).Learning mathematics: Factorization(3%d.). ; - York, NJ: Majeed Book
Depot.

H., Asad, K., & Hu, J. (2009).Learning mathematics: Factorization^'ed.). _L-.abad, Pakistan: Majeed Book
Depot.

■stry of Health (2009).Learning mathematics: Factorization(3tdcd.). »Islamabad, . istan: Author.

iponents of Journal Article Reference:

1. Author's name: Same as in book.

2. Year of publication: Same as in book

3. Title of Article:Same as in book but Not Italic.

4. Name of Journal:Fw// Italic.

5. Volume Number:Fw// Italic. Not write Vol. before Number.

6. Issue Number:Bracketed immediately after the volume no. but Not Italic.

7. Page Numbers: Include all page numbers of the article.

8. DOI:Include Digital Object Identifier if any.

mple:

Ali, J. (2009). Learning mathematics: Factorization. Journal of Social Sciences,16 .26-35.

MISCELLANEOUS

Levels of Data Analysis:

1) Micro Level Analysis: It is based on small scale (few friend, small group).

2) Macro Level Analysis: It is based on large scale (entire civilization, large group).
Grounded Theory: It is based on the ideas that are built up from data observation of research by making
comparisons.

Quantitative Data: Data in the form of numeric e.g. 1,2,3 etc.

Qualitative Data: Data in the form of words, pictures, sounds etc.

Effect Size: It is a measure of the strength of effect of independent variable on dependent variable.

Hawthorne Effect: Awareness of being in a study.

Context Effect: Change in dependent variable as result of research environment.

Direct Effect: The effect of one variable on another without any intervening variables.

9. Indirect Effect: A condition where one variable affects another indi through an intervening
variable.

10. Main Effect: The effect of a independent variable on dependent variable.

11. Treatment Effect: It is a change in independent variable due to some intervention.

12. Mutually Exclusive: If a unit fits into a one category only it is called mutual'. exclusive.

13. Attrition: The rate at which participants drop out of a longitudinal study.

14. Axiom: A statement widely accepted as truth.

15. Bias: Influence that distort the results of a research.

16. Census: Data collection from all population instead of a sample.

17. Coding: The process of assigning values, typically numeric values, to the different levels of a
variable. For example, codes such as strongly disagree = I disagree =2, agree =3, and strongly agree = 4
are often assigned.

18. Confidentiality: Safety of collected data in research and sample subjects so tha might not be
exposed to public.

19. Confounding Variable: It is a variable that is not of interest but it distorts research results.

20. Continuous Variable: A variable that can take any value within the range : Age value 5 Years, 5.1
Years, 5.2 Years, and so on.

21. Discrete Variable: A variable that has specific value but cannot take any c value e.g. Male or
Female.

22. Predictor Variable: It is the independent variable.

23. Outcome Variable: It is the dependent variable.

24. Dummy Variables/Indicator Variable: Categorical variables that are assign;: value of 0 or 1 for
use in a statistical analysis.

25. Dichotomous Variables: Variables that have only two categories, such as ge: (male and female).
26. Index Variable: A variable that is the combination of other variables assurru: have same
construct.

27. Construct: It is a concept or theoretical creation which cannot be direc observed.

28. Content Analysis: It is a process of organizing narrative and qualitative data im concepts or
themes.

29. Correlation: It is the degree to which two variables are associated.

30. Correlation Coefficient: A measure of the degree to which two variables m related. A correlation
coefficient is always between -1 and +1. If the correla coefficient is between 0 and +1 then the variables
are positively correlated. ! correlation coefficient is between 0 &-1 then variables are negatively
correlate.

31. Coefficient of Determination: A coefficient, ranging between 0 and 1, that indicates the goodness of
fit of a regression model.

12. Cross-Sectional Data: Data collected from the research sample at only one point of time or one time.

Longitudinal Data: Data collected from the research sample in more than one point of time.

Curvilinear: A statistical relationship between two variables that is not linear Wnen p\o\\ed on a graph,
but rather forms a curve.

5 Data Imputation: A method used to fill in missing values (due to non response) in survey research.

Direct Observation: A method of gathering data primarily through close visual inspection of a natural
setting of objects. Researcher does not involve the objects in inter view or conversation. He remains
detached with the setting.

Double Barreled Question: One question in which two separate ideas are erroneously presented
together.

Double Blind Experiment: A research design where both experimenter and the subjects are unaware of
which the treatment group is and which the control is.

Endogeneity: A threat to the assumption that the independent (exogenous) variable actually causes the
dependent (or endogenous) variable. Endogeneity occurs when dependent variable may actually be a
cause of independent variable.

Exogeneity (Opposite of Endogeneity): The condition of being external to the process under study.

41. Explanatory Analysis: A method of inquiry that focuses on the formulating and testing of hypotheses.

-2. Ceiling: The highest limit of performance that can be measured by an instrument or process.
Individuals who perform near to or above upper limit are said to have reached ceiling.

-? Floor: Lowest limit of performance that can be measured by an instrument.

44. Focus Group: An interview conducted with a small group of people, all at one time, to explore ideas
on a particular topic. The goal of a focus group is to uncover additional information through participants'
exchange of ideas.

-5. Frequency Distribution: The frequency with which values of a variable occur in a sample or a
population.

46. Generalizability: The extent to which conclusions from data analysis from a

sample can be applied to the population as a whole. -7. Homogeneity: The degree of similarity among
the sample of research. 48. Heterogeneity: The degree of dissimilarity among the sample of research.

162

CRUX of Special Education

49. Histogram: A visual presentation of data that shows the frequencies with which each value of a
variable occurs.

50. Independence: The lack of a relationship between two or more variables.

51. Intervention or Treatment: The variable introduced to the dependent variable for the purpose of
research.

52. Kurtosis: A statistical equation that measures how peaked a distribution is. The kurtosis of a
normal distribution is 0. If kurtosis is different than 0, then the distribution is either flatter or more
peaked than normal.

53. Meta-ATiaYysis: A statistical technique that combines and ana\yzes data acrr multiple studies on
a topic.

54. Maxima: The maxima are points where the value of a function is more than otbs-surrounding
points.

55. Minima: The minima are points where the value of a function is less than otbr surrounding
points.

56. Missing Data: Values in a data set values that were not recorded is called miss data.

57. Misspecification: Misspecification occurs when the independent variables statistical model are
incorrect.
58 Variance: A commonly used measure of dispersion for variables. The variance calculated by
squaring the standard deviation. The variance is based on the squa of the difference between the values
for each observation and the mean value.

Univariate Analysis: Examination of the properties of one^variable only and r.: the relationship between
variables.

60. Multivariate Analysis: Any of several statistical methods for examining met than one
independent variable or more than one dependent variable or both.

61. Non-Significant Result: The conclusion or result when independent does r: show any significant
effect on dependent variable.

62. Normal Curve: The bell-shaped curve that is formed when data with a norrr.i distribution are
plotted.

63. Normal Distribution: This distribution describes a frequency distribution of dab points that
resembles a bell shape.

64. One-Way ANOVA: A test of whether the mean for more than two groups an different.

65. Two-Way ANOVA: A statistical test to study the effect of two categoric;, independent variables
on a continuous independent variable. Two-way ANOVA. analyze the direct effect of the independent
variables on the dependent variable as well as the interaction of the independent variables on the
dependent variable.

66. Histogram: A visual presentation of data that shows the frequencies with wh each value of a
variable occurs.

67. Independence: The lack of a relationship between two or more variables.

68. Intervention or Treatment: The variable introduced to the dependent varia: for the purpose of
research.

69. Kurtosis: A statistical equation that measures how peaked a distribution is. The kurtosis of a
normal distribution is 0. If kurtosis is different than 0, then the distribution is either flatter or more
peaked than normal.

70. Meta-Analysis: A statistical technique that combines and analyzes data across multiple studies
on a topic.

71. Maxima: The maxima are points where the value of a function is more than other surrounding
points.

72. Minima: The minima are points where the value of a function is less than othe-surrounding
points.

73. Missing Data: Values in a data set values that were not recorded is called missir.. data.

74. Misspecification: Misspecification occurs when the independent variables in : statistical model
are incorrect.
58 Variance: A commonly used measure of dispersion for variables. The variance b calculated by
squaring the standard deviation. The variance is based on the square of the difference between the
values for each observation and the mean value.

5U Univariate Analysis: Examination of the properties of one(variable only and nr. the relationship
between variables.

60. Multivariate Analysis: Any of several statistical methods for examining mo:; than one
independent variable or more than one dependent variable or both.

61. Non-Significant Result: The conclusion or result when independent does net show any
significant effect on dependent variable.

62. Normal Curve: The bell-shaped curve that is formed when data with a norma, distribution are
plotted.

63. Normal Distribution: This distribution describes a frequency distribution of da"^ points that
resembles a bell shape.

64. One-Way ANOVA: A test of whether the mean for more than two groups a:; different.

65. Two-Way ANOVA: A statistical test to study the effect of two categorica independent variables
on a continuous independent variable. Two-way ANOVA analyze the direct effect of the independent
variables on the dependent variable as well as the interaction of the independent variables on the
dependent variable.

66. P-Value: The probability that the results of a statistical test were due to chance. A p-value greater
than .05 is usually interpreted to mean that the results were not statistically significant. Sometimes
researchers use a p-value of .01 or a p-value of .10 to indicate whether a result is statistically significant.
The lower the p-value the more rigorous the criteria for concluding significance.

Percentile: The percent of observations in a sample that have a value below a given score.

Pilot Studies: A small scale research study that is conducted prior to the larger, final study. The pilot
study gives researchers a chance to identify any problems with their proposed sampling scheme,
methodology, or data collection process. 69. Pre-Test: Test conducted before the intervention is given
in research. Post-Test: Test conducted after the intervention is given in research.

Response Rate: The percentage of contacted people who response to cooperate ' with the research
study.

Refusal Rate: The percentage of contacted people who decline to cooperate with the research study.

Error: The difference between the actual observed data value and the predicted or estimated data
value.

Type I Error and Type II Error: In statistical hypothesis testing, a type I error is the incorrect rejection of a
true null hypothesis (a "false positive"). A type II error is the failure to reject a false null hypothesis (a
"false negative").
Random Error: An error that affects data measurements in a non-systematic way because of random
chance.

Instrument Error: It is a type of non-sampling error caused by the survey instrument (questionnaire)
itself, such as unclear wording etc.

Standard Error: Standard Error is the standard deviation of samples mean.

"8. Interviewer Error: A type of non-sampling error caused by mistakes made by the interviewer.

79. Sampling Error: An error occurs as a result, if the subjects of sample don't have equal
characteristics.

Non-sampling Error: Errors that can occur at any phase of sampling process.

Sampling Bias: Distortions that occur when some members of a population are systematically excluded
from the sample selection process.

1 Sampling Frame: A list of the entire population eligible to be included within the specific parameters
of a research study.

Oversampling: A sampling procedure in which a large proportion of subjects with a particular

characteristic are sampled to have good results.

84. Population: A complete set of elements (persons, objects) having some commc -

characteristics according the research criteria. It has two types:

1) Target Population'. The population to which the researcher would like k generalize her or his
results based on analysis of a sample. The sample selected from a target population.

2) Accessible Population: Portion of population to which researcher ; reasonable access.

85. Respondent: The person who responds to a survey questionnaire and provide information for
analysis.

86. Subjects: Those who participate in research &from whom data are collected.

87. Two-Tailed Test: A type of test that is used when a researcher is unsure : whether the
independent variable has a positive or negative effect on th dependent variable.

88. Ethnography: It is a study of cultural pattern. It described and interprets euro* (attitude. values,
concepts, beliefs and practices of people).

89. Scale: A group of survey questions that measures the same concept.

90. Skewness: Tendency of a distribution to depart from symmetry or balance.

91. T-Test: A statistical test used to compare means of two samples or the mean one sample with
some fixed value. It is appropriate for small sample sizes (W than 30).
92. Z Score: A score that is produced by subtracting the mean value from ai individual data value
and dividing by the standard deviation. This standard::, data values and allows for individual data values
from different distribut. (distributions with different means and standard deviations) to be compared.

93. Z Test: A statistical test that is used to compare the means of two samples or s-mean of one
sample with some fixed value. The test is appropriate for larg samples (over 30) and for smaller samples
in which the variance of the popula:

is known.

94. F test: This test is designed to test if two population variances are equa^ -comparing their ratio.

95. Chi-square tests: These are a family of significance tests that give us ways to hypotheses about
distributions of categorical data.

96. Sampling Frame: It is a list of all the members of research population ft which sample is taken.

97. Theoretical Framework: The theoretical framework is the structure that can : or support a
theory of a research study. It is presented in the early sectior research usually in the introduction
portion. It provides rationale to conduct research to investigate the problem.

98. Degree of Freedom: It is the value in a final calculation of a statistic that are free to vary.

99. Law of Single Variable: The basic assumption behind the experimentation is the law of single
variable by J.S Mill. It is stated as 'if two situations are alike in every respect. One element added or
removed from one situation but not from other. Any difference produced the result of elements added
or removed. This addition or removal of one element creates the difference and is known as law of
single variable

I. History: It is a meaningful and organized rapid record of past events.

1. Within Subject Design (Repeated Measures design): In this design data is collected from same
person repeatedly. It explores the attitude of a person / persons towards the use of something (i.e. ice-
cream) for five days ot more, we get data within a person change and comparison is made.

2. Between Subject Design (Independent Measures design): In this design data is collected from
different subjects and results are compared.

Evaluation of Research Report: Research report is evaluated by its critical analysis in which it is checked
that whether the researcher has fulfilled all the cordial formalities or not. Its statement of problem was
researchable, well defined, and novel or not. Its objectives were clearly elaborated, its hypotheses were
accurate or not. Likewise all the points and events are critically evaluated to see its accuracy, weakness,
flaws etc. :04. Parameter Vs Statistics: Parameters and statistics are both the numbers which are
calculated The difference between these two terms comes from where you get these numbers from. A
parameter is any number calculated from a population (population average, mean, median etc.). A
statistic is any number calculated from a sample (sample average, mean etc.).

05. Importance of Sampling:

l) Time saving
7) Reduce the economic cost of research

3) Reduce the labour

4) Provides good results

5) Hase in research

106. Regression Analysis (RA): RA is a statistical process for estimating the relationships among variables.
More specifically, regression analysis helps one understand how the typical value of the dependent
variable (or 'criterion variable') changes when any one of the independent variables is varied, while the
other independent variables are held fixed. Regression analysis is widely used for prediction and
forecasting, where its use has substantial overlap with the field of machine learning. Regression analysis
is also used to understand which among th« independent variables are related to the dependent
variable, and to explore the forms of these relationships. Familiar methods such as linear regression an;
ordinary least squares regression are parametric are used.

107. Random Selection: Random selection of the sample from population before d division into
experimental or control group design.

108. Random Assignment: Random division of randomly selected sample into grour (experimental or
control).

109. Hypothesis Vs Assumption

Hypothesis Assumption

1. Statement believed to be true but

required verification.

2. Something not proved.

3. Waiting theory required verification,

e.g. Reward increases learning. 1. Statement believed to be true

required no verification.

2. Something proved.

3. Theory

e.g. Earth revolves around the sun.

Parametric Tests Versus Nonparametric Tests

Parametric Tests Nonparametric Tests

Large sample 15, 20 or above Very small sample size

More statistical powerful test Less statistical powerful tests

Use it when the Mean better represents center of your distribution. Use it when the Median better
represents center of your distribution.

Can draw more conclusions Simple conclusions

When the information about population is completion known then use it. If there is no knowledge
about the population or its parameters then.

For Interval and Ratio Scale data For nominal and ordinal scale data

CURRICULUM

Sr# Topic

1 Nutshell of the Curriculum

2 Basics of Curriculum

3 Models of Curriculum Development

4 Types of Curriculum Design

5 Curriculum Development

6 Curriculum Development in Pakistan

Nutshell of the Curriculum

1. Overall activities of the institution - Curricu

2. Curriculum was derived from a Latin word - Currercj

3. What is the means of 'CurrereV Curriculum - Runway / P

4. Chief source for accomplishment of aim of education - Curricul

5. In Arabic, curriculum is called - MinU

6. Syllabus is a part of - Curricu

7. Outline of topics of a subject to be covered in specific time - Sylla-.

8. A list of topics or subtopics given in a subject is - Syllabi

9. Details contents of subjects for a class is called - Couol

10. Series of planned units (subjects) related to each other - Couol

11. Set of activities employed by teacher to enhance pupil learning- Instruction

12. Base on which subject activities are planned is called -Desiga

13. Activities designed to attain certain educational objectives-Educational Progra

14. Relationship in different subjects at the same class - Horizon .i

15. Relationship in subjects at different classes - Vertical

16. Basic components / elements of curriculum are - 041

17. Objectives, Content, Methodology & Evaluation are Curriculum compone

18. Selection of specific curriculum design is influenced by - Foundat:::

19. Forces that effect the development of curriculum are -Foundations of curricul.

20. Philosophical foundation of curriculum concerned with -Ide*

21. Psychological foundation of curriculum include student's -Interest, needs, abili: -

22. Psychological foundation of curriculum helps understand - Nature of learr e

23. Sociological foundation of curriculum are concerned with - Soc:e

24. Historical foundation of curriculum are concerned with - Past experien>:

25. Important factor of curriculum is to achieve educational - Objecth

26. Responsible for curriculum planning and development - Curriculum Wiq

27. National Bureau of Curriculum and Textbook - NBCT

28. NBCT is also called - Curriculum Wir

29. Provincial Text Book Board - PTT=

30. No. of PTTBs in Pakistan-4 (1 each proving

31. Major function of Punjab Book Board - Printing booti

32. School level curriculum is designed by - Provincial gc

33. Selection of objectives is the first stage of -Curriculum developme -

34. Who invites manuscripts for curriculum from authors -Provincial Textbook boa::

;CHAP - 6] Curriculum

169
5 Who approve curricula to publish & distribute in universities

-Vice chancellor committee

: 6. New syllabi was introduced in Pakistan in - 1961

37. Which domain of objective not evaluate our exam system - Affective Domain

8. Conservative, critical & creative are included in -Nature of curriculum

?9. Curriculum provides guidance for -Students

40. Major concern of curriculum is change in - Individual behavior

41. Importance of curriculum in education system just like -Constitution in country

-2. Curriculum reflects the culture of -Society

43. Committee finalize curriculum upto secondary level-National curriculum committee

-4. Mirror of the society is - School

45. Curriculum is blue print or school plan include experiences for - Students

46. Teaching by mixing 2 or more than 2 teaching method is - Eclectic method

47. Education policy gave equal importance to science& technical edu. - 1972

48. Base of curriculum development/implementation taken from -Culture of society

49. Designing, implementation, evaluation is a process of -Curriculum development

50. Arrangements of elements of curriculum is called - Curriculum Design

51. A framework or plan of action for curriculum preparation - Curriculum Design

52. Subject centered designs revolve around the - Content

53. Knowledge is compartmentalized in curriculum type - Subject centered

54. Prior planning is characteristic of curriculum type - Subject centered

55. Explanatory methods are used in curriculum type - Subject centered

56. Broad field curriculum is modification of curriculum - Subject centered

57. Rote learning is a demerit of curriculum type - Subject centered

58. Teacher training is less emphasized in curriculum type - Subject centered

59. Subject, Academic discipline &Broad field are types of -Subject center curricula

60. Teacher is more active, dominant, expert in curriculum - Subject centered

61. Most old and organized form of curriculum - Subject centered

62. Division of knowledge is characteristic of curriculum - Subject centered

63. Dewey advocated the curriculum - Learner centered

64. Students overall development is emphasize in curriculum- Learner Centered

65. Needs & interest of student is cared in - Learner centered

66. Prior planning is not possible in curriculum - Activity centered

67. Model of curriculum could not move above elementary level -Activity curriculum

68. Activity centered is considered - Expensive

69. Central knowledge all students required to achieve - Core curriculum

70. 'Core curriculum' is sometimes simply called - Core

71. Curriculum emphasized for primary classes -Integrated curriculum

170 CRUX of Special Education

72. Decreasing no. of books is the purpose of -Integrated curriculum

73. lnter-disciplinary or Thematic curriculum also called -Integrated curriculur

74. Linking all types of knowledge in curriculum -Curriculum Integraticr

75. Effectiveness of curriculum is determined by its - Evaluation

76. Analysis of people's activities done in evaluation procedure -Analytic Procedure

77. Making value judgment about curriculum is -Curriculum evaluation

78. Evaluation to improve contents during curriculum development-Formative evaluation

79. Evaluation to improve contents after curriculum development-Summative evaluation

80. Evaluation to find difficulties /deficiencies in curriculum - Diagnostic evaluation

81. Examination are linked with - Formal evaluation

82. Hilda Taba is an expert in the field of Curriculum development

83. Curriculum improvement should be a - Continuous process

84. Most important component of lesson planning is - Objectives

85. Objectives broad in nature are - General objectives

86. Specific objectives are synonymous to -Instructional objectives

87. Behavioral objectives are related to the - Student outcome

88. Source of achieving one's objectives is his/her - Actions

89. Content includes; knowledge, skills, attitude and - Values

90. School wide outcomes may be classified under - Goals

91. What guides for content selection - Objectives

92. Basically the nature of aims are - Philosophies

93. In selecting curriculum subject matter, one should consider - Student IQ

94. Curriculum is implemented in -Educational institutions

95. Curriculum designed to meet the needs of all students - General education

96. Who decides what the student will study in class - Teacher

97. Curriculum effectiveness is determined by - Student interest

98. Curriculum presents instructional material, said by - Smith

99. All activities under school direction inside/outside school, said by - Hilda Taba

100. Who said, curriculum should be designed by teachers - Hilda Taba

101. Who said that curriculum is a written plan -Smith, Stanley, Shore

102. Education is active process & involves learner's active efforts - Ralph Tyler

103. Father of curriculum development - Ralph Tyler

104. Model of behavioral objectives of curriculum given by - Tyler

105. A curriculum is developed to influence the child's - Behavior

106. School curriculum is best defined as pupil experiences - Set by school

107. Most important factor that resist curriculum change - Teachers

108. Values or beliefs held by entire population - Universal s

109. Nature is related to - Heredi:

10. 111. 12. 13. 14. 1 >

Nurture is related to

Teacher is greatest determiner of student success, said by A series of statement that characterize
curriculum Conceptual framework reflects about education & Blueprint to make changes in a course is
called TPP stands for
Dividing various subjects (math/Urdu) into departments Famous for Multiple Intelligences Planned
learning experience with specific goals in mind

-Indirect learning experience - Block Plan - Lesson plan -Emergent curriculum - Spiral curriculum
-Emergent curriculum -Validated curriculum -Curriculum framework is called- Fidelity - Learning
standards

Unplanned learning experience, with specific goals A written overview of entire curriculum Written plan
outlines every action to meet program goals Always responsive to children's changing interests Children
grow & their circle of interest becomes larger Curriculum emerges out of children interests/experiences
Curriculum whose effectiveness have been evaluated A guide for designing or choosing a curriculum
Faithful implementation of a curriculum model Expectations for student learning are called Indepth
investigation of topic involving small group or whole class - Project Organize curriculum & engage
children in indepth investigation of topic-Project approach Planning tool, children/teachers create to
organize curriculum content - Webbing

Vertical repetition of curriculum components Multiyear teaching of same students by same teacher
Operative agents in primary education Most important thing for a teacher in school Diversification of
curriculum was undertaken in Pakistan Curriculum was diversified into 2 groups; science group & Arts
group is also called

Studying Quran Pak has been made compulsory in Studying Quran Pak is compulsory upto the level of
Textbook Boards established in provinces of Pakistan The process of curriculum is

Working weeks in a year at primary or secondary level Elements of curriculum model of Tyler Elements
of curriculum model of wheeler Elements of Hilda Taba curriculum model

- Continuity

- Looping

- Teachers

- Students -At secondary level

- Arts group

- General Group

-2016

- 151 to 12th Class

- 1962

- Dynamic - 35 approximately
-4 - 5 -7

Basics of Curriculum

Defining Curriculum:

Ralph Tyler (1949): All of the learning of students which is planned by and directed b> the school to
attain its educational goals.

Alberty, A. AAlberty, E (1959,. Curriculum is sum total of pupil activities, school sponsors to achieve its
objectives.

Blond Encyclopedia of Education (1969): Curriculum is all the experiences a pupil has under the guidance
of the school.

Doll (1982): Curriculum includes all the experiences ottered to learner under the

direction of school. ^^

Robert Beck & Waller Cook: Curriculum is the sum of educational experiences children have in school.
Characteristics ol Curriculum.

1. Totality (sum) of activities

2. Totality of student experiences

3. Mirror of educational trends

4. Mirror of curricular and co-curricular activities

5. Mirror of total school environment

6. Dynamic / Continuous

7. Mirror of philosophy of life

Scope / Needs of Curriculum:

1. Helps to achieve educational aims

2. It fixes the limits of teachers and students.

3. It promotes democratic values (liberty, equality, justice etc.).

4. It develops civic sense / citizenship.

5. It helps in character development.

6. It sets criteria for suitable teachers.

7. It helps to select suitable teaching methods.

8. It helps to shape the personality of students.

9. It reflects the trends in education.

10. It enhances the knowledge acquisition in an organized way.

Major Components of Curriculum Design(COLE):

1. Contents

2. Objectives

3. Learning Experiences

4. Evaluation

irces of Curriculum Design(KLS):

1. Knowledge 2. Learner 3. Society .ndations of Curriculum:

Philosophical Foundations: Philosophy enables to see what is real? What is true? What is good? for the
society in terms of curriculum. Philosophy helps in developing educational objectives.

1) Ontology(Study of reality): What is real should be taken for curriculum.

2) Epistemology (Study of knowledge): What to know / tell to students.

3) Axiology (Study of values): Good/bad values of society, beauty, judgment. Sociological

Foundations: Sociology is the study of society, social life of human behavior, social relationships. Culture
of the society is studied and keeping in

Psychological Foundations: Psychology is the study of human behavior so psychology helps to

understand the behavior of students, learning process, teaching methods, evaluation procedures and
human growth and development. Historical Foundations: It includes the past experiences and their
effects on human life. Essential traditions and valuable information is taken to develop the curriculum.
Historical experiences helps to frame a good curriculum.

Models of Curriculum Development

Tyler Model: It has 4 steps:

1) Identifying the obj ectives

2^ Selecting sources to ackveve tkese cAsiecAvves

3) Organizing the resources (curriculum, content, teacher etc.)

4) Evaluation of outcomes Wheeler Model: It has 5 steps:

1) Selection of aims, goals & objectives

2) Selection of learning experiences

3) Selection of contents

4) Organizing content

5) Evaluation

Hilda Taba Model: It has 7 steps:

1) Diagnosis of needs.

2) Development of objectives

3) Selection of content

4) Organization of content

5) Selecting learning experiences

6) Organizing learning experiences

7) What to evaluate and how to evaluate

174

CRUX of Special Educat :

4. Denis Lawton Model: Lawton says that curriculum should be selected from culture. Curriculum
should ensure involvement of following 9 systems:

1) Socio-Political System

2) Economic System

3) Communication System

4) Rationality System

5) Morality System

6) Technology System

7) Belief System

8) Aesthetic System

9) Maturation system
Types/Patterns of Curriculum Design

1. Subject Centered Curriculum

1) Most old and organized form of curriculum. Knowledge is presented in form of subjects (math,
Urdu, English etc.).

2) It is easy to apply in large size class.

3) It is based on rigid and organized planning.

4) It does not care the interest & capabilities of children.

5) It is a teacher centered design.

6) Teacher is expert and scholar.

7) It has not association or link / integration between the subjects.

8) It focuses on curriculum development, not on human development.

9) Student is passive and teacher is active.

10) Classroom is quiet.

Types of Subject Centered Curriculum

1) Subject Design: Subjects are taught separately / independently.

2) Academic Discipline Design: Subjects of different disciplines/grou:. taught e.g. Social studies,
Pakistan studies, Biological Sciences etc.

3) Broad Field Design: Similar subjects are integrated together e.g. Pak.7a Studies, History, Political
Science etc.

2. Child Centered Curriculum:

1) It is also called project / experience / learner centered curriculum.

2) It focuses on the child, his interest and capabilities.

3) No rigidity in planning, no pre-planning.

4) Teacher needs training.

5) Student is active, teacher is passive. ,

6) Students are taught according to their age, mental level, pace etc.

7) Teachers and students work cooperatively.

Problem solving method is mostly used. Provides effective learning.

10) It is more suitable for elementary classes.

11) It is expensive method.

1 12) Classroom is noisy and busy in activity based assignments.

Core Curriculum:

1) It includes central knowledge all students required to achieve.

2) 'Core curriculum' is sometimes simply called 'Core'.

3) It includes set of common learning (knowledge, skills, values).

4) Core learning is essential for learners to function effectively in society.

5) It emphasis on total student development, cognitive, social, physical etc.

6) Its pattern is flexible.

-jnon Core Learnings (Compulsory Subjects):

I.English 2. Mathematics 3. Science

4. Social Studies 5. History 6. Geography

wpmmon Core Learnings (OptionalSubjects):

1. Fine Arts 2. Home Economics 3. Language etc.

Integrated Curriculum:

1) Also called Inter-disciplinary/Thematic/Synergistic Curriculum.

2) It includes the combination of different subjects in a short/pressed form.

3) Different subjects are integrated into single one book.

4) It is done for primary classes to reduce the curriculum load of students.

5) It emphasize in the development of basic language skills (listening, speaking, writing, reading).

Curriculum Development

Formulating Educational Objectives: First of all, educational objectives are formulated on the basis of
society needs, national demands, socio-cultural values. On the basis of Bloom Taxonomy or SOLO
Taxonomy, educational objectives are prepared. Usually following 3 types of objectives are formulated:

1) General or Unit Objectives: These written statements are broad in nature and cover a unit or
section of a subject.

2) Specific or Instructional Objectives: These are written statements used by the teachers in
routine lesson.

3) Behavioral Objectives: These are written statements of intended learning outcomes of the
students. Effect of instruction is observed on the behavior of the children in terms of his/her skills or
results.
2. Content/Subject Matter Selection: On the basis of objectives, relevant sut matter or content is
then selected. Different subjects are prepared ■ material/content is included in these subjects.

Criteria for Content Selection:

1) Significance: Valuable and essential content is selected.

2) Validity: Content on the basis of objectives is selected.

3) Social Relevance: Content relevant to society needs is selected.

4) Utility: Content useful for life in future is selected.

5) Learnability: Easy and manageable content is selected.

6) Interest: Interesting content for children is selected.

Methods/Procedures of Content Selection:

1) Judgmental Procedure Content is selected by the judgment of currk : _ developers. Curriculum

developers select content from scholarly worl sociology, economics, political science, psychology etc.
They hold gi discussions and group opinions are critically evaluated for the purpo-

2) Experimental Procedure: Content is selected on the basis of pi inquiry cr experiment. A

hypothesis is formulated, condition is com: experiment is performed, hypothesis is tested, and results
are taken. C basis of results, content is selected.

3) Analytical Procedure: It is the most widely used procedure for c selection. People's activities are
analyzed to know their fun: performance and on the basis of analysis, content is selected. It 03 types; 1)
Activity analysis (analysis of general activities of peop.: region etc., 2) Job analysis (how people perform
vocational activitie An analysis of generally useful knowledge or skills). Different tech: are used for
analysis of activities of people e.g. interview, questic: document analysis, observing performance etc.

Content Organization: Content is organized in such a way that it may ens_\ I effective learning. Following
principles may be followed to organize content:

1) Simple to complex

2) Chronological order (previous/historical events linked latest knowle:.

3) Whole to part learning

4) Concrete to abstract

5) Easy to difficult

Teaching Methodology: Different teaching methods are used by teacher: i the children e.g. expository
method, problem solving, lecture method . i discussion, demonstration method. Teacher should select
the method acco:. the situation and interest. Needs of the learners should be considered to maj. i
learning effective. Motivation, reinforcement should be used to make the ^-~d more effective.
176

CRUX of Special Educa

2. Content/Subject Matter Selection: On the basis of objectives, relevant sub matter or content is
then selected. Different subjects are prepared material/content is included in these subjects.

Criteria for Content Selection:

1) Significance: Valuable and essential content is selected.

2) Validity: Content on the basis of objectives is selected.

3) Social Relevance: Content relevant to society needs is selected.

4) Utility: Content useful for life in future is selected.

5) Learnability: Easy and manageable content is selected.

6) Interest: Interesting content for children is selected.

Methods/Procedures of Content Selection:

1) Judgmental Procedure. Content is selected by the judgment of curric developers. Curriculum

developers select content from scholarly worl sociology, economics, political science, psychology etc.
They hold . discussions and group opinions are critically evaluated for the purpc>sc

2) Experimental Procedure Content is selected on the basis of pi inquiry cr experiment. A

hypothesis is formulated, condition is com: experiment is performed, hypothesis is tested, and results
are taken. Or basis of results, content is selected.

3) Analytical Procedure It is the most widely used procedure for c selection. People's activities are
analyzed to know their fun., performance and on the basis of analysis, content is selected. It 03 types; 1)
Activity analysis (analysis of general activities of peop . region etc., 2) Job analysis (how people perform
vocational activitie An analysis of generally useful knowledge or skills). Different tech- . are used for
analysis of activities of people e.g. interview, questio:' document analysis, observing performance etc.

Content Organization: Content is organized in such a way that it may ensu-. effective learning. Following
principles may be followed to organize content:

1) Simple to complex

2) Chronological order (previous/historical events linked latest knowlec.

3) Whole to part learning

4) Concrete to abstract

5) Easy to difficult

Teaching Methodology: Different teaching methods are used by teacher to let the children e.g.
expository method, problem solving, lecture method, discussion, demonstration method. Teacher
should select the method accorc the situation and interest. Needs of the learners should be considered
to ma learning effective. Motivation, reinforcement should be used to make the le more effective.

Curriculum Evaluation-. Evaluation is done to check the validity of curriculum, weakness and strengths of
cuuiculum, including the content quality, teaching methodology, student interest, achievement and
effectiveness of curriculum. Different types of evaluation are done to check the effectiveness of
curriculum e.g. formative, summative or diagnostic evaluation. Following steps are valuable in the
evaluation of curriculum:

1) Evaluation presage (understanding curriculum context/purpose)

2) Task specification (objectives formulation)

3) Evaluation design (making plan for evaluation)

4) Data collection

5) Data analysis

6) Conclusions

7) Making recommendations

Curriculum Development in Pakistan

National Bureau of Curriculum and Textbook (NBCT) is also called curriculum ring. This wing is
responsible to supervise the provincial curriculum bureau for their .-.-riculum development and
textbooks development by ensuring the quality and indardization in Pakistan.

Meps in Curriculum Development:

1. Developing Objectives (Objectives are framed on basis of education policy)

2. Scheme of Study (It consider national education policy, market demand, and global issues).

3. Development of Syllabus (Syllabus is developed according to objectives)

4. Textbooks development (Provincial Textbook Board-PTTB develop it)

5. Review and Approval (National Review committee review books)

6. Publication and Distribution (After approval, books are published)

7. Teacher Training (Usually teacher guide is provided to teach the particular book and sometimes
training is imparted for the teaching of book.)
Process of Curriculum Development:

1. Federal govt, sends its request about the educational policies and objectives to the Ministry of
Education, Curriculum Wing.

2. Curriculum wing requests Provincial Curriculum Centers to prepare draft curriculum for each
subject to be taught in different classes.

3. Provincial Center calls in committee of experts, teachers, subject specialists on each subject.

4. Provincial curriculum committee prepares curriculum plan/draft.

5. Curriculum plan is sent to Curriculum wing.

6. Curriculum wing sends the draft to experts, subject specialist, selectee teachers and colleges etc.
to invite their comments.

7. National Committee of Curriculum evaluates draft in light of comments.

8. Committee sends its recommendations to wing.

9. Approved curriculum schemes are sent to provincial Textbook boards fo: textbooks
development.

Composition of Provincial Level Curriculum Committee: Includes:

1) Representatives of Provincial Curriculum Centers.

2) Supervisors

3) Teachers

4) Educational adttvuusttatots (headmasters/principals)

5) Subject specialists

6) Representatives of the textbook boards

7) Representative of BISEs

8) Teacher 1 rainers

Provincial Textbook Board (PTTB):

Four PTTBs have been established one in each province. PTTBs are respons-for preparing, publishing,
stocking, distribution and marketing school textbooks. PP~1 prepare books for the classes KG to
Intermediate.

Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education (BISE):

BISE is responsible to conduct exams of Secondary (IX-X) and Higher Seconder (XI-XII) classes. BISEs have
been established in each division.
Problems of Curriculum Development in Pakistan:

1. Teacher reluctant/resistant to accept the change

2. Lack of in-service training of teachers

3. Political interference

4. Economic problems

5. Inadequate evaluation

6. Lack of commitment to National philosophy

7. Disapproval of the society

8. Lack of sequence

9 Curriculum is more urbanized (based on the needs of urban people)

10. Lack of teaching material

179

INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY

Sr#

Topic

1 Instructional Technology

Instructional Technology

1. Knowledge gained through sense of vision (eyes)-75%

2. Knowledge gained through sense of hearing -13%

3. Knowledge gained through sense of touch -6%

4. Knowledge gained through sense of taste -3%

5. Yjnow\eage gained, through sense of smen - 3°/c

6. Types of Models, according to Therber - _

7. Telescope is a - Projected Aid

8. Diascope and Magic lantern are other names of - Slide Projec::

9. Opaque projector is called - Epidiascope

10. A film strip usually consists of separate pictures - 40-10C

11. Comics, Globes and Cartoons are included in - Graph:.

12. Teaching strategy classified under autocratic style - Programmed instructicr

13. Teaching strategy classified under permissive style - Role play

14. Teacher is active, and students are passive in style - Autocratic style

15. Style that emphasize learner creativity - Permissive style

16. Triangular process of teaching - Teacher, student, conter

17. Goal of teaching -Desirable change in behav;

18. Rules of presenting content to make them easy - Maxims of educati -

19. In lecture method, students are - Pass: :

20. Symposium is a type of - Discussion methc;

21. Heuristic means- To investiga:;

22. Armstrong advocated the method - Heuristic Meth:.

23. Term Heuristic derived from Greek word - Heurisr

24. A good drama does include - Very long p!a

25. Drama or role play is useful for teaching - Histor

26. Types of projects, described by Kilpatrick --

27. Activity involves Physical and mental acti

28. Moving from specific to general - Inductive reasonir.

29. Moving from general to specific - Deductive reason i: .

30. Socrates method was - Question-Answerir._

31. Student work together to assist each other in learning - Cooperative learning

32. Individual and group are both responsible in - Cooperative learn: .

33. Alternative to competitive models is - Cooperative learnir.

No. of students in cooperative learning group Students find information themselves in Teacher performs
practically and explains in Project method is more suitable in teaching of Mock up Models explain Field
trip provides

-3-4

- Discovery method Demonstration method - Science

- Internal structure

- Direct experience

Exhibition of science fairs promote student ability of- Comprehension& application

Ultimate objective of scientific method is - Theory / law development

Inquiry method includes the - Question-answering

43 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67.

Inquiry means to

Recommended method to teach science elementary classes Advanced method of Heuristic and Inquiry
methods Method related to Dewey philosophy Demonstration means

Selecting different media for different students Repeated student learning until achieve desirable le> ei
During discussion method, teacher announces a Lecture method is

- Data base

- Multimedia - Information technology

- One student Their own teaching material

Steps of Herbert lesson planning model Project is a purposeful activity is said by Who presented
programmed learning Collection of student work/performance is Learning takes place in programmed
learning undc Overall procedure adopted by teacher to achieve goal CAI stands for Computer gives
result ?fter

Converting raw data into useful information is

Combining text, audio, video to show information

Telecommunication & computer are included in

In the class, there should one computer for

Teachers are expected to use computer to create

Using teaching machines, computer to maximize learning- Programmed instruction

The use of knowledge and crafts is called -Technology

68. Communication channel with instructional purpose - Instructional media

69. Text, Audio, video, motion media & people - Forms of Media

70. Face-to-face interaction at same time (classroom) - Synchronous setting

71. No face to face teacher student setting (email etc.) - Asynchronous setting

72. Combination of synchronous & asynchronous - Blended learning

73. Students work at their own pace in - Individualized learning

74. Combination of education & technology to teach - Instructional technology

75. Online platform where student & teacher interact - Virtual Classroom.

76. Instructional technology is the subset of - Educational technology

77. Despite instructional technology, human teachers - Are very importan:

78. Student claim, what they found online, is their own creation - Cyber cheating

79. IEP Generator helps the teacher in the preparation of -IEP

80. Individualized Educational Plan -IEP

81. Tool mostly used by geography teacher - GPS System

82. Pre-Microcomputer era (reading, drill & practice) -1950-19":

83. Microcomputer era (computers put in teachers hands) - 1970-199:

84. Internet era (Distance education became possible) - 1990-200

85. Ubiquitous Era - 2000 todate

86. Imaging technologies - Cameras & Scanner;

87. Display technologies - Interactive whiteboarc

88. Peripheral technology - Mouse, keyboard, monitc i

89. Non-access to technology on socioeconomic basis - Digital Divicc

90. System in which camera/sensor reads body movements- Gesture based computing

91. Audience, Behavior, Condition, Degree - ABCD Approae-

92. Primary model of instructional design - ADDIE

93. Analysis-Design-Development-Implementation-Evaluation - ADDIE

94. Who presented ARCS model - John Keller

95. Attention, Relevance, Confident, Satisfaction - ARCS

96. Keller Model is related to the - Motivational factors

97. PC stand for - Personal compute:

98. Computer makes the instructional work - Fast and easier

99. Technology helps to improve the - Instruction

100. Transferring data from internet into computer - Downloading

COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

Sr # Topic

1 Computer Technology Inventions

2 Shortcut Keys
3 Abbreviations

4 Basic Computer Information

5 Miscellaneous

184

CRUX of Special Education

Unit No. 1

COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY INVENTIONS

1. First mechanical calculator invented by Pascal - Pascaline, 1642

2. Leibniz calculator invented by - Leibniz, 1694

3. PuncYved Card Viwented by - Joseph Jacquard, 1801

4. Difference engine invented by -Charles Babbage, 1822

5. Analytical Engine invented by -Charles Babbage, 183"

6. Computer was invented by -Charles Babbage, 1832

7. Television was invented by - J.LBair;

8. Radio was invented by - Marcor.

9. Bulb was invented by - Thomas Edi--

10. ENIAC computer invented by - Mauchly&Eckret, 194<

11. EDSAC computer was invented - Neumann, 19-:

12. First Web Internet Browser invented by - Tim Berners, 199

13. World Wide Web (WWW) invented by - Tim Berners-1 .:

14. Key Board invented by - Herman Hollerith, 193 [

15. Computer Mouse invented by - Douglas Engelbart, 1964

16. RAM invented by - Wang & Forrester, 195.

17. Hard Disk invented by -IBM, 195:

18. Transistor invented by - Brattain & Shockley, 194;

19. Integrated Circuit invented by - Kilby&Noyce, 1951

20. Laser Printer invented by -Gary Stark, 19-

21. Floppy Disk invented by - Shugart, 19"

22. Microprocessor invented by - Faggin, Hoff&Mazor, 19"

23. Compact Disc invented by - Russ;

24. First computer video-game Space war invented - Russel, 19ffi

25. Who invented 'C Language - Ritch k

26. Who invented E-mail - Ray TomlinsL -

27. Who invented Facebook - Zuckerberg, 2004

Unit No. 2

SHORTCUT KEYS

Ctrl + A - Select All

_. Ctrl + B -Bold selected text

Ctrl + C - Copy selected text

Ctrl + E - Center text

Ctrl + F - Find files or text

6. Ctrl + G - Go to the page

7. Ctrl + H - Find andllep\ace text

8. Ctrl +1 - Italic selected text

9. Ctrl + J - Justify selected text

JO. Ctrl + K - Uyperl/nk file

II. Ctrl + M-Margin selected text

12. Ctrl + N -Open new file

13. Ctrl + 0 -Open old file

14. Ctrl + P -Print file

15. Ctrl + R - Right alignment of text

16. Ctrl + S - Save the changes

7. Ctrl + U - Underline selected text

18 Ctrl -i- V - Paste copied text

19. Ctrl + W - Close program

20. QxA + X - Cut selected text

11. Ctrl + Y - Repeat last action

Ctrl + Z -Erase last action

::• Alt f F4 - Close program

;- Fl -Help

-; F5 - Refresh

1- F12 - Save As

186

CRUX of Special Education

Unit No. 3

ABBREVIATIONS

l. LED - Light Emitting Diode

2. LCD - Liquid Crystal Display

3. CRT - Cathode Ray Tube

4. CAD - Computer Aided Desigr

5. LAN - Local AreaNetwon-

6. WAN - Wide Area Network

7. WWW - World Wide We:

8. MS - Microsor.

9. DOS - Disk Operating System

10. PC - Personal Computer

11. IC - Integrated Circur.

12. DBMS - Database Management System.

13. BPI - Bit per inch

14. DPI - Dots per inc:

15. CPS - Character per seconc

16. CD - Compact Dis>.

17. PPM - Page per minute

18. CD-R - Compact Disc Recordable

19. CD-RW - Compact Disc Rewritable

20. DVD - Digital Versatile Disc

21. SD Card- Secure Digital Card

22. NIC - Network Interface Card

23. E-Mail - Electronic Mail

24. ADSL - Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line

25. IBM - International Business Machine corporation

26. CAL - Computer Aided Learning

27. BASIC - Beginners All Purpose Symbolic Instruction Code

28. COBOL - Common Business Oriented Language

29. FORTRAN - Formula Translation

30. SQL * - Structure Query Language

31. IMEI - International Mobile Equipment Identity

32. PDF - Portable Document Format

33. LASER - Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation

34. EN I AC - Electronic Numerical Integrator & Calculator

35. EDSAC - Electronic Delayed Storage Automatic Computer

36. EDVAC - Electronic Discrete Variable Automatic Computer

37. Hz - Hertz

38. MB - Megabyte

39. GB - Gigabyte

40. TB - Terabyte
41. BIOS - Basic Input Output System

42 CMOS - Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor

43. VOIP - Voice Over Internet Protocol

44. RAM - Random Access Memory

45. ROM - Read Only Memory

46. EPROM - Eraseable and programmable read only memory

47. PILOT - Programmed Inquiry Learning Or Teaching

48. VTVM - Vacuum Tube Volt Meter

49. AVC - Automatic Volume Control stand for

50. CNC - Comp\ex^Mirit>er Ca\cu\ator

51. ALU - Arithmetic Logical Unit

52. CPU - Central Processing Unit

53. VDU ■ Visual Display Unit

54. CU - Control Unit

55. MU - Memory Unit

Unit No. 4

BASIC COMPUTER INFORMATION

GENERATIONS OF THE COMPUTER

1. First Generation Computers (1942-1955):

a. It used vacuum tube.

b. Vacuum tube comprised of glass bulb and wire.

c. ENIAC used 19000 vacuum tubes and weighed nearly 27 tones.

d. These computers were very large, produce large heat, and consume - I

energy with poor performance.

Example: ENIAC, EDVAC, EDSAC.

2. Second Generation Computers (1956-1964):

a. It used transistors.

b. Transistors can carry much more current than vacuum tube.

c. Comparatively these computers were cheaper, smaller, faster, wit-

energy consumption and heat production.

Example: Stretch, LARC.

3. Third Generation Computers (1965-1975):

a. It used Integrated Circuits (ICs).

b. ICs were invented by Jack Kilby.

c. IC is smaller than transistor but works thousands time more

transistor.

d. Comparatively these computers were more cheaper, smaller, faster,

less energy consumption and heat production.

Example: IBM 360, Honeywall 6000 series, TDC-316 etc..

4. Fourth Generation Computers (1975 Onward):

■* a. It used Microprocessors.

b. Today microprocessor computers are used.

c. They are smaller, portable, reliable, and cheaper.

Example: IBM, 4341, STAR 1000 etc.

5. Fifth Generation Computers (Future):

a. It uses Artificial Intelligence and still underdevelopment.

b. It is very much faster and reliable.

c. It accept instruction through voice messages, it recognize objects

images and weather forecast.

Example: Robots.

PES OF COMPUTING DEVICES Analog Devices:

a. It process analog data. Analog data has continuous values.

b. It measure quantities like length, weight, and time.

Example: Analog clock, watches, weighing scale, and thermometer.

Digital Devices:

a. It process digital data. Digital data has discrete values.

b. Most computers are also digital devices.

Example: Digital clock, digital watches, calculator.

Hybrid Devices: Mixture of analog and digital devices is hybrid devices. PES OF COMPUTERS ACCORDING
TO SIZE Supercomputers:

a. Most complex computers with high computing calculation and speed.

b. They need special Air Conditioned rooms.

c. These are used by automotive car engineer, by aeroplane designers, for oil

exploration and manage large departmental stores.

Mainframe Computers:

a. These are large & expensive with powerful processors and large memory.

b. Mostly used in banks, airlines, and universities.

c. Hundreds of users can work on mainframe computers at same time.

The Mini Computers:

a. These are smaller and cheaper than mainframe computers.

b. Mostly used by medium or large sized business, college and libraries.

c. Fewer people can work on mini computers than mainframe computers.

d. Nowadays mini computers have been replaced by microcomputers.

The Micro Computers:

a. These are smaller and cheaper than mini computers.

b. Used by small business, schools or homes.

c. These are single users and called desktop or personal computers.

SOFTWARE

Set of programs that make the computer useful system. There are following two types of software:

System Software or Operating System: It consists of programs that help a computer perform routine
tasks such as starting up, shutting down, and saving files. Application Software: It consists of programs
that allow a computer to do special tasks i.e. MS Word or computer games etc.
- - 8] Computer Technology

191

Keyboard: It is used to enter data (alphabetic, numeric) with keys into computer. [1 has 104 keys.

Mouse: It is a pointing device that controls pointer on screen,

, * »

Microphone: It is used to enter voice into computer. Scanner: It reads printed text and graphics and
converts into distal form. Digital Camera: It is used to take photos. IT DEVICES

Devices used to display computer data or informa' n are called Output Devices. 3asic output devices are:

Monitor: It is used to display text, graphics and video output.

Printer: It is used to display printed output on paper.

Speaker: It is used to hear sound, music and voice outputs.

Storage Devices: These are used to store data permanently e.g. Hard disk, floppy disk, CD-ROM drives
etc.

MEMORY OR PRIMARY STORAGE

ft is located on the CPU. It stores data and instructions that help the computer to work properly. There
are 2 types of main memory i.e. RAM & ROM.

Random Access Memory (RAM): It stores information temporarily. Information on RAM can be accessed
very quickly, added, changed, or deleted any time. It is a volatile memory. Information on RAM is
deleted when the computer is powered off (volatile).

Read Only Memory (ROM): It is permanent or non-volatile memory. Information stored on ROM cannot
be changed easily. This information helps the computer to work properly. It tells the computer how to
startup, upload the perating software and shut down.

A bus is a circuit that links the CPU with peripheral devices. There are following 3 types of buses:

Address Bus: It carries information about the location on RAM or ROM where data is to be stored.

Data Bus: It carries raw data to the processor and processed information from the processor.

Control Bus: It carries commands from the CPU to different devices and inform the CPU about those
devices.

WR INTERFACE
It is the way of communication between the user and computer. There are mainly two types of user
interface:

Webcam: It is a camera connected directly to the computer to feed video or images into computer. It
can also be used to contact live on the computer via internet with the people living farthest.

Voice Recognition Systems: These are software or systems used to give oral / voice commands to a
computer by using microphone. Usually surgeons, pilots or drivers whose hands are occupied use it.

Sensors: A sensor measures changes in temperature, pressure or light and sends it to computer.
Computer after analyzing the reading if it exceeds normal range, sends signal to operate heater, air-
conditioner or an alarm etc. Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID) is also a sensor used technology
which helps to track objects that have RFID chips attached to them. These chips contain stored
information and can be read from distance using wireless technology.

E-Book Reader: It is an electronic device used for electronic book reading. It is hand-held, book-sized
device that display text and graphics. E-book readers are used to read newspapers, magazines, and
books. Most of the material is downloaded from internet. A tablet computer can also be used to read e-
books.

High Definition Television (HDTV): HDTV applies computer technology to television. It is also called
PC/TV. These provide more clearer image than ordinary TV sets. HDTV helps to create images from
videos. Images can be edited, digitized, and stored on disk.

Speech Synthesizer: It is software that produces artificial human voice. It can be used by blind people to
read documents. It can also be used to teach a child to spell through educational games.

Smart Card: It stores data on a thin, embedded microprocessor. It can store music, videos, images and
books.

SD (Secure Digital) Memory Card: They store data in gigabytes. These are small, light and portable. They
are mostly used in portable devices such as laptops, mobile phones, digital camera or tablet computers.

USB Drive / Pen Drive / Flash Drive: It is a small or light, portable device used for back up storage. It is
inserted into USB drive of computer to store or transfer data.

Pointing Devices: These devices allow user to indicate the function to be performed by controlling the
movement of a pointer on screen. These include:

a. Mouse

b. Touch Pad

c. Touch Screen

d. Joystick
e. Light Pen

\}v>V\.Y*o. ^>

MISCELLANEOUS

1. Device that made science fiction a reality - Compute:

2. Data is fed into computer by converting first into - Binary Codes

3. Number system followed by 32-bit computer - Binary system

4. Every information on computer is stored in form - 0s and 1 s

5. Binary language CI>IIM>.IN of digits -2(0,1)

6. No. of values in a bit -One

7. Bit is also called - Binary Digit

8. Bit is represented by the values -0& 1

9. Bit can have either the value of 0 or -1

10. Smallest unit of information on computer -Bit

11. 4 Bits - 1 Nibble

12. 8 Bits - 1 Byte

13. 16 Bits or 2 Bytes - 1 Word

14. 1024 Byte - 1 Kilobyte

15. 1024 Kilobyte - 1 Megabyte

16. 1024 Megabyte - 1 Gigabyte

17. 1024 Gigabyte - 1 Terabyte

18. Group of four binary digits - Nibble

19. Approximately 1 Million Byte - 1 MB

20. Approximately one billion bytes - 1 Gigabyte

21. Father of modern digital computer - Charles Babbage

22. Father of Internet - Vint Cerf

23. Software application to access internet sites - Web Browser

24. A huge, worldwide network of computer - Internet

25. Global library is - Internet

26. U.S Defense Department originated internet - 1960

27. Links of millions of smaller computer networks worldwide - Internet

28. Two or more computers linked together by cable - Network

29. First computer programmer - Lady Ada Lovelace

30. Name of first computer - Difference Engine

31. First general purpose computer was - ENIAC

32. World's first microprocessor - Intel 4004

33. First web based E-Mail service - Hotmail

34. First Laptop Computer -IBM 5100, 1975

35. First Personal Computer - The Altair

36. First calculator/ Computer - Abacus

37. Abacus is also called - Difference Engine

Old device use beads in wires to add or subtract

Chinese used Abacus in

Strip of card with holes punched on it

Punched cards were used to give instruction to

Computers are classified by size

Computer measures continuous value

Computer measures discrete value

Laptop computers also called

Laptop computers are more expensive than

Computers supported with batteries

A set of instruction means

Computer part which can be physically touch

Computer part which cannot be physically touch

Physical parts of computer are called

Software assist computer perform instruction

World largest PC software company

Chairman of Microsoft

Computer Operating System of Microsoft

Actual machine of computer is commonly known

Tangible devices of computers are called

Programs run on computer commonly known as

Most common type of operating system

Two broad categories of software

Window operating system was developed in

Collection of simple facts is called

Collection of organized facts is called

MS Excel program is best for

MS Word program is best for

Scroll bar is used for

Task Bar "is a horizontal bar at the

Bar that displays name of opened file

Bar allow to view different areas of large window

Keyboard use embossed characters

Braille Keyboards are used for

Mouse for physically handicapped people

Unit of frequency

Unit of resistance

Path of an electric current

Data travels in computer along the

Device oppose flow of electric current

Workspace where important tools are located

- Abacus

- 1200 CE - Punched Card

- Computer

- 4 groups

- Analog Computer

- Digital Computer - Notebook computers

- Desktop computers

- Laptops - Software

- Hardware

- Software

- Hardware

- System Software

- Microsoft

- Bill Gates

- Windows

- Hardware

- Hardware

- Software

- System Software -System &Application

- 1985

- Data

- Information

- Calculations

- Letters

- Page adjustment

- Bottom of desktop

- Title Bar - Scroll Bar

- Braille Keyboards
- Visually Impaired

- Mows

- Hertz -Ohm

- Circuit

- Circuit

- Resister

- Desktop

196 CRUX of Special Education

79. On start up of computer, first screen page appear - Desktop

80. All the programs and files listed for user in - Start Menu

81. Area display time, date and volume setting - Notification Area

82. Option provides information about drives - My Computer

83. A driver is a part of computer - Memor-

84. Recycle Bin displays all the - Deleted Files

85. Maximize, minimize buttons used to change the - Size of the window

86. USB drive store more data than —— -Optical Storage Devices

87. Magnetic Storage disk of thin plastic - Floppy disk

88. An electric carries charge - Negative

89. Tube behind TV screen -CRT

90. Computer uorks like - Human Brair

91. Speed of printer is measured in -PPV

92. Speed of Dot-Matrix printer is measured in -Character per seconc

93. Speed of line printer is measured in - Line Per Minute

94. Dot-Matrix Printer is also called - Character Prime -

95. Drum Printers and Chain Printers were - Line Printer

96. All the output printer on paper is called - Hard Cop

97. Printer uses light to transfer image on paper - Laser Prime -

98. Dot Matrix Printers are - Impact Printer;

99. Number of computer screen pixel determine - Resolutic -

100. Pointing device - MOUS:

101. Memory need current to sustain its contents - Volatile Mem.: i

102. Two types of RAM chips- Dynamic & Static

103. Most successful computing device of ancient - Abac.

104. Device convert sound waves into electrical wave - Microphcr:

105. Device =measure small amount of current - Galvanome.r

106. Instrument used to measure electrical voltage - Voltmeta

107. Instrument maintains constant voltage - Stabilizes

108. Device use to increase or decrease electric voltage - Transform

109. Magnetic tape records video & audio - Video Ta:.

110. Index of files on a disc - Direct

111. Multifunctional microprocessor - Smart c:

112. Robot is a machine directed by - Compt :

113. Robot resembles humans - Andr: .

114. COBOL & BASIC are -Computer Langua:;:

115. First page of website called - Home Pa.

116. Nickname of IBM -BigBh*

117. Person spends too much time in front of computer - Mouse Po: a

118. Pressing Ctrl + Alt + Del is called - Three Finger Sa..

119. Online Journals and Diaries -Bin

120. Motto of Wikipedia

121. Tagline of Google

122. World Computer Literacy Day

123. A popular social networking site

124. Predecessor of Facebook

125. Meant by CC in Email

126. BASIC, Pascal, C++, FORTRAN

127. Program allow user to find &view web pages

128. Graphic images/symbols represent applications

129. Processor speed is measured in

130. Automatic drawing input device

131. A device that scans/copy object into computer

132. Device use to scan picture and put in digital form

133. RADAR works on the principle of

134. Device measure wavelength of radio waves

135. Instrument use to measure intensity of radiations

136. Instrument use to measure electrical voltage

137. Technology used in Compact Disc (CD)

138. A normal CD-ROM can store data

139. First Generation Computers were based on

140. Second Generation Computer based on

141. Third Generation Computer based on

142. Fourth Generation Computer based on

143. Single point on computer screen

144. Generation of computer is classified by

145. Computer components communicate with each other

146. RAM is a type of memory

147. Capacity of 3.5" Floppy Disk

148. A personal Computer is

149. Usually a keyboard has keys

150. Most important circuit board of computer

151. Major components of computers are installed on

152. Actual processing in computer is done by

153. The brain of computer

154. Silicon chip contains the CPU

155. Devices outside the computers are called

156. Input and output devices of computer are also

157. Files and folders can be moved by using

158. Files and folders can be copied by using

159. Program used to create text-based documents

160. A spreadsheet contains information in

-Wisdom of mass principle

- Do not Evil

- 2 December

- Facebook

- Facemash

- Carbon Copy

- Program Languages

- Browser

- Icons

- Mega Hertz

- Scanner

- Scanner

- Scanner

- Echo

- Wavemeter

- Radiometer

- Voltmeter
- Laser

- 680 MB

- Vacuum Tubes

- Transistors - Integrated Circuits

- Microprocessors

- Pixel

-Processor & Memory -Through System Bus

- Volatile

- 1.44 MB

- Micro Computer

- 104

- Motherboard

- Motherboard

-CPU -CPU

- Microprocessor

- Peripherals

- Peripherals

- Cut/paste command -Copy/paste command

- Word Processor

- Rows and Columns

161. Mostly wide used word processor - MS Word

162. Most widely used spreadsheet software - MS Excel

163. Intersection of each row & column in MS Excel -Cell

164. Software enable user to create presentations - MS Power Point

165. Slides are prepared on program - MS Power Point

166. Animation is used to add motion to the - Pictures

167. Making changes to the text is - Editing

168. Making changes to the appearance of document - Formatting

169. Process of starting a computer - Booting

170. Threatening through computer - Cyber Bulling

171. Doing two or more things at same time - Multitasking

172. Information given to audience help to understand topic - Presentation

173. Data in an organized and meaningful fashion - Information

174. Error removing procedure from computer program - Debugging

175. Process used by large retailers to study trends - Data mining

176. The way computers manipulate data into information - Processing

177. Sequence of instruction, a computer interpret & execute - Program

178. Spyware used for advertising - Adware

179. Short for favourite icon - Favicon

180. Browser shortcut to a frequently viewed Web page - Favourite

181. A copy of a file on a separate storage device - Backup

182. Program harmful to computer operation - Virus

183. Technology access your computer to steal data - Spyware

184. Crime committed on computer or internet - Cybercrime

185. Programmer who breaks computer system to steal data - Hacker

186. Unwanted e-mail box - Spam

187. Blinking line indicate your location on computer screen - Cursor

188. Processing power of computer is measure in - Nano Second

189. Technology used to build devices on extreme small scale -Nano

190. Computer works with the direction of - Human Being

191. Main characteristics of 5th generation computer -Artificial intelligence

192. Computer museum is situated in - Atlanta, USA

193. Atmosphere can be measure after bomb blast by - Super Computer

194. The most famous book seller on internet - Amazon

195. Highest number of internet users -China (2016)

196. Hard disk is a type of device - Storage device

197. Fastest and most expensive computers - Supercomputers

198. Devices use to enter data into computer system - Input devices

199. Devices let you see processed information - Output devices

200. Application of computer system to gather legal evidence - Computer forensics

[CHAP - 9] Guidance

199

GUIDANCE

Sr# Topic

1 Nutshell of the Guidance

2 Guidance

3 Counseling

4 Career counseling

5 Ethical consideration of counseling

6 Miscellaneous

200

CRUX of Special Education

Nutshell of the Guidance

1. Literal meaning of guidance is - Show path/To direct

2. Help given by more experienced to less experience person - Guidance

3. Help students to understand themselves & their world - Guidance

4. Process to help children develop self-control - Guidance

5. Main purpose of guidance is to develop power of - Self Guidance

6. Ultimate aim of guidance is - Self direction

7. Guidance helps the students to - Help themselves

8. Guidance helps the students in their - School adjustment

9. Role of a teacher in guidance is merely a - Helper

10. Counselor helps students to resolve their problems - Themselves

11. Effective counseling depends on relationship b/w Counselor & Counselee

12. Orientation phase of guidance may be termed as - Group guidance

13. Case conference is a technique of - Group guidance

14. Case conference technique is used to develop - Group standards

15. Counseling is one of the service of - Guidance

16. Which is broad term; guidance or counseling? - Guidance

17. Guidance worker should view school curriculum as - A means to an enc

18. Idea of guidance consistent with philosophy build upon - Individual differences

19. Prevent conflicts from overwhelming child is purpose of - Guidance

20. Guidance got its start, a movement emphasizing- Vocational adjustmer

21. Student dropout is mostly occur, as school don't- Care student interes:

22. Research shows that student dropout is related to - Dissatisfaction with school

23. Guidance activities popular in all school levels Appraisal & orientatic:

24. In pre-school education, guidance focuses on - Child adjustmer

25. Father of Guidance - Frank Parsor.s

26. American Personal and Guidance Association - APGA

27. American Counseling Association - ACA

28. In counseling, counselor should establish - Rapport with studen::

29. Developing relationship b/w counselor & client - Rappor.

30. Teacher should send guidance cases to - The counsel: -

31. In case conference all members are encouraged to Participate in discussicr

32. Adolescents adjustment improved by peers opinions - Social group guidance

33. Select higher learning institution that suits needs - & Student qualificat.: -

Nutshell of the Guidance

1. Literal meaning of guidance is - Show path/To direct

2. Help given by more experienced to less experience person - Guidance

3. Help students to understand themselves & their world - Guidance

4. Process to help children develop self-control - Guidance

5. Main purpose of guidance is to develop power of - Self Guidance

6. Ultimate aim of guidance is - Self direction

7. Guidance helps the students to - Help themselves

8. Guidance helps the students in their - School adjustment

9. Role of a teacher in guidance is merely a - Helper

10. Counselor helps students to resolve their problems - Themselves

11. Effective counseling depends on relationship b/w Counselor & Counselee

12. Orientation phase of guidance may be termed as - Group guidance

13. Case conference is a technique of - Group guidance

14. Case conference technique is used to develop - Group standards

15. Counseling is one of the service of - Guidance

16. Which is broad term; guidance or counseling? - Guidance

17. Guidance worker should view school curriculum as - A means to an end

18. Idea of guidance consistent with philosophy build upon - Individual differences

19. Prevent conflicts from overwhelming child is purpose of - Guidance

20. Guidance got its start, a movement emphasizing- Vocational adjustmen:

21. Student dropout is mostly occur, as school don't- Care student interes:

22. Research shows that student dropout is related to - Dissatisfaction with school

23. Guidance activities popular in all school levels Appraisal & orientation

24. In pre-school education, guidance focuses on - Child adjustmei.:

25. Father of Guidance - Frank Parsor.i

26. American Personal and Guidance Association - APG.-

27. American Counseling Association -ACA

28. In counseling, counselor should establish - Rapport with students

29. Developing relationship b/w counselor & client - Rappor.

30. Teacher should send guidance cases to - The counsel::

31. In case conference all members are encouraged to Participate in discussion

32. Adolescents adjustment improved by peers opinions - Social group guidance

33. Select higher learning institution that suits needs - & Student qualification

Most detailed & satisfactory source of occupation for pupil- Occupational monograph

:5 In occupational field trips, pupil be accompanied by -Teachers

56. Total no. of employees &seeking employment is -Labor force

37. Questionnaire, autobiography, study habit observation - Guidance instruments

B One not chosen by peers in sociogram is called - Isolate

39. In making a case summary, it is best to start with - Person's present status

40. Person's interests are influenced by - Past experiences In large high school, range of I.Q
would be - 70-140

-2. Heart of guidance is called -Counseling

43. Counselee substitutes the real problem is - Facade problem

44. 'Rapport' is synonymous with - Good working relations

- 5. Most important element in conduct of interview - Establish good rapport

46. Psychotherapeutic method of guidance encourage pupil - To solve problem at own

47. In non-directive counseling, counselor acts as a - Sounding board

48. Counselor dk^s>^\^^^&m§\o own ^ame system - Directive Counseling

49. Counselor plays active role in - Directive counseling

50. Client is active and work at his own - Non-directive counseling

51. Client and counselor work cooperatively in - Eclectic Counseling

52. Directive counseling was presented by - Williamson

53. Non-directive counseling was presented by - Carl Roger

54. Eclectic counseling was presented by - Bordin

55. Other name of non-directive counseling - Person/client centered

56. Directive, Non-directive, Combined/Eclectic - 3 Counseling approaches

57. Counseling that is intellectual rather than emotional - Directive counseling

58. Counseling that is emotional rather than intellectual - Directive counseling

59. Client is dependent in - Directive counseling

60. Client is independent in - Non-Directive counseling

61. Counseling effectiveness can be judged through -Effectiveness of subsequent life

62. Responsibility of good guidance program lies on - School administrator

63. Service most neglected in school guidance program - Community surveys

64. Most frequently used technique for guidance evaluation- Questionnaire

65. Dream analysis is used in - Psychoanalysis

66. Attributing bad own qualities to others by client - Projection Unconscious thoughts are analyzed
in - Psychoanalysis

68. Psychotherapy is done to treat - Emotional upse

69. Play therapy emphasize physical activity upon - Emotic c

70. Emphasize, role of stories, authorship, language - Narrative Thera:

71. Belief that women voices are honored & valued - Feminist Thera:

72. Focuses learning, positive or negative reinforcement - Behavior Thera:

73. Focuses on family interactions & patterns - Family system thera:

74. Family is made up of independents individuals - Family system thera:

75. Focuses disputing illogical thinking - Cognitive behavior thera:

76. Other name of Adlerian Therapy - individual psycholc.

77. Emphasizes unconditional positive regard - Person centered thera

78. Who presented person centered therapy - Carl Rog;-

79. Person centered therapy is synonymous to Client Centered Therap

80. Birth order is considered important in - Adlerian Therar.

81. Emphasize importance of self-talk & inner dialogue - Cognitive behavior thera:

82. Parental extra demands/criticism cause psychological disorders - Carl Re:.

83. If don't have love/acceptance in young age, you want it later - Carl Ro^e

84. Strive for success or superiority is force behind behavior - Adlerian Thee r

85. Value of human activity can be seen through social interest - Adlerian Thee -

86. Focuses on Freedom, Isolation, Death - Existential Thera-

87. We are free and responsible for our actions - Existential Thera:

88. Frequent cause of unfinished work is anger - Gestalt Thee -

89. Find meaning & purpose in every aspect of life - Logothera:

90. Founder of logotherapy - Victor Fra:

91. Anxiety is essential for growth - Existential Thera:

92. Non-directive reaction against psychoanalysis Person-centered thera:

93. Our 'power is in the present' related to - Gestalt The -

94. Nothing exists except 'Now' is related to- Gestalt The

95. Past has gone and the future has not yet arrived - Gestalt The

96. In Gestalt theory, feelings about past are unexpressed - Unfinished busk

97. Help client to become aware of his present experience - Gestalt Theraj

98. Behavioral therapy technique used treat phobias -Systematic sensitizat:

99. A rank-ordered list what client fear from least to greatest - Anxiety Hierarc:

100. Eliminating painful thoughts from awareness - Repress: x

101. 'Closing one's eye' to existing threat of reality - Den.i

102. Diverting sexual or aggressive energy into other channels - Sublimation

103. Viewing things as a whole not as a part - Holistic View

104. Deals with success/strength not deficits/limitation - Solution focused therapy

105. Guidance helps students to have good career and - Academic choice

106. Who introduced term 'Authoritarinism' - Fromm

107. Technique used to prevent anxiety - Authoritarinism

108. Focuses on behavior that can be observed/measured - Behavior counseling

109. Patients learn to control their attention/thoughts - Cognitive counseling

110. Technique of free association is related to - Psychoanalytic Theory

111. Make unconscious conscious is the aim of - Psychoanalytic therapy

112. Id, ego & superego - Unconscious drives

113. Id is related to the - Pleasure principle

114. Ego is related to the -Mediator b/w pleasure & moral

:i5. Super Ego is related to - Moral & perfection

:i6. Most important concept in Freud's theory - Unconscious mind

".17. Freud's most controversial theory - Electra complex

118 Father of Reality therapy - William Glasser

:i9. Theory based on Choice - Reality theory

|20. Rational Emotive Behavior therapy presented by - Albert Ellis

pi. Actual event, Belief, Conclusion - A.B.C Approach

22. Approach used in Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy - A.B.C Approach

-- Change in a person when he contacts with another culture- Acculturation

24. Appraisal -Another term for assessment

25. Say whatever come to mind to reveal unconscious - Free Association

26. Advantageous relationship b/w 2 individuals - Symbiosis

.2,1. kctkms taken for self-benefit and interest - Egoism

128. Action taken for other's benefits - Altruism

129. Act of kindness that benefit others - Prosocial behavior

130. Father of Individual psychology - Adler

131. Restating client's message in own words by counselor - Paraphrasing

132. Manifest content of dreams Surface meaning of dream

133. Latent content of dreams Hidden meaning of dream

34. Talking about difficulties to eliminate emotions - Catharsis

35. Similar to catharsis in which violent emotion eliminatec I - Abreaction

204 CRUX of Special Education

136. True feeling of counselor about the client feeling - Accurate empathy

137. Disfavor the advice giving - Rogerians

138. Describing internal thoughts &feeling by client - Introspection

139. Man hates boss but kicks dog is example of - Displacement

140. Sour grapes rationalization - Underrating a reward

141. Sweet lemon rationalization - Overrating a reward

142. Client refuses to follow counselor direction - Resistance

143. Effects openly express his feeling - Transference

144. Client express feelings under counselor's influence - Counter-transference

145. Frequency that a behavior is manifested before treatment - Baseline

146. Finding satisfaction in other people - Extroversion

147. Finding pleasure/satisfaction in own - Introversion

148. Adler belief that 'people wish to belong' - Social connectedness

149. Asking client to purposely engage in maladaptive behavior - Paradox

150. First therapist who relied on Paradox - Adler

151. Mask/role we show others to hide our true self - Persona

152. Attempt to Match client's traits with career - Minnesota viewpoin:

153. Respondent behaviors - Reflexes

154. Keeping client's information secret - Confidentialit}

155. High demands with high responsiveness - Authoritarian parenting

156. Low demands with high responsiveness - Permissive parenting

157. Low demands with low responsiveness - Involved parenting

158. Process through which child acquire cultural values - Socialization

159. Listening to what is said, then repeating it - Active listening

160. A result of a behavior - Consequenc E

161. Trait refers to - Abilities and interes::

162. Good match b/w individual and work environment - Congruenc.

163. Inherited qualities that may limit career choices - Genetic endowmer.

164. Don't praise child without establishing - Eye coma;

165. Praise should be - Age appropria.:

166. Objective observation Observer state facts or

167. Subjective observation - Observer states his opinic

168. A person who uses moral principles - Moral idejrq

169. Behavior changes on change of social environment - Social learning the

II II II II II II
II

170. Token and praise are components of theory - Social learning theory

171. Verbal or non-verbal actions, children imitate - Modeling

172. Best and fastest way to regain control - Take a deep breathe

!73. Knowing self-actions - Self conscious

174. How one acts or reaction to everyday situations - Temperament

175. Must match age and stage of child development-Guidance & discipline approach

176. Good things one thinks about himself -Self labels

177. How long does child takes to get use to do tasks - 6 Months

178. Employees hates job, feels exhausted &unsatisfied -Vocational Burnout

179. Nature of guidance is - Open

180. Nature of counseling is - Private/confidential

181. Counseling is done in - Professional setting

182. Trained professional/experts are needed in - Counseling

183. Types of guidance by method -Individual & group guidance

184. Helping a single person to resolve his problem - Individual guidance

185. Helping a group of persons to resolve problem - Group guidance

186. Knowing about how to find and apply for a job - Career literacy

187. Client that require minimum support - Information level clients

188. Client that require average support - Instruction level clients

189. Client that require extensive support - Advocacy level clients

190. Group discussion, problem solving, role play - Group guidance techniques

191. Hesitation to get help of others - Counter Will

192. Identify /assess problem is the role of counselor - Diagnostic

193. Providing solution to problem is counselor role - Therapeutic

194. Finding difference b/w job demands and own skills - Discrepancy analysis

195. Minimal level of professional practices by counselor - Mandatory Ethics

196. Highest level of professional practices by counselor- Aspirational Ethics

197. Trying to do their best with clients by counselor - Positive Ethics

198. Confidentiality & client welfare is protected by - Ethical codes

199. Confidentiality is broken if child sexually abused - Under age 18

200. Hurting or humiliating repeatedly others - Bullying

101. Who presented Systematic desensitization - Joseph Wolpe

202. Ethical codes for counseling was prepared by - ACA & APA

-- American Psychological Association - APA.

:.4. Rights of counselor are protected by - Ethical codes

205. Placing client at jobsite to observe practical work - Job Shadowing

Guidance

Types of Guidance by Method:

1. Individual Guidance: Only single person's problem is discussed anc resolved by intend wing
him/her separately e.g. career counseling, financial planning, psychological advice.

2. Group Guidance: Learners with similar problems are grouped together and their problems are
discussed and resolved in group.

Types of Guidance by Purpose:

1. Personal Guidance

2. Educational Guidance

3. Vocational Guidance

4. Social & Moral Guidance

5. Health Guidance

6. Leisure Time guidance

Principles of Guidance:

1. Holistic (complete) development of child

2. Recognition of individual differences and dignity

3. Acceptance of individual needs and rights (freedom, respect etc.)

4. A person needs continuous guidance from birth to adulthood

5. Guidance involves using skills to communicate, love, regard, respect : other

Scope / Importance of Guidance:

1. Self-understanding and problem solving

2. Optimum development of individual

3. Academic growth

4. Vocational development

5. Social development

6. Moral/emotional development

7. National Development

8. Good citizenship

9. Better family life

10. Appropriate use of human resources

Educational Guidance:

1. Maximize student's academic achievement

2. Minimize student's educational problems

3. Helps to control absenteeism and dropout of students

4. Helps in subject selection

5. Helps in career choices

6. Helps the child to understand himself

7. Helps child to adjust in school and follow rules

8. Identify individual differences and children with special needs

9. Diagnose learning difficulties and help to overcome them

10. Helps students in further education

Components / Organization of Group Guidance:

1. Need assessment: Problem of group members is assessed by questionnaire, checklist etc.

2. Determining Size, Time and Venue for Group Activities: Appropriate group size, time and venue
are selected.

3. Member selection & Role specification: Members (students) are selected and roles are
assigned / communicated.

4. Orientation of Members: Basic information/group goals are shared and clarified.

5. Monitoring of activities/Outcome evaluation: Common group activities are class talk, career talk.
Group activities are monitored and evaluation is made.

" chniques of Group Guidance:

1. Group Discussion: Group discussion can be held among students and by healthy discussion,
guidance can be provided.

2. Problem Solving: Giving a problem to students to find a solution and guiding them in resolving
the problem.

3. Role Play: Different role play activities can be arranged related to the problem and solution of
the problem should be displayed.

: vantages of Group Guidance:

1. Inspires learning and understanding from other students

3. Improvement of student attitude and behavior

4. Awareness about unrecognized needs and problems of students

5. Positive interdependence

6. Cooperation

Counseling

1. It is a process that occurs between two individuals i.e. counselor & counselee.

2. It takes places in a professional / clinical setting.

3. It is conducted by professionally trained people (counselor).

4. It helps an individual to become happier more creative &better adjustr-. e.

5. It is process in which a troubled person is helped to tell and behave more openly in a more
satisfying manner.

Principles of Counseling:

1. Face to face relationship between 2 persons.

2. Emotional rather than purely intellectual attitude.

3. More than advice giving.

4. Involves solution of immediate problems.

5. Warmth (counselor behavior)

6. Acceptance (not criticize)

7. Genuineness (hones with client)

8. Empathy (feeling like client)

I c tivities of Counseling:

1. Informing: Counselor provides correct information.

2. Advising: Counselor suggests services/courses/option according to client interest and

recommends one related to client interest.

3. Counseling: Counselor helps students to clarify his needs, interests, motivation and make
appropriate decision himself (client).

a ges of Counseling:

1. First Stage - Initial Disclosure

Client hesitates to share information. Counselor deals gently with care and love. He uses clear language
and effective methods to get information.

2. Second Stage -Indepth Exploration

When some hesitation gone, client feels well, then counselor starts discussing the benefits of counseling
and shares solutions of problem. When client feels more easy and comfortable, then more indepth
information is taken.

3. Third Stage - Commitment to Action

On the basis of information got previously, selecting a suitable solution of the problem from the
alternatives. * inctions of Counseling:

1. Adjustmental Function: Adjustment in modern challenging world e.g. home, school, community
or job adjustment etc.

2. Oriental Function: Introducing/creating awareness about the current sources, issues, problems.
Awareness about technical or family life.

3. Developmental Functions: Enable to solve practical / developmental problems of the life e.g.
individual, social, national / civic roles.

\ipects of Counseling:

1. Readiness - Getting mentally or physically ready for counseling

2. Counter Will - Hesitate to get the help of others

3. Rapport - Development relationship b/w counselor & client

4. Case History - Sharing past and present information/problems

5. Transference - Client openly express his feelings

6. Countertransference- Client express feelings under counselor's influence

7. Resistance - Clientresistscounselor in achieving his goals 3 - cess of Counseling:

1. Identify the need for counseling/objectives

2. Statement of expected outcomes

3. Strategies to achieve outcomes

4. Conducting the counseling

5. Evaluation

6. Follow-Up Characteristics of Effective Counseling:

1. Purpose 1. ¥\exft>\Yrty

3. Respect

4. Communication

5. Support

Characteristics of a Counselor:

1. Good Listening Skills

1) Use of minimal prompts (head nod, yes/no etc.)

2) SOLER (Sit Squarely, Openness, Leaning, Eye contact, Relax)

2. Considering Listening Aspects

1) Linguistic Aspects - Words, phrases

2) Paralinguistic Aspects - Timing, volume, tone, pitch, fluency

3) Non-verbal Aspects- Touch, facial expressions, body position

3. Considering Listening Blocks(APCODE)

1) Attraction- Focus on problem rather than appearance of client

2) Physical Condition - Consider attention, fatigue, weakness of clier.

3) Concerns - Consider client's concerns

4) Over-Eagerness - Don't hurry, move step-wise

5) Differences - Considering client and counselor differences

6) Empathy - Feeling like client

4. Effective Listening

1) Attention

2) Avoidance of interpretations

3) Short and concrete talk

5. Use of clear language

6. Clarify ambiguities

7. Restating the words (counselor restate the words of client)

8. Summarizing the concept

Responsibilities of a Counselor:

1. Diagnostic -Identify the problems

2. Therapeutic -Providing solution of the problems

3. Evaluation & Research-Research of different issues/problems

Specific Functions of Counselor:

1. Orientation of students

2. Student appraisal (evaluation)

3. Educational & occupational information services

4. Holding counseling interviews

5. Placement of students in classes or activities

6. Design & initiate career development program

7. Research and evaluation

: les of School Counselor:

1. Provision of safe environment that foster success emotionally, academically, socially, and
physically.

2. Mental Health Expert in the school

3. Student Advocate
4. , Appraisal

5. Counseling

6. Guidance curriculum

7. Consultation nditions Influencing Counseling:

1. Environmental setting - Air, light, safety/security of client

2. Privacy - Keeping client information secret

3. Record Keeping - Client name, phone, address, problem etc.

4. Legal Status of Minors- Involving guardians of clients below 18 years old in counseling session.

Types of Clients by Intervention Needs

1. Information Level Clients- Require minimum support

2. Instruction Level Clients - Require average support

3. Advocac\ Level Clients - Require extensive/continuous support

~ests used for Counseling.

1. Intelligence Tests

2. Interest inventories

3. Aptitude tests

4. Achievement tests

5. Attitude scales

6. Personality tests

7. Sociometric techniques

8. Case study

9. Observation

10. Interview

11. Home Autobiography

12. Questionnaire

212
CRUX of Special Education

Career Counseling

What is Career Counseling?

1. Counselor helps the client in selection ofjob/career that is more suitable to client according to
his needs, strengths and weakness.

2. Career counseling helps client in job searching, job maintenance, effective communication and
decision making.

3. Career counselor, teachers & parents can help client for career counseling.

4. Career counseling can occur in school, rehabilitation agencies, private counselor office,
employment agencies, libraries etc.

Career Selection Booklets/Guides: Different books containing lists of different careen are used to select
career according to interest or choice of client.

1. Dictionary of Occupational Titles (DOT).

It is most comprehensive listing of jobs in USA with 20,000 jobs.

2. Guide for Occupational Exploration (GOE):

It has different categories of jobs according to different interests.

3. Occupational Outlook Handbook (OOH):

It has a list of only 250 occupations.

Completion of Job Analysis Form:

First the occupation list is provided to the student and he is asked to select the occupations he likes
most. Then job analysis form is given for filling which include name, date, job title, code, major code of
job, qualification required, major duties, and of companies offering the job with their phone no. of
employers and address etc.

Job Shadowing: Client issent in the market at job site and he learns the job by observ;-, the people doing
work practically.

Placement in Voluntary job:

Clientwith poor job skills is placed at job site to perform the job voluntar improve the skills.

Discrepancy Analysis:

Analyzing differences between the demands of job and own skills -

client.

Job Seeking Skills:

1. Find job openings / advertisement

2. Developing a CV

3. Writing an application to firm

CHAP - 9] Guidance

213

4. Portfolio (academic documents etc.)

5. Appointment Setting

6. Pre-Interviewing (Preparation for interview with information/skills)

7. Interviewing (dress, language, body movement, introduction etc.)

8. Follow up (After interview contacting company to know the selection) b Maintenance Skills:

1. Meeting the employers expectations

2. Developing work habits

3. Working hard

4. Problem solving

5. Evaluation by others i'olland's Career Typology:

Personalities fall into 6 categories, certain careers suit certain personalities:

1. Realistic

2. Investigative

3. Artist

4. Social

5. Enterprising

6. Conventional ocational Burnout:

Employee hates doing the job, feels unsatisfied, no satisfaction, extremely :\hausted, feels asleep.

Tareer Literacy:
Students must know how to find and apply for job, create effective job supportive I ;:euments, readiness
for interview etc.

Ethical Consideration in Counseling

Ethical rules for counseling have been prepared by American Counselin Association (ACA) & American
Psychological Association (APA).Ethical codes/rule protect an association from govt, to:

1. Control internal disagreement

2. Protect practitioners (counselors) from public

3. Protect client rights

Role of Ethical Codes/Rules

1. Ethical rules guide counselor what he can do & what not

2. Consider the client welfare

3. Information exchange about counseling procedure with client

4. Confidentiality of the information of client

5. Avoidance of sexual relationship

Breaking Confidentiality: It can be broken if:

1. A child is underage 18 sexually abused

2. A matter in court

3. When client need hospitalization

4. Malpractice

5. Counselor unable to provide service properly

Ethical principles of counseling:

1. Autonomy - Respect client's independence

2. Normaleficence- Don't harm the client

3. Beneficence- Benefit the client

4. Justice - Be fair to client

5. Fidelity - Be faithful to client

6. Veracity - Be truthful with client

Unethical Behavior of Counselor: (UNESCO, 2000)

1. Incompetency of counselor
2. Lack of integrity

3. Violating confidence

4. Exceeding level of professional competence

5. Imposing values on clients

6. Improper advertisement

7. Charging fee from free entitled

: -AP - 9] Guidance

215

Miscellaneous

Reduction Techniques:

1. Deep breathing

2. Physical activities

3. Relaxation Tapes

4. Positive self-image

5. Positive self-talk

6. Relaxation

7. Empathy cervention Levels:

1. Primary Intervention: Preventing problems from occurring.

2. Secondary Intervention: Reverse harm from exposure to risk factors.

3. Tertiary Intervention: Reduce harm from severely involved individuals, ing:

A form of aggression in which child intends to humiliate or hurt the victim. Bully ! hurting the victim and
victim feels oppressed. It can be verbal, physical or ©logical.
a! Consequences:

Experiences that are deliberately set up by an adult to show what will happen if a is violated.

idual Planning:

Broad collection of guidance and counseling activities designed to help all -ers develop their own
educational plans and career objectives.

£r:itive-Behavior Therapy:

Client reasons of his bad behavior and try to find solution to resolve it. atic Desensitizatioa:

It refers to lessening/weakening one's anxiety to stimuli through gradual exoosure it. It was developed
by Joseph Wolpe.

I cial Skills Training:

Behavior therapy technique improves interpersonal skills that emphasize shaping, modeling, and
behavioral rehearsal.

Flooding:

Behavior therapy technique which arranges extensive exposure to stimuli that evokes high anxiety
withoutlihe opportunity to avoid them.

Guidance Vs Counseling:

Guidance

Counseling

1. Broader and comprehensive

2. Has many aspects

3. Usually deals with educational & vocational issues

4. Deals with intellectual attitudes

5. May be given in any normal setup

6. May be given by any one (teacher, parents, peers, SMS, internet, TV etc.)

7. Preventive in nature

8. Guidance discover potential.

9. Open

10. For all

11. Usually done in school & colleges

1. Narrow and in-depth

2. One of the aspects of guidance

3. Usually deals with personal ai social issues

4. Usually deals with emotioni attitudes

5. Requires special setup room

6. Only given by trained counselor

7. Remedial in nature

8. Counseling helps a person to tab a decision to resolve his/ha problem.

9. Private and confidential

10. Only for those who are disturbs: or sad

11. Usually outside educational setup

EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT

Sr # Topic

1 Nutshell of Educational Leadership

2 Registers

3 Leave Rules

4 Auction of Stores Rules

5 Audit Rules

6 Pension Rules

7 TA/DA Rules

8 Benevolent Fund Rules

9 GP Fund Rules

10 PIFRA Rules

11 PEEF Rules

12 PEEDA Act 2006

13 Theories of Management

14 Theories of Leadership

15 Miscellaneous

16 Abbreviations

Nutshell of Educational Leadership & Management

1. Daanish schools established by - Punjab Govt., 20

2. First Daanish school started working in - Rahim Yar Khan, 20

3. Free, innovative education to people is given in - Danish Schoc

4. Daanish schools have been established in - Backward Area

5. DTEs are appointed by - DSI

6. DTEs evaluate the teacher & student progress - On monthly

7. Monitoring of schools done in Punjab is by - Monitoring Tea-

8. Retired armed forces employees are hired for - Monitoring Tear

9. Each school has its unique code in Punjab - EMIS Cc : i

10. EMIS Code helps to provide necessary data - About particular sch:

11. DSD is located in - Wahdat Colony, Lab: i

12. DSD was established in -195!

13. Old name of DSD is - Education Extension Centoi

14. Purpose of DSD -Teacher Edu.& Train

15. Basic Education Community School (BESC)project

16. Old name of BESC project -Non-Formal Basic Educa:

17. For Kids care of women employee govt, establish - Day Care Cent:

18. PEEDA Act was established by Musharraf Govt .- 2

19. PITE&GCETs given under control of DSD in -20>

20. Punjab Govt, merged PITE with DSD in - 2'/:■

21. Protection against woman harassment workplace Act - Promogulated 2

22. Punjab women empowerment package started - 2 .

23. Punjab Transparency & Right to Information Act -2

24. E-Learn Punjab Project launched in -2 -

25. Parho Punjab, Barho Punjab Slogan started in - 2C

26. Purpose of E-Learn Punjab - Online textbook provi s:x

27. PESRP was started in Punjab in - 2:

28. PESRP was started with the cooperation of - World Bai

29. Purpose of PESRP - Education Improveirer

30. Estacode presently observed - Estacode 2

31. Estacode is pertaining to rules of - Civil Sen

32. Cash book should be written on - Daily Bis

33. All entries of cash book are initiated by - DDI

34. Cash received is entered in cashbook in - Firs: _-

35. Payment made is entered in cashbook in - Second ? ar

36. Staff pay &allowances is collectively written in - Cash E

37. Which efficiency is difficult to evaluate - Educational Effic::

Going beyond man's knowledge - Transcendalism

Set of activities employed by teacher to enhance student learning- Instruction

Ability to think and solve problems - Intelligence

Generally primary school timing is - 5-6 hours

External exam of class 5th& 8lhis taken by - Punjab Exam Commission

Punjab Govt, provide scholarship to school girls in -15 districts

Punjab Govt, increased primary teacher scale -7 to 9

Punjab Govt, increased elementary teacher scale -9 to 14

Group Insurance (GI) is paid on the - Death of Employee

GI is paid to the family or - Nominated Heirs

GI is paid if employee dies within 5 years of - Retirement

Scale of GazzettedStaff -BS-16& Above

Scale of Non-GazzettedStaff -BS-1 to 15

GazzettedStaff of BS-16 & Above called - Officer

Non-GazzettedStaff BS-1 to 15 called - Official

What is superannuation- Age of Retirement

Age of superannuation - 60 Years

Pension granted at the age of 60 Years - Superannuation

Annual Increment is given - 1st December

Annual increment cannot granted for period less than - 6 Months

ACR cannot be initiated for period less than - 3 Months

ACR is written annually at the end of month - December

Choice made between two or more alternatives - Decision

Micro Planning is done at management level - Middle & Lower level

IK doping alternative is a step of- Decision Making

An estimation of income and expenditure - Budgeting

Wastage of resources, time, &work prevented by - Budgeting

Main types of budget -Development & non-development

Pay and Allowances are part of budget - Non-Development Budget

Budget for constructing new building, classroom- Development Budget

Additional budget allocated after regular budget- Supplementary Budget

About 90% budget is expended on - Recurring (salaries)

Budget used for SNE - Non-Permanent

Types of SNE - 2 (New + Continued)

SNE use to create new posts&recurring expenditure - SNE New (Fresh)

Process of SNE (New / Fresh) started after -Completion ofPC-IV

New building handed over to deptt after -Completion ofPC-IV

Prescribed proforma used for preparation of SNE -BM-16

76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97

4.

J8 09. 10.

1.

2.

3.

Audit
-Oct. -Febri - Surre: -Ex -B.\

-Reconciliation Re -Through SC -Account O; - Concerned E - BN

- Contigent Expend:

- District Account O: -Appropria

-Misappropri; Re-appropri;

- Prineiple/Headm; - 1st July to 30th.

- 1st April to 31 M - 1st January to 31 Dece:

- Muharram to Zulrr

■Superior Knowledge & P;

• - Dictate-! - Mutual Sh - Non-Interfe*

Sanction of particular SNE is called Types of Excess & Surrender report First Excess & Surrender report is
submitted Second Excess & Surrender report is submitted Budget over the expenditure which is
returned Budget under the expenditure required more Prescribed proforma used for excess & surrender
Statement of Monthly Expenditure (SOME) called Monthly expenditure verified from account office
SOME is sent by DDO for verification to office Errors in the SOME are corrected by concerned Prescribed
proforma used for SOME Non-development expenditure other than salaries Office that controls the
district accounting work Fund allotment within limits of unit of appropriation Fund allotment out of
limits of unit of appropriation Fund transfer from 1 unit of appropriation to another Usually supervision
is carried out in school by Period of Financial Year Period of Academic Year Solar Calendar Year Lunar
Calendar Year No. of days in Solar Calendar No. of days in Lunar Calendar Literal meaning of supervision
Authoritative administration is based on Democratic administration is based on

;so<"T Faire administration is based on

Functions of educational administration -Instructional & Non-Instructional T

School policy should be determined by - Citizens and Te

Basic purpose of supervision is the - Student Effective leai

-PPRA

-PPRA -PPRA

- Time

- Time I

District govt, cannot create or abolish the Rules for procurement of goods, works & service PPRA Rules
were introduced first in

Rule improve transparency, accountability of public purchase Rules made purchase of public goods
transparent Sparkplug of the school is Mirror of School is
Time table ■ f a school depends on Successful A. N\ stematic school-work depends Job specification
means Other name of Compulsory Retirement First step of administration Efficiently getting work done
through people Chairperson of School Management Council Space required classroom in elementary
school Space required classroom in secondary school Least distance for which TA can be availed Funds
are received from the Teacher belongs to Department Head of institution belongs to Department Stock
annually checked &physically verified On absent without leave, boy name shall be struck off On absent
without leave, girl name shall be struck off An element of fear and anxiety is found in School
administration can be best judged through Change agent in the world Devolution of power has given
edu. responsibility District Govt, is responsible for education since District Govt, is responsible for
education upto Higher Secondary School manages the classes of School management council is an
example of Staff Development means Capacity Building of Staff means District Education Authority DEA
is being established under Class IV servants hired by distt. Govt, with Teachers are recruited by the Free
textbooks are provided to students upto class Books are provided by the govt. Creating greatest output
by minimum amount of input Produce desired result with minimum time wastage & skills Degree to
which objectives are achieved Capability of achieving desired results Support young in physical, mental
& spiritual development Challan Form used for recovery of payment Income Tax deducted from govt,
servant pay if it exceed

- 30th June -6 consecutive days -10 consecutive days -Inspection -Student Performance

- Teacher -District Govt.

- 14-08-2001

- College Level

- FA/F.Sc - Decentralization

- Staff Training

- Staff Training -DEA

-Devolution Plan 2001

- Politicians Quota

- District Govt. - Matric

- Provincial Govt. - Efficiency -Efficiency

-Effectiveness -Effectiveness

- Scouting -32-A

- 4 Lacs annually
222

CRUX of Special Educatic

153. On transfer. Last Payment Certificate (LPC) issued by

154. Form used to start or stop pay & allowances

155. Previous payment required to be paid to servants

156. DDO Account of school is opened in the

157. Amount deposited in DDO Account is distributed by

158. Who manages cash flow into or out of govt, treasury

159. Payment made to govt, treasury (additional pay etc.)

160. Receipt Figure PaymenUs made through

161. Receipt Figure payment is verified from

162. Detail of vacant & occupied posts called

- Good Govern.. -3 to 5 Ya - CAR -CA? - Regulation V

163. Detail of staff working in the institution called

■ 164. Punjab Contract Recruitment Policy was issued in

165. Purpose of contract recruitment is to achieve

166. Period of initial contract appointment is

167. Contract Appointment Regulation Committee stand for

168. Who decide that a post be filled on contract or regular

169. CARC belongs to

170. Quota for Disabled in recruitment

171 Quota for Women in recruitment

172. Qiu'id tor children of servantsBS-1 to 5 in recruitment

173. I sually recruitment for post BS-16 & above made through

174. Social Security Benefit (SSB) is given to

175. Rate of SSB

176. SSB is given in lieu of

1T"7. Lesson Plans are prepared by

178. Lesson Plans are used on

179. Teacher Diaries are written by teachers

180. Student diaries are mainly used for

181. Syllabus for students is provided in school for period

182. Initial appointment period to check servant performance

183. English Medium Education started in Punjab in schools

184. Delegation of Financial Power Rules were issued-1

185. Report issued on joining of gazzeited officer - Charge Assumption Re

186. Report on relieving charge by gazzetted officer - Charge Relinquish Re

187. Responsibility of education shifted from federal govt, to Provincial govt, under constitutional
amendment

HAP - 10] Educational Leadership & Management

223
14.

REGISTERS

Money received and disbursed is entered in Record of Employees (BS-1 to 15) is maintained in Dispatch
Register & Incoming Register are called Received mail is entered in Dispatch mail is entered in
Distance traveled & oil consumed by vehicle entered in Incidental & other expenses of office are entered
in Orders are issued to employees through register Items purchased are entered in

Asset with 1 year life or more entered in stock regis!er-Non Asset with less than 1 year life entered in
stock register Stock register Stationery is used to enter the items of Employees mark their daily
attendance in the register Attendance of the students is marked in the register Acquaintance Roll is used
for salary disbursement of Inspection officers write their views about school in Good result or
misbehavior of student is written in Donations are entered in register Repair record of machinery is
entered in Repair record of furniture is entered in Repair record of Transport is entered in Detail of
meetings of SMC members is entered in Out of school temporary move of employees entered Token /
registration No. of contigent bills is entered Issued books to students are entered in register Uniforms
issued to students are entered in Results of students are entered in register Admission/discharge record
of students entered in School Leaving Certificates are issued from School registers should be maintained
on

1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

14. 15. 16. 17.

18, 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.

Leave Rule

- Leave Rules 19 - Earned Le;

Full Calendar Mo:

- 1 for every mo:

- 4 for every moi - Full i

- Employee's req_ - 15 Days for payrr.; - Leave without F - Any groL -E(
Maximum 5 Yrs at 1 ti:

Leave Rules observed by Punjab Govt. Duty period less than 15 days is ignored in Duty period more than
15 day in earned leave is treated Vocation Department employee can avail earned leave Non-Vocation
Department employee can avail earned leave Rate of pay on Earned Leave Maximum Leaves on Full Pay
at 1 Time without medical certificate Maximum Leaves on Full Pay at 1 Time with medical certificate
Maximum Leaves on Full Pay at 1 Time with medical certificate from leave account in entire service
Leave on Half Pay is granted from the leave account on In Leave on Half Pay, one month is treated as
Extra Ordinary Leave (EOL) is called EOL can be granted at

Both permanent & contract employees can avail Servant with continuous 10 yr service, can avail EOL

Servant with less than 10 yr service, can avail EOL -Maximum 2 Years at 1 ti

EOL can be extended for servant with 10 yr service

EOL can be extended for less than 10 yr service

Pay & Allowance & annual increment is not admissible

Period of EOL is not counted towards the

Period of EOL is not considered as period spent

EOL cannot be converted to any other kind of

Recreation Leave can be granted for maximum period of

Recreation Leave is not admissible for employees of

'Leave Not Due' is the leave to be

Maximum period of'Leave Not Due' in entire service

In first 5 years of service 'Leave Not Due' shall not exceed

'Leave Not Due' (LND) is not admissible for

Rate of pay on Leave Not Due

LND is granted if there is reasonable chances of employee Leave granted on death of husband to female
employee

Maximum period of Special Leave

Rate of pay on Special Leave

Special Leave is granted subject to provision of

I .eave granted to pregnant female for baby birth

Period of Maternity Leave

Rate of pay on Maternity Leave

- 130 Days

- Full Pay

- Death certificate

- Maternity Leave

- 90 Days

- Full Pay

Maternity Leave granted to Non-Vocation Deptt. Employee - Maximum 3 times No. of times Maternity
Leave granted to Vocation Deptt. Employee - Unlimited

Leave granted on injury, ailment or disease

Disability is granted outside the

Maximum period of Disability Leave

Disability Leave is subject to

Full pay is granted on Disability Leave for first

Half pay is granted on Disability Leave for remaining

Leave granted to employee who goes abroad

Maximum period of Ex-Pakistan Leave one time

Rate of pay on Ex-Pakistan Leave

Leave Preparatory to Retirement (LPR) is granted before

Maximum period of LPR

Rate of pay on LPR

Pension Qualifying Service

If a person refuses LPR, he/she is granted with

Encashment of LPR is granted for

Condition of Leave encashment is surrender of LPR &

- Disability Leave - Leave account

-720 Days

- Medical Advice

- 180 Days

- 540 Days

- Leave Ex-Pakistan

- 120 Days - Full Pay

- Retirement

- 365 Days -Full Pay

- 25 Years

- Leave Encashment

-180 Days -Complete 30Y service

Who can refuse LPR or recall from LPR servant 17&Above

Who can refuse LPR or recall from LPR for servant 1-16 Secretary

Application to refuse LPR, shall be sent to authority -3 Month before leave

If servant want LPR encashment, he send application to -Leave sanctioning

authority

Leave cannot be refused on provision of medical certificate - Medical Leave

If a servant over stays after expiry of leave, his pay - Shall be cut

Two different types of leave can be granted - Combine

Leave which cannot be combined with other leaves - LPR

226 CRUX of Special Educatic-

64. Servant must sign charge relinquish report while proceeding on lea - 16 & Ab

65. After leave completion, a servant should report to -Leave sanctioning authc-

66. Leave account of servants is maintained by - Account Off:; i

67. When a servant quits service his credit leaves -Lap*

68. Servants under the medical treatment can be granted - Hospital Leave (HI

69. Hospital Leave is granted to the - Specific Servar.:

70. Maximum period of HL in one term of 3 years - 6 Month

71. Rate of pay for first 3 months of Hospital Leave - Full Pa

72. Rate of pay for remaining 3 months of Hospital Leave -HalfPa>

73. Hospital cannot be debited to - Leave Accour

74. Study Leave is granted to the - Permanent Servai

75. Study Leave is not debited to - Leave Accour

76. Study Leave is granted for the purpose of - Educatic:

77. Study Leave is admissible to servants having regular - 5 Years sen .

78. Study Leave not admissible to servant within 3 yr date of - Superannuat:: -

79. Maximum period of Study Leave other than Ph.D - 2 Yea:.

80. Maximum period of Study Leave for Ph.D -4 Yean

81. Total Casual Leaves for permanent employee for 1 year - 25

82. Total Casual Leaves for contract employee for 1 year - 2-

83. Maximum period of C/Leave at one time -10

84. Maximui I period Of C/Leave in Special circumstances -15

85. Public holidays sandwiched b/w C/Leave shall be debited to -C/Leave Accoui

86. On C/Leave or holidays, no servant can leave headquarter -Without permission

87. C/Leave may be sanctioned by - Immediate Office-

88. In emergency, Commissioners can sign C/Leave for - 10 Day*

89. Commissioner grant C/Leave subject to provision of -Alternate working disposi

90. Commissioner grant C/Leave subject to leave - Admissf: .

91. C/Leave Account should be maintained by -Leave sanctioning author

92. C/Leave Account should be provided to the next office after - Transfer of Empi

93. C/Leave is not the govt, servant's -Righ

94. Extra Casual Leave is called - Quarantine Le:.

95. Normally Quarantine leave is granted on recommendation of- Authorized Physician

96. Earned leave of non-gazzetted is maintained in - Service Be:

97. Employees of Vocation Department - Teaching S:_

98. Employees of Non-Vocation Department - Non-Teaching Stal

Auction of Stores Rules

A competent authority of respective department may sanction the auction of stores which is surplus,
obsolete or unserviceable.

Note 1: Open auction will be held when assessed value of auctioning items uptoRs. 0.2 Million.

Note 2: Procedure of auction as notified by FD letter No.FD(FR) 11-36/79, dated 6-4-2005 shall be
followed for auction through DDC,if the assessed value of auctioning items is exceeding Rs.0.200 million.

Delegation of Powers to Auction:

Power

Authority

Extent

Powers to sell surplus or unserviceable motor vehicles, machinery, equipment, spares, stores / stocks
etc. by auction.

i' Administrative Department, (ii) Officers in Category-I in District Disposal Committee (DDC).

iii) Officers in Cat-I.

(iv) Officers in Cat-II.

(v) Officers in Cat-Ill.

Full Powers. Full Powers.

Upto Rs.0.200 million

at a time.
Upto Rs.40,000/-

at a time.

Upto Rs. 10,000/-

at a time

Course of Action of District Disposal Committee (DDC)

1. Publicity for tender will be done to invite sealed offers for auction of material. DDC would have
special powers to accept or reject an offer.

2. Applicants would be required to deposit earnest money @ 2% of the value of their offers in form
of "deposit at call" or "Bank Draft" in the name of Convener DDC.

3. Each department will furnish list of auction-able equipment / machinery with full description, its
conditions, location and reserve price to the Secretary, DDC on monlh-to-month oasis. Lists, after
scrutiny, & consolidation will V applied to bidders at Rs.50/- per page.

4. The sale proceeds of tenders and equipment would be credited to Punjab Government Account
No. 1 under Revenue head:

New Head C038 391000 Other Receipts

New Head C03802 1391002 Other Receipts (Sales of store & material |

5. The General terms and conditions for sale would be drafted by eac'r Committee and got cleared
from the Convener before calling tenders.

6. Cost of Advertisement / Auction, if any, would be borne by the respective Department, the
machinery / tools, plants etc. whereof are to be auctioned.

7. The Convener would submit quarterly progress reports to respective Administrative Department
& FD for the purpose of monitoring.

8. The record of sale proceedings would be retained by the respective Department for audit
scrutiny etc.

Audit Rules

Audit is an unbiased examination and evaluation of the financial statements of an organization to check
internal control over the record. Under the approval of President of Pakistan, Auditor General of
Pakistan (AGP) held the audit Of institutions. AGP sends the audit reports to National Assembly through
President, and to Provincial Assembly through Governor of Province.
Internal Audit: It is done internally by employees of the organization itself. External Audit: It is done
externally by the outside firm or organization. Types of Audit:

Regularity AuditPerformance Audit

Compliance Financial Statement Audit Environmental Operation Audit

Audit 1. Certification Audit Audit

2. Attestation Audit

3. Assurance Base Audit

Audit Procedure: It includes following:

1. Approval of Audit Plan

2. Issuance of Audit Program

3. Compliance by Audit Parties

\udit Process by Audit Party

1. An audit party visits the institution

2. Verification of compliance of previous Audit & Inspection Reports (AIR)

3. Requisition of record (asks to provide record for checking)

4. Inspection of Record

5. Issuance of Audit Observation (AO)

6. Reply of AOs by the Head of institution given to Auditors

7. Discussion on Audit observation

8. Finalization of Audit Inspection Report (AIR)

9. Provision of AIR to Head of institution

10. Scrutiny of AIR

11. Issuance of Proposed Draft Paras (PDPs) to the Government

12. Meeting of District Accounts Committee (DAC)

13. Conversion of PDPs into Draft Paras (DPs).

14. Presentation of Audit Report before Legislature.

15. Discussion in the Public Accounts Committee (PAC)

Preparation of Working Paper for District Account Committee

Head of the institution prepare working paper for DAC & divided it into 4 parts:
1. Part-I - For Audit Paras

2. Part-II - For Departmental Reply

3. Part-Ill - Further Audit Comments

4. Part-IV-Directions of DAC

Pension Rules

Good Conduct for Pension

Good conduct is implied for every kind of pension. Govt, can withhold pension of pensioner convicted
serious crime or involved in grave misconduct. Recovery of Losses from Pensioners on Negligence or
Fraud

Recovery of losses on negligence or fraud is made from pensioners. Recovery of Excess Pension

If in future it is found that excess pension has been paid then recovery is made and excess pension is
refunded.

Compassionate Allowance

Compassionate Allowance at the rate of2/3 pension may be given to an employ who was dismissed or
removed from service on misconduct, inefficiency or corruptior etc. if he /she deserves special
consideration.

Conditions of Pension

1. Service under the government

2. Service not be non-pension able

3. Service paid from Provincial Consolidated Fund

Beginning of Service for Pension

Service begins from the first appointment/joining of the servant. Pension for Temporary or Officiating
Service

1. If a Temporary service of a person exceeds 5 years without confirmatic: he / she is eligible for
pension.

2. Temporary or Officiating service followed by confirmation also count : pension.

Service as Apprenticeship: Half of apprenticeship period qualifies for pension.

Training - Time spent in an approved training shall count in pension.

Service as Probationer: The service of a probationer who is subsequently confirmed in a permanent post
without, interruption qualifies for pension.

Leave: All leave (other than extraordinary leave) counts in pension.

Deputation: Time spent on deputation in govt, or foreign office counts in pension.

Suspension: If the period of suspension is treated as Extraordinary Leave, then it will nc: be counted in
pension otherwise suspension will be count in pension.

Forfeiture of Past Service: Pension is not admissible to a person if:

1. He resigns past service without taking up new post that is pensionable.

2. He was removed or dismissed from past service.

3. He remained absent without Leave.

* Pensioning authority can compensate absent without leave in the form extraordinary leave.

Condone (Ignore) of Deficiencies or Interruptions

Administration Department can ignore the deficiency period if it finds ths employee was not involved
willfully in such cases. A period of 6 months or less car ignored (condone). A deficiency of period less
than 1 year can also be ignore: emp'oyee dies or retires from service in case of abolition of post or
invalid. Deficienc 1 full year or more cannot be ignored.

Types of Pension

Pensions are divided into four types:

1. Compensation Pension

2. Invalid Pension

3. Superannuation Pension

4. Retiring Pension.

1. Compensation Pension

Compensation Pension is given to a servant elected for discharge by govt, on abolition of his post.
Servant can also be given another post of same nature.

2. Invalid Pension

Invalid Pension is given to a servant who becomes physically or mentally permanent unlit for service on
medical grounds before reaching superannuation service. Servant can apply for invalid pension and
department can hold Medical Board for the purpose. Invalid Pension will be started from the date of
application of the servant.

Superannuation Pension

Superannuation Pension is given to servant when he retires in the age 60 years.

4. Retiring Pension

A retiring pension is granted to servant, not being eligible for superannuation pension. He wants to
retire after 25 years qualifying service or such less time as may for any special class servant be
prescribed, OR is compulsorily retired, by the competent authority, after 20 years qualifying service; OR
is compulsorily retired from service by the authority competent to remove him from service on grounds
of inefficiency, misconduct or corruption.

• A Government servants have the right to retire on a retiring pension after completing 25 years
qualifying service;

• He shall, at least three months before the date on which he intends to retire, submit a written
intimation to the authority which appointed him, indicating the date on which he intends to retire.

Such an intimation, once submitted, shall be final;

• He can withdraw his application or change the date of his retiremo- : before its acceptance by
the competent authority.

Rights of LPR

1. A Government servant proceeding on retiring pension shall, has right to avail leave preparatory
to retirement as may be admissible to him.

2. LPR shall be allowed alter completing 25 years service qualifying for pension.

3. If a Government servant proceeds on, LPR before actually completing 25 years of qualifying service,
he may be deemed to have proceeded or. retirement with effect from the date he completes 25 years of
qualifying service, and the leave enjoyed by him before completing 25 years c: service may be treated as
leave of the kind due to him.

Pension Calculation Formula

Average Emoluments or Last Pay Drawn X Qualifying Service X 70

30 X 100

Gratuity: Gratuityis the lump sum amount which can be given half pay of last month o: 1.5 months pay
or maximum 75% of pension in different circumstances. Commutation: It is also lump sum amount
sanction by competent authority noi exceeding than 35% of pension which is about to be granted under
rules.

TA/DA Rules

Day: It means calendar day beginning and ending at midnight. Family: It includes following:

1. Wife or wives, or husband.

2. Legitimate children and stepchildren under 12 years of age.

3. Legitimate children and step-children (more than 12 years old but) not more than 24 years old, if
residing with &wholly dependent upon him.

4. Adopted only one child not more than 24 years old, residing witfc employee and wholly
dependent upon him, and employee has no his legitimate or step child. Employee must obtain approval
from govt, foe adopted child.
Headquarter: Headquarter means the basic administrative department of the employs where his record
is kept.

Controlling Officer: Controlling Officer is Administrative Officer of higher rank wh: signs the TA/DA Bill,
scrutinize it, and can instruct the officer/official to restrict his "hr touring. No TA bill is paid unless it is
signed by the controlling officer to reduce th TA/DA Claims. Controlling Officer ensures that TA/DA is
being claimed on fair basi and there is no any deficiency or fraud. Types of Journeys for Drawn of TA/DA

1. Tour

2. Transfer

3. Joining on first appointment

4. Retirement, suspension, dismissal or termination of employment

5. Attend a course of training

6. Give evidence in a court or inquiry or conference

7. Obtain or furnish medical advice or treatment

8. Attend a darbar or an official function

9. Attendance on an incapacitated civil servant or member of his family

10. Any other purpose authorized by a competent authority. Grades of Civil Servants

Grades of Civil Servants for the purpose of mile-age and daily allowance:

1. BPS-17 and above -First Grade

2. BPS-11-16 -Second Grade

3. BPS-3tol0 -Third Grade

4. BPS-1 to 2 . - Fourth Grade

Mileage Allowance: It is an allowance given to govt, servant on the distance travelled. Modes of Travel:

1. Sea

2. Air (Officers BS-17 & above are allowed travel by air)

3. Rail

4. Road (Car, Taxi, Bus, Motorbike, Cycle or on foot)

Cost of Two way Air tickets shall be drawn in advance by DDO. Daily Allowance (DA): DA is an allowance
for each day of absence from institution.

1. A day is to be reckoned from midnight.

2. Half daily allowance is admissible for the absence of 4 hours from institution which not
intervene night.
3. No daily allowance is admissible for the absence less than 4 hours.

4. DA is given for entire tour including holidays.

5. No DA for C/Leave or absence.

6. Maximum DA is for 10 Days at a station.

7. No DA after 10 days (station is considered temporary headquarter)

Room Rent Charges

1. Ordinary Station - 11/2 times of Daily Allowance

2. Special Station - 3 times of Daily Allowance

Special Station (Lahore, Karachi, Peshawer, Quetta, Faisalabad, Multan etc.)

234

CRUX of Special Education

Travelling Allowance (TA)

1. No TA for transfer on request.

2. TA is given on transportation of servant and his family.

3. TA is admissible on transfer not earlier than 1 month before taking charge.

4. TA is admissible on transfer not later than 6 months after taking charge.

Transfer Grant (TG)

1. Transfer Grant on possessing a family is 1 Month pay.

2. Transfer Grant on non-possessing a family is Half Month pay.

3. No Transfer Grant within the same district.

Personal Effects

Benevolent Fund Rules

ab Govt. Servants Benevolent Fund (BF) Board

It was established in 1960 to help the employees and their families. It is situated > nahra-e-Quidazam,
Lahore. It provides following grants to the govt, employees ■cc se BF is being cut from their pay:

ferriage Grant:

1. Only given on the marriages of daughters.

2. Documents required: Marriage Grant Form- Employee's CNIC -Daughter CNIC- Attested copy of
NikahNama- Employee Pay Slip showing cutting of BF.

3. Rate: *In-service govt, employee or Retired person within 15 years Non-Gazzetted - Rs. 15000/-
Gazzetted - Rs. 40000/-

* Deceased Employees or Retired on Medical Ground Non-Gazzetted - Rs. 20000/- Gazzetted - Rs.
50000/-:neral Grant:

1. Death grant is given to the govt, employee on the death of his family members or to the family
on the death of govt, employee. In case of retirement, only the widow of non-gazzetted is entitled to
receive death grant.

2. Document Required: Death Grant Form - CNIC of applicant and govt, servant - Pay Slip of govt,
servant showing cutting of BF. In case govt, servant death, its death certificate.

3. Rate: Non-Gazzetted - Rs. 6000/- Gazzetted - Rs. 10000/-

i-ewell Grant:

1. One Last Basic Pay is granted at the time of retirement in the honour.

2. Document Required: Farewell Grant Form - CNIC of applicant and govt, servant - Pay Slip of govt,
servant showing cutting of BF - Retirement Orders - In case of death, Death Certificate - Inheritance
Certificate in case of death of govt, servant by widow or husband.

caolarship:

1. This grant is given to only 2 children of in-service or retired servant who secure 60% or above
marks in Matric or upper classes annual basis. This grant is given to 3 children of deceased servant.

2. Children who got 90% or above marks in Matric or above classes, they are granted special
scholarship of Rs. 50, 000/-.

236

CRUX of Special Educ;

BF Board advertises the scholarship grants in newspapers every asks for the applications. Ordinary Rate
of Scholarship:
 Matric FA/BA MA/M.Phil/Ph.D

BS.1-15 1500/- 3000/- 6000

BS.16& above 5000/- 14000/-16000

Monthly Grant:

1. This grant is given on monthly basis to the family of govt. servar.:; die during the service OR
retired in Category A on Medical Grounc i

2. Document Required: Monthly Grant Form - CNIC of decea;: Disabled servant - Pay Slip of servant
showing cutting of BF - I Certificate or Disabled Certificate from DG Health - CNIC of AT: with Picture -
Oath of widow to not get marry - Retirement Orders

3. Rates:

Grade BS.1-10 BS.11-15 BS.16-17 BS.18-19 BS.20 & above

Grant (Rs.) 1300/- 1700/- 3500/- 6000/- 8000/-

General Provident Fund (GPF) Rules

-G? I -GP? In case of h

- If farm: .

- 2 or more pers -Any

- Accoun.

- Fresh no m - I:-

- Throughc_

- To * - 80% of

- 50 V

1. Punjab General Provident Fund Rules presented in

2. A regular/contract including probation period eligible for

3: A Muslim cannot nominate adopted child to receive

4. Subscriber shall nominate 1 or 2 persons to receive GPF

5. Subscriber cannot nominate person out of family for GPF

6. Subscriber shall specify share of GPF if he nominates

7. Subscriber can cancel nomination of GPF

8. Application of cancellation of GPF be sent to

9. In case of cancellation, subscriber should send

10. Account of every subscriber will show GPF amount with

11. Amount of subscription shall remain unchanged

12. Interest should not be given to a Muslim if he wishes

13. GPF advance should not exceed

14. A servant may draw non-refundable GPF at the age of

I

A servant at the age of 50 years can draw GPF rate GP Fund installments should not exceed GP Fund
advance will be recovered including the GP Fund record is maintained by GP Fund record is maintained
yearly Calculation of interest is made by account office on GP Fund Interest Formula:

=Rate of subscription x 6.50 + Opening Balance) x Rate of Interest

* Opening Balance means last payslip GP Fund amount.

* Rate of subscription varies according to grade of employees and rate of interest varies year to
year basis.
: -oject for Improvement of Financial Reporting ^Auditing

(PIFRA) Rules

Old / Manual system of accounting failed to provide accurate accounting of funds : donor agencies
therefore, PIFRA was introduced. This project was launched in with the collocation of International
Donor Agencies i.e. World Bank & ztional Monetary Fund (IMF) for the purpose to improve the financial
and auditing n in Pakistan, to tight the control over accounting, and to enhance the capabilities of laff.
New Accounting Model (NAM) under PIFRA has enhanced the aecuracv :y and quality. Major features of
PIFRA: 1. Financial Accounting & Budgeting Govt. Auditing

Fixed Assets Recording (Building, libraries etc.) Cash Forecasting

5. International Credibility

6. Elimination of Fraudulent Activities

7. Integration of Employees Salaries (issuance of pay slips)

8. Calculation of Pension & Commutation through system

9. Calculation of GP Fund through system

10. Training of Staff to use PIFRA system to get register at PIFRA to obtain Monthly Pay Slip? :
/.owing information first to get register at PIFRA for your pay slip:

1. Your E-Mail ID and its password.

2. Your Personal Number issued by Account office at your first appointment.

238

CRUX of Special Educa

3. Your CNIC Number.

4. Your Date of Birth.

5. Your Cell Number.

Now get connected with the internet through your computer and open - : ^site by using its pay slip
opening ID: http://m.pifra.gov.pk/salaryslip_emp#.
After opening the website, enter the code of your govt. (P for Punjab & E District Govt. Punjab) and
enter other information in relevant boxes and then clic Now you are ready to get your monthly pay slip
via your E-mail.

Chart of Account (CoA)

A listing of codes on the basis of which accounting transactions are class : provide meaningful financial
information.

Financial Equity

Residual interest in the assets of an entity after the deduction of all its liab: Fixed Assets

These assets are long-term based. Fixed assets are usually physical in natu:; as plant and equipment,
buildings etc.

Grant

Funding provided to the ministry or department through schedule of auth expenditure.

Financial Liability

It is the financial debt or financial responsibility which held someone «J responsible for financial
matters like cash etc.

Receipt

It refers to an amount of cash collected by the government like return of e>: and allowances by
employees etc.

Release

Sanction of budget / release of funds by Ministry of Finance on the baij Jk available budget.

Recurring Expenditure

It includes the pay and allowance of employees and other day to day -expenditures of the institution.

Non-Recurring Expenditure

It is a special expenditure which does not occur on day to day basis e.g development budget used for the
construction of new institution, building etc.

Officer: Govt. Employee having grade 16 & above often called gazzetted officer.

fTIcial: Govt. Employee having grade 1-15 often called non-gazzetted officer.

Technical Sanction: It is the sanction of competent authority for the estimate cost of nstruction or
repair.

lecque Book
A checque book is obtained from the bank and checques are issued by the DDO to be concerned
suppliers for the provision of purchased items. Checque is properly signed r d stamped by the DDO.

* : ucher

Voucher is a bill containing the detail of purchased items with cost, date and signs supplier. Vouchers
are also signed by the DDO and attached with the bills for audit approval of payments from account
office. Object Classification

It is the classification of the expenditure relating to each function. It has been :ed into Major, Minor and
Detailed Objects. It is a system of codes used for different res of expenditure.

'tsder

xender is made when amount of purchase of items reaches upto 1 Lac or above.

- jnjab Educational Endowment Fund (PEEF) Rules

DEEF is the project of govt, of Punjab. PEEF provides scholarship to the talented : students to pursue
quality education.

ries of PEEF: It has following 2 categories:

Outreach Scholarships (80% of the total number of

scholarships)

Special Quota Scholarships(SQS) (20% of the total number of scholarships)

■warded students fall in at least one of following categories: Orphan children

Children of government servants in BPS 1 - 4 Children belonging to minority religion Special children

=inon Level-Wise Allocation: Following four (4) levels of education:

Secondary - 20%

1 Intermediate - 30%

Graduation - 30%

Masters - 20%

90% 10%

Sector-Wise Allocation:

1. Public Sector Institutions

2. Private Affiliated Institutions

District-Wise Geographical Allocation:

District Category Number of Districts % of Scholarship

Less Developed Districts 16 50%

Developed Districts 20 50%

Total 36 100%

ates of PEEF«Scholarship:

Category of Level Monthly Stipend for Day Scholar (Rs.) Monthly Stipend for Boarders (Rs.)

Secondary Level 800 1500

Intermediate Level 1500 3000

Graduation (BA/B.Sc) 2500 4000

Professional Degree/Courses, BS, B.ScHons, MBBS, Engineering, B.Com, IT etc. 3000 4500

Masters (Public Sector Universities 3000 With Tuition 5000

With Tuition +Admission+Registrat:: -

+Exam+Lab+Thesis Fa

Eligibility Criteria for PEEF Scholarship:

th

1. Passed 8 Class under Punjab Examination Commission z I Matriculation or Intermediate

Examination held by Board of Interrr.e: and Secondary Education (BISE) Punjab or (FBISE).

2. Secured at least 60% marks in the above mentioned examination.

3. Secured admission in a regular educational institution as a full : student in the current academic
year.

4. Declared monthly income of parents (from all sources) is equal to c: than Rs. 15,000/-.

90% 10%

Sector-Wise Allocation:

1. Public Sector Institutions

2. Private Affiliated Institutions

District-Wise Geographical Allocation:

District Category Number of Districts % of Scholarship

Less Developed Districts 16 50%

Developed Districts 20 50%

Total 36 100%

ates of PEEF*SchoIarship:

Category of Level Monthly Stipend for Day Scholar (Rs.) Monthly Stipend for Boarders (Rs.)

Secondary Level 800 1500

Intermediate Level 1500 3000

Graduation (BA/B.Sc) 2500 4000

Professional Degree/Courses, BS, B.ScHons, MBBS, Engineering, BGom, IT etc. 3000 4500

Masters (Public Sector Universities 3000 With Tuition 5000

With Tuition +Admission+Regi strati; -

+Exam+Lab+Thesis Fa

Eligibility Criteria for PEEF Scholarship:

1. Passed 8th Class under Punjab Examination Commission ? Matriculation or Intermediate

Examination held by Board of Interme: and Secondary Education (BISE) Punjab or (FBISE).

2. Secured at least 60% marks in the above mentioned examination.

3. Secured admission in a regular educational institution as a full student in the current academic
year.

4. Declared monthly income of parents (from all sources) is equal to c: than Rs. 15,000/-.

5.

5. Not availing any other educational scholarship during current academic year.

6. For Special Quota Scholarships, the student must fall in at least one of the following S.Q
categories:

i. Orphan children

ii. Children of government servants in BPS 1 - 4

if/. Children belonging to minority religion

iv. Special children

Note: The Children of government servants in BPS 1 - 4 are exempted from

"vtvcome \\m\X criteria It salary \s tYve otvVy source of income.

i Punjab Employees Efficiency, fctewpfonfe &

Accountability Act 2006

It helps to provide proceedings against govt, employees in relation to their -efficiency, discipline and
accountability. • HI rids/or Proceedings <& Pena/ty:

1. Inefficiency 2. Misconduct

3. Corruption 4. Engaged in subversive (rebellious) activities.

» r Penalties:

1. Censure

2. Withholding increment not more than 5 years

3. Fine not exceeding basic pay of one month

4. Reduction to lower stage (maximum 5 stages)

5. Withholding Promotion (Maximum 5 Years)

per Penalties:

1. Recovery of govt, loss from pay

2. Reduction to lower post or pay scale (Maximum 5 years)

3. Forfeiture of past service (Maximum 5 years)

4. Compulsory Retirement

5. Removal from service

6. Dismissal from service I: ties After Retirement:

1. Withholding of Pension or its part

2. Withdrawing of Pension or its part

3. Recovery of govt, loss from pension or from accuse

Suspension: An employee against whom, action is initiated, can be placed una suspension for a period of
90 days by competent authority under Section 5.

Personal Hearing:

Competent Authority can call accuse for personal hearing alongwith relevant recc-; appear on fixed time
and date.
Departmental Appeal: An accused who has been awarded penalty can appe-Appellate Authority within
30 days of penalty orders.

Indemnity: No suit, prosecution or other legal proceedings shall lie against the compe";-authority for
anything done in good faith under this Act.

* Dismissal from service disqualifies an employee for future govt, appointment

* Penalty of this act cannot disqualify employee from punishment under other la

* Competent Authority can held inquiry on the basis of allegations.

* Competent Authority can dispense inquiry & issue Showcause notice una Section 7.

* Competent Authority can held inquiry by appointing inquir\ officer under Sed 10.

* Competent Authority shall sign order of inquiry or showcause notice.

Theories of Management

1. Theory X by McGregar, 1960

a. Management assumes that employees are inherently lazy.

b. Close supervision and comprehensive control.

c. Threats for compliance.

d. Punitive atmosphere.

e. Highly restrictive environment.

2. Theory Y by McGregar, 1960 (Opposite to X theory)

a. Management assumes that employees are willing to work, energetic.

b. Employees are self-motivated.

c. Employees enjoy duties.

3. Theory Z by Maslow, DrOuchi, &Reddin

It focuses on increasing employee loyalty to the company by providing a job : life with a strong focus on
the well-being of the employee, its promotion, morale m satisfaction.

4. Reinforcement Theory (Behaviorism) by Skinner & Pavlov

Leader can change the behavior by reinforcement (positive or negative Motivation or punishment can
give results.

Administrative Theory (by Henry Fayol)

// was presented by Henry Fayol. Henry Fayol was French Industrialist. This jty focuses on the manager
rather than workers, ft is manager oriented theory. Henry ol also called father of Modern Management
Theory & Modern Operational igement Theory.

Scientific Management Theory (by Fredrick Tylor)

This theory was based on the scientifically organized work of organization. It _ies proper planning,
measurement, pay according to work, etc. Fredrick Tylor is :; Father of Scientific Management Theory.
Scientific Management Theory is also ed Classical Management Theory.

Bureaucratic Theory of Management (By Max Weber):

i. Focus on structure of organization

ii. Rigidity of official behavior

iii. Resistance to innovation or change

iv. Rigidity of rules and principles

v. Decision is taken by hierarchy of officers.

vi. Red tape (delay in work)

Chaos Theory: Chaos means 'a state of disorder'. This theory is the study used in the field of
mathematics. It studies the behavior of dynamic systems (constantly changing systems). It makes the
unpredictability of future of a system. Every system undergoes a change (dynamic), & thus its future
becomes unpredictable. This theory determines the unpredictability of a system. If there is a problem or
issue in an institution or organization, on the basis of its initial condition, leader can determine
unpredictability of future.

System Theory: System theory states that an organization also works like a system. A system is a
collection of different parts. A system mainly comprise of Inputs, Processes, Outputs and Feedback. If
one part stops working other parts are also affected. System theory focuses to ensure that all the parts
of an organization or institution, are working. Different parts like inputs (AV aids, furniture, classroom,
teachers, principals) interact with each other (process), and then they provide output (student academic
achievement) and then we get feedback from the parents or community, about how much school is
performing well. Operational Theory / Quantitative Approach / Mathematical Approach / Management
Science Theory: Management works like a system of mathematical models and processes. Managing is a
logical and rational process, it can be expressed in terms of mathematical relationships and models. Its
basic assumption is that an organization is a system with its parts in interact ional and . interdependent
relationships and these interactions and interdependencies can be expressed in terms of models and
equations. It focuses on the quantitative form measurement) of data.

11. Human Relations Management Theory: The human relations theory

management began development in the early 1920's during the industri revolution. At that time,
productivity was the focus of business. Professor El*.: Mayo began his experiments (the Hawthorne
Studies), to prove the importance people for productivity - not machines. This theory supports the idea
that hurr.^-relations are important, human are important than machines, human facilitate an: make the
team. Humans should be motivated, encouraged to enhar.;: productivity.

Theories of Leadership

1. Greatman Theory

a. Leaders are born, not made.

b. Leadership skills are inherent.

c. Leadership is male quality.

d. Great leaders are heroic, mythic, and destined.

2. Trait Theory

a. Similar to greatman theory.

b. People inherent leadership traits (skills).

c. Good traits of people make them leaders.

Gorden Allport Theory of Trait, 1936:

i. It was the first attempt / first theory of trait.

ii. Allport presented 200 traits of a leader.

iii. These traits are wired into nervous system of individual.

iv. There was no any scientific evidence about these traits.

Raymond Cattal Theory of Trait, 1940:

i. Raymond presented 16 traits & divided traits into 2 types.

ii. Surface Traits: Traits easily seen by other people, kindness, friendship.

iii. Source Traits: Basic traits of shyness, disliking, crowd etc.

Big Five Trait Theory/Five Factor Model (FFM): Only 5 traits (OCEAN):

i. Openness to experience (Open to experience the things)

ii. Consciousness (Remain vigilant)

iii. Extraversion (Interacting with others)

iv. Agreeableness (Agree with others)

v. Neuroticism (emotional stability)

Situational Theories
i. Use of leadership according to range of situations.

ii. No single leadership style is best in all situations.

iii. Success depends upon leadership style, qualities of followers and aspects

of situation.

a. Path-Goal Theory

It is based on setting of goals, assign tasks, & show how to do things.

b. Hersey Blanchard Theory

It states that instead of using one style, successful leader should change the style based on maturity of
employees and detail of task. Its leadership styles include following:

i. Telling - Leader tells how to do work.

ii. Selling - Sell/send message to employees.

iii. Participating - Participate in work.

iv. Delegation - Delegate responsibilities.

People have different maturity level as follows:

i. Ml - People not willing to work.

ii. M2 - People have willingness but not skills.

iii. M3 - People willing to work but not confident.

iv. M4 - People can work at their own confidently.

c. Vroom Yetten Theory

It helps to figure out decisions most relevant to entire group. A decision tree is made for different
categories as follows:

i. Autocratic 1

ii. Autocratic 2

iii. Democratic 1

iv. Democratic 2

4. Contigency Theories

The leader's ability to lead is contingent upon various situational factors, including the leader's preferred
style, the capabilities and behaviors of followers and also various other situational factors.

a. Fiedler Contigency Theory

i. Leader uses leadership characteristics and does not quickly char.

ii. Leader develops good relationship with employees.

iii. Leader ensures that employees perform at high level to ge:

done.

b. Cognitive Resource Theory

Cognitive capabilities of leader plays effective role in management.

5. LMX Theory (Leader Member Exchange) by Sahwin, 2012

a. It is based on the relationship of leader and workers.

b. It promotes loyalty and motivation of workers.

6. Transactional Theory

People are motivated by reward and punishment. This theory focuses mainl; the relationship of
employees and leaders.

7. Transformational Theory

People follow the leader who inspires them. Leader is enthusiastic, energe visionary, and passionate.

8. Participative Theory

People participate in decisions and leader involves them to uplift the v. progress.

MISCELLANEOUS

1. Management

Management is a process which helps to obtain objectives of organizati:: effectively and efficiently by
following (Henry Fayol):

Planning: Examining future and drawing a plan.

ii. Organizing: Build up structure, both material and human.

iii. Commanding: Maintain the activity among the personnel.

iv. Coordinating: Binding together, unifying all activities together.

v. Controlling: Ensuring everything is according to the rules.

2. Administration

Administration refers to all the activities that are involved in managing anc organizing the affair of a
company or institution at particular time.
Difference between Administration and Management and Supervision:

Administration

Management

Supervision

Jet the policy and goals.

Make decisions.

1. Order supervision to

implement policy and goals.

(Make plans and procedure

to achieve policy

objectives).

2. Place order to implement

decisions.

1. Ensure implementation

of policy in true spirit.

(Check, guide and help the

workers in achieving

goals).
2. Ensure the proper

implementationof

decisions.

Done at top level.

3. Functions management include;

1) Planning,

2) Organizing,

3) Staffing,

4) Leading,

5) Budgeting,

6) Controlling.

of

Inspection: Inspection is usually done to find the faults or rules violation in order to report higher ups for
future arrangements. Inspection can lead to punishment or promotion on the basis of work
performance. Inspection is NOT an immediate help or guidance as given in supervision.

Administration

248

CRUX of Special Education

7. Management/Leadership Styles:

1) Autocratic/Authoritative Style
a. It is based on dictatorship.

b. Only leader take decisions.

c. Leader place orders.

d. No opinion of others.

2) Democratic Style

a. It is based on mutuai sharing.

b. Everything is agreed by majority.

c. Involvement of employees in decision making.

3) Laissez-Faire Style

a. It is based on non-interference.

b. No coordination.

c. Poor communication.

d. It leads to self-direction of employees.

8. Supervision: Supervision means showing path, provide guidance to lead

towards right direction to the teachers. Supervision is related to service where ii

administration is related to controlling & directing.

Types of Supervision:

1) Corrective Supervision: Supervisor tries to find faults and negative type things and criticizes. He
keeps record of teacher's mistakes or faults az; reports the same to educational authorities. This type of
supervisicr cannot improve educational system of the school.

2) Preventive Supervision: It anticipates & tells the possible difficulties or problems of future in the
school program and forewarns the headmaster and teachers against possible pitfalls. The supervisor
gives suggestions to avoid the difficulties problems. This type of supervision is very useful to the
headmaster and teachers.

3) Creative Supervision: It is one of the best type. It comes to school with the idea that he is to help
school teachers and headmaster in solving their problems. He sympathizes with them, listens to their
problems, discusses solutions of problems and inspires them to work more.

9. Powers of a Leader

Effective leaders develop and use power, or the ability to influence others. The traditional manager's
power comes from his or her position within the organization. Following are basic types of powers of a
leader:
1. Legitimate power: It stems from a formal management position in an organization and the
authority granted to it. Subordinates accept this as a legitimate (legal) source of power and comply with
it.

2. Reward power: It stems from the authority to reward others. Managers can give formal rewards,
such as pay increases or promotions, and may also use praise, attention, and recognition to influence
behavior of worker.

3. Coercive power: It is the opposite of reward power and stems from the authority to punish or to
recommend punishment for workers.

4. Expert power: It results from a leader's special knowledge or skills regarding the tasks
performed by followers. When a leader is a true expert, subordinates tend to go along quickly with his
or her recommendations.

5. Referent power: It results from leadership characteristics that command identification, respect,
and admiration from subordinates who then desire to follow the leader. When workers admire a
supervisor because of the way he or she deals with them, the influence is based on referent power.
Referent power depends on a leader's personal characteristics rather than on his or her formal title or
position, and is most visible in the area of charismatic leadership.

10. Steps in Decision Making

1) Define the problem for decision

2) Generate Alternatives

3) Assess/evaluate Ahernati ves

4) Make a decision and choose best alternative

5) Implement decision & apply best alternative

6) Check your solution

11. Elements in Management/Administration: These elements can be read a

POLICE:

1) Planning

2) Organization

3) Leading

4) Interpersonal Communication

5) Commanding/Controlling

6) Evaluation

12. Elements of Administration (Gulick & Ur wick)

Gulick & Ur wick presented following elements of Administration POSDCORB:

1) Planning

2) Organizing

3) Staffing

4) Directing

5) Co-Ordinating

6) Reporting

7) Budgeting

10) Order (Sequence of things to facilitate the worker)

11) Equity (Equal treatment with all workers)

12) Stability of Tenure of Personnel (Not to move worker here & there)

13) Initiative (Employees allowed to initiate, express new ideas)

14) Esprit De Corps (Mutual trust & understanding among workers)

5. Educational Leadership

Educational leadership includes any individual in the school that has a decision -.aking role. These
typically include principals, assistant principle, superintendent assistant superintendent, curriculum
directors etc. These positions are top paid in school ■ ith high responsibilities. They are ultimately
responsible for the success and failure ot :heir schools.

12) Co-Curricular Activities

13) Crisis Management

14) Coordination

15) Maintenance of School Record

16) Maintenance of Stores

17) Cleanliness

18. Responsibilities/Duties of DDO (Drawing & Disbursing Officer)

1) Maintenance of Cash Book

2) Receive, disburse and control cash

3) Maintenance of account of receipt and expenditure

4) Sanction expenditure where authorized

5) Reconcile expenditure

6) Preparation for Audit of accounts

7) Prepare excess and surrender statement

8) Prepare Budget

9) Avoid misappropriation

10) Fair and vigilant control of receipts and payments

19. Emotional Intelligence (EI)

Emotional Intelligence is a person's self-awareness, self-confidence, self-con:: commitment and

integrity. It is a person's ability to communicate, influence, mitia change and accept change.

Components of Emotional Intelligence

1) Awareness of own emotions & others

2) Management of emotions

3) Psychological Wellbeing and Motivation

20. Educational Efficiency

The degree to which educational systems are successful in optimizing A education input & output
relationship is called educational efficiency.

Inputs of Educational Efficiency

1. Teacher 2. Building 3. Class-size 4. Curriculum Outputs of Educational Efficiency: These might

be: 1. Academic Achievement 2. Vocational Development 3. Personality Development 4.
Job Placement

[I Equity

Equity means that when a person is poor and another is rich then money will be Lrsmbuted more to the
poor than rich to compensate the poor. Dimensions of equity are KE inder:

l. Fairness 2. Inclusion Educational Equity

Educational Equity means fair distribution in allocation of resources, --ortunities, treatments and
successes to every student.
. Autonomy

1) Self-government of people.

2) Taking decisions at own.

3) Based on own rights of speech, live, eat etc. Resource

A resource is an action, strategy or material that helps to improve ti.c rk situation. Mainly there are 3
types of resources as under:

1) Human Resources

2) Material Resources

3) Financial Resources Resource Acquisition

Resource acquisition means to acquire a source. It has three types as under:

1) Lazy Acquisition: It means late acquisition.

2) Eager Acquisition: It means early acquisition.

3) Partial Acquisition: It means acquiring of a part or few resources.

15. Marketing Concept

It means modern marketing that recognizes consumer's wants; needs and desires

- designing the products and services.

:6 Social Action Plan (SAP)

SAP was started in 1993-94. Main focus was to provide Pakistan basic needs ;iucation, health, water
etc.). 80% funding from Pakistani govt, and 20% by foreign

- dies like World Bank, Asian Development Bank etc.

'. 1. Terms of Devolution Plan

1) Centralization: Power concentrated in hands of one or few people.

2) Decentralization: Power distributed in many hands from top to low level.

3) Deconccntration: Weak transfer of power from central to low level administrative body in which
main authority keeps by central body.

4> iXlfgation: Central state power is given to separate body under control ceitia! body.

v Devolution: It is the permanent transfer of power at lower level. 2b F ^Learning

It refers to the Electronic-learning. It includes learning through comp_-; internet, n.obile etc.

29. E-Library
It refers to electronic library. Now one can read books online through interne: mobile gadgets or
computer. Different books are available online which can be re; through internet.

30. Total Quality Management (TQM)

It means participation of all members in meeting the needs and wants customers effectively and
efficiently. It focuses on teamwork.

1) Total: Everybody participates in quality work.

2) Quality: Customer's need, satisfaction, price, place, time etc.)

3) Manage inert: Top management is responsible for success or failure.

31. Quality Assurance

Quality assurance is a process in which delivery of service or quality of produc: ^sessed and compared
with that required. It is checked that whether it meets I customer expectations or not. Institutions like
Pakistan Institute of Quality Ccrr (PIQC) or ISO-9000 etc. check the quality assurance. HEC ensures the
qua!;: education at university level.

32. Quality of Education

Quality pertains to class (high quality or low quality). Quality is derived b Latin work (Qualis) means
"what kind of. Quality makes difference between suc:e and failure. Quality of education may refers to:

1) Input s (Teachers, textbooks, material)

2) Outputs (Student test scores)

3) Outcomes (Student performance in subsequent employment)

4) Processes (Instructional delivery etc.)

5) Attaining of Specified Targets

6) Stude t knowledge, attitude, behavior, values

7) Ideology f acquisition and application of learning

Educational Issues

1) Insufficient provisions in schools.

2) 1/6 primary schools are shelterless.

3) Insufficient accommodation in schools.

4) Insufficient furniture.

5) Teaching kits are not repaired / used properly due fear of breakage.

6) Rare community support

7) Poor curriculum
8) Poor parental feedback

9) Poor policy planning

10) Corruption

11) Substandard teacher training

12) Ghost schools

13) Political involvement

14) Insufficient al location of budget for education

15) Non provision of resource material

15. New Trends in Education or Educational Leadership

1) Inclusive Education

2) Job Placement/Follow up

3) E-Learning

4) Use of technology in education

5) Child Centered Approach

6) Friendly Environment

256

CRUX of Special Educat

7) Democratic Leadership

8) Educational Productivity-

9) Parental involvement/empowerment

10) Educational Accountability

11) Continuous Evaluation

12) Education for All (EFA)

13i Bio-Metric System to control staff attendance

14) Leaning based on Individual Differences

15) Teacher Motivation

•36. 4 Months Pay

Govt, provides last 4 months pay to the family of a servant on his/Tier death.

37. District Education Authorities (DEA)

Old system of education has been replaced with new system called Disc Education Authorities with
effect from 01 January 2017,according to the Punjab L Govt. Act, 2013. District Education Authority
has been established in i 36 districts of Punjab and Divisional Directorates in 9 Divisions of Punjab.
Chairm_-District Education Authorities will be a political representative. Executive Disna Officer
(Education) has been replaced with Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Educat (BS-19) in each district.
Teachers and other people oppose the District EducaiaK Authorities because they think that
appointment of political representative as chair—r-instead of an educationist or expert can destroy the
education system.

38. Punjab Transparency & Right to information Act 2913

Every citizen of Punjab Province has the right to information according to 1-3 Act. If any person needs
any information he/she may contact Public Information Off.:a of the relevant Institution. Every
institution nominates Public Information Officer (P!3| for the purpose. This Act helps to provide
transparency in the working of institution Every institution is required to display information regarding
its major functions, list d employees and their duties, its budgeting, etc.

39. School Management Committee (SMC>'School Council (SC)

School Management Committees were established in 1994 in primary zx. elementary schools to
strengthen the decentralization process and improve the scr.:o performance. In 2000, its name was
changed to School Council (SC) and Schrok Councils were decided to establish at secondary and higher
secondary level as weL Meeting of SMC is held every month and it is entered in SMC Meeting register.
Mam functions oi SMC include following:

1) Check student and teacher absenteeism.

2) Monitor the performance of duties of teachers.

[CHAP - 10] Educational Leade ip & Management

257

3) Use of government funds in proper manner.

4) Purchase furniture and equipment etc.

5) Enhance enrolment & Reduce dropout.

SMC Composition at primary level: Theu nust be at least 7 members as under:

1) Chairperson - 1 (Head of institution)

2) General Members -2

3) Parents Members -4

40. Bas. ducation Community Sch. Project

It wa^ started by Govt, of Pakistan in i?95 with the name of Non-Formal Basic Ed" Tttion project. It again
started with the name of Basic Education Community School i BE* !) in 200b with the aim to provide free
and basic education to out of school children in the community. It is based on non-formal education
with one teacher, single home based -oom (Class KG-V). Community provides free of cost premises.
Teachers teach in mother tongue. Multi-grade teaching is adopted for at least 25-30 students (4-12
years). Honorarium Rs. ^000 per month apd Rs. 1000 utility charges is provided. Govt, provides free of
cost ma ' and books. After class 5, students are admitted in formal schools. BECS are run by L -torate
General of Basic Education Community School, Pakistan.

41. Universal Pi .mary Education (UPE) Program

UPE was started with th- help of UNICEF to ensure 100% enrolment in schools and to reduce the
dropout in Pa^.stan. House to house survey of children age 0-9 years and out of school children (5-7
years) is done.In Pakistan, it is under the control of NCHD (National Commission of Human
Development).

42. Efficiency & Discipline (E&D) Rules

Major Penalties under E & D Rules:

1) Reduction to lower grade & recovery of loss

2) Compulsory Retirement

3) Dismissal & Removal from Service Minor Penalties under E&D Rules:

1) Censure

2) Without promotion of increments

3) Stoppage of efficiency bar

43. Time-Table

School time-table is a very iriportant instrument which shows success of a school. If time- table is
prepared sensibly then the teachers' only job is to implement it. It is the complete guideline for the
teachers. It is called mirror,of the school. It also called sparkplug of school.
Types of School Time Table: There are 7 types of time table:

1) Master Time-Table: This time table gives a complete, correct and comprehensive picture of the
entire school program. It is consolidate: time table. This time table is meant to be used by the principal
headmaster.

2) Class-wise time-table: It is the picture of class-wise programs. It shov. the daily program of a
class. It fixes the responsibility of teacher for i complete subject. It indicates the breaks and the periods
for games anc other co-cuiricular activities a copy of this should be kept in the concerned class, while
other copies should be with class teacher &in principal office.

3) Teacher-Wise Time-TablexlX focuses on teacher. The whole course is distributed teacher-wise.

This is useful for teachers as it indicates where he/she will teach which subject. Each teacher should be
given a copy of his/her time-table. Teachers' time-tables should also indicate a schedule their non-
academic duties. Every teacher may be provided with his ow-small strip containing all the subjects and
the classes.

4) Vacant Period Time-Table: It is a special time-table which shows die vacant periods of all the
teachers should also be prepared. This will be helpful in allotting work when some teacher is on leave.
This type of tin-table will show the teachers available in a particular period and thus thea teachers may
be requested to keep the vacant class occupied when neede:

5) Games Time-Table: It indicates games which each class will be invoh e i uith at a particular time.
It shows which particular group engaged in particular game at a particular time. Groups for games
cannot be organize: on the basis of section and classes. These are organized on the basis of ag! and
proficiency in sports.

6) Co-Curricular Activities Time-Table: It will facilitate and systematic organization of these

important activities in a school. It shows all deta regarding the responsible teacher, time, place etc.

7) Home-Work Time-Table: It is very important to manage the burden homework which is assigned
to students. This time-table will also ensu: equal attention to home-work in all the subjects. It also helps
parents I know what home-work has been assigned. A copy of it should be given I each teacher and each
parent.

44. Higher Education Commission (HEC)

1) Established in 1947 with the name (University Grants Commission).

2) It was renamed as HEC in 2002.

3) Developed to facilitate the development of indigenous universities to be world-class center of

education, research and development.

3 HAP - 10] Educational Leadership & Management

259

4) Evaluate, promote & improve higher education & research sector in Pak.

5) Faculty development, improving access to education, developing educational leadership,

enhancing quality assessment, relevance of education to national priorities & technological
advancement.

6) It provides foreign and indigenous scholarships at higher education level.

-5. Classroom Management

Classroom management can be divided as under: Teacher Based:

1) Provision of friendly environment.

2) Using child centered approach.

3) Considering individual differences while teaching various categories of disabled.

4) Focusing interest, strengths and weakness of the disabled.

5) Promoting activity based learning.

6) Provision of lively and dynamic learning environment.

7) Maintain discipline in classroom.

8) Use of token economy.

9) Use of positive reinforcement.

10) Welcome student's queries.

11) Immediate feedback.

12) Repeat instruction and activity for better comprehension.

13) Effective use of Audio Visual aids.

Administration Based (Ensuring effective physical environment):

1) Age appropriate furniture.

2) Noise free environment.

3) Airy / ventilated rooms.

4) Appropriate light.

5) Availability of fans/heaters in extreme weather conditions.

6) Adequate space in rooms for mobility/accessibility.

7) Provision of AV Aids.

8) Provision of instructional material. Learner Based:

1) Focus on work.

2) Keep in touch with teacher instructions.

3) Avoiding disruptive behavior.

4) Respect other students.

5) Coordination and mutual sharing with others.

260

CRUX of Special Educa:

46. Slow Learners

A slow learner is a child of below average intelligence (IQ Level 70-90). thinking skills have developed
significantly more slowly than the norm for his h. This child will go through the same basic
developmental stages as other children, b j do so at a significantly slower rate. These children are taught
by using Activit) I i Learning Method. A psychologist measures IQ level and assesses; reading, writin.
ability etc. for diagnosis of slow learner. Slow learners have short memor academic performance, short
attention span, slow reaction, psychosocial probler problem in the completion of complex / longer tasks.
Presently there are 36 Institute for Slow Learners working in the province of Punjab (one institute :
district). According to policy, at least 100 slow learners are enrolled. There educator (teacher) for 20
slow learners. Govt. Institutes for Slow Learners are \ under the control of Department of Special
Education. Punjab, Lahore. There an posts of educators (teachers) in each Govt. Institute for Slow
Learner in Punjab.

SWOT Analysis/SWOT Matrix (Strengths-Weaknesses-Opportunities-TL-;. It is a useful technique for

understanding your Strengths, Weakness and to ider Opportunities open to you and Threats you face.

Qualities of a good teacher:

l.Good Looking 10. Creative 19. Optimistic

2. Good classroom11. Dedicated 20. Courageous

manager

3. Good planner 12. Determined 21. Disciplined

4. Good work organizer 13. Empathetic 22. Caring

5. Good communicator 14. Engaging 23. Grip over subject knowledge

6. Punctual 15. Passionate 24. Having good adaptability ski.

7. Logical 16. Patient 25. Have sense of collaboration

8. Farsighted 17. Motivator 26. Having good pedagogical ski!

9. Supportive 18. Confident 27. Good lesson plan/preser.._ skills

Physical Verification

A physical verification of all stores must be made at least once a year under prescribed by the head of
the department. Physical verification should not be dot custodian or store keeper etc. Verification must
be made in the presence of custcc deputed person by custodian. Deficiencies must be investigated and
brought to ac; Shortage, damages, as well as unserviceable stores must be reported quickly to audi
competent to write off loss. Stores are physically verified on 30th June every year.

[CHAP - 10] Educational Leadership & Management

261

ABBREVIATIONS

l. AAT1 - Audit and Account Training Institute

2. ACR - Annual Confidential Report

3. ADP - Annual Development Project

4. AIR - Audit and Inspection Report

5. AV Aids - Audio-Visual Aids

6. AO - Audit Objection/Observation

7. AP - Audit Para

8. PDP - Proposed Draft Para

9. E & D Rules - Efficiency and Discipline Rules

10. SMC - School Management Council

11. PC . - Project Cost

12. BM - Budget Manual

13. PER - Personal Evaluation Report

14. DTEs - District Teacher Educator

15. DSD - Directorate of Staff Development

16. EMIS - Educational Management Information System

17. PEEDA -Punjab employees efficiency, discipline & accountability act

18. PITE - Pakistan Institute of Teacher Education

19. BECS - Basic Education Community School

20. OOSC -Out of School Children

21. GCETs - Govt. College of Elementary Teachers

22. SED - School Education Department

23. SAP - Social Action Plan

24. DDC - District Development Committee

25. F&P - Finance & Development

26. UPE - Universal Primary Education

27. USE - Universal Secondary Education

28. EFA - Education for All

29. PESRP - Punjab Education Sector Reform Program

30. NCHD - National Commission of Human Development

31. PEC - Punjab Examination Commission

32. PEEF - Punjab Educational Endowment Fund

33. PFR - Punjab Financial Rules

34. FY - Financial Year

35. EOL - Extra Ordinary Leave

36. C/Leave- Casual Leave

37. Deptt. - Department

38. AEO - Assistant Education Officer

39. DEO - District Education Officer

40. Dy. DEO - Deputy District Education Officer

41. DDO - Drawing and Disbursing Officer

42. EDO - Executive District Officer

43. DCO - District Coordination Officer

44. PPSC - Punjab Public Service Commission

45. CSR - Civil Service Rules

46. LPR - Leave Preparatory to Retirement

47. PFR - Punjab Financial Rules

48. LPC - Last Payment Certificate

49. SSB - Social Security Benefit

50. POL - Petroleum, Oil & Lubricants

51. DAC - District Accounts Committee

52. PAC - Public Accounts Committee

53. CoA - Chart of Accounts

54. MAP - Manual of Accounting

55. NAM - New Accounting Model

56. TA - Travelling Allowance

57. DA - Daily Allowance

58. CA - Conveyance Allowance

59. SNE - Schedule of New Expenditure

60. PPRA - Public Procurement Regulatory Authority

61. PIFRA - Project for improvement of Financial Report and Auditing

62. AGP - Accountant General of Pakistan

63. AGPR - Accountant General of Pakistan Revenues

64. CGA - Controller General of Accounting

65. FD - Finance Department

66. BM - Budget Manual

67. CBR - Central Board of Revenue

68. DGPR - Director General of Pakistan Revenue

69. GOP - Govt, of Pakistan

70. MOF - Ministry of Finance

71. NBP - National Bank of Pakistan

72. SBP - State Bank of Pakistan

73. PAO - Public Accounting Officer

74. FABS - Financial and Budgeting System

75. Estacode - Establishment Code

76. HEC - Higher Education Commission

NATIONAL EDUCATION POLICIES

Sr # Topic

1 First Educational Conference, 1947

2 National Commission on Education, 1959

3 New Education Policy, 1970

4 Education Policy, 1972

5 National Education Policy, 1979

6 National Education Policy. 1992

7 National Education Policy, 1998

8 National Education Policy, 2009

SALIENT FEATURES OF NATIONAL EDUCATION POLICIES OF PAKISTAN

1. First Educational Conference, 1947

1) It was held at Karachi from November 27th to December 1st, 1947 in the supervision of Quaid-e-
Azam. It was presided by Education Minister Fazal Ur Rehman.

2) It was based on Spiritual, Social,and Vocational Education.

3) Conference different committees (University Education Committee, Adult Education Committee,

Technical Education Committee, Primary and Secondan Education Committee, Cultural Relations
Committee, Women's Education Committee, and Scientific Research Committee).

4) Free and compulsory education with separate pre-primary and primary stages for children 3-6
years and 6-11 years respectively.

5) Adult Education Committee pointed out that illiteracy was high at 85 percent, and 140 years
would be required to get rid of the problem. The First 5 years were to be devoted to planning, teacher
recruitment, and their training. In the sixth year, about 500.000 persons were to be made literate with
an annual increase of 300.000 thereafter.

6) Compulsory Physical Education

7) Overseas Scholarship Scheme would be started

8) Possible use of Educational Broadcast and Educational Films would be made at all stages of
education

9) Council of Technical Education for Pakistan would be established

10) A Central Institute of Islamic Research would be established

11) Advisory Board of Education would be established

12) Inter University Board would be established

13) National Library and Museum would be established

14) Industrial Homes for Women would be established

2. National Commission on Education, 1959 HrVj

1) It was addressed by General Ayub Khan and presided by S.M. WjB Sharif, Secretary Education.

2) 10 year compulsory education (primary education) with equal opportunities for boys and girls.

3) Focus on Character building, Science and Technical Education.

National language as medium of instruction. 3 years degree program.

Establishment of University Grant Commission (UGC) now (HEC). Exams (25% internal & 75% external).
Religious education would be compulsory at middle, optional at secondary level, & Research at
university level).

University Act / Ordinance would be Amended

National Cadet Core would be established

Pilot Schools Scheme would be introduced

Comprehensive Schools Scheme would be introduced

New Education Boards would be established at Peshawar, Hyderabad and Rajshahi (Islamabad)

Secondary Education would be Separated From University Education Text Boards for curriculum &text
book improvement would be established Committee of Advanced Studies at each University would be
established 3 New Education Policy, 1970

1) Formation of national education units

2) Emphasis on ideological, science and technology education ?) Decentralization of educational

administration

4) No New Government and Private Colleges would be started

5) Participation of Students in Management of Institutes would be encouraged

6) Divisions and Classes would be abolished

7) Public Examination would he held at 7th, 10th, 11th and Degree classes

8) No Fees would be charged to Children at Primary Schools and Girls would not pay any Fee at
Middle Schools

9) Five Separate Administrative Establishments at Provincial Level outside the Govt. Secretariat for
(School Education, College Education, Adult Education, Uni Education & Vocational Education) would be
established

Universities would be Autonomous in Finance, & Administration

1) Academic Council and Senate at University Level would be established

2) Book Boards for Books and Curricula Development would be established

3) National Education Core (NEC) would be established

4. Education Policy, 1972

1) Focusing Pakistani ideology, personality development, Universal education

2) Integration of technical and science education

3) Active participation of teacher, students and parents in educational affairs

4) Nationalization of private educational institutions

5) Free & universal education up to Class X for both girls & boys.

6) Mandatory Military Training for Girls and Boys ( students)

7) Centres of Excellence in Universities would be established

8) Inter University Board would be emerged in University Grants Commission

9) Book Banks would be established

10) New Universities would be established at Multan, Sakhar and Saidu Sharif

11) New BISE would be established at Rawalpindi, Gujranwala, Bahawalpu:

Khanpur and Saidu Sharif

12) People's Open University (AIOU) would be established

13) University Act / Ordinance would be Replaced

14) National Service Core would be established

15) National Institute of Pakistan Studies at Islamabad University would b

established

16) National Curriculum Bureau would be established

17) National Book Foundation would be established

18) National Research Fellowship would be introduced

19) National Professorship Programme would be started

20) National Sports Trust would be established

5. National Education Policy, 1979

1) Fostering loyalty to Islam

2) Creation of concept of Muslim Ummah

3) Curriculum revision.

4) Merging madarsa and traditional education

5) Urdu as a medium of education

6) Effective participation of community in literacy programs.

7) Linked scientific and technical education.

8) Separate set up for male and female.

9) National Students Centre would be established

10) National Centre for Science Education would be established

National Institute of Educational Research would be established

National Council on Adult Education at AIOU would be established

Guidance and Counseling Service would be introduced

Academy of Educational Planning &Management (EPM) would be established

National Educational Council would be established

Bureau of Placement would be established

Masjid Maktab School Scheme would be started

School Uniform prescribed

Mathematics would be introduced as a Compulsory Subject Shariah Faculty in Islamic University would
be established Book Bank Scheme would be re-casted 121 Admission Committees would be
constituted National Education Policy, 1992

1) Promotion of Islamic values through education

2) Improvement in women education

?) Range of general and technical education at secondary level

4) Demand oriented curriculum

5) Expended span of graduation and post-graduation

6) "1 se of AV aids, encourage private sector in enhancement of literacy.

7) Modern Scientific Subjects would be introduced

S) Quran Nazira would be started from Class 1 to 8

9) Primary Directorates would be created at Federal and Provincial level Separate Higher Education
Service Policy would be formulated

11) Liberal Grants would be provided to Universities

12) Colleges of Distance Education in Provinces would be established

13) Compulsory Community Service/Education would be introduced

14) School Management Committee (SMC) would be established

15) National Council of Academic Award would be established

.6) Academies of Educational Planning and Management would be established b> Provincial Govt.

17) Directorate of Colleges at Divisional Level would be established

18) Mobile Teacher Training Units would be established

19) Computer Education would be a Part of Curriculum at School Level

268

CRUX of Special Educatic-

7. National Education Policy, 1998

1) Making Quranic principles &Islamic practices, integral part of education.

2) To achieve Universal Primary Education (UPE).

3) To make curriculum development a continuous process.

4) To ensure equal opportunity of higher education.

5) Diversification of curriculum.

6) Upgrading the quality of DeeniMadaras.

7) Teacher training programs both pre-service and in-service.

8) Introduction of idea of multiple text book.

9) Development of National Testing Services (NTS).

10) Introduction of comprehensive monitoring system.

11) Project of Basic Education Community Schools would be started

12) Literacy Act would be implemented

13) National Literacy Movement would be started

14) National Council of Technical Education would be established

15) National Institute of Teacher Education (NITE) would be established

16) Selected Disciplines at Major Universities would be transformed into Boarc Advanced Studies
and Research (BASR).

17) Education Service Commission would be established

18) Education Cards to Needy Students would be provided

19) Cluster Center Schools would be started

20) Matric Tech in 10% Secondary Schools would be introduced

21) Teacher Foundations in All Provinces would be established

22) Multiple Text Books at Secondary School Level would be introduced

23) Project Method of Teaching at Secondary Level would be initiated

24) Assessment Items and Question Banks would be established

25) Vocational Training Schools At District Headquarter would be opened

26) Day Care Centres Near Schools would be opened

27) Education Loan Scheme would be started

28) Teacher Service Training Academy would be established

29) 1 Year B.A (Hons) Course after BA/BSc will be introduced in all colleges

30) Model Schools at Each District would be established

31) New Disciplines Emerging Sciences in Public Universities will be establishec

32) System of Assessment of Teacher's Performance would be introduced

;CHAP - 11] National Education Policies

269

Contract System for Teachers would be introduced

Translation Houses at Provincial and Federal Level would be established

Paper Schools would be abolished

Radio and Television would be used for Literacy

World of Work would be prepared

National Education Policy, 2009

Life Skills-Based Education (LSBE) shall be promoted.

Grades XI and XII shall not be part of the college level and shall be merged into the school level forming
part of existing secondary schools A system for ranking of primary and secondary educational
institutions across the country shall be introduced
To create an order for excellence in the country, a "National Merit Programme" shall be introduced to
award bright students

All children, boys and girls, shall be brought inside school by the year 2015.

Official age for primary education shall be 6 to 10 years. The official age group for next levels of
education shall also change accordingly.

Government shall make efforts to provide the necessary financial resources to achieve the EFA goals.

Government shall establish at least one "ApnaGhar" residential school in each province to provide free
high quality education facilities to poor students.

Every child, on admission in Grade I, shall be allotted a unique ID that will continue to remain with the
child throughout his or her academic career.

10) Literacy rate shall be increased up to 86% by 2015

11) Provinces and district governments shall allocate a minimum of 3% of education budget for
literacy and non-formal basic education (NFBE).

12) NEF programmes, currently in practice up to grade 5 shall be expanded up to grade 10, where
required.

13) (14 to 17 years). Special educational stipends shall be introduced to rehabilitate child labourers.

14) A Bachelors degree, with a B.Ed., shall be the requirement for teaching at the elementary level.
A Masters level for the secondary and higher secondary, with a B.Ed., shall be ensured by 2018. PTC and
CT shall be finished

15) Diploma in Education (D.Ed) may be used as an intermediate qualification till B.Ed teachers are
available universally.

16) Teacher training arrangements, accreditation and certification procedures shall be standardized
and institutionalized.

270

CRUX of Special Educa

17) In service teachers training in mathematics shall be given with due attent: developing
conceptual understanding, procedural knowledge, problem s< and practical reasoning skills.
18) In service teacher training in science shall be based on real life situations. _ science kits and
provision of science kits to all primary and middle schools.

19) Teacher allocation plans, likewise, shall be based on schools needs . qualifications of teachers.
Over the course of next two years, Governments 5 -develop a rationalized and need based school
allocation of teachers, which s be reviewed and modified annually.

20) Provincial and Area Administrations shall develop effective accounta-mechanism including EMIS
data on teacher deployment, to control absent:, and multiple job-holding,

21) Maximum age limit shall be waived off for recruitment of female teachers.

22) The curriculum development and review process, as well as textbooks re process, shall be
standardized and institutionalized within the framework Federal Supervision of Curricula, Textbooks and
Maintenance of Standa:; Education Act, 1976.

23) Professional Councils like Pakistan Medical and Dental Council (PM&DC Pakistan Engineering
Council (PEC) shall be involved in consultatic: relevant curriculum development.

24) Environmental education shall be made an integral part of education.

25) Matric-Tech scheme shall be re-introduced at secondary level

26) Education system needs to be internationally competitive and Pakistan shall n _ efforts

27) Technical & Vocation Education (TVE) shall be extended according to the ■ of the area i.e. Tehsil,
District and Division.

SCIENCE

Sr#

Topic

1 Biology

2 Chemistry

3 Physics

4 Inventions

5 Mechanical Inventions

272
CRUX of Special Education E—-

BIOLOGY

1. Removing part of plants causes plant death

2. Basic component of all living things

3. Process of food preparation of plants

4. All living objects consists of

5. Roots Vegetables

6. Leaves are green due to

7. Teeth replaced by permanent teeth

8. Reproductive cell of male

9. Reproductive cell of female

10. Bird that remains active during night

11. Animal without special hearing organ

12. Tallest tree in the world

13. A housefly lives for about

14. In human body, urine is formed in

15. Herbivorse means

16. Omnivorse means

17. Dogs are

18. Part of human sekelton protects brain

19. No. of bones in Shark body

20. Animal never drinks water in entire life

21 Physical phase of life called

22. Largest cell

23. Largest human cell

24. Longest Human cell

25. No. of muscles in human body

26. Vertebrate with 2 chambered heart

27. No. of ribs in human body

28. Harmones are produced by

29. Normal value of blood sugar in body

30. Normal value of blood pressure

31. Largest boold vessel in body

32. What carry impure blood

- Roots -Water

- Photosynthes

- CeD

. - Carrot, Radish, Be:

- Chloroph -Milk Tee

- Spe— - Egg or Ovua

- Ow -Sna.^

- Redwco: -1 year - Kidneys ■ Animals who eat plan - Animals who eat me ■

- Omnivorse

-SkuL

- Zen - Kangroo Rr

- Protoplasr - Egg of an Ostr.;

- Ovuurr

- Nerve C =
- Endocrine Glar; 80-120 mg/100 ml ofblooc

-80-12: - Aom

- Pulmonary Arte-

51
53 54 :*5 56 Si 51

• _1, Disease Bronchitis is related to - Lungs

54. Tuberclosis is caused by - Bacteria

" 5. Dengue Fever is caused by Mosquito - Aedes (Female)

:0. Growing plants with soil is called - Hydroponics

37. Baby Blue Whale drinks milk per day -190 Liters

58. Blood called Universal Donor -0

59. Blood in human body - 5.7 Liters

40. Facial muscles involved in speaking -70

41. No. of taste buds in young person « - 100,000

42. No. of human senses -5,Hearing,Vision,Smell,Taste,Touch

43. Functions of Ears - Hearing &Balance of body

44. Platelets are useful to - Prevent bleeding

45. Instrument used to dectect ear disorder - Auriscope

46. Citrus fruits has large amount of- Vitamin C

47. Cover of air around earth - Atmosphere

48. Plants & animals maintain balance in air - Balance' of Gases

49. Graveyard of Red Blood Cells (RBC) - Spleen

50. Urine gets its yellow colour from - Urochrome

51. Chromosomes are made up of - DNA & Proteins

52. Longest bone in human body - Femur (Thigh bone)

53. Universal recipient blood group - AB

54. Universal donor blood group -O

55. Insufficient blood supply in humans - Hemostasis

56. What is added in milk to make curd - Bacteria

57. Converting cooking oil into Ghee - Hydrogenation

58. Biological clock is called - Pineal Gland

59. Gland responsible for growth - Thyroid

60. Thyroid Gland is also called - Adam's Apple

61. Glands situated over kidneys - Adrenal glands

62. Glands control blood pressure - Adrenal glands

63. Glands scretes tears - Lachrymal Glands

64. Largest gland in body - Liver

65. Thyroid gland is situated - Below Larynx (voice box)

66. Emergency harmones called - Adrenaline

67. Pancreas secretes

68. If pancreas stops function it decrease

69. pH value of human blood

70. What is blood coagulation

71. Responsible for blood coagulation

72. Who have maximum number of ribs

73. Vitamin help in blood clotting

74. Deficiency of Vitamin E leads to

75. Influenza disease is caused by

76. Soar throat is caused by

77. Viral disease of liver

78. White Blood Cells over production cause

79. Cells were first discovered by

80. Lymphocyte cells fomed in human with

81. Blood, bones, cartilage made up of tissue

82. Red ants are called

83. Ants injects on bite

84. Cellulose helps in

85. At rest, adult breathes in & out

86. What.transport oxygen to all body parts

87. Haemoglobin presents in

88. Pulse rate of resting person

89. No. of chamber in human heart

90. Upper two chamber of human heart

91. Lower two chamber of human heart

92. Urine goes from kidney to

93. An adult passes urine

94. Filter blood through artificial kidney

95. What cools the plant

96 Pancreas not produce insuline cause

97. Thyroid gland not produce thyrioid cause

98. Gland under the layer of skin

99. Increased activity of Sebaceous gland

100. Fungi and bacteria used for medicine

- Harmones & Enzymes - Insuline & Glucagcr

-7.5

- Blood clottin,

- Fibrinogen

- Snak,

- Vitamin K - Infertilitj

-Virus

- Bacteria

- Hepati:

- Leukaemia (cance:

- Hooke, 166:
- Spleen - Connective Tissu;

- Formica

- Formic Ac::

- Movement of Bov. e

- 15-18 times in minu:i

- Haemoglob.:

- Red Blood Cells

- 72-80

-Atria - Ventricle

- Urete:

- 1-1.8 Liters in 24 hours

- Dialysis

- Transpiration

- Diabetes

- Goitre (N^eck Swelling

- Sebaceous Gland Causes Acne and Pimples

- Antibiotic Medicines

1. Panda is also called

2. Panda is belong to family of

! 3. How do most insects respire

4. Transfer pollen from anther to stigma

5. Deficiency of protein caused disease

6. Bamboo belongs to the family of

7. Test helpful in diagnosis of cancer

)8. Healing of wounds is fastened by

9. Most highly intelligent mammals

0. Father of Genetics

1. Normal human blood is

12. Zoology

13. Botany

: 4. Oology

15. Herpetology

6. Histology

17. Dactylography

.8. Anthology

19. Agrostology

20. Bactryology

21. Crybiology

22. Cardiology

23. Ecology

24. Dermatology

25. Demography

26. Embryology

27. Microbiology

28. Pomology

129. Paleontology

30. Phycology

31. Saurology

132. Sonography

33. Study of internal organ of organism

34. Study of causative agent of disease

- Cat Bear

- Bear

- By tracheal system

- Pollination - Maramas (Sokra, thin body)

- Grass

- Biopsy Test

- Vitamin C

- Dolphins - Mandel

- Alkaline

- Study of animals

- Study of Plants -Study of Birds

- Study of Reptiles

- Study of Tissues

- Study of finger prints

- Study of Flowers

- Study of Grass

- Study of Bacteria

-Study of Cells

- Study of Heart - Study of Environment

-Study of Skin - Study of population

- Study of fertilization - Study of micro organisms

- Study of fruits

- Study of fossils

- Study of Algae

- Study of Lizards Study of ultrasound imaging

- Physiology

- Etiology

135. Study of pulse & arterial blood pressure - Sphymolc r

136. Study of processing&food preservation - Food Technolc g

137. Study deal with weather and climate - Metreolo^

138. Ochlophobia - Fear fo crow::

139. Bibliophobia - Fear of BOOK:

140. Androphobia - Fear of mer.

141. Gynophobia - Fear of Womer.

142. RNA - Ribonucleic Ac;

143. Scientific name of man - Homo Sapier.

144. Human blood quantity of total weight

145. Who invented Polio Vaccine -Sak

146. Mostly responsible for disease in plant - Fur. |

147. Animals with constant body temperatur - Homeotherrr. ;

148. Making unexpected discovery - Serend::

149. Fish helps to control mosquito - Gambusia Fis:

150. No. of pairs of heart in earthworm

151. In eyes retina, what differentiate colour - Cones

152. Water in blood plasma of human - 91-9Z:

153. Center of Thirst, Hunger and Sleep - Hypthalamus (Brain par-

154. Antimicrobial drug treat TB&Leprosy - Rifampic-

155. Blood cell provide defence to body - White Blood Ce:

156. Traits transmission generation2generation - Hered;-

157. Origin of specied by natural selection written by - Darwin, 18::

158. Survival of the Fittest was proposed by - Darw -

159. Harmful element exist in tobacco - Nicotine

160. Plant & animals living in particular area called - Commun;-

161. Ultimate environmental mankind hazard - Nuclear pollut::

162. Sound becomes hazardeous above level - 80 ci^

163. Large cities atmosphere is mainly pollutant by - Automobiles exhau:

164. Highest no. of endangered species -Rept:;-

165. Animal living on the expense of others - Paracistis.-

166. Food of red Pandas - Bambo:

167. Acetylsalicylic Acid is called - Aspinr

168. Lenses used to treat astimatism - Cylindrical Lens:

169. Lenses used to treat Presbyopia - Bifocal Lenses

170. Lense used to correct myopia - Concave lens

171. Cirrhosis disease affect the organ - Liver

172. Bowman Capsule is found in organ - Kidney

173. Rarest blood group - AB Negative

174. No. of choromosomes in human genes -46

175. Acid present in Vinegar - Acetic Acid

176. Average weight of human brain - 1400 grams

177. Mosquito spread malaria - Anopheles Mosquito

178. Phloem tissue is found in - Plants

179. Oxygen in human is transported by - Haemoglobin

180. Wisdom teeth are - Last Molars

181. Sweetest natural sugar - Fructose

182. Basic building blocks in human body - Cells

183. Physical basis of life - Protoplasm

184. When 2 sperms fertilize 1 ovum,what born - Identical Twins

185. Set of instruction that code for particular trait - Gene

186. What is organism - A living thing

187. What is characteristic -Physical feature of organism

188. Producing new cell, replace old cells - Mitosis

189. Particular traits we display - Phenotype

190. Male human sex cells - Sperm

191. Female human sex cells - Eggs/Ovum

192. Male plant sex cells - Pollen

193. Female plant sex cells - Ovule

194. Human organ produces and stores sex cells - Testes

195. What produces and stores male plant sex cells - Anther

196. Produce & store human/plant female sex cells - Overy

197. Night blindness is caused by lack of - Vitamin A

198. Main disease of poultry - Rani Khait

199. No. of chromosomes in Down Syndrome -47

200. Pollination by wind is called - Anemophily

201. What is Osmosis - Absorption of water

202. High to low concentration - Diffusion

278 CRUX of Special Education

203. Low to high concentration - Active Transpcr"

204. Negatively charge particle outside atom nucleus - Electron

205. Substance consisting entirely one type of atoms - Elemen:

206. Atom that has negative or positive charge -Ion

207. Breaking cells into pieces - Cell Fractionation

208. Bond formed by sharing electrons b/w atoms - Covalent Bone

209. Smallest unit of most compounds - Molecu^

210. Physical combination of two or more elements - Mixture

211. Substance dissolve in solvent to make solution - Solute

212. Solute dissolve in substance to make solution - Solve n:

213. Misture of water & nondissolved materials - Suspension

214. Compund form hydrogen ions (H+) in solution - Acid

215. Substance speeds up rate of chemical reaction - Catalys:

216. Group of similar organisms - Species

217. Organisms get energy by eating plants only - Herbivore

218. Organisms get energy by eating animals only - Carnivore

219. Organism get energy eating both animal&plant - Omnivore

220. Change of water from liquid to gas - Evaporation

221. Water loss from plant through its leaves - Transpiration

222. Chemical substance organism require to live - Nutrient

223. Aea where organism live - Habitat

224. Two species live closely together - Symbiosis

225. Organizing things into group - Taxonomy

226. Plants have tissues to conduct water & food - Vascular plants

227. Plants lack tissues to conduct water & food - Non-Vascular plants

228. Plants produce flowers as reproductive organs - Angiosperms

229. Plants produce seeds as reproductive organs - Gynosperms

230. Plants survive only single growing season - Annuals

231. Plants survive two growing season - Biennial

232. Plants survive year after year - Perennial

233. Matured ovary containing seeds- Fruit

234. Two cotyledons (parts) in each seed - Dicots

235. One cotyledon in each seed - Monocots

236. Main supporting structure of plant - Stem

[CHAP-12] Science

279

237. 238. 239. 240. 241. 242. 243. 244. 245. 246. 247. 248. 249. 250.

Locations along stem where new leaves grow

Spaces between nodes

Openings in leaves

Animals with internal backbones

Animals without internal backbones

Study of living organisms & their environment- Biology

Process of gradual change

Group of similar cells carryout same function

Organism made up of only one cell

Organism made up of many cells

Membrane enclosing cytoplasm of cell

To grow to become plant or individual

Carry oxygen rich blood from heart 2 all body part

Water evaporation & raining again & again "

- Nodes - Internode - Stomata - Vertebrates - Invertebrates

- Evolution

- Tissue Unicellular (Bacteria)

- Multicellular

- Cell Membrane - Germination

-Arteries

- Water Cycle

251. Photosynthesis: Leave use water and carbon dioxide to prepare food for plant in the presence of
sunlight.

252. Xylem: Long tubular cells transport water from ground to leaves and branches.

253. Food Tranport: Blood transport digested food from small intestine to other parts of body.

254. Seven levels of animal Organization: Kingdom, Phylum, Class, Order, Family, Genus, Species.

255. Metbolism: Set of chemical reactions to build or break materials in body.

256. Tissue Culture: Technique of growing u^ues of multicellular organisms in an artificial

environment. It helps for conserv ation of endangered plant species.

257. Coral Reef: Diverse and productive environment named for coral animals that make up its
primary structure.

258. Climate: Average, year after year condition of atmosphere in particular region.
259. Weather: Condition of earth atmosphere at particuar time and place.

260. Temperature: Measure of warmth or coldness of an object with refererence to standard value.

261. Decomposer: Organism that break down and get energy from dead organic matter.

262. Microscope: Device produces large image of very small structure which cannot be seen by
normal eye.

263. Medulla Ablongata: It is a part of brain which regulates swallowing, coughing, sneezing, and
vomiting.

264. Rumination: Process of quickly swallowing the grass and store it itn a part of stomach as a food.

CHEMISTRY

1. What is called central science - Chemistn

2. Brass is discolour due to gas in air - Hydrogen Sulphick

3. Material used in pencil - Graphh;

4. Periodic table is divided into periods - 01

5. No. of groups in periodic table - u

6. Elements are arranged in periodic table according - To Atomic Numb c

7. Horizontal rows in periodic table are - Perioi;

8. Vertical columns in periodic table are - Grour i

9. 0 Elements are called - Uncreative non met

10. Group 17 of periodic tables - Haloge

11. Alkali metals are called - Reactive Metal;

12. Unreactive non metals are called -Noble Gases

13. Alloys are harder than - Pure M<

14. Types of matter - 3, Solid, Liquid, Gaj

15. What is needed for rusting - Water & Oxyge:

16. Colour indicate highest temperature - Dull Re:

17. LPG is mixture of - Propane and Butar. i

18. Chemical name of baking soda - Sodium Bicarbor; ;

19. Chemical name of washing soda- Sodium Carbona:;

20. Chemical name of table salt - Sodium Chloric:

21. Chemical name of Chinese salt - Monosodium Glutama:;

22. Chemical name of paster of Paris - Calcium sulpha

23. Chemical name for bleaching powder - Calcium hypo chic- i

24. Gase used in soda water - Carbon Dioxid;

25. What is called white poison - Suga:

26. Simplest form of sugar - Glucose

27. Human sweat excret element - Sulphu

28. Chemical accumulation cause kidneystone - Calcium Oxalat;

29. Principal metal used to manufactur steel -Iro:

30. Metal used in storage batteries -Lea:

31. Science of organic forms&structure - Morphology

32. Acid used in car battery - Sulphuric Ac:;

33. Common name of potassium carbonate - Potas;

34. S upporter of combustion in air

3 5. Major components of air

36. Nucleus is consists of

37. Electrically charged are

38. Charge on proton

39. Charge on Electron

40. No. of electrons are equal to no. of

41. Atomic number of an atom

42. Mass number of an atom

43. Lowest energy level is filled with first

44. Maximum electron second energy level hold

45. Metal atoms lose electrons to form

46. Atoms in a moleculre are joined together by

47. What is used to freeze food

48. Bases that are soluable in water

49. Philosopher's wool is called

50. Stranger gas

51. Process used for water purification

52. Hardest element of the world

53. What is used to cut the glass

54. What is used to write on glass

5 Chemical is

56. Chemical change is also called

57. Elements provide colours to fireworks

58. Lightest metal

59. Heaviest Metal

60 Chemicals used in explosive

61. Density

62. Formula Fahrenheit to Celcius

63. Formula Celcius to Fahrenheit

64. No. of neutrons & protons in element

65. Number of protons in atom

- Oxygen - Nitrogen & Oxygen

- Protons and Neutrons

- Protons and Electrons

-+1 --1

- Protons in nucleus

- Number of protons - Total protons and neutrons

- Electrons

-08

- Positively charge ions

- Covalent bond

- Liquid Nitrogen

- Alkalis

- Zinc Oxide

- Xenon

Chlorination,Chlorine added

- Diamond

- Diamond

- Hydrofluoric Acid

- Irreversible

- Chemical Reaction

- Strontium and Barium

- Lithium

- Osmium - Nitroglycerine, Dynamite

- Mass / Volume

- F-32 x 5/9 . - 9/5 x C + 32

- Mass Number

- Atomic Number

282

CRUX of Special Educat:

97. Diffraction: Bends waves around small objects and interference of waves from a coherent
sources.
98. Chain Reaction: A reaction in which material that starts reaction, can start another reaction.

39. Fission: A nuclear reaction in which a massive nucleus splits into smaller nuclei with the
simultaneous release of energy.

100. Fusion: A nuclear reaction in which nuclei combine to form more massive nuclei with the
simultaneous release of energy.

101. Single Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of one pair of electrons b/w two atoms.

102. Double Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of two pair of electrons b/w two atoms.

103. Triple Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of three pair of electrons b/v two atoms.

104. Law of Conservation of Mass: Sum of masses of reactants and products remains unchanges in
chemical reaction.

105. Hard Water: It is salty not used for drinking, in boilers, in irrigation, or washing clothes. It does
not produce lather.

106. Atom: Basic unit of matter cannot be broken down by normal chemical reaction.

107. Carbohydrate: Compound made up of carbon, hydrogen & oxygen atoms. These are major
souorce of energy for humans.

108. Base: Compound produce hydroxide ions (OH+) in solution.

109. pH Scale: Measurement system used to indicate concentration of hydrogen ions (H+) in solution.
It ranges from 0-14.

110. Solution: Mixture of two or more substances in which moecules of substances are evenly
distributed.

111. Chemical Bond: It is link that holds together atoms in compounds.

112. Ionic Bond: Bond formed when one or more electrons are transferred from one atom to
another.

113. Compound: Substance formed by the chemical combination of two or more elements in difinite
proportions.

114. Nucleus: Center of atom contains protons and neutrons. It contains genetic material of cell
(DNA) and it control cell activities.

PHYSICS

1. Freezing point of water - 0 Degree

2. Boiling point of water - 80 Degree

3. Energy released by transistor -Sou

4. What is always required to do any work - Ene:.

5. Energy hidden in atoms is called- Atomic En; .

6. Surrounding Temperature is detected by - The S

7. Celius and Fahrenheit show temperature - A: -

8. Black Hole is found - In si

9. Weight of person sitting in artificial satellite

10. Distance travelled by light in one year - Light Yer

11. Device used to measure wind speed . - Anemon

12. Maximum robots working in country - Jap a:

13. Instrument to regulate constant temperatur -Therm

14. Instrument record earthquake intensity - Seismog:_

15. Instrument measures density of milk - Lactome.r

16. Instrument measure gas pressure - Monome.-

17. Rate of acceleration of gravity on earth - 9.8 -

18. How far out of place an object is - Displacerr.e-

19. Rate at which object change its velocity - Accelera:

20. Acceleration directly proportional to force - Inversely to n

21. Tendency to resist change in motion state - Inefl

22. Who presented concept of inertia - Galik

23. Unit of force -New!

24. Amount of object momentum depends -Mass and Vel

25. One Horsepower is equal to - 750 V\;

26. Inability of eye focus on distant object - Myc:

27. Inability of eye focus on nearby object , - Hyperc

28. Concave Lens form always form image - Erect, virtual, sma

29. Dentist use lens to see large teeth image - Concave Le-_

30. Spliting light into its constituent colors - Dispers -

31. Wind & Cyclone caused by differences - In Air & Pres s _

32. In humans, sound is produced by - Voice Box or Lar

33. Sound can travel through medium - Solid, gas, lie _ .

' 34. Sound cannot travel through - Vacc

35. Force always act away from center - Centrifugal Force

36. Force always act towards center - Centripetal Force

eC1 37 Pure water freezes at - 32 Fahrenheit

38. Water is bad conductor of - Electricity

39. Soap bubble show colour in white light is - Interference

Image form on retina of human eye - Real and Inverted

41. All magnetic material lose their properties - When strongly heated

42. Rubber is an - Insulator

sc 43- Instrument used to store electric charge - Capacitor

:t- 44- Process of removing excess charge on object - Grounding

45. Separating opposite charges within an object - Polarization

«r 46- Big star system held together by mutual gravitation - Galaxy

47 Astronomy - Study of planets, stars

48. Study of structure,behaviour of atom - Atomic Theory

49. Process of making more compact or dense - Condensation

Heat transfer b/w 2 parts of stationary system - Conduction

51. The whole world - Universe

1 52. Force per unit area - Pressure

t- 53. Transparent solid body use to reflect rays of light - Prism

KE J 54- Spontaneous emission of radiation from atomic nuclei - Radiation

BE j 55 Alpha. Beta and Gamma Rays are part of - Atomic Radiation

56. Sun together with all planets revolve around it - Solar System

Object periodic motion forced from equilibrium - Vibration

rem. ] 58- Particle's motion parallel to direction of wave - Longitudinal Waves

[ 59. Particle motion perpendicular to wave direction - Transverse Waves

Particles closest together longitudinal wave region - Compression

: 61. Particles furthest apart in longitudinal wave region - Rarefaction

62. Normal sound audible frequency - 20-20000 Hz

- 63-Ultrasonic Sound - More than 20000 Hz

64. Infrasonic Sound - Less than 20 Hz

j 65. No. of waves passing particular point in 1 second - Sound Frequency

m 66. Frequency of sound determines - Pitch

67 Distance b/w two peak of wave - Wavelength

Maximum distance wave move from equilibrium - Amplitude

:>9. Distance travelled by soundwave in per unit time - Sound speed

70. Sound power per unit area - Sound intensity

90. Transfer of thermal energy

91. Bouncing of light

92. Bending of light

93. Converging mirrors are

94. Diverging mirrors are

95. Ability to do work and cause change

96. Energy with respect to motion of an object

97. Stored energy of an object

98. Energy that moves objects

99. Energy of vibrations

100. Energy travesl thorugh space as waves

101. Energy released by nuclear reaction

102. Battery converts chemical energy into

103. Einstein mass energy relation expression

104. Energy constantly produced by sun

105. Energy of electron at absolute zero

106. In simple, push or pul

-He,

- Reflect;
- Refracti::

- Concave mirrt

- Convex mirr: -

- Energ} J

- Kinetic EnergJ

- Potential Enerrvl - Mechanical Enet.

- Sound Ener. Electromagnetic Ener.

- Nuclear Ener;

- Electrical Ener.

- E= vac - Due to Nuclear Fusi

- Fermi Ener.

- Force
D

HAP - 12] Science

287

Quantity has both magnitude &direction J8. Quantity has magnitude but no direction

9. No change in motion '. 0. Fast movement of an object 11. Resistive force oppose motion of object

12. Force on object due to gravity

13. Unit of Force

14. Space occupied by an object

15. Motion under influence of gravitational pull only

16. Incident angle of wave equal to reflected angle

Relationship b/w votage, current & resistance S Oily substance reduce friction b/w 2moving object

- Vector Quantity

- Scalar Quantity

- Equilibrium - Speed = distance/time - Friction

- Weight, W=mg

- Newton
- Volume - Free Fall

- Law of Reflection - Ohms Law (V=IR) - Lubricants

Conduction:Heat transfer from an object to another through particle collision.

1 Insulators: Materials that impede the free flow of electrons from aton to atom and molecule to
molecule.

'. I Convection: Process of heat transfer from one locationn to the next by movement of fluids.

22. Gravitational Force:All the objects in universe attract each other by the force of attraction between
objects called Gravitational Force. It is directly proportional to the mass of interacting objects.

2 3. Converging Lens: Relatively thick across their middle and thin at their upper and

lower edges.

24. Diverging Lens: Relatively thin across their middle and thick at their upper and lower edges.

2 5. Potential Energy is stores in object due to its position relative to some zero position. 26. Newton
First Law of Motion: Resting & moving object get no change unless

acted upon by unbalanced force. 2". Newton Second Law of Motion: Acceleration of an object depends
on

2 variables; net force acting object and mass of object. 28. Newton Third Law of Motion: When an
object exert a force on another object,

second object reacts back on first object. These two forces always equal in

magnitude but opposite in direction. ; J Doppler Effect: Change in frequency of wave for an observer
moving to source of wave.

Space: Unlimited three dimentional expanse in which all material objects are located. ! I. Telescope:
Opticalinstrument helps to make distant objects appear larger & nearer. 2 Magnetic Field: a region of
space near a magnet, electric current, or moving

charged particle in which a magnetic force acts on any other magnet, electric

current, or moving charged particle

INVENTIONS

1. Who invented modern inteligence tests - Binet & Simc -

- Bear
- By tracheal system

- Pollination - Maramas (Sokra, thin body)

- Grass

- Biopsy Test

- Vitamin C

- Dolphins - Mandel

- Alkaline

- Study of animals

- Study of Plants -Study of Birds

- Study of Reptiles

- Study of Tissues

- Study of finger prints

- Study of Flowers

- Study of Grass

- Study of Bacteria

-Study of Cells

- Study of Heart - Study of Environment

-Study of Skin - Study of population

- Study of fertilization - Study of micro organisms

- Study of fruits

- Study of fossils

- Study of Algae

- Study of Lizards Study of ultrasound imaging

- Physiology

- Etiology

135. Study of pulse & arterial blood pressure - Sphymolc r

136. Study of processing&food preservation - Food Technolc g

137. Study deal with weather and climate - Metreolo^

138. Ochlophobia - Fear fo crow::

139. Bibliophobia - Fear of BOOK:

140. Androphobia - Fear of mer.

141. Gynophobia - Fear of Womer.

142. RNA - Ribonucleic Ac;

143. Scientific name of man - Homo Sapier.

144. Human blood quantity of total weight

145. Who invented Polio Vaccine -Sak

146. Mostly responsible for disease in plant - Fur. |

147. Animals with constant body temperatur - Homeotherrr. ;

148. Making unexpected discovery - Serend::

149. Fish helps to control mosquito - Gambusia Fis:

150. No. of pairs of heart in earthworm

151. In eyes retina, what differentiate colour - Cones

152. Water in blood plasma of human - 91-9Z:

153. Center of Thirst, Hunger and Sleep - Hypthalamus (Brain par-

154. Antimicrobial drug treat TB&Leprosy - Rifampic-

155. Blood cell provide defence to body - White Blood Ce:

156. Traits transmission generation2generation - Hered;-

157. Origin of specied by natural selection written by - Darwin, 18::

158. Survival of the Fittest was proposed by - Darw -

159. Harmful element exist in tobacco - Nicotine

160. Plant & animals living in particular area called - Commun;-

161. Ultimate environmental mankind hazard - Nuclear pollut::

162. Sound becomes hazardeous above level - 80 ci^

163. Large cities atmosphere is mainly pollutant by - Automobiles exhau:

164. Highest no. of endangered species -Rept:;-

165. Animal living on the expense of others - Paracistis.-

166. Food of red Pandas - Bambo:

167. Acetylsalicylic Acid is called - Aspinr

168. Lenses used to treat astimatism - Cylindrical Lens:

169. Lenses used to treat Presbyopia - Bifocal Lenses

170. Lense used to correct myopia - Concave lens

171. Cirrhosis disease affect the organ - Liver

172. Bowman Capsule is found in organ - Kidney

173. Rarest blood group - AB Negative

174. No. of choromosomes in human genes -46

175. Acid present in Vinegar - Acetic Acid

176. Average weight of human brain - 1400 grams

177. Mosquito spread malaria - Anopheles Mosquito

178. Phloem tissue is found in - Plants

179. Oxygen in human is transported by - Haemoglobin

180. Wisdom teeth are - Last Molars

181. Sweetest natural sugar - Fructose

182. Basic building blocks in human body - Cells

183. Physical basis of life - Protoplasm

184. When 2 sperms fertilize 1 ovum,what born - Identical Twins

185. Set of instruction that code for particular trait - Gene

186. What is organism - A living thing

187. What is characteristic -Physical feature of organism

188. Producing new cell, replace old cells - Mitosis

189. Particular traits we display - Phenotype

190. Male human sex cells - Sperm

191. Female human sex cells - Eggs/Ovum

192. Male plant sex cells - Pollen

193. Female plant sex cells - Ovule

194. Human organ produces and stores sex cells - Testes

195. What produces and stores male plant sex cells - Anther

196. Produce & store human/plant female sex cells - Overy

197. Night blindness is caused by lack of - Vitamin A

198. Main disease of poultry - Rani Khait

199. No. of chromosomes in Down Syndrome -47

200. Pollination by wind is called - Anemophily

201. What is Osmosis - Absorption of water

202. High to low concentration - Diffusion

278 CRUX of Special Education

203. Low to high concentration - Active Transpcr"

204. Negatively charge particle outside atom nucleus - Electron

205. Substance consisting entirely one type of atoms - Elemen:

206. Atom that has negative or positive charge -Ion

207. Breaking cells into pieces - Cell Fractionation

208. Bond formed by sharing electrons b/w atoms - Covalent Bone

209. Smallest unit of most compounds - Molecu^

210. Physical combination of two or more elements - Mixture

211. Substance dissolve in solvent to make solution - Solute

212. Solute dissolve in substance to make solution - Solve n:

213. Misture of water & nondissolved materials - Suspension

214. Compund form hydrogen ions (H+) in solution - Acid

215. Substance speeds up rate of chemical reaction - Catalys:

216. Group of similar organisms - Species

217. Organisms get energy by eating plants only - Herbivore

218. Organisms get energy by eating animals only - Carnivore

219. Organism get energy eating both animal&plant - Omnivore

220. Change of water from liquid to gas - Evaporation

221. Water loss from plant through its leaves - Transpiration

222. Chemical substance organism require to live - Nutrient

223. Aea where organism live - Habitat

224. Two species live closely together - Symbiosis

225. Organizing things into group - Taxonomy

226. Plants have tissues to conduct water & food - Vascular plants

227. Plants lack tissues to conduct water & food - Non-Vascular plants

228. Plants produce flowers as reproductive organs - Angiosperms

229. Plants produce seeds as reproductive organs - Gynosperms

230. Plants survive only single growing season - Annuals

231. Plants survive two growing season - Biennial

232. Plants survive year after year - Perennial

233. Matured ovary containing seeds- Fruit

234. Two cotyledons (parts) in each seed - Dicots

235. One cotyledon in each seed - Monocots

236. Main supporting structure of plant - Stem

[CHAP-12] Science

279

237. 238. 239. 240. 241. 242. 243. 244. 245. 246. 247. 248. 249. 250.

Locations along stem where new leaves grow

Spaces between nodes

Openings in leaves
Animals with internal backbones

Animals without internal backbones

Study of living organisms & their environment- Biology

Process of gradual change

Group of similar cells carryout same function

Organism made up of only one cell

Organism made up of many cells

Membrane enclosing cytoplasm of cell

To grow to become plant or individual

Carry oxygen rich blood from heart 2 all body part

Water evaporation & raining again & again "

- Nodes - Internode - Stomata - Vertebrates - Invertebrates

- Evolution

- Tissue Unicellular (Bacteria)

- Multicellular

- Cell Membrane - Germination

-Arteries

- Water Cycle

251. Photosynthesis: Leave use water and carbon dioxide to prepare food for plant in the presence of
sunlight.

252. Xylem: Long tubular cells transport water from ground to leaves and branches.

253. Food Tranport: Blood transport digested food from small intestine to other parts of body.

254. Seven levels of animal Organization: Kingdom, Phylum, Class, Order, Family, Genus, Species.

255. Metbolism: Set of chemical reactions to build or break materials in body.

256. Tissue Culture: Technique of growing u^ues of multicellular organisms in an artificial

environment. It helps for conserv ation of endangered plant species.
257. Coral Reef: Diverse and productive environment named for coral animals that make up its
primary structure.

258. Climate: Average, year after year condition of atmosphere in particular region.

259. Weather: Condition of earth atmosphere at particuar time and place.

260. Temperature: Measure of warmth or coldness of an object with refererence to standard value.

261. Decomposer: Organism that break down and get energy from dead organic matter.

262. Microscope: Device produces large image of very small structure which cannot be seen by
normal eye.

263. Medulla Ablongata: It is a part of brain which regulates swallowing, coughing, sneezing, and
vomiting.

264. Rumination: Process of quickly swallowing the grass and store it itn a part of stomach as a food.

CHEMISTRY

1. What is called central science - Chemistn

2. Brass is discolour due to gas in air - Hydrogen Sulphick

3. Material used in pencil - Graphh;

4. Periodic table is divided into periods - 01

5. No. of groups in periodic table - u

6. Elements are arranged in periodic table according - To Atomic Numb c

7. Horizontal rows in periodic table are - Perioi;

8. Vertical columns in periodic table are - Grour i

9. 0 Elements are called - Uncreative non met

10. Group 17 of periodic tables - Haloge

11. Alkali metals are called - Reactive Metal;

12. Unreactive non metals are called -Noble Gases

13. Alloys are harder than - Pure M<

14. Types of matter - 3, Solid, Liquid, Gaj

15. What is needed for rusting - Water & Oxyge:

16. Colour indicate highest temperature - Dull Re:

17. LPG is mixture of - Propane and Butar. i

18. Chemical name of baking soda - Sodium Bicarbor; ;

19. Chemical name of washing soda- Sodium Carbona:;

20. Chemical name of table salt - Sodium Chloric:

21. Chemical name of Chinese salt - Monosodium Glutama:;

22. Chemical name of paster of Paris - Calcium sulpha

23. Chemical name for bleaching powder - Calcium hypo chic- i

24. Gase used in soda water - Carbon Dioxid;

25. What is called white poison - Suga:

26. Simplest form of sugar - Glucose

27. Human sweat excret element - Sulphu

28. Chemical accumulation cause kidneystone - Calcium Oxalat;

29. Principal metal used to manufactur steel -Iro:

30. Metal used in storage batteries -Lea:

31. Science of organic forms&structure - Morphology

32. Acid used in car battery - Sulphuric Ac:;

33. Common name of potassium carbonate - Potas;

34. S upporter of combustion in air

3 5. Major components of air

36. Nucleus is consists of

37. Electrically charged are

38. Charge on proton

39. Charge on Electron

40. No. of electrons are equal to no. of

41. Atomic number of an atom

42. Mass number of an atom

43. Lowest energy level is filled with first

44. Maximum electron second energy level hold

45. Metal atoms lose electrons to form

46. Atoms in a moleculre are joined together by

47. What is used to freeze food

48. Bases that are soluable in water

49. Philosopher's wool is called

50. Stranger gas

51. Process used for water purification

52. Hardest element of the world

53. What is used to cut the glass

54. What is used to write on glass

5 Chemical is

56. Chemical change is also called

57. Elements provide colours to fireworks

58. Lightest metal

59. Heaviest Metal

60 Chemicals used in explosive

61. Density

62. Formula Fahrenheit to Celcius

63. Formula Celcius to Fahrenheit

64. No. of neutrons & protons in element

65. Number of protons in atom

- Oxygen - Nitrogen & Oxygen

- Protons and Neutrons

- Protons and Electrons

-+1 --1

- Protons in nucleus

- Number of protons - Total protons and neutrons

- Electrons
-08

- Positively charge ions

- Covalent bond

- Liquid Nitrogen

- Alkalis

- Zinc Oxide

- Xenon

Chlorination,Chlorine added

- Diamond

- Diamond

- Hydrofluoric Acid

- Irreversible

- Chemical Reaction

- Strontium and Barium

- Lithium

- Osmium - Nitroglycerine, Dynamite

- Mass / Volume

- F-32 x 5/9 . - 9/5 x C + 32

- Mass Number

- Atomic Number

282

CRUX of Special Educat:

97. Diffraction: Bends waves around small objects and interference of waves from a coherent
sources.

98. Chain Reaction: A reaction in which material that starts reaction, can start another reaction.

39. Fission: A nuclear reaction in which a massive nucleus splits into smaller nuclei with the
simultaneous release of energy.

100. Fusion: A nuclear reaction in which nuclei combine to form more massive nuclei with the
simultaneous release of energy.

101. Single Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of one pair of electrons b/w two atoms.

102. Double Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of two pair of electrons b/w two atoms.

103. Triple Bond: Covalent bond produced by sharing of three pair of electrons b/v two atoms.

104. Law of Conservation of Mass: Sum of masses of reactants and products remains unchanges in
chemical reaction.

105. Hard Water: It is salty not used for drinking, in boilers, in irrigation, or washing clothes. It does
not produce lather.

106. Atom: Basic unit of matter cannot be broken down by normal chemical reaction.

107. Carbohydrate: Compound made up of carbon, hydrogen & oxygen atoms. These are major
souorce of energy for humans.

108. Base: Compound produce hydroxide ions (OH+) in solution.

109. pH Scale: Measurement system used to indicate concentration of hydrogen ions (H+) in solution.
It ranges from 0-14.

110. Solution: Mixture of two or more substances in which moecules of substances are evenly
distributed.

111. Chemical Bond: It is link that holds together atoms in compounds.

112. Ionic Bond: Bond formed when one or more electrons are transferred from one atom to
another.

113. Compound: Substance formed by the chemical combination of two or more elements in difinite
proportions.

114. Nucleus: Center of atom contains protons and neutrons. It contains genetic material of cell
(DNA) and it control cell activities.

PHYSICS

1. Freezing point of water - 0 Degree

2. Boiling point of water - 80 Degree

3. Energy released by transistor -Sou

4. What is always required to do any work - Ene:.

5. Energy hidden in atoms is called- Atomic En; .

6. Surrounding Temperature is detected by - The S

7. Celius and Fahrenheit show temperature - A: -

8. Black Hole is found - In si

9. Weight of person sitting in artificial satellite

10. Distance travelled by light in one year - Light Yer

11. Device used to measure wind speed . - Anemon

12. Maximum robots working in country - Jap a:

13. Instrument to regulate constant temperatur -Therm

14. Instrument record earthquake intensity - Seismog:_

15. Instrument measures density of milk - Lactome.r

16. Instrument measure gas pressure - Monome.-

17. Rate of acceleration of gravity on earth - 9.8 -

18. How far out of place an object is - Displacerr.e-

19. Rate at which object change its velocity - Accelera:

20. Acceleration directly proportional to force - Inversely to n

21. Tendency to resist change in motion state - Inefl

22. Who presented concept of inertia - Galik

23. Unit of force -New!

24. Amount of object momentum depends -Mass and Vel

25. One Horsepower is equal to - 750 V\;

26. Inability of eye focus on distant object - Myc:

27. Inability of eye focus on nearby object , - Hyperc

28. Concave Lens form always form image - Erect, virtual, sma

29. Dentist use lens to see large teeth image - Concave Le-_

30. Spliting light into its constituent colors - Dispers -

31. Wind & Cyclone caused by differences - In Air & Pres s _

32. In humans, sound is produced by - Voice Box or Lar

33. Sound can travel through medium - Solid, gas, lie _ .

' 34. Sound cannot travel through - Vacc

35. Force always act away from center - Centrifugal Force

36. Force always act towards center - Centripetal Force

eC1 37 Pure water freezes at - 32 Fahrenheit

38. Water is bad conductor of - Electricity

39. Soap bubble show colour in white light is - Interference

Image form on retina of human eye - Real and Inverted

41. All magnetic material lose their properties - When strongly heated

42. Rubber is an - Insulator

sc 43- Instrument used to store electric charge - Capacitor

:t- 44- Process of removing excess charge on object - Grounding

45. Separating opposite charges within an object - Polarization

«r 46- Big star system held together by mutual gravitation - Galaxy

47 Astronomy - Study of planets, stars

48. Study of structure,behaviour of atom - Atomic Theory

49. Process of making more compact or dense - Condensation

Heat transfer b/w 2 parts of stationary system - Conduction

51. The whole world - Universe

1 52. Force per unit area - Pressure

t- 53. Transparent solid body use to reflect rays of light - Prism

KE J 54- Spontaneous emission of radiation from atomic nuclei - Radiation

BE j 55 Alpha. Beta and Gamma Rays are part of - Atomic Radiation

56. Sun together with all planets revolve around it - Solar System

Object periodic motion forced from equilibrium - Vibration

rem. ] 58- Particle's motion parallel to direction of wave - Longitudinal Waves

[ 59. Particle motion perpendicular to wave direction - Transverse Waves

Particles closest together longitudinal wave region - Compression

: 61. Particles furthest apart in longitudinal wave region - Rarefaction

62. Normal sound audible frequency - 20-20000 Hz

- 63-Ultrasonic Sound - More than 20000 Hz

64. Infrasonic Sound - Less than 20 Hz

j 65. No. of waves passing particular point in 1 second - Sound Frequency

m 66. Frequency of sound determines - Pitch

67 Distance b/w two peak of wave - Wavelength

Maximum distance wave move from equilibrium - Amplitude

:>9. Distance travelled by soundwave in per unit time - Sound speed

70. Sound power per unit area - Sound intensity

90. Transfer of thermal energy

91. Bouncing of light

92. Bending of light

93. Converging mirrors are

94. Diverging mirrors are

95. Ability to do work and cause change

96. Energy with respect to motion of an object

97. Stored energy of an object

98. Energy that moves objects

99. Energy of vibrations

100. Energy travesl thorugh space as waves

101. Energy released by nuclear reaction

102. Battery converts chemical energy into

103. Einstein mass energy relation expression

104. Energy constantly produced by sun

105. Energy of electron at absolute zero

106. In simple, push or pul

-He,
- Reflect;

- Refracti::

- Concave mirrt

- Convex mirr: -

- Energ} J

- Kinetic EnergJ

- Potential Enerrvl - Mechanical Enet.

- Sound Ener. Electromagnetic Ener.

- Nuclear Ener;

- Electrical Ener.

- E= vac - Due to Nuclear Fusi

- Fermi Ener.

- Force
D

HAP - 12] Science

287

Quantity has both magnitude &direction J8. Quantity has magnitude but no direction

9. No change in motion '. 0. Fast movement of an object 11. Resistive force oppose motion of object

12. Force on object due to gravity

13. Unit of Force

14. Space occupied by an object

15. Motion under influence of gravitational pull only

16. Incident angle of wave equal to reflected angle

Relationship b/w votage, current & resistance S Oily substance reduce friction b/w 2moving object

- Vector Quantity

- Scalar Quantity

- Equilibrium - Speed = distance/time - Friction

- Weight, W=mg
- Newton

- Volume - Free Fall

- Law of Reflection - Ohms Law (V=IR) - Lubricants

Conduction:Heat transfer from an object to another through particle collision.

1 Insulators: Materials that impede the free flow of electrons from aton to atom and molecule to
molecule.

'. I Convection: Process of heat transfer from one locationn to the next by movement of fluids.

22. Gravitational Force:All the objects in universe attract each other by the force of attraction between
objects called Gravitational Force. It is directly proportional to the mass of interacting objects.

2 3. Converging Lens: Relatively thick across their middle and thin at their upper and

lower edges.

24. Diverging Lens: Relatively thin across their middle and thick at their upper and lower edges.

2 5. Potential Energy is stores in object due to its position relative to some zero position. 26. Newton
First Law of Motion: Resting & moving object get no change unless

acted upon by unbalanced force. 2". Newton Second Law of Motion: Acceleration of an object depends
on

2 variables; net force acting object and mass of object. 28. Newton Third Law of Motion: When an
object exert a force on another object,

second object reacts back on first object. These two forces always equal in

magnitude but opposite in direction. ; J Doppler Effect: Change in frequency of wave for an observer
moving to source of wave.

Space: Unlimited three dimentional expanse in which all material objects are located. ! I. Telescope:
Opticalinstrument helps to make distant objects appear larger & nearer. 2 Magnetic Field: a region of
space near a magnet, electric current, or moving

charged particle in which a magnetic force acts on any other magnet, electric

current, or moving charged particle

INVENTIONS

1. Who invented modern inteligence tests - Binet & Simc -

2. Theory of Relativity - Albert Ainste:-

3. Theory of Water Displacement - Archimedes

4. Theory of Evolution & Origin of species - Charles Darwii

5. Periodic Tables - Mendelee

6. Theory of Isotopes - Sodd;.

7. Laws of falling bodies -Galile:

8. Laws of Heredity - Mend:

9. Ohm,s Law - G.S. Oh~

10. Uranium Fission Theory - Strassman, Hahn, Bohr, Ferrr.

11. Genetic Code - H.G Khoraiu

12. Atomic Number- Mosele

13. Laws of Gravitation - New: i

14. Electromagnetic Theory of Light - Max we

15. Atomic Thoery&Law of multiple proportion - Jhon Daltcr.

16. Laws of Governing Gases - Gay-Lussa;

17. Theory of Classical Conditioning - Pavlo\

18. Dynamite Theory of Heat - Kelvu-

19. Germ Theory - Louis Paste _-

20. Quantum Theory of Radiation - Max Von Plar_.

21. Velocity of Light- Rome:

22. Atom smashing theory - Rutherfc::

23. Spectrum Analysis - Bunsen & Kirchhcr:

24. Theory of Psycho-analysis - Sigmund Fre_:

25. Laws of Refraction of Light -She:

26. X-Rays - Rontge:

27. Laws of Motion - Newtc -

28. Current Electricity & Electrical Battery -Volts

29. Oxygen - Priestle;-

30. Electron - J.J. Thorns^:

31. Hydrogen - Cavendis:

32. Laws of electrolysis - Farad a

33. Braille - Louis Brai. :

Radium

Vitamins

Homeopathy

Insulin (cure of Diabetes)

Malaria Parasites

Pencillin

Small-Pox Vaccination Laws of Planetary Motion -'. Atom Bomb

Antiseptic Surgery Bacteria

-:' Heart functioning & blood circulation -: Chloroform

Theory of Moral Development -8. Theory of Cognitive Development

Theory of Social Development : J. Theory of Operant Conditioning

51. Big Bang Theory

52. Electroconvulsive Therapy 5 3. World Wide Web (WWW) :A. Trait Theory of Leadership

5 5. Social Learning / Cognitive Theory 5 6. Behavioural Theories of Learning

57. Psychodynamic Theories

58. Active Learning Theory

59. Cognitive Dissonance Theory

60. Cognitive Learning Theory

61. Discovery Learning

62. Computer Based Learning

63. Classification of educational objectives

64. Progressivism & Pragmatism

65. Theory of Social Cognition

66. Theory of Multiple Intelligence

- Madam Marie Curie - Funk

- Hahnemann

- Banting

- Ronald Ross

- Alexander Fleming

- Edward Jenner

- Kepler

- Otto Hahn

- Joseph Lister

- Leeuwenhock

- Harvey - Harrison and Simpson

- Kohlburg

- Jean Piaget

- Erikson

- Skinner - Stephan Hawking

- Bini

- Cailliau & Berners-Lee Gordon Allport & Raymond Cattal

- Bandura - Pavolv, Skinner, Watson

- Jung, Adler, Freud

- Bonwell

- Elliot Aronson

- Bruner

- Bruner - Robert Gagne

- Benjamin Bloom

- Jhon Dewey

- Vygotsky

- Howard Gardner
MECHANICAL INVENTIONS

Invention Inventor Invention Inventor

1. Spectacles Salvino Armado 37.Projector Edison

2. Printing PressCaxton 38.Radio Marconi

3. Watch Henlein 39.Diesel Engin Rudolf Diesel

4. Microscope Jansen 40.Aeorplane Wright Bros

5. Telescope Galileo 41.Vaccum Tube Forest

6. Barometer Torricelli 42.Aircondition Carrier

7. Air Pump Von Guerick 43.Steel Brearley

8. Clock Huygens 44.Military Tank Swinton

9. Thermometer Fahrenheit 45.LoudspeakerPin Kellog

10. Baloon Montgolfier 46.TV J.L. Baird

11. Parachute Blanchard 47.Rocket Goddard

12. Ball-Bearing Vanghan 48.Safety Razor Gillette

13. Safety LampDavy 49.Ballpoint Biro

14. StethoscopeLaennec 50. Cement Chretien

15. Camera Joseph Nippce 51 .Laser Mainman

16. Electric Generatr Faraday52.Radar Watt

17. Telegraph Samuel Morse 5 3. Helicopter Brequet

18. Refrigerator Cullins 54.FM Radio Armstrong

19. Revolver Colt 55.Waterbed Arnott

20. Bicycle Macmillan 56.Lawnmower Budding

21. Cinemascope Aspdin 57.Piano Cristofori

22. Safety Pin Walter Hunt 58.CD Doi

23. Gas Stove Bunsen 59.Diaper Donovan

24. Dynamo Picinotti 60.Comp Mouse Engelbart

25. Machine gun Gatting 61 .Microprocessor Faggin

26. Sewing Machine Elias Howe 62.Barbie Doll Handler

27. Typewriter Sholes 63.Flush Toilet Harington

28.P lastic Hyatt 64.Magnifng glass Ibnal Haythm

29. Telephone Graham Bell 65.LCD Heilmeier

30. MicrophoneBerliner66.LEC Holonyak

31. Electric Lamp Edison 67.Hearing Aid Hutchison

32. Fountain Pen Waterman 68.Hard Disk Jhonson

33. Motor Cycle Daimler69.Paper Cai Lun

34. Electric Fan Wheeler 70.Fire Extingushr Manby

35. Thermos Flask Dewar 71. Flash Memory Fujio

36. Electric Motor Tesla 72.Smart Card Moreno

ISLAMIC INFORMATION

Sr# Topic

1 Important dates and Events of Islam

2 Important Islamic Days

3 Believe (Emaan)

4 Types of Kalimas

5 Arkan-e-Islam

6 Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH)

7 Ahl-e-Bait

8 Ahadith

9 Sahaba Ikraam

10 Ashra Mubashra

11 Quranic Information/Other Divine Books

12 Prophets (A.S)
13 Angels (Malaika)

14 Ghusal

15 Namaz (Salah)

16 Roza

17 Hajj

18 Zakat

19 Ghazwat/Jihad

20 Miscellaneous

IMPORTANT DATES AND EVENTS OF ISLAM

Sr. Event Islamic English

No. Calender Calender

1 Birth of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) 571

2. Death of Aminah (Prophet Mother) 576

3 Death of Abdul-Mutlab (Prophet Grandfather) 578

4 Journey to Syria with Uncle Abu Talib 582

5 Marriage to Hazrat Khadija (R.A) 595

6 First Revelation (Iqra Bismi-Rabbika) 610

7 Emigration of Muslims to Abyssinia 615

8 Boycott by Quraish of Prophet Family 617-620

9 Death of Abu Talib (Prophet Uncle) 620

10 Death of Khadija (R.A) 620

11 Mairaj (Ascention) 621

12 Prophet (PBUH) Emigration to Madina 1 AH 622

13 Marriage to Hazrat Aysha (R.A) 1 AH 623

14 Change of Qibla 2 AH 624

15 Battle ofBadr 2 AH 624

16 Marriage of Hazrat Fatima (R.A) daughter 2 AH 624

17 Battle ofUhud 3 AH 625

18 Battle of Ahzad (Khandaq/Trench) 5 AH 627

19 Treaty of Hudaibiyah 6 AH 628

20 Invitation to Kings and World Leaders 6 AH 628

21 Opening of Makkah (Fatah Makkah) 8 AH 629

22 Last Reveiation/Hijja-tul-Widah 10 AH 632

23 Death of Prophet (PBUH) 11 AH 632

Important Islamic Days

10 Moharram -Ashura Day (Martyr Hazrat Hussain, R.A)

1 12 Rabi-Ul-Avvwal -Birth Day of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH)

27 Rajab (Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) Journey & -Waqia Mairaj Sharif

meeting Allah (S.W.T)

15 Shaban (Night of Forgiveness by Allah S.W.T) -Shab-e-Biraat

5 27 Ramadhan -Nazool-e-Quran / Shab-e-Qadar

01 Shawwal -Eid-Ul-Fitr

9 Zhul Hijjah -Hajj at Makkah Sharif

10 Zhul Hijj ah -Eid-Ul-Azha (Animal Qurbani) Month cf Ramadhan -Fasting (whole month)

10. Friday -Holy Day of Muslims (Day of Judgement/ Creation of Heavens & Earth)

11. Last Friday of Ramadhan -Jumma-tul-Wida

Believe (Eman)

A Muslim believes in following:

1. Believe in One Allah(Toheed)

2. Believe in Prophethood of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) (Risalat)

3. Believe in All Prophets of Allah

4. Believe in Life after Death (Doomsday)

5. Believe in Angels (Malaika)

6. Believe in Allah's Books

7. Believe that virtue and evils are in the power of Allah

Types of Kalimas(06)

There are 6 Kalimas in Islam:

I. Kalima Tayyab 2. Kalima Shahdat 3. Kalima Tamjeed

4. Kalima Toheed 5. Kalima Astagfar 6. Kalima Radi Kufar

Arkan-e-lslam (Pillars of Islam) - 05

Kalima (Toheed + Risalat) 2. Namaz 3. Roza 4. Hajj 5. Zakat

15. Age of Prophet declare Prophethood -40 Years

16. Migration to Madina with 45 friends -622 A.D/13Nabvi

17. Foster Mothers of Prophet -Hazrat Haleema, Sobia, Khola (R.A)

18. Duration Hazrat Haleema cared -4 Years

19. Age of Prophet at the mother death -6 Years

20. Age of Prophet at Abdulmulab death -8 Years

21. Name of Camel -Al-Qaswa

22. Women who tried to poison Prophet -Zainab

23. Prophet demolished Masjid -Masjid-e-Zirrar

24. Dai'a of Prophet -Shifa

25. Aqeeqa Ceremony after bith -After 7 days of birth

26. Aam-ul-Hazan (Year of Grief) -10th Nabvi

27. Tribe of Prophet -Quraish (clan Banu Hasham I

28. Uncles who embraced Islam -Hamza & Abbas (R.A)

29. Death of Prophet father -6 Months before birth

30. Brothers and Sisters of Prophet -No Borther/Sister

31. Mother of Prophet buried at -Abwa b/w Makkah & Madina

32. Prophet buried in place -Hujra of Hazrat Aysha (R.A)

33. Age at the time of death of Prohpet -63 Years

34 Wives of Prophet called

3 5. Age of Khadija at the time of death

56. First wife

37. Last wife

5 8. Abu-Bakar daughter married Prophet

39. Umar daughter married to Prophet

40. Abu Sufyan daughter married Prophet

41. Wife who died at last

42. Hazrat Ibrahim was son of

43. All wives were burried in Janatulbaqi

-Ummahat-ul-Momineen

-65 Years

-Hazrat Khadija (R.A)

-Umme-Maimoona (R.A) -Hazrat Aysha (R.A) -Hazrat Hafsa (R.A)

-Hazrat Ummay Habiba (R.A)

-Hazrat Salma (R.A)

-Hazrat Maria Qutbia (R.A) -Except Hazrat Khadija (R.A)

Ahl-e-Bait

Ahl-e-Bait means members of the house. It includes the family of Prophet (PBUH), wives, sons,
daughters Son-in-law (Damad) and childrens of Their children.

1. Ummul-Momineen (12) (Wives of Prophet/ Mothers of Muslims)

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)

Hazrat Khadija (R.A) Hazrat Aysha (R.A) Hazrat Hifsa (R.A)

Hazrat Ummay Habiba (R.A) Hazrat Javeria (R.A) Hazrat Ummay Salma (R.A)
7) Hazrat Zainab Bint Hajash (R.A)

8) Zainab Bint Khazima (R.A)

9) Hazrat Souda (R.A)

10) Hazrat Safia (R.A)

11) Hazrat Memoona (R.A)

12) Hazrat Maria (R.A)

2. Sons (03):

1) Hazrat Ibrahim (R.A) 2) Hazrat Abdullah (R.A)

2) Hazrat Qasim (R.A)

3. Daughters(04)

1) Hazrat Zainab (R.A) 2) Hazrat Ruqia (R.A)

3) Hazrat Ummay Qalsoom (R.A) 4) Hazrat Fatima (R.A)

4. Son-in-Laws (03)

1) Hazrat Abu'al Aas Ibn-e-Rabi (R.A) -Husband of Zainab (R.A)

2) Hazrat Usman (R.A) -Husband of Ruqia & Ummay Qalsoom (R.A)

3) Hazrat Ali (R.A) - Husband of Hazrat Fatima (R.A)

*Some people include only Hazrat Ali (R.A) in Ahl-e-Bait, not other Damads.

296

CRUX of Special Educatic

Ahadith

1. Who narrated maximum Ahadis -Hazrat Abu Huraira (R.A)-5}"

2. Hadith -Saying of Prophet (PB U

3. Sunnah -Actions of Prophet (PB I ■

4. Sahib. Hadith -Authentic Hac :

5. No. of Ahadith in Sahih Bukhari -7391

6. Most authentic book of Ahadith -Sahih Bukh_

7. Authentic book after Quran -Sahih Bukh

8. Sanad -Supr

9. Meaning os Sunnah -Way (Pa: -

10. Types of Hadith -03 (Taqrar, Faili, Q: a

11. Mashkaat Sharif book belongs to -Ahacar

12. First collection of Ahadith -Sahifa-e-Sac.aa

13. First book of Ahadith compiled -Mouta by Imam Ma

14. Ahadith books called Sahihain -Sahi Bukhari & Sahi Mus

15. Hadith Mutfiq Alay -Hadith in Bukhari &Mu s: -

16. Hadith-e-Taqrar-Silence of Prophet (PBUH) on seeing somebody doing somet:

17. Hadith Faili -Hadith showing doing of Prop: [

18. Hadith Qouli -Hadith showing saying of Prophr

19. Ahadith were composed -During life of Prophet (PBl H

20. Real of name of Imam Abu Hanifa -Nauman Bin Sab

21. Maximum Ahadith described by -Hazrat Aysha (R.A

22. Writer of Sahih Muslim -Imam Muslim Bin Hajjaj Neshap_-

23. Writer of Jamia Tirmizi - Abu Essa Bin Muhammad Essa Tim::

24. Writer of Al-Mouta -Imam Malik Bin Un::

25. Writer of Sahih Bukhari -Imam Abu Abdullah Muhammad Bin Ismail Bukha.-

26. No. of Books of Sihah-e-Sitta -06 1) Sahih Bukhari 2) Sahih Muslim 3) Sunan Abi Daud

4) Jammay Tirmizi 5) Sunam Nisai 6) Sunan Ibn-e-Maja

Sahaba Ikraam

1. Khulfa-e-Rashideen -Abu Bakar (R.A), 632-634 (2Y-3N:

Umar (R.A), 634-644 (10Y - 6 M)

Usman (R.A), 644-656 (12 Years)

AH (R.A), 656-661 (4Y - 9M)

[CHAP -13] Islamic Information

297

2. First Ameer ul Momineen of Muslims - Hazrat Abu Bakar (R.A)

3. Leaders of Martyrs (Shuhda) -Hamza & Hussain (R.A)

4. Key Holder of Kabba Sharif -Usman Bin Talha (R.A)

5. Sahabi who conquered Persia -Saad Bin Abi Waqas (R.A)

6. Who Martyred Hazrat Umar (R.A) - Slave AbuLulu Feroz-24 A.H

7. Who introduced Hijra Calendar -Hazrat Umar (R.A)

8. Titles of of Hazrat Ali (R.A) -Asad Ullah & Haider-e-Karrar

9. Hazrat Ali (R.A) married with -Hazrat Fatima (R.A) in 2 Hijri

10. Who was born at Khana-Kaaba -Hazrat Ali (R.A)

11. Hazrat Ali was awarded 'Zulfiqar' -In Ghazwa Uhud

12. Who established the office of Qazi -Hazrat Umar (R.A)

13. Sahabi without seeing Prophet -Hazrat Awais Qarai (R.A)

14. Who added 2nd Azan for Friday -Hazrat Usman (R.A)

15. Who got the title of Siddique -Hazrat Abu Bakar (R.A)

16. Who established Deptt. of Police -Hazrat Umar (R.A)

17. Who formed Parliament (Majlse-Aam) -Hazrat Umar (R.A)

18. What was the title of Hazrat Usn. -Ghani

19. Who got title 'Gateway to Knowledge" -Hazrat Ali (R.A)

20. Who established 'Postal System -Ameer Muavia

21. First Moazan of Islam -Hazrat Bilal (R.A)

22. Prophet first stayed Madina in house of -Hazrat Abu Ayub Ansari (R.A)

23. First person sent to spread Islam -Moassab Bin Umair to Madina
24. Fist Census in Islamic Period -Hazrat Umar (R.A) Period

25. Who is called Zunnu-rain -Usman

(R.A) due to marriage with two prophet daughters (Ruqia +Ummay Kal

Ashra Mubashra

10 Sahabi who were promised Paradise.

1. Hazrat Abu Bakar (R.A) 6. Hazrat Talha (R.A)

2. Hazrat Umar (R.A) 7. Abdul Rehman Bin Auf (R.A)

3. Hazrat Usman (R.A) 8. Abu Ubaida Bin Jarrah (R.A)

4. Hazrat Ali (R.A) 9. Saad Bin Abi Waqas (R.A)

5. Hazrat Zubair (R.A) 10. Saeed Bin Zaid (R.A)

Quranic Information / Other Divine Books

-Surah Tea* j -Surah Narra. -Surah Baqara (286 A -Surah Kousar (03 A

-Surah Fait: -Surah Yaseei -Surah Rehrr_=: -Surah Falaq + Surah N

-Surah Fa:;: -Surah Naa. -Hazrat Muhammad (PBl -

-700 Time -13 Yeao -10 Yean -Surah Ikr. -In CaveH -Hazrat Muhammad (PBlA-. -Hazrat Jibraeel (A -Quran
Pa. -Para No. 9, Surah Al-Aarad -Kaaba

-Believers & Non-Believe-

-Jinr -Taqwa (Pier. -Allah (S.W.I -23 Yea: -Sura Al-Ala^

1. Total Surah in Quran -114 (86 Madni + 28 Mi

2. Total Ayat in Quran -t

3. Total Ruku in Quran

4. Total Paras in Quran

5. Total Manazil

6. Total Sajday

7. No. of times Bismillah in Quran

8. Surah not starting with Bismillah

9. Two times Bismillah in Surah

10. Largest Surah in Quran

11. Smallest Surah in Quran

12. Mother of Quran

13. Heart of Quran

14. Aroos ul Quran (beauty of Quran)

15. Surah Maoozteen

16. First Surah

17. Last Surah

18. First Hafiz of Quran

19. No. of Huffaz at death time of Prophet

20. Stress on Namaz in Quran

21. Duration of Makki Surah

22. Duration of Madni Surah

23. Sura considered 1/3 of Quran

24. Quran was revealed first

25. Quran was revealed on Prophet

26. Quran was revealed through

27. The book which is read most

28. First Sajda in Quran

29. First and Most Ancient Mosque

30. Quran divided mankind into

31. Devil (lblees) is?

32. Measure of Dignity in Quran

3 3. Author of Quran

34. Completion of years

35. First Surah Revealed

36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44.

45.

46. ; 47.
48.

49.

50.

51.

52.

53. 54.

Last Surah Revealed

Quran Revealed in Language

First Urdu Translation of Quran

No. of Prophet mentioned in Quran

Reward of reading one Quran letter

Quran means

First revealation Ayats

WYYO applied dots (N\Mas) m Quiarv

Total Surah in last para

LoTv^esX AyaX of Quran.

First revealed book

Who translated Quran in Persian

Ikhlas means

Quran is written

Quran is called

Only Sahabi mentioned in Quran How many time Jibraeel met Prophet Earth and Sky were built by Allah
Who is called Tarjmanul Quran Who collected Quran in book form Other name of Zaboor Other name of
Injeel Collection of divine books Christian read Translation of Quran in languages Prophet daily read a
portion of Quran Revelation Writers Names of Jabraeel in Quran: Ar

-Sura Nasar -Arabic

-1776 Shah Rafi Ud Din -26 Prophets -10 Rewards -'Read one' -05 Ayats

-37 Surah
- A.-YAT U\ VCURS\

-Taurat -Shah Wall Allah -Purity of Faith -In prose and poetry -Manual of Science -Zaid Bin Haris -24000
times -In 06 Days -Abdullah Bin Abbas -Zaid Bin Sabit -Psalms -Gospal -Bible

-More 100 languages -Called "Manzil" -Abu-Bakar, Umar, Usman, Ali......

-Rooh/Roohul-Amin/Roohul Qudus

-4.

-5.

Huroof-e-Muqat'at: These are words in Quran whose meaning are only known to Allah (S.W.T).

Language of Divine Books: Taurat (Hebrew)

- Zaboor (Siriac) - Anjeel (Siriac) - Quran Pak (Arabic) Meaning of Divine Books:

Taurat (Light) - Zaboor (Pieces) - Anjeel (Good News) - Quran (To read)

First Revelation: Iqra Bismi Rabikallazi Khalaq (Aura Al-Alaq)

Last Revelation :A1 -YowmaAkmaltuLakumDeenakum (Sura Al-Maida)

Sajda-e-Talawat:While reading Quran, at some points, Sajda is Wajib called Sajda-e-Talawat.

300

CRUX of Special Educatic

Prophets (A.S)

1. First Man & Woman on earth

2. Who is called Abu-Al-Bashar

3. Height of Hazrat Adam (A.S)

4. Age of Hazrat Adam (A.S)

5. Age of Noah (A.S)

6. Where the Noah Ark stoppped

7. Nation of Noah was destructed with

8. How many people mount on Noahboat

9. Duration of Flood storm of Noah

10. Hazrat Ibrahim was thrown in Fire by

11. Ibrahim intended to sacrifice at Mina

12. Wives of Hazrat Ibrahim (A.S)

13. Who got the title of Khalil ullah

14. Azaat of Mosquito was sent to whome

15. Who invented Comb

16. Who was the father of Ibrahim

17. Who was contemporaroy of Ibrahim

18. Titles of Hazrat Ismail (A.S)

19. Name of Hazrat Ismail (A.S)

20. Zam Zam emerged beneath the foot of

21. Who discovered Hajr-e-Aswad

22. Hazrat Uzair got alive after

23. Who swallowed Hazrat Yunus (A.S)

24. Who got the tile of Israel

25. How many prophets come on earth

26. Who first learnt to write

27. Who could mould iron with hand

28. Who had impairment in tongue

29. Moosa crossed which sea

30. Who was elder brother of Moosa

31. Who brought up Moosa (A.S)

32. Comtemporary Prophet of Moosa

33. Who is famous for patience

-Hazrat Adam & Eve (A -Hazrat Adam (A -90 F -1000 Ye -950 Yea -At Judi Mountain (Tur^..

-Flore -About 80 pe -06 Mo: -Namrja -His son Hazrat Ismail (A -Saara& H, -Hazrat Ibrahim (A -Nation of
Ibrahim ( -Hazrat Ibrahim I

-AazJ -Hazrat Loot (A -Abu-Al-Arab/Zabih Ulla -Hajn -Hazrat Ismail (A -Hazrat Ismail (A Remaining dead
for 100 Yer

-Fisi -Hazrat Yaqub ( -01 Lac 24 thousar; -Hazrat Idrees (A -Hazrat Dawood (AS -Hazrat Moosa (A ;

-Red So -Hazrat Haroon (A ; -Aasia Bint Mozar -Hazrat Haroon (A ; -Ayub (A.S) (Skin diseas:

[CHAP - 13] Islamic Information

301

34. Who invented Soap

35. From where Isa was lifted alive

56. Which Prophet was carpenter

? 7. Which Prophet was cut by Saw

5 8. Which Prophet know language of birds

59. Which Prophet had melodious voice

40. Prophet cure Leprosy (Jazzam)

41. Last punishment by Allah

42. Hazrat Sulaiman died with support of

-5. Profession of Hazrat Essa (A.S)

-4. Birth place of Hazrat Essa (A.S)

- 5. Fatherless Prophets

46. Who got the title of Habib Ullah

-7. Who got the title Najeeb Ullah

48. Who got the title Rooh Ullah

~9. Hazrat Moosa received message on

50. Who got the title of Kaleem Ullah

51. Nation of Hazrat Hood (A.S)

5 2. Nation of Hood destroyed with

53. Nation of Hazrat Saleh (A.S)

54. Hazrat Yousaf (A.S) remained in jail

55. Yousaf and Yaqub met each other after

56. Father of Hazrat Yousaf (A.S)

57. Who was born on Dua of Zikriya

58. Real brother of Yousaf (A.S)

59. Where Yousaf (A.S) was sold as slave

60. No. of brothers of Yousaf (A.S)

51. Yousaf (A.S) was famous for

62. Yaqub (A.S) lost his eye in memory of

6 3 Speaker of Prophet (Khateebul Anbia)

64. Nation of Shoaib committed

: 5. Good player of flute (Bansury)

6 6. Teacher of Hakeem Luqman

67. Famous king of Bani Aad

- S Vilent storm (Azab) was sent to

59. Volcanic eruption Azab sent to

-Hazrat Saleh (A.S) -Kalori Hill -Hazrat Zikriya (A.S) -Hazrat Zikriya (A.S) -Dawood & Sulaiman (A.S) -Hazrat
Dawood (A.S) -Hazrat Isa (A.S) •Nation of Hazrat Saleh (A.S)

-Stick -Carpenter -Baitul Laham -Essa & Adam (A.S) -Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) -Hazrat Dawood (A.S)
-Hazrat Isa (A.S) -Mountain Toor-e-Seena -Hazrat Moosa (A.S) -Aad
-7 Day continue rain&storm -Samood -10 Years -40 Years -Hazrat Yaqub (A.S) -Hazrat Yahya (A.S) -Bin
Yameen -Egypt -12 Brothers -His Beauty -Son Yousaf (A.S) -Shoaib (A.S) -Embezellment in Trusts -Hazrat
Dawood (A.S) -Hazrat Dawood (A.S) -Shaddaad -Bani Aad -Bani Samood

302 CRUX of Special Educatic -

70. Dreadful Earthqual Azab sent to -Nation of Loot

71. Ayub suffered from skin disease -18 Years

72. Jews cut Prophet into 2 pieces -When Zikriya hid Him in tna

73. Prophets still physically alive on earth -Ilyas&Khizer (A :

74. Prophets still physically' alive on sky -Essa&Idrees (A

75. Injeel (Book) revealed by Allah on -Hazrat Essa (A 5

76. Zaboor (Book) revealed by Allah on -Hazrat Dawood (A 5

77. Torait (Book) revealed by Allah on -Hazrat Moosa (A 5

78. Important subject of Holy Books-Human Beir _

79. Superior Holy Book -Quran Pay

80. Meaning of Prophet -Messar.^;

81. Prophet who brings New Deen -Rasoc

82. Prophet who doesn't bring new Deen -Nab.

83. Who got title Rehmat-ul-lil-Alamin -Hazrat Muhammad (PBl A

84. Imam-uLAnbia -Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH

85. Abu-ul-Anbia -Hazrat Ibrahim (PBUH

86. Last action of Prophet (PBUH) -Miswak (Tooth brush

87. Who gave ghusal to Prophet on death -Hazrat Ali (R.A

88. Prophets wished to become Ummati of Hazrat Muhammad (PBUH) -Hazra Essa & Moosa (A
S

Angels (Malaika)

1. Angel Malk-al-Moat -Hazrat Izraeel (AS

2. Duty of Hazrat Jibraeel -To bring Wahi on Prophet

3. Duty of Hazrat Mekaeel -Rain &Eatings for creatures

4. Duty of Hazrat Izraeel -To capture Rooh of creatures

5. Duty of Hazrat Israfeel -To blow Soor on Qayyarrr

6. Angels offered Sajda to Prophet -Hazrat Adam (AS

7. Greatest Angel in Islam -Hazrat Jibraeel (AS

8. Two angels who remain with humans -Karama Kati:

9. What is the duty of Karama Katibin -One angel writes vitue other sij

10. Name the two angels of the grave -Munkar Nakee-

11. 03 questions Munkar Nakeer will ask -Your Lord, Prophet, Religior.

12. No. of Famous angels -04 (Hazrat Jibraeel, Mekaeel, Israfeel, Izraee

Ghusal

Definition: Ghusal means a special Islamic method of taking bath after intercourse, menses, ejaculation
after delivery etc.

2 Method of Ghusal: It includes following steps:

) Wash of both hands 5) Pouring water on right shoulder

1) Wash of dirt from dirty parts 6) Pouring water on left shoulder

5) Complete Wazu 7) Complete wash of body

4) Pouring water on head to wash it

Ghusal K Fraiz:There are following 03 Fraiz of Ghusal:

1) Kuli (Gargle) 2) Complete Nose wash 3) Washing whole body

Namaz (Salah)

1. Obligatory Prayers (Namaz): Muslims offer 05 prayers in a day:

1) Fajar (2 Sunnat + 2 Farz) - 4 Rakat

2) Zuhar (4 Sunnat + 4 Farz + 2 Sunnat + 2 Nafal) - 12 Rakat

3) Asar (4 Sunnat + 4 Farz) - 8 Rakat

4) Maghrab (3 Farz + 2 Sunnat + 2 Nafal) - 7 Rakat

5) Isha (4 Sunnat+4 Farz+2 Sunnat+3 Witr+2 Nafal) - 17 Rakat

2. Optional Prayers (Namaz):

1) Eidin: (2 Rakat Wajib) - After Sunrise

2) Tahajjud (4-12 Rakat- Half night to before sunrise)

3) Ishraq (2-4 Rakat - About 45 Minutes^after sunrise)

4) Chashat(2,4,6,8,10,12 Rakat - Before Noon till Zawwal)

5) Awwabeen (6-20 Rakat After Maghrib in 2 units of each set) •

6) Tahiya-tul-Masjid (2 Rakat anytime after entering Masjid)

7) Salatu-Tasbih (4 Rakat any time/any day)

8) Namaz-Jinaza (Funeral Prayer with no Sajda with special Jinaza Duas)

9) Namaz-e-Qasar (During journey, one offers only two Farz in Zuhar, Asar & Isha with no Sunnat
and Nafal) (In Maghrib 3 Farz are offered and complete Fajr Prayer is offered and Witr of Isha are also
offered).

10) Namaz-e-Travih (20 Rakat in month of Ramazan after Isha Prayer)

11. Namaz-Istsqa (2 Rakat for Rain during drought)

12. Salat-e-Safar (2 Rakat before journey and 2 Rakat after Journey)

13. Salat-e-Istikhara (2 Rakat to seek guidance from Allah in special matter)

1) Salat-ul-Hajat (4-12 Rakats any time in the hour of need)

2) Salatu-Toba (2 Rakat any time to seek forgiveness from Allah)

3) Salatul-Khawf (2 Rakat in the hour of severe fear)

4) Jummar Prayer (4 Sunnat+2 Farz+4 Sunnat+2 Sunnat+2 Nafal)

5) Witr (3 Rakat Wajib in the prayer of Isha)

6) Namaz Khasoof (2 Rakat on the Moon Eclipse)

7) Namaz Kasoof (2 Rakat on the Sun Eclipse)

8) Salat-e-Shukar on getting blessing from Allah

Method of Wazu: Wazu means washing necessary body parts to get purit;. offer prayer: Method of
Wazu is given below:

1) 3 Times Hand wash upto wrists

2) 3 Times Gargal (Kuli), water must reach to throat

3) 3 Times Nose wash by taking water in right palm

4) 3 Times Face wash from forehead to lower chin

5) 3 Times both arms wash upto elbow, right first

6) 1 Time head massage (Massah) & ears cleaning with fingers by tak: water in both of the palms.
7) 3 Times feet wash upto ankle, right first

Wazu K Fraiz: These are 04: 1) Face wash from forehead to lower chin, 2)' of both hands upto elbows, 3)
Massah, 4) Wash of feet upto ankle

5 Wazu Dua

Taharat-e-Sughra

First question in grave about

S Azan was started in

9. Wazu was made compulsory

10. Tayyumum was made compulsory

11. Namaz was made obligatory

12. 6 additional Takbeers are offered in

13. No. of Takbeer in Namaz-e-Janaza

14. Holy Prophet (PBUH) first Eid

15. Permission of Tayyaumum granted in

16. Standing straight in Namaz

17. Standing straight after Ruku

1X. Short period between 2 Sajdas

19. Sitting Straight in Namaz

-Kalima No. 2 (Shahaca.

-WIT. -Prayer (Nanuj -1 HQ -5 FL -5FL -10 H, -Eid Pr^

-39 -4H -Qav\ -Qo-

-Qa*

20. Total Rakats in five Farz Prayers

21. Namaz is prohibited in times

22. Allah likes Nafil Namaz

23. First Eid-ul-Fit was offered in

24. When the Namaz granted to Prophet

25. Jumma Prayer is not compulsory for

26. Oldest mosque on earth

27. Meaning of Qiblah

28. First Qibla of Muslims

29. Change of Qibla

30. Mosque built by Munafqeen

31. Center of World

32. Height of KhanaKaaba

33. Doors of Masjid-e-Haram

34. First Mosque of Islam

35. Azan which needs no prayer to be offer

36. One who offers prayer alone

37. Saying Allah-o-Akber to start prayer

38. Persons required for Jamat prayer

39. Reward of prayer equal to Hajj/Umra

40. Reward of 1 Prayer without Jamat

41. Reward of 1 Prayer with Jamat

42. Reward of 1 Prayer at Masjid-e-Aqsa

43. Reward of 1 Prayer at Masjid-e-Nabvi

44. Reward of 1 Prayer at Haram Sharif

45. Reward of 1 Prayer w/o Jamat in Ramzan-

46. Reward of 1 Prayer with Jamat in Ramzan-

47. Reward of 1 Prayer at Masjid Quba

48. Funeral Prayer is called *

49. Farz-e-Kuffaya: When some people offer this

50. Sajda-e-Sahav: When a person forgets Namaz,

-48

-Sun rise/sun set/sun at mid -Tahajjud -2 Hijri -Mairaj Sharif -Women -Kaaba tullah -Anything in front
-Masjad-e-Aqsa -2 Hijri -Masjad-e-Zarrar -Makkah -54 Feet - 9 Inch -25

-Quba (1 Hijri construction) -Azan on child birth -Munfarid -Takbeer-e-Tehreema -02

-Namaz-e-Ishraq -1

-27 Times -500 Times -1000 Times -100,000 Times 70

70x27= 1890 Times -1 Umrah -Farz-e-Kuffaya prayer, it is considered from all. he offer 2 Sajda in last
Rakat.

Roza

1. Roza was made compulsory in -2 Hi;-.

2. When Aitekaf is offered -In Ramzan Shar

3. ' Name of 3 Ashra of Ramzan -Rehmat - Maghfirat-get rid of he

4. Kuffara for breaking Fast (Roza) Feed 60 people or 60 Continuous Roza

5. Door of Jannah for Fast Observers-Bab -ur-Riyvar

6. Juma-tul-wida -Last Friday of Ramzi

Hajj

1. Hajj was made obligatory in -9 Hir.

2. Other name of Youm-e-Arfa -Hajj da>

3. No. Hajj performed by Prophet (PBUH) -One

4. When Holy Prophet performed Hajj -lOHijr.

5. Day of Sacrifice during Hajj -Youm-e-Neb

6. Who performed first Hajj -Hazrat Adam & Eve (A 5

7. Taking 7 rounds around Kaaba is called -Twaa;

8. Dua while entering Haram for Hajj -Talbiyya

9. Rami/Jamarat -Throwing stone at 3 spc

10. Run between Safa and Marwa -Sayee

11. No. of rounds between Safa & Marwa -07

12. Dress of Hajj Ahraa-

13. Miqat -Place to put on Ahra.-

14. Shoot -One round around Kaal _

15. No. of Sahaba with Prophet in Hajj -More than 01 Lat

16. Camels sacrificed by Prophet on Hajj -100 (63 Himself/37 Ali (R

17. Time of Hajj -7-13 Zul-Hijjaj:

18. TimeofUmra -Anytime except 9-11 Zul-Hij a

19. Offering prayer like offering inside Kaaba- Hateem (Pla. t

20. Hajj made obligatory -8 Hi,.-.

21. Prayer Maghrib & Isha are offered -At Muzdalfa 9 Hijri in Ha

22. Rukn-e-Azam of Hajj -Waqoof-e-A::_

23. Best gate to enter in Kaaba -Bab-e-Salar

24. Meaning of Hjar-e-Aswad -Black Stone

25: Actual colour of Hajr-e-Aswad was -White

26. Al-Multazim (meaning) -Place of Holding

27. Sayee starts from Safa and ends at -Marwa

28. Muzdalfa -A plain (Meedaan)

29. Muzdalfa distance from Makkah -6 Miles

30. Rami is done at -Mina

31. Kaba wall b/w Hajr-e-Aswar & doors -Al-Multazim

32. Circles Around Kaaba

1) First inner most - Masjid-e-Haram 2) Second - Makkah Mukarma

3) Thrid - Haram

4) Fourth - Mowaqeet

33. Manasik-e-Hajj

1) Ahram Dressing

2) Talbia (Dua to read during Hajj)

3) Tawaf (7 rounds around Kaba)

4) Maqam-e-Ibrahim (2 Rakat Nafal near this Stone)

5) Kissing of Hajr-e-Aswad or Touching or Singning

6) Sayee (7 times running from Safa to Marwa and Back)

7) Arafaat (Listening Khutba of Hajj in Arfaat Plain)

8) Rami (Throwing stones on Jamarat)

9) Sacrifice (Sacrifice of animal after Rami and cut their hears)

Zakat

1. Literal meaning of Zakat-Purification

2. Zakat was made compulsory in -2 Hijri

3. Caliph did jihad on issue of Zakat -Hazrat Abu Bakar (R.A)

4. Person liable to pay Zakat -Sahib-e-Nisab

5. Ratio of Zakat -2.5%

6. Tax on produce of agriculture land -Ushur

7. Muslims types eligible to receive Zakat -8 Types

8. Nisab for irrigated produce -10/100

9. Rate of Ushur for Irrigated land -5% or 1/5

10. Not eligible for Zakat -Husband, Wife, Parents, Children

11. Ushur means -1/10

12. Khums means -1/5

13. Nisab-e-Zakat

1) Cash or property

2) Gold

3) Silver

4) Trade Items

5) Camel

6) Cows/Buffallows

7) Goat/Sheep

Ghazwat/Jihad

1. Jihad
2. Types of Jihad

3. Jihad was made obligatory in

4. First Ghazwa Widdan or Abwa

5. Ghazwa Badr/Furqan

6. Ghazwa Uhud

7. Ghazwa Khandiq/Ahzad

8. Treaty of Hudaibia

9. Conquest of Khyber

10. Letters to various Kings by Prophet

11. Conquest of Makkah

12. Battle of Tubuk

13. Hijjat-tul-wida

14. Youm-ul-Furqan

15. Fat'hay-Mobeen

16. Last Ghazwa

17. Sahabi who killed his Kafir father

18. Only one person killed by Prophet

19. Muslims performed 1st Hajj

20. Muslim women took part in war first

21. First Muslim women martyred

22. First Muslim man martyred

23. No. of soldiers in Badr

24. No. of persons killed in Badr

25. Leader of Non-Muslim in Badr

-Equal to 521" Tola Sih -lm Tola -521/2 Tola -Equal to 521/2 Tola Sih.

-05 - -30 -40

-Fight in way of Allah (SWT Jihad Binafs/Jihad Bil-Qalarr Jihad Bil-Saif/Jihad Bil-Maa -2 Hijri -1 Hijri -2 Hijr.
-3 Hijr -5 Hijr. -611,--6 Hijr. -7 Hijr. -8 Hijr. -9 Hijr • -10 Hijri -Youm-ul-Bad: -Treaty of Hudaibia -Ghazwa
Tabuk ■Abu Ubaida Bin Jarrah (R.A -Battle Uhud-Ubay Bin Kalf -In 9 Hijri -In Ghazwa Uhuc -Hazrat Samia
(R.A -Hazrat Haris (R.A -313 Muslim/1000 Kuffa: -14 Muslims/70 Non-Muslims -Abu-Jaha^

26. Who killed Abu-Jahal -Maooz & Ma'aaz

27. No. of soldiers in Uhud -1000 Muslims/3000 Muslims

28. No. of Muslims martyred in Uhud -70

29. Khyber was conquested in -20 Days

30. Battle in which Prophet not participated -Saria

31. No. of Muslims in conquest of Makkah -10,000

32. No. of Muslims in Ghazwa Tabuk -30,000

33. Total No. of Ghazwat -27

34. Total No. of Sarias -53 or 56

35. Teeth of Prophet (PBUH) martyred -In Ghazwa Uhud

36. Battle of Tabook was against -Romans

37. Prophet (PBUH) stayed -53 Y Makkah, 10 Y Madina

38. Battle faught b/w Ali(R.A)&Aysha(R.A) -Battle of Carnal (Jamal)

39. Battle faught b/w Ali(R. A)&Muavia(R.A)- Battle of Safeen

40. Khalid Bin Waleed (R.A) accept Islam -8 Hijri

41. Leader of Kufar in Uhud -Abu Sufyan

42. Abu-Bakar donated all belongings -In Ghazwa Tabook

43. Muslims returned without fight -In Ghazwa Tabook

44. In Battle, Prophet was left alone -Battle of Hunain (8Hijri)

45. Battle of Mouta -8 Hijri

46. Catapult used first time by Muslims -In Battle ofTaif

47. Battle of Yermuk continued for days -06 Days

48. Muslim Commander of Yermuk -Khalid Bin Waleed (R.A)

Miscellaneous

1. As-Haab-e-Kahf slept for period -300 years

2. No. of As-Haab-e-Kahf -07

3. Muslim who changes religion -Murtadd

4. No. of Heavens (Skies) -07

5. First tree on earth -Date Palm (Khajoor)

6. Meanings of Allah -Only being worth worship

7. Tauheed -Oneness of Allah

8. Category of Iblees -Jinn

9. Waqia Karbla -61 Hijri

10. No. of Shuhada of Karbla -72

11. Death of Hazrat Fatima (R.A) -11 Hijri

310 CRUX of Special Education

12. Muakhat (Ansar & Mohajir) -1 Hijr.

13. Treaty of Hudaibia -6 Hijr.

14. Who constructed Kaba before Adam -Angels 2000 Y before Adam Birth

15. When Kaaba was disappeared -During Noah Time Flooc

16. One who changes religion -Saab:

17. One who collects Zakat -Jaabi

18. Sidra-tul-Muntaha -Last tree of eternity

19. Religious Sign of Islam -Hilal (First night moonj

20. Mezban-e-Rasool (PBUH) -Hazrat Ayub Ansari (R.A

21. Istalam -Kissing of Hajr-e-Aswad

22. Tehlil -Recitation of Kalima

23. Ummi -Illiterate

24. Ajmi -Non-Arab people

25. Old name of Islam -Deen-e-Hanif

26. First institution of Islam -Suffah

27. Haq Mehar in Islam -400 Misqal

28. Janat ul Baqi (graveyard) -Madina

29. Janat ul Moala (graveyard) -Makkah

30. Time period b/w death & Qayyama Barzukh

31. Types of Huqooq (Rights) -Huqooq Allah/Huqooqul-Ibad

32. Kharaj -Spoils of War

33. Share of Men and Women in Wirasat -Men -2 / Women - 01

34. Who is Mehram in Islam - To whom woman cannot marry

(Husband/Father/Sons/Brother etc.)

35. Duration of Raza'at (Breastfeeding) -At Least 2 Years

36. Satr (Parda) for Men -Navel to Knee

37. Satr (Parda) for Women -All body except Face&Hands

38. Basic Components of Islamic Marriage -Nikah & Waleema

39. Meaning of Islam -Peace

40. When wine was prohibited -4th Hijri

41. Order of Hijab for women revealed -4th Hijri

42. Tayammum was granted in -4th Hijri

43. Interest (Sood) was prohibited in -8th Hijri

44. Hijra Year started with -14th Nabvi

[CHAP - 13] Islamic Information 311

45. First Azan was called out -1 A.H

46. Kashf means -Vision

47. Levels of Hell -07

48. Deepest level of Hell -Hawia

49. No. of Angels of Hell -19

50. Gate Keeper of Hell -Malik

51. Doors of Heaven -08

52. Gate Keeper of Heaven -Rizwan

53. Iblees will be punished with -Cold

54. People having equal good & bad deeds -Will be kept at place "Aaraf'.

55. Heaven on earth was built by -Shadad

56. First who accepted Islam -Hazrat Khadija (R.A)

57. In men who accepted Islam first -Hazrat Abu Bakar (R.A)

58. In children who accepted Islam first -Hazrat Ali (R.A)

59. In Slaves who accepted Islam first -Hazrat Bilal (R.A)

60. Charter of Madina -1 A.H

61. No. of Kings accepted Islam -04 Kings

62. Who proposed Azan first time -Hazrat Umar (R.A)

63. Real Name of Abu Jahal (uncle) -Ummar Bin Hisham

64. Distance of Cave Hira from Makkah -3 Miles

65. Distance b/w Makkah & Madina-448 KM (250 Miles)

66. Biggest Islamic country populationwise -Indonesia

67. Area wise smallest Islamic country -Maldieves

68. Europe's only Islamic country -Albania

69. First person to be questioned in Qayyama -Hazrat Jibraeel (A.S)

70. Badshahi mosque Lahore was built by -Shah Jahan

71. Shariat kay 04 Ma'akhuz -Quran, Hadith, Ijma, Qayas

72. Shirk -Worship of anyone other than Allah.

73. Hafiz -One who memorize Quran orally.

74. Qaari -One who recites Quran with tajveed.

75. Hadd-e-Sarqa -Cutting of hands

76. Hadd-e-Khamar -80 Lashes to wine drinker.

77.

78.

Hadd-e-Jald Hadd-e-Rajam
-100 Lashes to unmarried on rape -Stone throwing to married on rape

79. Hadd-e-Qazaf: It is imposed due false blame of rape on others. Its punishment 80 Lashes
(Korray).

80. Qisaas: Equal punishment (murder for murder, slap for slap etc.)

81. Diyya (Deeat): Blood money on murder to avoid the capital punishment.

82. Sahabi: Person who saw Prophet (PBUH)&believed in Him &died a Muslim.

83. Taabi: Person who saw any Sahabi and died as a Muslim.

84. Tiba Tabyeen: Person who saw any Taabi and died as a Muslim.

85. Zimmi: Kuffar living in Muslim state.He gets liberty of worship, security and pays special tax.

86. Ijma: Collective decision of MuslimScholars on an issue which is not in Qurar and Hadith.

87. Qayas: Decision of a Muslim scholar on an issue which is not in Quran, Hadith : i Ijma, on the
basis of its nature, e.g. Wine is prohibited due to its intoxicaticr. nature (nasha) likewise others things of
intoxication nature can be prohibited.

88. Hadd: Islamic Sharaee Punishment which cannot be changed by any cour e.g.cutting of hands on
theft etc.

89. Tazeer: Islamic Sharee Punishment imposed by Judge which can be changed.

[CHAP - 14] Pakistani Information

313

PAKISTANI INFORMATION

Sr# Topic

1 First in Pakistan
2 Largest/Longest in Pakistan

3 Basic Pakistani Information

4 Pre-Partition Information

5 Post-Partition Information

6 Political System of Pakistan

7 Judicial System of Pakistan

8 Presidents of Pakistan

9 Governer Generals of Pakistan

10 Prime Ministers of Pakistan

11 Constitutions of Pakistan

12 Amendments to 1973 Constitution of Pakistan

13 Miscellaneous Information

First in Pakistan

1. First Governer General -Quide-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnal

2. First President - Major General Sikander Mirz_

3. First Prime Minister - Khan Liaqat Ali Khaz

4. First Nishan-e-Haider received - Capt. Muhammad Sawer Shahee.

5. First Medical College - Nishtar Medical College, Mulu

6. First Agriculture university - Faisalaba:

7. Pakistan opened first Embassy in - Iran

8. First country who recognize Pakistan - Iran

9. First Embassy open in Pakistan - Egypt

10. First Chief of Staff of Armed Forces - Tikka Khar.

11. First Commander Inchief of Pak Army - Frank Misveri

12. First Muslim Commander Inchief Pakarmy- Ayub Khan

13. First Bank -United Bank (1947,

14. First Chief Justice - Sir Abdul Rasheed

15. First Foreign Minister - Sir Zafar Ullah Khar.

16. First Woman Prime Minister - Benzir Bhutto

17. First Woman provincial governer - Begum Liaqat Ali Khan (Sindh )

18. First Woman federal cabinet minister - Begum Wiqar Un Nisa (Tourism

19. First Woman Judge - Majida Rizv:

20. First Woman Bank established - 1989

21. First Woman Pilot - Shukria Khanum

22. First president of Muslim League - Sir Aga Khan

23. First Secretary general Muslim League - Hussain Bilgrami

24. First President Pakistan Muslim League - Quaid-e-Azam

25. First Daily Newspaper - Amroz

26. First state who joined Pakistan - Bahawalpur, 1954

27. First Governer of State Bank - Zahid Hussain

28. First Cricket Team Captain - Abdul Hafeez Kardaar

29. First Museum - National Museum Karachi, 1950

30. First Chief Election Commissioner - Mr. Khan

31. First Radio Station - Karachi

32. First TV Station -Lahore, 1964

33. First Private TV Channel - STN, 1990

34. First BBC Urdu service started - 1949

35. First satellite Badr-I launched - 1991

First test tube baby in Lahore born - 1989

37. First constructed Barrage - Sukkhur Barrage

38. First Chairman Senate - Habibullah Khan

39. First Census in Pakistan was held -1951

40. Firstly Election Commission was created -1956

41. First Biogas Plant was installed -1974

42. First Space Satellite was launched -1990

43. First Head of State visited Pakistan -Amir of Kuwait, 1947

44. First Opposition Party of Pakistan - Jinnah A warn i Party

45. First Five Year Plan was presented by - Ch. Muhammad Ali, 1956

46. First Martial Law - 1958-1962

47. First assembly dissolved by - Ghulam Muhammad, 1954

48. First assembly members of Pakistan -69

49. First Cabinet of Pakistan sworn on - 15 August 1947

50. First Cabinet members in Pakistan -07

51. Firstly National Anthem played on arrival - Raza Shah Pehlvi, Iran, 1954

52. First Film(Asha Bhoslay&Nasir Khan) - Teri Yad Released (2-9-1947)

53. First address of Quid to Assembly -11 August 1947

54. First Finance Minister of Pakistan - Ghulam Muhammad

55. First Foreign Minister of Pakistan - Zafarullah Khan

56. First Education Minister of Pakistan - Fazal Ur Rehman

57. First Martyer of Pakistan - Khawja Muhammad Shareef

58. First Azad Kashmir govt setup -24 October 1947

59.. First Elected President of Pakistan - Ayub Khan

60. First Mining project - Saindak, Balochistan

61. First coin of Pakistan was issued on -3 January 1948

62. First postal stamp issued in - 1948

63. First National Bank formed -1948

64. First time State Bank was formed -1948

- 5. First Five Year plan launched -1955

66. Fust Electdct tram slatted - Y910

Largest / Longest in Pakistan

1. Largest Province population wise - Punjab :

. Largest Province area wise - Balochistan -

3. Largest salt desert of the world -RannofKutch (Si:

4. Largest Dam -Ter

5. Largest Desert

6. Largest coalfied -

7. Largest Irrigation system of the world -Paki

8. Largest Natural Lake -Manchhar.:

9. Largest Artificial Lake -Keenjhar.:

10. Largest Airline

11. Largest Airport - QuaidAzam International Km

12. Largest District (Area-wise) -Khuzdar (Baloch::

13. Largest Industry-To

14. Largest Industrial Unit -Steel Mill Km

15. Largest Forest (Jungle) -Chhanga Manga (KJ

16. Largest Canal -Llyod Barrage C

17. Largest Mine -Salt Mine (Khe

18. Largest Iron deposits - Kalabagh, 309 m '.

19. Largest Motorway -Lahore-Islar

20. Largest University -Punjab University, Lai

21. Largest Library -Punjab Public Library.!, a

22. Largest hospital'in Pakistan - Nishter, Multan.

23. Largest Park (2300 Acres) - Ayub National Park RawaS:

24. Largest Museum -National Museum Ka:

25. Largest Nuclear Reactor -Kannup, Ka:

26. Largest Oil Field -Dhurnal Oilfield, Rawal:

27. Largest Radio Station -Islam

28. Largest Island -Manora, Ka:

29. Largest (Longest) Coast -Balochistan (771

30. Largest Mosque- Faisal Mosque (200000 capa

31. Largest circulated Urdu Newspaper -Daih

32. Largest circulated English Newspaper -The>

mm 1 [CHAP -14] Pakistani Information 317

- n

- - Largest district - Khu/dar (Balochistan)

9%* I 134. Largest Division - Kalat (Balochistan)

I ^* Largest mountain Range -Karakaram

36. Largest Coal Reserves -Sindh (184.62 Billion Tones)

37 Largest city population wise -Karachi, 7th most populous

Pa- hs Largest province population wise - Punjab (56%)

39 Largest Cement Plan -Lucky Cement (KPK)

I 40. Largest Division -Kallaat

41. Largest Road -Shahra-e-Pakistan

1 42 Largest Building - Bahria Icon Tower (394 Ft) 2016

43. Largest boundary with country -Afghanistan

1 44 Largest Fort -Rani Kot

1 Largest Hockey Stadium - National Hockey Stadium, Lahore

46. Largest Cricket Stadium - Gaddafi Satidum, Lahore

47. Largest Gas Field - Sui Gas, Balochistan

48. Largest seaport - Port Qasim

49. Largest heavy Engineering Complex - Taxila, built by China

50. Longest Railway Plateform - Rohri

51. Longest Railway Track - Karachi to Landi Kotal

52. Longest Road - Karachi-Peshawer

53. Longest Border - Pak-Afghanistan (2252 KM)

54. Longest Road Tunnel - Lowari (5 Miles)

55. Longest Railway Tunnel - Khojak, Balochistan (243 Miles)

56. Longest Water Tunnel - Warsak Dam Tunnel (3.5 Miles)

racr. 57. Highest Peak -K-2, 8610 KM

ra;-. 58. Highest Civil Award - Nishan-e-Pakistan

 59. Highest Military Award - Nishan-e-Haider

a:i_ 60. Tallest Tower - Minar-e-Pakistan, 196.8 Feet

61. Most modern city - Islamabad

62. Coldest city - Ziarat, Balochistan

63. Hottest city -Jacobabad, Sindh

64. Highest dam - Mangla Dam

65. Smallest seaport - Gwadrj

66. Smallest Division - Karachi (Sindh ^

BASIC PAKISTANI INFORMATION

1. Name of Country - Islamic Republic of Pak:.

2. Founder of Pakistan - Quaid Muhammad Ali Jim

3. Official Language -Eng

4. National Language - Ur

5. National Flower - Jasr

6. National Bird - Pheaiant (Chak

7. National Animal- Madd

8. National Game -Hoed

9. National Local Game -Kabaa

10. National Dress - Shalwar Qar.

11. National Poet - Allama 1; I

12. Natinal Slogan - La-illaha-illal _

13. National Drink - Essence of Sugar C a;

14. National Flag Colour - 02 Colours (White and Gra

15. National Flag symbol - lx Moon and lxSi

16. National Tree - De\ i

17. Time - GMT-

18. Area of Pakistan - 7, 96, 096 b

19. Population of Pakistan - 20 Karor Approxima:-.

20. World's 6thmost populous country -Pak..

21. Muslim world 2nd most populous country -Pakis

22. Literacy Rate of Pakistan - 60% (69% Male - 45% Feir.a

23. Highest Literacy Rate district - 96% Islama:

24. Lowest Literacy Rate district -28%Kohlu (Baloch.

25. Urban / Rural Population Ratio - 40% urban/600/C m

26. Population of Karachi -2 Core, 35 U

27. Annual Income per capita - 1.5".

28. Capital of Province Punjab - Lai-:

29. Capital of Province Sindh -Kara;

30. Capital of Province KPK - Pesh,

31. Capital of Province Balochistan -Que

32. Capital of Azad Kashmir - Muzzafa:--

33. Capital of Gilgit-Baltistan - Gii

[CHAP - 14] Pakistani Information

319

Seasons of Pakistan

Big city in order

Political System

Most populous district

Least populous district

Average Age

Unemployment Rate

Birth Rate

Death Rate

Growth Rate

Fertility Rate

Urbanization Rate

Men/Women Ratio

Dependency Ratio

Muslim/Non-Muslim Ratio

Human Development Index (HDI) Total Division of Pakistan Total Districts of Pakistan Total Tehsils of
Pakistan Population of Islamabad Districts of Islamabad Mauzas of Islamabad

Rivers

Deserts

Glaciers

Provinces Famous Pashto poets Sandak is famous.for Barrages on Indus Main castes of Hindu society

Hospital Beds

Head of Government of Pakistan Head of State of Pakistan Rainiest Place

- 4, (Spring, Fall, Summer. Winter) - Karachi, Lahore, Faisalabad

- Parlimentary System

- Okara/Lahore

- Chagi (Balochistan) -66.4 Years (2016)

- 5.90%

-23.19 birth/1,000 population (2014) -6.58 death/1,000 population (2014)

* -1.49%

- 3.58 Children born/woman

- 2.68% annual

- 49% Men - 51% Women

- 60.4%

- 97% Muslims & 3% Non-Muslims

- 0.539 - 29 Division - 128 Districts -390

- 20 Lacs (2014 est) -01 -132

-5,Sindh,Chinab,Satluj,Jhelum,Ravi

- Thar, Thai, Cholistan

- Siachin, Batura, Baltoro

- 4-Punjab, Sindh, Balochistan, KPK

- Khushal Khan/Rehman Baba

- Copper, Silver, Gold

- Tonsa,Jinnah,Guddu, Sukhur, Kotri

-4, Barhmn, Kheshtri, Vesh, Dalt -0.60 beds / 1000 people - Prime Minister - President

- Murree (distt. Rawalpindi)

320 CRUX of Special Education

68. Oldest University - Punjab Universit;

69. Shortest River - Ra\

70. Population-wise Pakistan No. in World - C:

71. Area-wise Pakistan No. in the World - 3-

72. Iron Man of NWFP (KPK) - Khan Abdul Qayyuni Khar.

73. Original name of K-2 - Goodwin Austir

74. Mangla Dam Punjab is made on river - Jhelurr.

75. Tarbela Dam NWFP is made on river - Indu:

76. Warsak Dam NWFP is made on river - Kabu.

77. Rawal Dam made on river - Kaurang Rive:

78. Bicameral Assembly means - 2 Assemblies, National+Senau

79. Jinnah means -Lie

80. Zille-e-Elahi means - Shadow of Alia.

81. Ata-Turk means - Father of Turki

82. Sawadeshi Movement means - Boycotting British Gooc:

83. Mohenjo Daro means - Hill of the Deac

84. Manchester of Pakistan -Faisalaba:

85. City of Colleges - Lahor;

86. City of Lights -Karach

87. City of Flowers - Tehran (Iran

88. Oldest Cantonment of Pakistan -Kohal

89. Main source of Gypsum in Pakistan - Khewra

90. Gas obtained from Sui (Place) -43

91. District with lowest population density - District Kharan, Balochistar

92. Holy religious Muslim places called - Auqa:

93. Pass that connects Pakistan & China - 03- Tochi & Muztag & KuD

94. Pass that connects Peshawer & Kabul - Khyber Pass

95. Pass that connects Quetta & Afghanistan - Bolan Pass

96. Pass that connects Chitral & Gilgit - Shandoor Pass

97. Forest area of Pakistan -4.8:

98. Standard Forests Area -25'

99. Highest peak of Hindukash -Trichrr.::

100. World's second highest glacier - Siacher.

101. Distance b/w Islamabad & Rawalpindi -10KV.

102. Pak-Afghanistan Border - 2052 KM

103. Pak-India Border -1610KV

fCHAP -14] Pakistani Information 321

104. Pak-IranBorder . - 805 KM

105. Pak-China Border - 595 KM

106. Indus River length - 2900 KM

107. Silk Route/Karakaram Route length - 965 KM

108. Total coastal length of Pakistan - 1046 KM

109. Distance occupied Kashmir from Pak - 250 Miles

110. Little Tibet is called - Sakrdu

111. Mast Tawakkal was - Balochi Poet

112. Durand line is between - Pakistan & Afghanistan

113. Length of Durand line - 2240 KM

114. Coastal line length of Pak-Arabian sea - 1046 KM

115. Durand line agreementb/wBritish&Afghan -1893

116. Pakistan India border is called - Line of Control

117. Pakistan Afghanistan border is called - Durand Line

118. Mountaneous area of Pakistan -61%

119. Shakespeare of Punjabi Literature - Waris Shah

120. Coldest place of Pakistan - Skardu

121. Land b/w two rivers is called - Do'aba

122. Chinese province adjoining Pakistan - Sinkiang

123. No. of south Asia countries -07

124. Pakistan is located in world continent - Asia (South Asia)

125. Minar-e-Pakistan is located - Iqbal Park

126. Agro Museum is located - Faisalabad

127. Oil refinery located in Rawalpindi - Attock Refinery

128. Secretariat of OIC located - Saudi Arabia

129. Secretariat of RCD located - Iran

130. Cholistan Desert is located in - Bahawalpur

131. Tomb of Qutub-Din Aibak located - Lahore

132. Harrapa is located at - Sahiwal

133. Mohenjo Daro is located in - Larkana, Sindh

134. Rohtas Fort is located in- Jhelum

135. Steel Mill is located in - Bin Qasim, Karachi

136. Quid-e-Azam Medical College located - Bahawalpur

137. Headquarters of Army located - Rawalpindi

138. Headquarters of Navy located - Islamabad

139. Headquarters of Air Force located - Chaklala

140. Terbeia Dam is located - Abbotabad

141. Siachen glacier is located in - Baltistan, Astoar city

142. Baheshti Darwaza is located in - Pakpattan

143. Masjid Mahabat Khan located - Peshawar

144. Masjid Wazir Khan located - Lahore

145. Badshahi Masjid located - Lahore

146. Faisal Masjid located - Islamabad

147. Secretariat of OIG located - Saudi Arabia

148. Secretariat of RCD located - Iran

149. Pakistani Ideology based on ideas of - Islam

150. Sea connected with Pakistan - Arabian Sea

151. Who conquered Sindh - Muhammad Bin Qasim

152. What is Rann of Kutch - Salt Marsh (Daldal)

153. Rann of Kutch id located - Thar Desert

154. Classification of Rann of Kutch -90% Kutch distt India/10%Sind, Pak

155. Other name of Rann of Kutch - White Desen

156. Father of the Nation - Quid-e-Azarr.

157. Mother of the Nation - Fatima Jinnah

158." Father of Urdu Language - Molvi Abdul Hac

PRE-PARTITION INFORMATION

l: Tariq Bin Zaid conquered Spain -711

2. Muhd.Bin Qasim defeated Raja Dahir in Daibul -712

3. Muhammad Gaznvi succeded his father -997

4. Mughar Empire came into being- 1526

5. First battle of Panipat faught between - Baber&Ibrahim Lodhi,1526

6. Shahi Qila was built by - Akber, 1560

7. Who built Shalimar Town, Lahore - Shah Jehan, 164!

8. Red Fort of Delhi was built by - Shah Jahan, 164S

9. Lovely Moti Masjid, Agra was built by - Shah Jahan, 1641

10. Taj Mahal, Agra (India) built by -Shah Jahah, 1632-1648

11. Badshahi mosque was built by - Aurangzeb, 1673

12. Who was Nawab Zain Yar Jang Bahadar - Architect Badshahi Mosque

13. Taj Mahal built in memory of Shah Jahan wife - Mumtaz Begurr.

14. Who built Qutub Minar Delhi - Qutub Uddin Aibak, 119}

15. Who was founder of Delhi Sultenate - Qutub Uddin Aibak

16. Famous Persian Painter -Behzad

17. Famous African Traveler - Ibn-e-Batuta

18. Amir Khusru was famous for - Poetry and Singing

19. Nizam-ul-Mulk was famous for - His wisdom

20. Panipat, famous ground Dehli famous for - Battles

21. Kashful Mahjub written by Data Sahib - Hazrat Ali Hajveri

22. Mahmood Gahznvi attacked 17 times on - Somnath Temple

23. Bab-ul-Islam was the name of - Sindh

24. Ain-e-Akbari was renowned work of - Abul-Fazal

25. Sheikh Mubarak & sons presented philosophy - Wahdatul Wujud

26. Wahdatul Wujud is also called - Bakhti Philosophy

27. Sarhandi presented Wahdat ul Shahud agaisnt - Wahdat ul Wujud

28. Sons of Sheikh Mubarak- Faizi & Abul Fazal

29. Ahmed Shah Abdali was King of - Kabul

30. Ahmed Shah Abdali defeated Marhattas -1761

31. Shah Wali Allah birth and death - 1703-1763

32. Shah Wali translaed Quran in - Persian

33. Shah Rafi Ullah translated Quran in -Urdu

34. Madrasa Rahimia establish Shah Waliullah father-Shah Abdul Rahim

35. Sassi Punnu was written by - Hashim Shah

36. Heer Ranjha was written by - Waris Shah

37. Sohni Mahinwal was written by - Hashim Shah

38. Tomb of Anarkali is located in - Lahore

39. Pan Islamism was introduced by- Jamal uddin Afghani

40. First Mughal Emperor was - Babur

41. Last Mughal Emperor of India - Bahadur Shah Zafar

42. Nadir Shah invaded India -1739

43. Ruler of Bengal & East India Company faught -Battle ofPlassy, 1757

44. Nawab Siraj ul Daula faught with Lord Clive - 1757, Battle ofPlassy

45. Sultan Tepu was defeated by British -1799

46. Tippu Sultan orginial name - Nawab Fateh Ali

47. Lion's 1 day life is better than Bear's 100 Years- Tipu Sultan

48. Haji Shariat Ullah found Faraizi Tehrik -1802

49. East India Company presented Charter Act -1813

50. Syed Ahmed Shaheed martyred at Balakot -1831

15. Who was founder of Delhi Sultenate - Qutub Uddin Aibak

16. Famous Persian Painter -Behzad

17. Famous African Traveler - Ibn-e-Batuta

18. Amir Khusru was famous for - Poetry and Singing

19. Nizam-ul-Mulk was famous for - His wisdom

20. Panipat, famous ground Dehli famous for - Battles

21. Kashful Mahjub written by Data Sahib - Hazrat Ali Hajveri

22. Mahmood Gahznvi attacked 17 times on - Somnath Temple

23. Bab-ul-Islam was the name of - Sindh

24. Ain-e-Akbari was renowned work of - Abul-Fazal

25. Sheikh Mubarak & sons presented philosophy - Wahdatul Wujud

26. Wahdatul Wujud is also called - Bakhti Philosophy

27. Sarhandi presented Wahdat ul Shahud agaisnt - Wahdat ul Wujud

28. Sons of Sheikh Mubarak- Faizi & Abul Fazal

29. Ahmed Shah Abdali was King of - Kabul

30. Ahmed Shah Abdali defeated Marhattas -1761

31. Shah Wali Allah birth and death - 1703-1763

32. Shah Wali translaed Quran in - Persian

33. Shah Rafi Ullah translated Quran in -Urdu

34. Madrasa Rahimia establish Shah Waliullah father-Shah Abdul Rahim

35. Sassi Punnu was written by - Hashim Shah

36. Heer Ranjha was written by - Waris Shah

37. Sohni Mahinwal was written by - Hashim Shah

38. Tomb of Anarkali is located in - Lahore

39. Pan Islamism was introduced by- Jamal uddin Afghani

40. First Mughal Emperor was - Babur

41. Last Mughal Emperor of India - Bahadur Shah Zafar

42. Nadir Shah invaded India -1739

43. Ruler of Bengal & East India Company faught -Battle ofPlassy, 1757

44. Nawab Siraj ul Daula faught with Lord Clive - 1757, Battle ofPlassy

45. Sultan Tepu was defeated by British -1799

46. Tippu Sultan orginial name - Nawab Fateh Ali

47. Lion's 1 day life is better than Bear's 100 Years- Tipu Sultan

48. Haji Shariat Ullah found Faraizi Tehrik -1802

49. East India Company presented Charter Act -1813

50. Syed Ahmed Shaheed martyred at Balakot -1831

324 CRUX of Special Educatic

51. Lord machaulay presented Bentick Report -185

52. Persian was replaced with Urdu -183

53. Ranjhit Singh sold Kashmir in 75 Lacs to Dogra- 1845

54. Lord Dalhussie presented Woods Dispatch -185

55. War of Independence fought against English - 185

56. English held Muslim responsible for War - 185

57. Muhammaden Literary Society, Culcuta found - 1863, Nawab Abdul IM

58. Muhammadan Scientific Society- 1864, Sir Syed Ahr.

59. Urdu Hindi controversy started from Banarus -186

60. Sir Syed Ahmed wrote Tehzib ul Ikhlaq - 18"

61. Lord Rippon presented Hunter Commission -188

62. Congress founded in A.O Hume - 188

63. Muhammad Educational Conference - 188

64. Mohsilul Mulk found Urdu Defence Association- • 1900

65. First census in subcontinent -190

66. Muhmmad Political Association found -190

67. Partition of Bengal by Lord Curzon • 190

68. M.Ali Jauhar started Reshmi Roomal Movement - 1%:

69. Muslim Leage found in Dacca - 190

70. Syed Amir Ali establish Muslim LeagueLondon - 190

71. Minto Morlay Reforms - 190*

72. Partition Bengal annulled by Lord Hardinge -191

73. Kanpur Mosque incident -191:

74. Quid joined Muslim League - 191

75. Lukhnow Pact - 191«

76. Quid became President Muslim League -191'

77. Quid held joint membership ML&Congress - 1913-1-1

78. Quid resigned from Congress - 192<

79. Montague Chemsford Reforms - 191'

80. Jallianwala Bagh incident (Amritsar) - 1919 (English killed Indiaa

81. Rowlatt Act presented - 191

82. Khilafat Movement - 1919-1 :

83. Chauri Chaura incident -19:;

84. Harrapa & Moehnjo Daro discovered -192;

85. Mustafa Kamal became president Turky -192:

86. Khilafat Usmania was abolished in - 192-

-4

)0. 1101.

33.

34. . 35.

36. .37.

:08.

39. 10.

111.

:i2.

.13. 114. .15. [16. .17. 118. 119. [20. 21. .22.

Answers

Hij rat Movement started in -1924

Liaqat Ali joined Muslim League - 1924

Kamal Ataturk started democratic govt, in Turky - 1924

Kamal Ataturk abolished Khilafat in Turkey - 1924

Nehru Report was presented in -1928

Quid 14 Points came in - 1929

Simon Commission visited India -1928

Ghandi start Civil Disobedience movement -1930

Allama Iqbal became president Muslim League - 1930

Allama Iqbal Allaabad Address - 1930

03 Round Table Conferences - 1930, 1931, 1932

Communal Award published in - 1932

Pona Pact was signed in - 1932

Rehmat Ali suggested name of Pakistan - 1933

Ch. Rehmat found Pakistan National Movement - 1933

Rehmat Ali wrote Now & Never - 1933

Sindh was separated from Bombay - 1935

Jinnah-Rajandra Parsal Formula - 1935

Burma was separated from India - 1935

Muslims observed Day of Deliverence - 1939

Lahore Resolution presented in Minto Park - 23-03-1940, Fazal ul Haq

Crips Mission visited India - 1942

Quit India movement started in - 1942

National Saving Organization (NSO) establish - 1943

Jinnah Ghandhi Talks - 1944

Wavel Plan was presented in - 1945

Liaqat- Dasai Pact was signed in - 1945

UNO was founded in - 1945, 24 October

All India MuslimLeague got 100% seat Election -1946

Liaqat Ali Khan became India Finance Ministr - 1946

Cabinet Mission Plan (8 Members) - 1946

Burma was made independent in -1947

Mountbatton announced India partition - 03 June 1947

Last Caliph of Turkish Khilafat Usmania - Abdul Majeed Afandi

Younger brother of Maulana Shaukat Ali - Muhammad Ali Jauhar

Zakir Hussain Wardhan Scheme about - Education

Questions

123. First Viceroy of subcontinent

124. First president of Congress

125. Sir Syed Ahmed Khan Birth & Death

126. Sir Syed Burried at

127. Loyal Muhammadns of India written by

128. Asrar-us-Sanadeed was written by

129. Hayat-e-Javed was written by

130. Molana Haali wrote Hiyat-e-Javed about

131. Editor of Zamindar newspaper

132. Editor of Comrade newspaper

133. Hamdard Magazine was started by

134. Founder of Muslim League

135. Pakistan / India got freedom from

136. British Prime Minister during partition

137. Viceroy of India during partition

138. Allama Iqbal born in Sialkot

139. Allama Iqbal died & burried in Lahore

140. Allama Iqbal did Ph.D Philosophy

141. Allama Iqbal Father& Mother

142. Quid-e-Azam born in Karachi on

143. Quid-e-Azam died & burried Karachi on

144. Fatherland Mother of Quid

145. Wives of Quid

146. Daughter of Quid

147. At age 18, Quid got Law Degree

148. President of Muslim League after Quid-e-Azam

149. Quid died on 11 September 1948 due to

150. Mourning days on Quid death

151. Quid funeral prayer offered by

152. Birth place of Quid

153. Hindus & Muslims 2 different nations

154. Bengal divided in 2 parts

155. East Bengal (Muslim Bengal)capital was

156. West Bengal (Hindu Bengal)capital was

157. Movement started against Bengal partition

158. President of Shimla Deputation 1906

Answers

- Lord Canr. -

- W.C Bene: -1817/ 185

- Ali Garh Univer;

- Sir Syed Ahmed Khan

- Sir Syed Ahmed Khan

- Sir Syed Ahmed Kh-

- Sir Syed Ahmed Khan

- Maulana Zafar Ali

- Muhammad Ali Jauhr

- Muhammad Ali Jauhar - Nawab SaleemullahKhan.

- British governor Atlee

- Lord Mountbatte:

- 9 November 1877

- 21 April 1938

-Munich Uni, Germany, 19C;

-Nur Muhammad&Imam Bib

- 25 December 1876

- 11 September 1948

-Jinan Poonja&Mithibai Jina-

-Mariam Jinah, Emibai Jina-

- Dinna (born in 1911

- Lincon-in, Londc-

- Ch. Khaliq Uz Zama-- Cardiac Arrest at 10:20 pr

- 40 Da;

- Shabbir Ahmed Usmani

- Wazir Mensic:

- Two Nation theory-

- East &West Bengal

- Dace; - Culcul";

- Swadeshi movement.

- Agha Khan

[CHAP - 14] Pakistani Information

327

Answers

159. Secretary of Shimla Deputation 1906 - Mohsin ul Mulk

160. HQ of Muslim Leaguewas established at - Lukhnow

161. Who wrote ML constitution'Green Book' - Muhammad Ali Jauhar

162. Oldest Urdu newspaper of Pakistan -Daily Jang, 1939

163. Who published Daily Jang - Mir Khalil Ur Rehman

164. Oldest English newspaper - Daily Dawn, 1942

165. Who found Daily Dawn Newspaper - Quid-e-Azam

166. Jihad Movement was started by - Syed Ahmed Brelvi

167. Jihad Movement was against - Sikhs & British

168. Editor of Comrade - Muhammad Ali Jauhar

169. Editor of Hamdard - Muhammad Ali Jauhar

170. Editor of Al-Hilal - Maulana Azad

171. Newspaper of Maulana Zafar Ali Khan -Zamindar

172. Who wrote Indian Song Bande Mathram - Chander Chiterji

173. Abdul Sattar Khani & Abdul Jabbar Khani - Khani Brothers

POST-PARTITION INFORMATION

1. Pakistan came into being - 1947, 14 August

2. Mountbatten address Pakistan Assembly - 1947, 14 August

3. Redcliffe announce boundry commission award - 1947, 17 August

4. Friday was declared as half working day - 1947, 22 August

5. Black Day Indian Forces landed Kashmir - 1947, 27 October

6. Muslim Population in Kashmir (78%) - 1947

7. Pakistan became member of UNO -1947

8. Karachi was declared federal area in - 1948

9. State Bank was inaugurated by Quid in - 1948

10. Moon & Star was added in Pakistani Flag - 1949

11. West Punjab name changed to Punjab - 1948

12. UN Commission members visit Kashmir - 1948

13. Assembly proclaimed Karach as capital - 1948, May

14. Last Quaid message delivered on - 1948, 27 august

15. India occupied Junagardh state - 1948, 8 November

16. Liaqat Ali Khan presented Objective resolution - 1949

17. Objective Resolution accepted by assembly - 1949

18. Liaqat Ali Khan visited America in - 1950

19. Pakistan became member of world bank - 1995

20. PM Liaqat Ali Khan killed by Said Muhammad - 1951, 16 October

21. Allama Iqbal's Tomb was built in- 1951

22. 22 Points of Ulema presented -1951

23. Wheat Crisis occurred - 195Z

24. Sui gas found -1952

25. Urdu was made National language - 1954

26. PIA founded -1954

27. Muhammad Ali Bogra Formula given in -1954

28. Pakistan became SEATO member(Manila pact) -1954

29. Pakistan became CENTO member(Bagdad pact) - 1955

30. West Pakistan declared One Unit -1955

31. Pakistan was formed one unit -1955

32. Unicameral legislature introduced in -1956

33. Pakistan became Islamic Republic - 1956

34. Designation Governer General change 2 president -1956

35. Pak bought Gawadar port from Maskat, 40 lacs - 1958

36. Islamabad was declared as new capital -1959

37. Public Representation Offices Disqualification Act - 1949, PRODA

38. Elective Bodies Disqualification Order - 1959, EBDO

39. Rawalpindi became temporary capital - 1960

40. Ayub Khan presented Basic Democratics- 1960

41. Indus Water Treaty b/w India-Pak - 1960

42. Muslim Family Law Ordinance - 1961

43. Faiz Ahmed Faiz poet got Lenin Prize in Pak -1962

44. Z.A Bhutto appointed as Pak foreign minister - 1963

45. R.C.D (Pak, Iran, Turkey) was founded - 1964

46. Operation Gibralter launched in Kashmir - 1965

47. Ayub Khan won in Presidential election - 1965

48. Second Pakistan & India was started in - 1965, September

49. President election b/w Ayub Khan& Fatima Jinan -1965

50. Defence Day is celebrated since - 1966

51. Islamabad was completed in - 1966

52. Sheikh Mujeeb presented 06 Points - 1966

53. Sheikh Mujeeburrehman 6 points -1966

54. Pakistan People Party (PPP) founded -1967

55. Fatima Jinnah Born & Died -1897-1967

56. Assassination attemp of Ayub Khan - 1968, 7 November

57. Ayub handed over govt, to Yahya Khan -1969

58. Swat became part of Pakistan -1969

59. Completion of Tarbela River -1969

60. Post of Commander Inchief changed to COAS -1970

61. Pakistan one unit was cancelled -1970

62. KANNUP was established in Karachi -1971

63. Kashmiri Mujahdeen hijacked Indi plane Ganga -1971

64. Army Action was done in East Pakistan - 1971, March

65. Bhutto form Hamoodur Rehman commission for-1971 Crisis

66. East Pakistan became Bangladesh -1971,16 December

67. Surrender of Pakistani Soliders to Indian Forces -1971,16 December

68. Butto&Indra Gandi sign Shimlaagreement - 1972,2 July

69. Pakistan Broadcasting Corporation established - 1972,20 December

70. Nationalization educational/industrial institutes -1972

71. Pakistan left SEATO -1973

72. Steel Mill founded with aid of USSR -1973

73. Nationalization of Banks -1974

74. Pakistan recognized Bangladesh -1974

75. Pakistan joined OIC -1974

76. India exploded its First Nuclear Bomb -1974

77. Post Chairman Joint Chief of Staff created -1976

78. Colour TV transmission started -1976

79. Friday was declared as Holiday -1977

80. Nizam-e-Mustafa Movement -1977

81. Karakarm highway completed in 20 years -1978

82. Pakistan joined PTBT -1978

83. PM Pakistan Zulfiqar Bhutto hanged to death •> 1979

84. Dr. Abdul Salam go! Nobel Prize in Pakistan -1979

85. Pakistan left CHN IO -1979

86. Pakistan joined non-allied Movement Bandung -1979

87. Pakistan joined non-alligned Movement (NAM) - 1979

88. Hudood Ordinance enforced - 1979

Questions

89. Russia invaded Afghanistan

90. Hadood Ordinance promogulated

91. Federal Shariat Court established in

92. Zakat & Usher Ordinance promulgated

93. Zakat system was launched

94. Wafaqi Shariat Court establish

95. Islamic Univeristy established

96. Zakat rate 2.5% introduced in Pakistan

97. Ramzan Ordinance promogulated

98. Zia ul Haq formed Majlis-e-Shoora,350 member

99. Majlish-e-Shoora establish

100. Qazi Courts established

101. Wafaqi Mohtasib appointed

102. Interest Free Banking Introduced

103. Nizam-e-Salat was introduced

104. General zia held Presidential Fererendum

105. First SAARC conference was held in

106. Pakistan joined SAARC

107. Faisal Mosque was constructed

108. Geneva Pact was signed in

109. Ojri Camp incident occurred

110. Zia died on

111. Russia withdraw its forces from Afghanistan

112. Denationalization of Banks

113. Social Action Plan was launched

114. India made Atomic Blasts on

115. Pakistan made 5 Atomic Blasts in Chagi

116. Pakistan entered World Nuclear Club

117. Kargil war b/w Pak & India

118. NADRA was setup in

119. Musharraf elected as president of Pakistan

120. University of Education was established „

121. Education Sector Reforms were presented

122. First Pak India war

123. Cause of Pak India War 1948

124. Second Pak India War

ANSWERS

- 1979 -1979

- 1987

- 1988

- 1988

- 198>.

- 1980

- 198.

- 1981

- 198: -1981

- 198?

- 198--1984 -1984
- 1984

- 1985

- 1985

- 1986 -1988

- 1988, 10 April - 1988,17 August

- 1989 -1991

- 1992-93

- 1998, 17 May - 1998, 28 May,YomeTakbir

- 1998, 28 May

-1999 -2000 -2001,20 June -2002

- 2003 -1948

Questions

Indian Force attack Kashmir - 1965, 6-22 September

2 5. Cause of Pak India War 1965

26. Agreement to resolve 1965 war issues

27. Who signed Tashkent Agreement

128. Third Pak India War

29. Cause of Pak India'War 1971

130. Agreement to resolve 1971 war issues

131. Who signed Shimla Agreement

132. Fourth Pak India War

133. Cause Pak India Kargil War, 1999

134. Major wars faught b/w India-Pak

135. No. of Pakistani soldiers surrendered in 1971

136. Total seats in Parliament got by Mujib Rehman -

137. Sheikh Mujeeb won seats in East Pak, 1970

138. Zulfiqar Bhutto won seats in West Pak, 1970

139. Indus Water Treaty was signed under

140. Karakarm highway passes through

141. US ambassador died with Zia Ul Haq

142. Who opposed membership of Pak in UNO

143. Sheikh Mujeeb in 06 points demanded maximum

144. Major export of Pakistan

145. Zulfiqar Bhutto was hanged on murder of

146. Approximate Population of Pak in 1947

147. Population of West Pakistan 1951 Census

148. India paid Rs.200 Core only on partition

149. No. of Basic Democrats in Ayub govt.

150. Kidnz ap & Murder of Ayub Khan was

151. People migrated on India partition

152. Book 'My Brother' was written by

153. Book Myth of Indepence' was writtenby

154. In i'.a built Baghlihar dam occupied Kashmir

155. I ndia bui It Kishanganga dam occupied Kshmr

156. Last Governer General of Pakistan

157. Flag of Pakistan was designed by

158. Only vice president of Pakistan

159. Main Campus of University of Education

Answers

- Disputed Boundaries

-Tashkent, 1966 - Ayub Khan-Lai Bahadur - 1971

India invaded East Pakistan

- Shimla. 1972 Zulfiqar Bhutto-Indra Gandi

- 1999, Kargil - India occupid Siachen peak

-3,1948,1965,1971

- 90,000
300

- 160 (39.2%)

- 81 (18.6%)

- World Bank

- Khunjrab Pass

- Arnold Raphael

- Afghanistan - East Pakistan autonomy

- Cotton

Nawab Muhammad Ahmed -7 Crore,East+West Pakistan

- 34 Million -Outof 750 Crore

- 80,000

- Agartala Conspiracy

- 85,00,000

- Fatima Jinnah -Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto

- Doda District

- District Barahmoola

- Sikandar Mirza - Ameerud Din Qadwani

- Nurul Amin

- Lahore

Political System of Pakistan

1. Political System of Pakistan - Parlimentary Systerr

2. Type of Parliament - Bicameral (Upper & Lower House

3. Official name of Parliament - Majlis-e-Shura

4. Function of Parliament - Legislation (Law making

5. Upper House - Senate

6. Lower House - National Assembly (NA

7. Presiding Officer of Senate - Chairman

8. Presiding Officer National Assembly - Speaker

9. Head of the state - President of Pakistan

10. Head of the Government - Prime Minister of Pakistan

11. Term of National Assembly - 5 Years

12. Term of Senators - 6 Years

13. Election of Senate - After every 3 years

14. Method election - One man one vote (adults

15. Dissolving Power National Assembly - PM or President of Pakistan

16. lst&only parliament run on solar power - Pakistan Parliament

17. 4 types of leaders of Parliament - Leader of Senate & NA.

& Opposition Leader Senate & NA

18. Location of Parliament - Islamaba:

19. No. ofMNAs -34:

20. No. of Senators -164

21. National Assembly Voting System - Direct Syster

22. Senate Voting System - Indirect system

23. NA Public account committee function - Scruitinize pubic expenditure;

24. Both houses work together except - Only NA pass money related bilh

25. Type of representation in Senate - Equal representation of all un

26. Type of representation in NA - Based on population of all province

27. Basic Law of Pakistan - Objective resolution0=00

28. Objective resolution was passed-12 March 1949

29. Electoral college to select President - Both houses&provincial assemblies

30. Who selects PM of Pakistan - National Assembly

31. Who hold elections of Pakistan - Pakistan Election Commission

32 Political Party system in Pakistan - Multi-Party System

33 Requirement for qualification for NA - Article 62, 1973 Constitution

34- Disqualification for NA - Article 63, 1973 Constitution

35. Speaker and Deputy Speakers elected - From National Assembly

36. Senate cannot be - Dissolved

 37. Membership of Senate raised to 87 - 1985

38. Membership of Senate raised to 100 -MusharaffLFO (2002)

39. Membership of Senate raised to 104 -2011, 19Amendment

40. 4 Senate seats increase in 19th amendment - 4 Minority seats (1 each province)

41 Chairman senate serve as President - During President absence

42. Speaker NA serve as President during - Absence of President & Chairman

43. Minimum Age of MNA & MPA -25 Years

44. Minimum Age of Senator - 30 Years

45. Minimum Age of President - 45 Years

46. Who elects the Cabinet - Prime Minister

47. Elections are held after - 5 Years

Seats Classification in Pakistan National Assembly

Sr. Administrative GeneralWomenMinorities Total

No. Unit Seats Seats Seats Seats

1 Punjab 148 35 - 183

2 Sindh 61 14 - 75

3 KPK 35 8 - 43

4 Balochistan 14 3 * - 17

5 FATA 12 - - 12

6 Islamabad 2 - - 2

Total 272 60 10 342

Seats Classification in Pakistan Senate

Sr. Administrative General Technocrats/ WomenMinorities Tota:

No. Unit Seats Ulema Seats Seats Seats Seats

1 Punjab 14 4 4 1 23

2 Sindh 14 4 4 1 23

3 KPK 14 4 4 1 23
4 Balochistan 14 4 4 1 23

5 FATA 8 - - - 8

6 Islamabad 2 1 1 - * 4 Total 66 17 17 4 104

Seats Classification in Provincial Assemblies

Sr. Province General Women Minorities Total

No. Seats Seats Seats Seats

1 Punjab 297 66 8 371

2 Sindh 130 29 8 167

3 KPK 99 22 3 124

4 Balochistan 51 11 3 65 Total 577 128 22 727

Judicial System of Pakistan Supreme Judicial Council

1. Purpose - Hear misconduct cases of judg t

2. Composition - lx Chief Just.: 2x Most senior judges of SCOP

2x Most senior judges of Provincial High Courts

3. Famous Case - Iftikhan Muhammad Choudhar

Supreme Court

1. Supreme Court of Pakistan (SCOPe)establish- 1947

2. Old name Supreme Court - Federal Court

3. New name of SCOP was announced - 1951

4. No. of Supreme Courtes in Pakistan

Supreme Court of Pakistan is located in Four benches of Suprement Court Chief Justice of SCOP No. of
Justices Supreme Court Supreme Court Judges supervised by Retiring age of supreme court judge
Retiring age of high court judge Final Applette Authority in Pakistan Supreme Court De Jure Power
Supreme Court De Facto Power Experience for Supreme Justice 15 Years as Highcourt advocate

- 05, Lahore High Court

High Court

No. of High Courts in Pakistan

Sindh High Court

Islamabad High Court - In each capital cities

Peshawar High Court

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Balochistan High Court

th

-2010, 18

amendement - High Court

- 45 Years

- 62 Years

Questions

High courts are located

Islamabad High Court was established

Highest Court at Provincial Level

Age limit for high court judge

Retiring Age of judge

Experience for High Court Judge

- 10 advocate of highcourt or 3 Years District Court Judge

District and Session Courts

These have been established in every district of every province. These court have civil and criminal
jusrisdiction. An advocate having 10 years experience is eligible to apply forjudge. An exam is also held
for the purpose.

Federal Shariat Court

Founded in 1980

8 Muslim Members are appointed by President of Pakistan It analyze that laws are according to the
Quran and Sunnah of otherwise.
Family Courts

Family at tehsil and town level are working in each district to hear the family cases according to Family
Court Act, 1964.

Juvenile Courts

Juvenile Justice System Ordinance (JJSO) was promogulated by Gene Musharraf in 2000 to establish
Juvenile Courts but no any court has yet been establish

Ombudsman (Mohtasib)

Ombdusman investigate the cases related to maladministration of govt, offices. Mia Federal
Ombudsman in Islamabad have its benches in all provinces. Pronvince have a Provincial Ombdusman
office.

Different Other Courts

1. Consumer Courts

2. Anti Narcotic Courts

3. Custom Courts

4. Exise and Taxation Courts

5. Anti Corruption Department

6. Provincial Service Tribunals

7. National Ahtasab Beurreau (NAB)

Presidents of Pakistan

Sr# Name Period

1. Sikandar Mirza 23-3-1956 to27-10-1958

2. Muhammad Ayub Khan, Military 27-10-1958 to25-3-1969

3. Yahya Khan, Military 25-3-1969 to 20-12-1971

4. Z.A Bhutto, PPP 20-12-1971 to 13-8-1973

5. Fazal llahi Khan, PPP 13-8-1973 to 16-9-1978

6. Muhammad Zia Ul Haq, Military 16-91978 to 17-8-1988

7. Ghulam Ishaq, Independent 17-8-1988 to 18-7-1993

8. Wasim Sajjad, Acting-PMLN 18-7-1993 to 14-11-1993

9. Farooq Leghari, PPP 14-11-1993 to 2-12-1997

10. Wasim Sajjad, Acting-PMLN 2-12-1997 to 1-1-1998

11. M. Rafiq Tarrar, PMLN 1-1-1998 to 20-6-2001

12. Pervez Mushraf, Military 20-6-2001 to 18-8-2008

13. M.Mian Soomro, Acting/PMLQ 18-8-2008 to 9-9-2008

14. Asif Ali Zardari, PPP 9-9-2008 to 8-9-2013

15. Mamnon Husain, PMLN 9-9-2013 to Todate

chapter 14 Pakistani Information 337

Governor Generals of Pakistan

Sr# Name Period

1. Muhammad Ali Jinnah 15-8-1947 to 11-9-1948

2. Khawaja Nizamuddin 14-9-1948 to 17-10-1951

3. Ghulam Muhammad 17-10-1951 to 6-10-1955

4. Sikandar Mirza 6-10-1955 to 23-3-1956

Prime Ministers of Pakistan

Sr# Name Period

1. Liaqat Ali Khan 14-8-1947 to 16-10-1951

2. Khawja Nizamuddin 17-10-1951 to 17-4-1953

3. Muhammad Ali Bogra 17-4-1953 to 12-8-1955

4. Ch.MohdAli 12-8-1955 to 12-9-1956

5. Hussain Suhrawardy 12-9-1956 to 17-101-1957

6. Ibrahim Chundrigar 17-10-1957 to 16-12-1957

7. Feroz Khan Noon 16-12-1957 to 7-10-1958

8. Post Abolished 7-10-1958 to 7-12-1971

9. Nurul Amin 7-12-1971 to 20-12-1971

10. Post Abolished 20-12-1971 to 14-8-1973

11. Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto 14-8-1973 to 5-7-1977

12. Post Abolished 5-7-1977 to 24-3-1985

13. Mohd. Khan Junejo 24-3-1985 to 29-5-1988

14. Post Abolished 29-5-1988 to 2-12-1988

15. Benzir Bhutto 2-12-1988 to 6-8-1990

16. Ghulam Mustafa Jatoi 6-8-1990 to 6-11-1990

17. Nawaz Sharif 6-11-1990 to 18-4-1993

18. Balakh Sher Mazari 18-4-1993 to 26-5-1993

19. Nawaz Sharif 26-5-1993 to 18-7-1993

20. Moeenuddin Ahmed Qureshi 18-7-1993 to 19-10-1993

21. Benazir Bhutto 19-10-1993 to 5-11-1996

22. Malik Meraj Khalid 5-11-1996 to 17-2-1997

23. Nawaz Sharif 17-2-1997 to 12-10-1998

24. Post Abolished 12-10-1999 to 21 -11 -2002

25. Zafarullah Khan Jamali 21-11-2002 to 30-6-2004

26. Ch. Shujaat Hussain 30-6-2004 to 20-8-2004

27. ShaukatAziz 20-8-2004 to 16-11-2007

28. Muhammad Mian Soomro 16-11-2007 to 25-3-2008

29. YousafRazaGillani 25-3-2008 to 22-6-2012

30. Raja Pervaiz Ashraf 22-6-2012 to 25-3-2013

31. Mir Hazar Khan Khoso 25-3-2013 to 5-6-2013

32 Nawaz Sharif 5-6-2013 todate

Constitutions of Pakistan

1. First Constitution was developed in -195:

2. Constitution 1956 had articles -23-

3 Second Constitution was developed in - 1962

4. Constitution 1956 had articles -25:

5. Third and currentConstitution was developed in -1973

6. Constitution 1956 had articles -280

7 Unicameral assembly was announced - 1956 Constitution

8. Bicameral assembly was announced - 1973 Constitution

9 Qadianis declared Non-muslims, 2nd amendment - 1973 Constitution

10. 2nd amendement to 1973 constitution made in -1974

11. Quran & Sunnah declared as supreme law - 9th Amendment-1973 constitution

12. PM & President must be Muslims - 1973 constitution.

13. Objectives Resolution made 1973 constution part - 8thAmendment

14. National languages of 1956 constitution - Urdu & Bengali

15. First constitution got by Pakistan after - 9 Years

16. First draft for constitution - Objective Resolution

17. Term of the office of President - 5 Years

18. Term of the office of Prime Minister - 5 Years

19. President Power dissolve National assembly - 58 (2b) 1973 constitution

20. Head of Cabinet according to constitution 1973 - Prime Minister

21. In which constitution Islam was state religion - 1973

22. Proposal constitution amendement can initiate - In any Parliament house

23. Constitutional amendment need majority - 2/3 from both houses

Amendments to 1973 Constitution of Pakistan

# Amendments Year

1st Pakistan boundary redefined & remove Jbast Pakistan reference 1974

2nd Muslim definition &Ahmad is declare as 'non-Muslim'. 1974

3rd Extended the period of preventive detention. 1975

4th Decrease additional seats of minorities. 1975

Deprived courts power to grant bail to any detained pers m.

5th Widened the scope of restriction on the High Courts. 1976

6th Justice Supreme court retireage 65,Highcourt judge 62. 1976

7th Enable PM obtain vote of confidence of people of Pakistan. 1977

8th Giving additional powers to President of Pakistan. 1985

9th Impose Shariah law as supreme law of land. Bill was passed by Senate but could never be passed
by National Assembly. 1985

10th Interval period National Assembly sessions not exceed 130 day. 1987

11th Revision of reserved seats of women in NA & PA. 1989

The bill was withdrawn in 1992.

12th Created Speedy Trial Court for 3 years. 1991

13th Remove President power to dissolve the National Assembly. 1997

14th Members of parliament to be dismissed if they defect. 1997

15th Impose Shariah law as supreme law. Was never passed. 1998

16th Increased quota system term from 20 to 40 years. 1999

17th Change in President powers&reverse 13thAmendment effects. 2003

18th Removed the power of President of Pakistan to dissolve the Parliament unilaterally. 2010

19th Appointment of Supreme Court Judges & amendments in parliamentary committee to

appoint Chief Electoral Officers at Election Commission of Pakistan (ECP). 2010

20th For Free and Fair Elections. 2012

21st For Speedy Trial Military Courts to deal with terrorism. 2015

22nd ECP powers deputed to Chief Election Commissioner 2016

MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION

Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA)

1. Classification - Tribel Areas - 07 & Frontier Regions - 06

2. Government - Semi-Governmerr.

3. Tribel Areas - Bajaur Agency, Khyber Agency, Kurrarr.

Agency, Orakzai Agency, Mohmand Agency,North Waziristan, South Waziristan

4. Frontier Regions - Peshawar, Bannu, Kohat, Lakki Marwat, D.I Khan, Tank

5. Population - 45 Lacs (2011 est

6. Area - 27220 KM"

7. Largest city - Para China:

8. Administrative Center - Peshawa:

9 Laws to run FATA - Frontiers Crimes Regulations (FCR

10. Laws for vote - Adult Franchise

Gilgit Baltistan (GB) / FANA

1. Established - 01 July 197C

2. Population -18 Lacs (2015 est

3. Capital - Gilgh

4. Largest city - Skardu

5. Government - Self governing state under Pakistan

6. Area - 72971 KM:

7. Assembly Seats - 33

8. Districts - 10

9. Towns - 9

10. Old Name - Federally Administd Northern Areas

Azad Kashmir (AK)

1. Established - 24 October 194"

2. Population - 46 Lacs (2008 est)

3. Capital - Muzzafarabad

4. Largest city -Mirpur

5. Official Language - Urdu

6. Government type - Self governing state under Pakistan

7. Area - 13297 KM2

8. Assembly Seats - 49

9. Districts -10

10. Towns -19

11. Union Councils - 182

Martial Laws
 1. lstMartial Law -7-10-1958

2- lstMartial Law Administrator -General Muhammad Ayub Khan

t 3. 2nd Martial Law - 26-3-1969 by General Yahya Khan

1 4. 2nd Martial Law Administrator - Z.A Bhutto (Civilian)

5. 3 rd martial Law - 7-7-1977

6. 3rd martial Law Administrator - General Zial Ul Haq

7. 4th Military Coup but no martial law - October 1999 by Gen. Musharraf

Aligarh Movement

1. Founder - Sir Syed Ahmed Khan

2. Muradabad School establish -1859

3. Ghazipur School establish -1862

4. Scientific Society in Ghazipur -1863

5. Aligarh Institute Gazette -1866

6. MAO High School Aligharh establish - 1875

7. MAO High School became College -1877

8. All India Muhammden Education Conference-1886

9. MAO College became Muslim University-1920

10. Muhammad-Anglo-Oriental -MAO

Deoband Movement, Deoband 1866

1. Founder - Maulana Mohd Qasim Nanotvi

2. Purpose - Religious education of Muslims keep them away from English.

Anjamun Himayat-e-lslam, Lahore 1884

1. President - Maulana Hamid ud Din

2. Secretary - Maulvi Ghulam Ullah

3. Purpose - Education of Muslims

Nadva tul Ulma-e-lslam, Lakhnow 1894

1. Founder - Maulana Shibli Naumani

2. Purpose - Religious and non-religious education of Muslims.

1. Founder

2. Purpose

Jamia Millia Islamia, 1920

- Maulana Muhammad Ali Jauhar - Its Islamic university working in South Delhi.

National Anthem

1. National Anthem was written by - Hafeez Jalandari

2. National Anthem was approved in - 1954

3. National Anthem was first time played - On Raza Shah Pehlvi arrival, Iran

4. Music composed by - Ahmed Ali Chhagla

5. No. of words -50

6. No. of lines -15

7. No. of Amendments -17

Five Years Plans of Pakistan

1. First five year plan - 1955-1960

2. Second five year plan - 1960-1965

3. Third five year plan - 1965-1970

4. Fourth five year plan - 1970-1975

5. Fifth five year plan - 1978-1983

6. Sixth five year plan - 1983-1988

7. Seventh five year plan - 1988-1993

8. Eighth five year plan - 1993-1998

9. Ninth five year plan - 1998-2003

10. Tenth five year plan -2010-2015

11. Non Plan Periods - 1975-1978/2003-2009

Divisions of Punjab (9 Divisions)

1. Division Lahore

2, Division Faisalabad

3. Division Gujranwala

4. Division Sargodha

5. Division Rawalpindi

6. Division Multan

7. Division Bahawalpur

8. Division Sahiwal

9. Division Dera Ghazi Khan

Jamia Millia Islamia, 1920

1. Founder - Maulana Muhammad Ali Jauhar

2. Purpose - Its Islamic university working in South Delhi.

National Anthem

1. National Anthem was written by - Hafeez Jalandari

2. National Anthem was approved in -1954

3. National Anthem was first time played - On Raza Shah Pehlvi arrival, Iran

4. Music composed by - Ahmed Ali Chhagla

5. No. of words -50

6. No. of lines -15

7. No. of Amendments - 17

Five Years Plans of Pakistan

1. First five year plan - 1955-1960

2. Second five year plan - 1960-1965

3. Third five year plan - 1965-1970

4. Fourth five year plan - 1970-1975

5. Fifth five year plan - 1978-1983

6. Sixth five year plan - 1983-1988

7. Seventh five year plan - 1988-1993

8. Eighth five year plan - 1993-1998

9. Ninth five year plan - 1998-2003

10. Tenth five year plan -2010-2015

11. Non Plan Periods - 1975-1978/2003-2009

Divisions of Punjab (9 Divisions)

1. Division Lahore

2. Division Faisalabad

3. Division Gujranwala

4. Division Sargodha

5. Division Rawalpindi

6. Division Multan

7. Division Bahawalpur

8. Division Sahiwal

9. Division Dera Ghazi Khan

No. of Division, Districts & Tehsils of Pakistan

Sr. No. Province Divisions No. of Districts No. of Tehsils

1. Punjab 9 36 121 (Now 143)

2. Sindh 7 27 88

3. KPK 7 25 62

4. Balochistan 6 39 118

5. Islamabad - .1 1
Total 29 128 390

Source: PCO/PBS

General Demographics of Pakistan - Census 1998

Indicators Description

1. Area 796096 (Sq. Km)

2: Population 13,23,52000

3. Male Ratio 52.03%

4. Female Ratio 47.97 %

5. Urban Population 32.50 %

6. Rural Population 67.50 %

7. Population Density 166.3 (persons per sq.km)

8. Unemployment rate 19.68

9. Disabled ratio 2.54

10. Literacy Rate 43.92

Source: PCO/PBS

Population by Religion in Pakistan

Religion• Population (%)

1. Muslims 96.28

2. Christian 1.59

3. Hindu (Jati) 1.60

4. Qadiani (Ahmdi) 0.22 '

5. Scheduled casts 0.25

6. Others 0.07

Source: PCO/PBS

Year wise census of Pakistan

1. First Census
2. Second Census

3. Third Census

4. Fourth Census

5. Fifth Census

-1951 -1961 -1972 -1981 -1998

Year wise Educational Policies of Pakistan

Province Wise Literacy Rate of Pakistan

Sr# Province Literacy Rate

1.

2. Punjab 63.2% Sindh 56.7%

3. KPK 48.9%

4. Balochistan 45.8%

Total 57% (Male-68%/Female-41 %)

Student Access to Education in Pakistan

Sr# Category of Children In School Out of School

1. 2. Children with Disabilities 4% 96% Children without Disabilities 68%

32%

Comparative Analysis of Education Budget World &Pak

Sr# CountryWorld Ranking Educational Budget

1. Cuba #1 18.7%

2. Malaysia #10 8.1%

3. Iran #58 4.9%

4. India #81 4.1%

5. Bangladesh #119 2.4%

6. Pakistan #126 1.8%

7. Indonesia #130 1.2%

Missiles of Pakistan

Sr # Type of Missile ame of Missile

Surface to Surface Missiles

1 Battlefield range ballistic missiles (BRBM) Nasr

2 Hatf-I

3 Short range ballistic missiles (SPvBM) Ghaznavi

4 Abdali-I

5 Ghauri-I

6 Shaheen-I

7 Medium range ballistic missiles (MRBM) Ghauri-II

8 Shaheen-II

9 Shaheen-III

10 Cruise missiles Babur(HatfVII) -

11 Ra'ad(HatfVIII)

12 Anti-tank guided missiles (ATGM) Bakhtar-Shikan

Surface to Air Missiles

1 Anza Anza

Air to Surface Missiles

1 Baktar-Shikan Baktar-Shikan

2. H-2 Sow H-2 Sow

3 H-4 i>ow H-4 Sow

4 Barq Barq

Surface to Sea Missiles

1 Zarb Zarb

Nishan-e-Haider
1. Highest Award in Pakistan - Nishan-e-Haider

2. First Awared was given in - lb March 1957

3. First Award was given to - Captain MuhammaJ Sarwar

4. Total no. of awards given todate - 10

5. Nishan-e-Haider is awarded due to - Extraordinary bravery

6, Type of Award - Military

7. Awarded only to - Military Personnels

8. Composition of Award -88%Copper, 10%Tin,2%Zinc

No Rank Name of Recipient Regiment Battle Date of Martyrdom

1 Captain Raja M.Sarwar Punjab Regiment, Pak Army Pak-India 1947 27-7-1948

2 Major Tufail Mohammad Punjab Regiment Pak Army Pak-India 1965 7-8-1958

3 Major Raja Aziz Bhatti Punjab Regiment Pak Army Pak-India 1965 10-9-1965

4 Pilot Rashid Minnas Fighter Conversion Pak-India 20-8-1971

Officer

Unit, Pak Air Force 1971

5 Frontier Force Pak-India 6-12-1971

Major Shabbir Sharif Regiment, 1971

Pak Army

6 Lancers (Armed Pak-India 10-12-1971

Sawar M.HussainJanjua Corps) 1971

Pak Army

7 Major Muhammad Akram Frontier Force Regiment Pak Army Pak-India 1971 5-12-
1971

8 Lance Muhammad Punjab Regiment, Pak-India 17-12-1971

Naik Mahfuz Pak Army 1971

9 Captain KarnalSher Sindh Regiment Kargil 7-7-1999

Khan Pak Army War

10 Havildar Lalak Jan Northern Light Infantry, Pak Army Kargil War 7-7-
1999

Old Names

New Names Old Names

Important Pakistani Days

05 23 21 01 28 01 14 06 07 08 11 09 25 25

1. 2. 3. 4.

-Kashmir Solidarity Day -Pakistan Day -Poet Allama Iqbal De°th -Labour Day -Youm-e-Takbeer (Atomic
Blasts) -Bank Holiday -Pakistan Independence Day -Defence Day -Air Force Day -Navy Day -Quaid Death
-Iqbal Birth Day -Quaid Birth Day -Christmiss Day

China Pak Economic Corridor (CPEC)

- 46 Billion Dollar - 2442 KM

- Economic link b/w Pak & China - 13th Five Year Development Plan - Karachi Lahore Motorway, 1100
KM - Reconstruction of Karakaram Highway Upgrade Karachi-Peshawar Railway Line

- Gas pipeline Iran-Nawabshah-Gwadar

-Investment in energy sector

- Provision of Liquefied Gas from China

- Upgradation of Gwadar Port

- Upgradation of Gwadar city

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

- Freedom Fighters
- Bangladesh Force • Geurilla Resistance Movement

- Sheikh MujeeburRehman

MuktiBahini

Means of MuktiBahini MuktiBahini is also called MuktiBahini was MuktiBahini built on orders of
MuktiBahini got training&weapon-Fromlndia Indo-Pak 1971 war MuktiBahini- Help Indian Forces

Strength of MuktiBahini - 1, 50,000

Pakarmy Operation searchlight - Launched in East Pakistan, March 1971

Searchlight was also 1 of causes - Of Mukti Bahini Movement

Leader of MuktiBahini - M. A.G Usmani

made items.

6. Satyaghra, 1922: Mahatama Ghandi launched a movement of Satyaghra against Rawlat Act. This
movement urged people to leave British jobs, schools etc.

7. Two Nations Theory: The two-nation theory was the basis for the partition of India in 1947. It
supported the proposal that Muslims & Non-Muslims especially Hindus were two separate nations
because style of living of Muslims, their food culture and social values are entirely different from the
Hindus. This theor motivated Muslims to get a separate homeland.

8. Lakes: Manchhar&Kenchhar Lake (Sindh), Hina Lake (Balochistan), Saif-ul-Malook, Kachhura

(KPK).

9. Percentage Language:Punjabi-44.17%, Pashto-15.44%, Sindhi-15.35%, Saraiki-10.42%, Urdu-

7.59%, Balochi - 3.59%, Others -3.44%.

10. Dams: Tarbela,Mangla,Warsak,Rawal, Gomal-Zam.

11. Caste of Muslims in Pakistan: There are mostly Sunni Muslims (85-90%) who belong to Hanafi
Maslik, few belong to Hambali or Ahl-e-Hadith. Seconc significant Maslik is of Shia (10-15%).

WORLD INFORMATION

Sr# Topic

1 First in the World

2 Largest in the World

3 Highest in the World

4 Longest in the World

5 Tallest in the World

6 Smellest in the World

7 Miscellaneous in the World

8 Animals

9 Sports

10 Currency in the World

11 Capitals of Countries

12 International Days

13 Months

14 Wonders of the World

15 World Wars

16 World Organizations

FIRST IN THE WORLD

1. Human Beings - Adam & Eve

2. Murder - Qabil killed his brother AbL

3. Religion- Islarr.

4. Person reach mount everest - Sherpa Tenzing

5. Country who print book -China

6. Country who issued paper currency - China

7. President of USA - George Washington

8. Prime Minister of UK - Robert Walpole

9. Country who prepared Constitution - USA

10. Person who fly Aeroplane - Right Brothers

11. Country send man to moon - USA

12. Country launch sattelite in space -Russia

13. Atom bomb dropped on city - Hiroshima, Japan, 1945

14. Country send shuttle in space - Columbia

15. Person land on moon - Niel Armstrong

16. Spacecraft reached Mars - Viking-I

17. Woman Prime Minister - Bandamaike, Srilanka

18. Woman Muslim Prime Minister - Benzir Bhuttc

19. Man go in space - Yuri Gagreen, Russia

20. Movie - Jazz Singer, 192"

21. University - Taxila, Pakistan

22. Internet search engine - Yahoo

23. Blood Bank opened ' - New York, 194C

24. Sequal film - King King - Son of Kong

25. Person wore wristwatch - Queen Elizabeth 1st

26. Reach Mount Everest - Tensing and Hillary

27. Police force - Paris, France, 1667

28. Test tube baby - Louise Brown, UK, 1978

29. Olympic games were played in - Greece, 776

30. Prime Minister of Bangladesh - Mujeeb Ur Rehman

31. Woman prime minister of UK - Margaret Thatcher

32. Industrial Revolution took place - England

33. Country issue stamps - UK

34. Miss World contest held in - London, 1951

35. Nobel Prize was given -1901

36. First Atom Bomb dropped on - Hiroshima, Japan (6-8-1945

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.
10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

Airport Animal Bird Bay

Mosque

Church

Temple

Delta

Desert
Dam «

Gulf

Hotel

Island

Lake

Library

Mountain Range

Minaret

Palace

Park

Peninsula Sea

Sea-bird Volcano Stadium Platform Cinema House

- Asia

Russia, 17098246 KM2

-New York, USA - Tokyo, Japan

- King Fahd International Airport, Saudi Arabia

- Blue Bottom whale

- Ostrich

- Hudson Bay, Canada

- Masjid-al-Haram, Saudi Arab, 40 Lac capacity

-Balisca of St. Peter in Vatican City, Rome -Angkorwat,Combodia. -Sunderban, India

- Sahara, North Africa - Grand Coulee Dam, USA

- Gulf of Mexico - Excalibur Hotel, Las Vegas, USA

- Greenland

- Caspian

- United States Library of Congress, Washington

- Andes, South America - Sultan Hassan Mosque, Egypt

- Imperial Palace, China - National Park of North-Eastern, Greenland

- Arabia

- South China Sea

- Albatross -Manuna Lea, Hawai -Starhove,Prague,Czech Republic, 220000 capacity - Grand Central
Terminal, New York, USA

- Roxy, New York

Answers

32. Museum - Museum of Natural History, New York, USA

33. Dome -Singapore National Stadium Dorr.;

34. Ocean . Pacific Ocean.

35. Planet -Jupiter

36. Telescope - Mt. Palomar (USA

37. Flower -Rafflesia (Java:

38. Airbus - Double Decker A-380

39. Forest . Amazon

40. Zoo by species - Berlin Zoological Garden

41. Zoo by area - Red McCombs Wildlife, Texas, USA

42. Glacier - Lambert Glacier

43. Landlocked country - Mangolia

44. Oil refinery . Abadan, Iran

45. Shipbuilder -Glascow

46. Stock Exchange - New York, USA

47. Potatoe production - Russia

48. Army - Peoples Republic of China

49. University - University of California, USA

50. Sea port . New York

51 • Prize . Nobel prize (1 Million $)

52. Internet search engine - Google

53. Muslim country areawise -Kazakhstan

54. Muslim country population- Indonesia

55. Solar energy user -Germany

56. Car manufacturer - General Motors, USA

57. Bicycle manufacturer - Hero cycles, Ludhiana, India

58. Budget - USA

59. Fort - Ranikot, Sindh, Pakistan

60. Battle Ship - USS Missouri

61. Bank by assets -Industrial&Commercial Bank, China

62. Oil exporter - Saudi Arabia

63. Oil consumer -USA

on [CHAP - 15] World Information 355

64. Oil field - Ghawar Oil Field, Saudi Arabia

65. Natural gas reserves - Russia

66. Producer of carpet - Iran

67. Producer of cheese -USA

68. Producer of Cotton - China

69. Producer of Wheat - China

70. Producer of steel - China

71. Producer of Rice - China

72. Producer of Silk - China

73. Producer of tea - China

74. Producer of jute - Bangladesh

75. Producer of wool - Australia

76. Producer of gold - South Africa

77. Producer of oil - Saudi Arabia

78. Producer of tobacco - China

79. Produce of copper - Chile

 80. Producer of silver - Mexico

81. Producer of Rubber - Malaysia

82. Producer of Dimond - South Africa

83. Producer Nuclear electrictiy-USA

84. Producer of Sugar - Brazil

85. Tea consumer - Turkey

86. Arms supplier -USA

87. Arms importer - India

88. Fish catching country - China

89. Food company - Nestle

90. Forest area - Russia

91. Herb - Banana

92. First religion - Christianity (2.2 Billion), 2012

93. Second religion -Islam(1.6 Billion),2012

94. Country of Africa - Sudan

95. Artificial lake - Volta, Ghana

96. Coast - Canada

HIGHEST IN THE WORLD

1. Airport - Lhasa Airport, Tibet, China

2. Railway track -Kwinghai- Tibbet Railway, China

3. Railway Station - Tangulla Station, Tibet, China

4. City -Wenchuan, China

5. Lake - Titicaca, Bolivia

6. Mountain Peak - Mount Everest, Nepal, 8848 m

7. Mountain Range - Himalayas, Asia.

8. Waterfall - Angel, Venezuela

9. Plateau - Pamir, Tibet

10. Road -Leh-Nobra, Ladakh division India.

11. Village - Andean, Chile

12. Volcano - Ojos del Salado, Argentina, Chile

13. Capital - Lapaz, Bolivia

14. Highest Divorce rate - Belgium (70%), Low Chile (3%)

LONGEST IN THE WORLD

1. Bridge - Huey P. Long Bridge (USA)

2. Canal - White Canal, Baltic Sea

3. Day - June 21

4. Railway Platform - Khanagpur, West Bengal, India

5. Corridor - Rameshwaram Temple, India

6." Epic Poem - Mahabharata, 100,00 verses

7. Wall - Great Wall of China, built 214 BC

8. Train -BHP Billtron, Australia, 682 Wagons, 7300 meter

9. River - Nile, Africa

10. Animal - Blue Whale, 98 Feet

11. Metro system - London, UK

12. Road tunnel - Switzerland

13. Cricket match - UK vs SA, 1939,10 days long

14. Big Ship canal - Suez Canal

15. Snake - Python

16. Land frontier - China

17. Various war amon - European countries, 1618-1648

18. Lifespan animal - Bowhead Whale

TALLEST IN THE WORLD

1. Animal - Giraffe, 5.5 m

2. Building -BurjKhalifa, Dubai, 2717 Feet

3. Fountain - Fountain Hills, Arizona

4. Minaret -Hassan II Mosque,Casablanca,689 Feet

5. Statue - Motherland, Russia

6. Tower - C. N. Tower, Toronto, Canada

7. Tallest race of world - The Tutsi, Average 6 feet 1 inch

SMALLEST IN THE WORLD

1. Smallest Continent - Australia

2. Smallest Planet - Mercury

3. Smallest ocean - Indian ocean

4. Smallest country and land - Vatican City

5. Smallest Muslim country - Maldives

Miscellaneous IN THE WORLD

1. Fastest growth rate plant - Bamboo, 3 feet in 24 hours

2. Deepest Lake - Baikal (Siberia)

3. Deepest Ocean - Pacific Ocean

4. Brightest Star - Sirius A

5. Brightest Planet- Venus

6. Shortest Day - December 22

7. Shortest coast - Monaco

8. Coldest Planet - Neptune

9. Nearest Planet (to Sun) - Mercury

10. Farthest Planet (from Sun) - Neptune

11. Widest Waterfall -Khone Falls, Laos

12. Lowest Water Level - Dead Sea

13. Hottest Place -Azizia, Libya

14. Rainiest Place -Mosinram, near Cherrapunji, India

15. Lightest Gas - Hydrogen

16. Most Populous City - Tokyo

17. Only Islamic state in Europe - Albania

35. First British Ruler of India - Lord Clive

36. Last British Ruler of India - Mountbatten

37. Total continents -07

38. Continent without regularinhabitats - Antarctica

39. Falling the value of money - Inflation

40. Most spoken language - Mandarin, China

41. National Anthem only music no word - Bahrain

42. Country makes most films per year - India

43. Country have land in 2 continents - Turkey

44. Country without cinema - Saudi Arabia

45. Country without railway - Afghanistan

46. Country with most islands - Indonesia

47. Country with most refugees - Turkey

48. Country grows most fruit - China

49. Country with maximum roads -USA

50. Country with most billionnaire -USA

51. Country with most nuclear reactors -USA

[CHAP - 15] World Information 359

52. Abraham Lincoln was 16th president -USA

53. River Snake is located in-USA

54. Largest state of USA - Alaska

55. Total states of USA -50

56. American independence war b/w - America & Great Britain

57. Statue of Liberty of USA located - New York, USA

58. Stature of Liberty was gift from - France

59. US President forced to resign -Nixon, Watergate Scandal, 1974

60. British Commander surrender in USA - Lord Cornwalis, 1781

61. American independence was faught - 1775-1783

62. US President residence White House - Washington

63. USA purchased Alaska state from - Russia, 1867

64. Who discovered America - Columbus

65. National Emblem of USA - Golden Rod

66. Producer Mickey Mouse/Donald Duck - W.E. Disney, USA

67. Creator of Disneyland, California - W.E. Disney

68. Only USA president elected two times - Roosevelt

69. American Independence War duration - 1775-1983

70. USA Army Chief in independence war - George Washington

71. First president of USA - George Washington

72. Poorest US state - Mississippi

73. Compulsory military service for women - Israil

74. Highest birth rate - Niger, 50 children /1000

75. Lowest birth rate - Hong Kong, China, 7 /1000

76. Highest death rate - South Africa

77. Lowest death rate -Qatar, 1.53%

78. Who got most Oscar Awards - Walt Disney

79. Film won most (11) Oscar Awards -BenHur, 1959

80. Neil Armstrong landed on moon-1969

81. Muhammad Fatehullah Kandahari - 1st Pashto translation of Quran

82. Oldest Theatre -TeatroOlimpico, Italy

83. Oldest known science - Astronomy

84. Oldest town - Jericho, Jordon

85. Oldest capital city of World - Damascus, Syria

86. Oldest surviving building - Pyramids of Egypt

87. Oldest civilization - Sumerian civilization, Iraq

88. Old name of Burma - Myanmar

89. Old name of Congo - Zaire

90. Old name Ghana - Gold Coast

91. Old name of Campuchia- Cambodia

92. Old name of Srilanka - Ceylon

93. Old name of New York - New Amsterdam

94. China was also known as - Chung Hua

95. Turkey was known as - The sick man of Europe

96. Napoleon was defeated in last war - Waterloo

97. Mao Tse Tung died in -1976

98. Roman Empire was dissolved by - Napolean, 1806

99. First Cold war ei led -1918

100. Second Cold war ended -1945

101. Duration of french reolution - 1789-1799

102. Chines occupied Tibet in -1954

103. What callled English Constitution Bible - Magna Carta

104. King fo ced to sign Magna Carta - King John II

105. Napoleon revised French Legal System - Code Napoleon

106. Mussolini was the dictator of - Italy

107. Adolf Hit or was the dictator of - Germany

108. Finland get independence from -Russia, 1917

109. Hitlor targetted mass genocide of - Jews

110. Nazy Party of Hitler came to power -1933

111. Religious leader of Iran - Ayatollah Khomeini

112. Zahir Shah was overthrown in Iran -1979

113. Iran Revolution -1979

114. USSR attacked Afghanistan -1979

115. Popular leader of Cuba - Federal Castro

116. Zimbawe got freedom from Britain -1976

117. Ghana got freedom from Britain-1957

118. Indonesia got freedom -1948

119. Hong Kong was reunified with China -1997

120. Korea was colony of - Japan

121. Pearl Harbour is located in -Hawai State of USA

122. Berlin wall was built in -1961

123. Hitlor launched operation Barbarossa - Against USSR, 1941

124. Japan attacked Pearl Harbour -1941

125. Japan attacked China -1937

126. Germany attacked France -1940

127. Bolschevik revolution occurred in -1917

128. Korean war was faught - 1950-53

129. Holy book of Sikhs - The Granth Sahib

130. Holy book of Christianity - The Bible

131. Jesus Christ was crucified in -29 AD

132. Bhudist temples in Burma called - Pagoda

133. Other name of Gautama Buddha - The Light of Asia

134. Place of worship of Sikhs - Gurudwara

135. Place of worship of Parsis - The Fire Temple

136. Jesus Christ was born in the year -4BC

137. Head of Roman Catholic Church - The Pop

138. Original name of Gautama Budha - Siddhartha

139. Somnath Temple is located in city - Gujrat, India

140. Countries in Commonwealth -52

141. Highest moutain range - Himalyas

142. Official publication of France called - Yellow Book

143. Official publication Netherland called - Orange Book

144. Christopher Columbus was an - Italian Navigator

145. National Emblem of Pakistan - Crescent

146. Lowest point on Earth - Coastal area of Dead Se,

147. Eifel Tower, France was built by - A.'exa.iier c;fei

148. The Red Cross was founded by - Jean ilenii Durant

149. National Flower of Britin • Rose

150. Country famous for Samba Dance - Brazil

151. Paradise Regained was written - John Milton

152. Famous painting of Picasso - Guermica

153. Mother-in-Law of Europe - Denmark

154. Country of Copper is called - Zambia

155. Playground of Europe - Switzerland

362 CRUX of Special Education

156. City of Canals -Venice \i

157. Sugar Bowl of the World - Cuba

158. Land of Rising Sun - Japan

159. Land of midnight sun - Norway

160. Land of White Elephant - Thailand

161. Land of Morning Calm - Korea

162. Land of Thunderbolts - Bhutan

163. Land of Cakes - Scotland

164. Land of Golden fleece - Australia

165. Land of Rapes - India

166. Roof of the world - Tibet

167. City of Skyscrapers - New York

168. Island of Cloves - Madgascar .

169. Garden of England -Kent

170. City of Dreaming Spires -Oxford

171. Pearl of Orient - Singapore :

172. Sculptor of the statue of Liberty was - Federick Auguste Bartholdi 173. Julius Caesar
was killed by - Brutus
174. Modern martial art - Judo -

175. Egypt is located in continent - Africa

176. Largest city of contient Africa - Cairo, Egypt

177. Only ape that stand and walk upright - Gibbon

178. Male ant is called - Dron

179. Mosquito spreads Malaria - Female Anopheles mosquito

180. Boundary b/w Russia & Poland called - Curzon Line

181. Time taken by sunlight to reach Earth - About 8 Minutes

182. Basic source of energy on earth -Sun

183. Gas used in common bulb - Neon

184. Plants grow in water - Hydrophytes :

185. Greenland belong to - Denmark :

186. Earth belongs to galaxy - The Milk Way

187. Study of evil spirits and demons - Demonology

188. Phrase'Well begun is half done' belongs - Horace Mann

189. July was named after emperor - Julius Caesar

190. First prime minister of India - Jawahar Lai Nehru

191. Mother Teresa born in - Yugoslavia, 1910

192. Mother Teresa work in India for

Questions

193. Akber' s famous poet& scholar

194. Akbar-Nama&Ain-e-Akbari written by

195. Who is called Frontier Gandhi

196. Khan AbdulGhaffar awarded by India

197. Mughal Emperor who found Din-e-Ilahi

198. Parrot of India

199. Who laid the foundation of Urdu Poetry

200. Pupil of Plato&teacher of Alexander Great

201. Indian emperor famous for uprightness

202. Father of Modern Italy

203. Father of Modern Germany

204. Father of Aeronautics

205. Founder of Alexandria

206. Founder of Microsoft Corporation

207. Founder of Mughal Empire

208. Founder of Philosopy of Pessimism

209. Founder of Arya Samaj

210. Founder of laws of Electromagnetism

211. Founder of Budhism

212. Founder of Christianity

213. Founder of Sikhism

214. Who was Julius Caesar (102-44 BC)

215. Who's Winston Churchill( 1877-1965)

216. Nicolas Copernicus was a

217. Nicolas Copernicus presented theory

218. Who founded British Empire in India

219. Who defeated Siraj Ud Dola, 1757

220. Court poet of Sultan Mehmood Gazni

221. Who wrote Persian History Shah Nama

222. Who led Satyagraha Movement

223. Who was Harsha Vardhana

Answers

224. Fascist Movement founder in Germany

225. National Socialism founder in Germany

226. President of Veitnam in WW2

227. Epic figure in Sanskrit literature

228. Leader of Russian Revolution

- Poor, disabled and needy

- Abul Fazal

- Abul Fazal

- Khan Abdul Ghaffar Khan

- Peace Award & Bharat Ratnaf

- Akbar (1556-1605)

- Amir Khusro

- Amir Khusro

- Aristotle

- Ashoka

- G.Garibaldi

- Bismarck

- Sir George Cayley

- Alexander - Bill Gates, USA

-Babar (1483-1530)

- Gautama Buddha

- Dayanand Saraswati, 1875

- Michael Faraday - Gautama Buddha (623-543 BC)

- Jesus Christ

- Guru Nanak Dev Roman General, statesman, poet.

- PM of England

- Polish Astronomer - Solar System Theory

- Lord Clive

- Lord Clive, Plassey Battle

- Firdousi

- Firdousi

- M.K Gandhi
- Hindu King of India (606-647)

- Adolf Hitlor

- Adolf Hitlor

- Ho-Chi-Minh

- Kalidasa -Lenin, 1917

Answers

229. Organiz Redguard for cultural revolution- Mao -Tse-Tung (1893-1976

230. First chairman China Government - Mao-Tse-Tung

231. Communism is based on teaching of - Karl Marx, German Philosopher

232. Communist Manifesto&Das Capital - Written by Karl Marx

233. Who was Marco Polo- - Famous Venetian Traveller

234. French General defeated in Waterloo -Napoleon, 1815

235. Who was William Shakespeare - Great poet & Dramatist of England

236. Famous plays of Shakespeare - Julius caesar, Romeo Juliet,Hamlet Merchant ofVemce, Antony
& Cloptra

237. Who was Bernard Shah( 1856-1950) - Great Irish Dramatist, Writer

238. Famous Plays of Bernad Shah -Pleasant&Unpleasant,Man&Superman

239. Who was teacher of Plato - Socrates (463-399 BC)

240. Socrates was sentenced to death due to - Corrupting the young

241. Russian leader after Lenin - Stalin

242. Shankaracharya (born 788 AD) - Religious Teacher Hinduism

243. Mughal Emperor built Taj Mahal, Agra - Shah Jehan (1628-1658

244. Taj Mahal was built in memory of wife - Mumtaz Begum

245. Who built LalQila&Jamia Masjid Dehli - Shah Jehan

246. Who was Rabindranath Tagore - Famous Indian, poet, educationist

247. Famous Nau Rattans in Akber court - Taansain

248. Taansain was exponent of - Indian Classical Music

249. Who was Marshal Tito - Leader of Yugoslavia

250. Who was Vasco Da Gama - Sailor of Portugal

251. Who was Martin Luthar King - US Negro civil rights leader

252. Atom Bomb dropped on Hiroshima - Little Boy (Uranium) 6-8-1945

253. Atom Bomb dropped on Nagasaki - Fat Man (Plutonium) 9-8-1945

254. Interpol- International Police

255. Who lives in BermingumPalace,London - Queen Elizabeth II

256. World Population (March 2016) - 7.4 Billion

257. No. of births in World everyday - 3,78,000

258. No. of death in World everyday - 1,62,000

259. No. of people living in extreme poverty - 1.4 billion

260. No. of people lacking clean water -1.1 billion

261. Average world life expectancy - 70.8 years female/66.4 female

262. Annual world population increase - 79.33 million

263. Fertility rate - 2.5 births per woman

264. Urban population - 50.5% of total population

ANIMALS

1. Octompus has arms

2. Only mammal that can fly

3. Sacred animal of Buddhists

4. King of fishes

5. Largest aquarium

6. Land of Kangaroos

7. Kiwi is found in

8. Yak is found in

9. Temple protects & feed rats

10. Largest land animal

11. Domestic animal cannot taste sweet

12. Fastest moving insect

13. Animal called river horse

14. Fish that taste with its whole body

15. Only fish that makes nest

16. Mammal fish

17. Bird lay only 1 egg in 2 years

18. Size of newly born Kangroo

19. Largest member of cat family

20. First animal go in space

21. Science of fossils

22. Animal with best hearing

23. Animal with best vision

24. Animal with best sense of smell

25. Animal with best sense of taste

26. Animal with best sense of touch

27. Fastest Bird

28. Fastest snake

29. Fastest animal

30. Slowest animal

31. Bird that never makes its nest

32. Wingless bird

33. Most poisnous snake

34. Smallest Bird

35. Only snake '".lat build its nest

36. Bird which can fly backward &forward

- 08 -Bat

- White Elephant
- Shark - Sydney Aquarium

- Australia - New Zealand

- Tibet

- Karnimata, Rajasthan, India

- African Elephant

-Cat

- Tropical Cockroach

- Hippopotamus

- Catfish

- Stickle back

- Whale

- Albatross

- 2.5 cm (check)

- Tiger -Dog

- Palaentology

- Bats

- Eagle

- Bear

- Catfish

- Manatee (insect)

-Swift - Black Mamba

-s Cheetah - Snail, 2-3 feet per minute

- Cuckoo

- Kiwi

Inland Taipan, kill 100 human

- Humming bird

- King Cobra

- Hemming Bird
Commonwealth dames Commonwealth Games are held once in Asian Games are held once in First Asian
Games were held Fastest century in ODI cricket Martina Hingis land tennis player belong to Andre Agassi
is

intish Empire (james

- Four Years

- Four Years -NewDelhi, India, 1951

AB De Villiers, SA,31 balls

- Switzerland - Tennis player

[CHAP - 15] World Information 367

34. Weight of hockey ball - 5 % ounces

35. Length of football field - 100-130 yards

36. First cricket worldcup won by -West Indies, 1975

37. Second cricket worldcup won by -West Indies, 1979

38. Third cricket worldcup won by -India, 1983

39. Fourth cricket worldcup won by -Australia, 1987

40. Fifth cricket worldcup won by - Pakistan, 1992

41. Sixth cricket worldcup won by - Srilanka, 1996

42. Seventh cricket worldcup won by -Australia, 1999

43. Eight cricket worldcup won by - Australia, 2003

44. Ninth cricket worldcup won by - Australia, 2007

45. Tenth cricket worldcup won by -India, 2011

46. Eleventh cricket worldcup won by - Australia, 2015

47. Who won most cricket worldcups - 05, Australia

48. Cricket world cup played in Pakistan -1996

49. Winner of 1sl T20 Cricket Worldcup - India, 2007

50. Winner of 2nd T20 Cricket Worldcup - Pakistan, 2009

51. Winner of 3rd T20 Cricket Worldcup -England, 2010

52. Winner of 4th T20 Cricket Worldcup - West Indies, 2012

 53. Winner of 5th T20 Cricket Worldcup - Sri Lanka, 2014

54. Winner of 6th T20 Cricket Worldcup -West Indies, 2016

55. Winner of most T20 Cricket Wordcup - West Indies, 2 times

56. World Blind Cricket Council (WBCC) establish -1996

57. Winner of 1st Blind Cricket World Cup - South Africa, 1998

58. Winner of 2nd Blind Cricket World Cup - Pakistan, 2002

59. Winner of 3rd Blind Cricket World Cup - Pakistan, 2006

60. Winner of 4th Blind Cricket World Cup - India, 2014

61. Winner of 1st T20 Blind Cricket World Cup -India, 2012

62. Winner of first hockey worldcup-Pakistan, 1971

63. Winner of second hockey worldcup -Netherland, 1973

64. Winner of third hockey worldcup - India, 1975

65. Winner of fourth hockey worldcup -Pakistan, 1978

Questions

66. Winner of fifth hockey worldcup

67. Winner of sixth hockey worldcup

68. Winner of seventh hockey worldcup

69. Winner of Eightth hockey worldcup

70. Winner of Ninth hockey worldcup

71. Winner of tenth hockey worldcup

72. Winner of Eleventh hockey worldcup

73. Winner of Twelvth hockey worldcup

74. Winner of Thirteenth hockey worldcup

75. Who won most hockey worldcups

76. Pakistan won cricket worldcup 1992 in captaincy

77. Ronaldo football player belongs to

78. Davis Cup is associated with

79. Messi is a football player from

80. No. of balls in snooker

81. PSB

82. IBFS World Snooker Champion 1994,2006

83. Jahangir Khan remained unbeaten quash matches

84. Pakistan won World Squash Open

85. Pakistan won British Squash Open

86. Federation of International Football Association

87. Other name of football

88. Roger Federer is tennis play from

89. Fastest team game

Answers

- Pakistan, 1982 -Australia, 1986

-Netherland, 1990 -Pakistan, 1994 -Netherland, 1998

- Germany, 2002

- Germany, 2006 -Australia, 2010

- Australia, 2014

- 04, Pakistan

- Imran Khan

- Portugal

- Land Tennis

- Argentina

- 22 (1 white, 15 red, 6 other)

- Pakistan Sports Board

- Muhammad Yusaf, Pakistan

- Consecutive 55 matches -17 Times -12 Times - FIFA - Soccer

- Switzerland

- Ice Hockey
CURRENCY IN THE WORLD

Sr# CountryCurrency Sr# CountryCurrency

1 Afghanistan Afghani 36 South Korea Won

2 Argentina Peso 37 Kuwait Dinar

3 Australia Dollar 38 Kyrghyzstan Som

4 Austria Schiling 39 Laos Kip

5 Bangladesh Takka 40 Malaysia Dollar

6 Belgium Frank 41 Maldives Rufiyaa

7 Bhutan Ngultrum 42 Mauritius Rupee

8 Brazil Cruzeir 43 Mexico Peso

9 Bulgaria Levi 44 Morocco Dirham

10 Burma Kyat 45 Nepal Rupee

11 Canada Dollar 46 Netherland Guilder

12 Sri Lana Rupee 47 Newzealand Dollar

13 Taiwan Dollar 48 Nigeria Naira

14 China Yuan 49 Norway Krone

15 Chile Peso 50 Oman Rial

16 Czechoslovakia Koruna 51 Pakistani Rupee

17 Denmark Krone 52 Panama Balbia

18 Egypt Pound 53 Philippines Peso

19 Ethiopia Bin- 54 Poland Zloty

20 Finland Markka 55 Portugal Escudo

21 France Frank 56 Romania Leu

22 Germany Mark 57 Russia Rouble

23 Ghana Cedi 58 Saudi Arabia Rial

24 Hong Kong Dollar 59 Singapore Dollar

25 Hungary Florint 60 South Africa Rand

26 India

0 Rupee 61 Spain Peseta

27 Indonesia Rupee 62 SwedenKrone

28 Iran Rial 63 Switzerland Frank

29 Iraq Dinar 64 Thailand Baht

30 Israel Shekel 65 Turkey Lira

31 Italy Lira 66 Turkmenistan Rouble

32 Japan Yen 67 UkraineRouble

33 . Cambodia Reil (chk) 68 UAE Dirham

34 Kazakhstan Tenge 69 UK Pond

35 North Korea Won 70 USA Dollar

20 Banjul Gambia 55 Georgetown Guyana

21 Beijing China 56 Guatemala Guatemala

22 Beirut Lebanon 57 Hamilton Bermuda

23 Belgrade Serbia 58 Hanoi Veitnam

24 Berlin Germany 59 Harare Zimbabwe

25 Bern Switzerland 60 Havana Cuba

26 Bishkek Kyrgyzstan 61 Hong Kong Hong Kong

27 Bissau Guinea Bisau 62 Islamabad Pakistan

28 Bogota Columbia 63 Jakarta Indonesia

29 Bratislava Slovakia 64 Jerusalem Israel

[CHAP -15] World Information 371

30 Tallinn Estonia 65 Kabul Afghanistan

31 Bridgetown Barabados 66 Kampala Uganda

32 Brussels Belgium 67 Kathmandu Nepal

33 Bucharest Romania 68 Khantoum Sudan

34 Budapest Hungary 69 Kiev Ukraine

35 Buenos Aires Argentina 70 Kigali Rwanda

Sr# Capital CountrySr# Capital Country

71 Kingston Jamaica106 Nicosia Cyprus

72 Kinshasa Congo 107 Noukchott Mauritania

73 Kuala Lumpur Malaysia 108 Nuku Alofa Tonga

74 Kuwait city Kuwait 109 Nuuk Greenland

75 Libreville Gabon 110 Oslow Norway

76 Lilongwe Malawi 111 Ottawa Canada

77 Lima Peru 112 Panama city Panama

78 Lisbon Portugal 113 Paris France

79 Ljublijana Slovenia 114 Phnom Penh Cambodia

80 Lome Togo 115 Podgorica Montenegro

81 London UK 116 Port-auPrince Haiti

82 Luanda Angola 117 Prague Czech

83 Lusaka Zambia 118 Cape town South africa

84 Luxermbourg Luxermbourg 119 Pyongyang North korea

85 Madrid Spain 120 Pristina Kisovo

86 Mali Maldives 121 Quito Ecuador

87 Managua Nicaragua 122 Rabat Morocco

88 Manama Bahrain 123 Reykjavik Iceland

89 Manila Philippines 124 Riga Latvia

90 MaputoMozambique 125 Riyadh Saudi Arab

91 Maseru Lesotho126 Rome Italy

92 Lobamba Swaziland 127 San Jose Costa Rica

93 Mexico city Mexico 128 San Marino San Marino

94 Minsk Belarus 129 Sansalvador Elsalvador

95 Mogadishu Somalia

96 Monaco Monaco

97 Montevideo Uruguay

98 Moscow Russia
99 Muscat Oman

100 Nairobi Kenya

101 Nassau Bahamas

102 Naypyidaw Myanmar

103 N'Djamena Chad

104 New Delhi India

105 Niamey Niger

130 Sana'a Yemen

131 Santiago Chile

132 Seoul South korea

133 Singapore Singapore

134 Sofia Bulgaria

135 Colombo Srilanka

136 St. George Grenada

137 Stockholm Sweden

138 La Paz Bolivia

139 Suva Fiji

140 Taipei Taiwan

141 Tashkent Uzbekistan 153 Vienna Austria

142 Kutaisi Georgia154 Vientiane Laos

143 Tegucigalpa Honduras . 155 Vilnius Lithuania

144 Tehran Iran 156 Warsaw Poland

145 Thimphu Bhuttan157 Washington USA

146 Tirana Albania 158 Wellington Newzealand

99op147 Tokyo Japan 159 Windhoek Namibia

148 Tripoli Libya 160 Yaounde Cameroon

149 Tunis Tunisia 161 Yaren Nauru

150 Ulaanbaatar Mongolia 162 YarevanArmenia

151 Valletta Malta 163 Zagreb Croatia

152 Vatican city Vatican city

[CHAP - 15] World Information 373

INTERNATIONAL DAYS

04 January -World Braille Day

01 February -Hijab Day

01 March -Wheelchair Day

03 March -World Hearing/Ear Care Day

08 March -International Women Day

21 March -World Down Syndrome Day

24 March -World TB Day

26 March -Purple Day for Epilepsy

2 April -World Autism Awareness Day

7 April -World Health Day

22 April -Earth Day

31 May -World No-Tobacco Day

05 June -World Environment Day

13 June -International Albinism Awareness Day

11 July -World Population Day

28 July -World Hepatitis Day

06 September -Colour Blindness Awareness Day

OS September -International Literacy Day

15 September -International Day of Democracy

21 September -World Peace Day

21 September -World Tourism Day

05 October -World Teachers Day

10 October -World Mental Health Day

15 October -White Cane Day

16 October -World Food Day

22 October -International Stuttering Awareness Day

24 October -United Nations Day

14 November -World Diebetes Day

IS November -International Men's Day

OS November -International Day of Solidarity with Palestine People

01 December -World AIDS Day

03 December -International Day for PWDs

OS December -International Anti-Corruption Day

10 December -Human Rights Day

Last Sunday of September -World Deaf Day

Months

Sr. No. Islamic Months (Lunar Calendar) 354 Days English Months (Solar Calendar) 365 Days
Desi Months (Punjabi Calendar) 365 Days

1 Moharram January Baisakh

2 Safar February Jeth

3 Rabi Ul Awwal March Harh

4 Rabi Ul Saani April Sawan

5 Jamadi Ul Awwal May Badhon

6 Jamadi Ul Saani June Assu

7 Rajab July Katak

8 Shaban August Magar

9 Ramadhan September Poh

10 Shawwal October Magh

11 Zhul-Qadah November Phagun

12 Zhul-Jijjah December Chet

Wonders of the World

1. Pyramids of Egypt
2. Great Wall of China

3. Colosseum of Rome (Italy)

4. Leaning Tower of Pisa (Italy)

5. Cata-combs of Alexandria

6. The Taj Mahal at Agra (India)

7. Angkor Vat temple in Kampuchia

WORLD WARS

World War-I rWWl)

1. Duration of WW 1 -28-7-1914 to 11-11-1918

2. Death toll ofWWl - 9 Million Military&7 Million Civil

(1 Crore and 60 Lacs)

3. Alliances ofWWl - Allies & Central Power

4. Countries of Allies -British, France, Russia, Japan, Italy, USA

5. Countries of Central Powers -Germany ,Austria,Hungary,Turkey,Bulgaria

6. Who won WW1 - Allies

7. Trigger ofWWl - Murder of Archduke Franz of Austria

8. Who killed Franz - GavriloPrincip in Sarajevo 28-6-1914

9. What ended WW1 - Paris Peace Conference

10. WW1 lead to establish - League of Nations

IK Territories of Central Powers were - Divided among Allies under Treaties

12. Treaty of Versailes was among - Germany & Allies, 1919

13. Treaty of Saint was among - Austria* & Allies, 1919

14. Treaty of Neuilly was among - Bulgaria & Allies

15. Treaty of Trianon was among - Hungary & Allies, 1920

16. Treaty of Savers was among - Turkey & Allies, 1920

17. Treaty of Lussane was among - Turkey & Allies, 1923

World War-2 (WW2)

1. Duration of WW2 - 1-9-1939 to 2-9-1945

2. Alliances ofWW2 - Allies & Axis

3. Countries in Allies - USA, British, France, Russia, China

4. Countries in Axis - Germany, Italy, Japan,

5. Trigger of WW2 - Germany attack on Poland

6. WW2 last for period - 6 Years

7. No. of countries involved - 30 Countries

8. Death toll of WW2 - Over 7, 30, 000,00 (7 Crore, 30 lacs)

9. Death toll of Axis -1 Crore, 20 Lacs

10. Death toll of Allies - 6 Crore, 30 Lacs

11. Winner of Battle - Allies

12. Leaders of Allies - Stalin, Roosevelt, Churchill

13. Leaders of Axis - Hitler, Mussolini, Hirohito

14. USA dropped Atom Bomb on - Japan (Hiroshima & Nagasaki) in WW2

15. Death toll Hiroshima&Nagasaki -About 150,000+

16. WW2 lead to establish - United Nations Organization (UNO)

WORLD ORGANIZATIONS

1.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

League of Nations (LN)

League of Nations was established What lead to cause LN establishment Mission

No. of members of LN LN lasted for

Start of WW2 show the failure of Its headquarter was in What replaced LN

United Nations Organization (UNO)

1. Established -24 October 1945

2. Members -193 Countries

3. Current Observer Members - 02 (Holy Sea & Palestine)

4. Observer member membership of UNO. Country under observation to be given full

5. Headquarter - New York, USA

6. Purpose - International peace & security

7. Motto - Its your world

8. Present Secretary General - Ban Ki-Moon, South Korea

9. Organs of UNO:There are 06 organs:

1) UNO General Assembly: Its functions include following:

i. Selection of UNO Seretary General on proposal of Security Council.

ii. Secretary General head all the organs administratively.

Hi. Admissions of new members.

/'v. Selection of non-permanent members of Security Council,

v. Selection of all members of economic and social council

v/'. Selection of 15 Judges ot International Court of Justice.

v/7. It is the principle organ of UNO.

vi/7. All the members have equal presentation in General Assembly.

ix. It prepares the budget and passes resolutions of UNO.

x. Its headquarter is in New York, USA.

xi. It was established since 1945.

2) UNO Security Council: Its functions include following:

i. Most powerful organ of the UNO.

ii. Responsible for world peace and security.

Hi. It comprises of total 15 members (5 Permanent & 10 temporary).

iv. Permanent members include; USA, UK, France, China, Russia.

v. Permanent members have the right of Veto Power.

v/'. Temporary members are elected by General Assembly for 2 years.

vii. Decisions are made on affirmative votes of 9 members.

viii. A negative vote of permanent member stops action on proposals.

ix. Its president is selected from its 15 members for 01 month on

alphabetical orders (country names).

x. Its headquarter is in New York, USA.

xi. It was established since 1945.

3) UNO Economic and Social Council: Its functions include following:

i. It was established in 1945.

ii. Responsible for economic&social cooperation in members states.

III. Its headquarter is in New York, USA.

IV. It has 54 members states.

v. Its president is elected for one year.

vi. Its 4 week meeting is held in July every year.

4) International Court of Justice: Its functions include following:

i. It was established in 1945.

ii. Its headquarters is in Hague, Holland,

III. It elects 15 judges for 09 years.

Iv. It persue international cases / disputes.

5) UN Secretariat: Its functions include following:

I. It was established in 1945 and located in New York,

II. It helps in implementation of decision making of main organs of UNO.

III. Seretary General is the head of secretariat.

iv. It is the main executive arms.

v. It has 44,000 intc. national civil servants.

vI. It has different department like Economic, Political, Peacekeeping etc.

6) UN Trusteeship Council: Its functions include following:

i. It was established in 1945 and located in New York.

II. Presently it is Inactive/not working from 1994.

III. This trust was to help the trust terroteries but in 1994, when last

trust territory Palau got indepence and became UNO member

stated, Trust stopped working.

iv. There were 11 trust territories which got independence.

Main UNO Agencies

Sr* Agency Establish Headquarter

1. International Labour Organization (ILO) 1919 Geneva

2. World Health Organization (WHO) 1948 Geneva

3. United Nations Educational, Scientific and 1946 Paris

Cultural Organization (UNESCO)

4. World Trade Organization (WTO) 1995 Geneva

5. United Nations International Children's 1946 New York

Emergency Fund (UNICEF)

6. International Monetary Fund (IMF) 1945 Washington

7. International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) 1957 Vienna

8. United Nations Development Program (UNDP) New York

Organization of Islamic Cooperation / Conference

1. Established -25 September 1969

2. Background - Fire in Masjid Aqsa became catalyst Israel attacked Egypt, Syria, Jordon.

3. Purpose Protect rights of Muslim World

4. Total Members - 57 Countries

5. Administrative Centre - Jeddah, Saudi Arabia

6. New Name - Organization of Islamic Conference, 2011

7. Summits - After every 03 years

8. Who selects Secretary General - Foreign Ministers for 05 years

9. Summit of Foreign Ministers - Once in a year

10. 1st summitt - Morroco, Rabbat, 1969

11. 2nd summitt - Pakistan, Lahore, 1974

12. 3 rd summitt - Saudi Arab, Makkah, 1981

13. 4th summitt - Morroco, Casablanca, 1984

14. 5th summitt - Kuwait, 1987

15. 6th summitt - Senegal, Dakar, 1991

16. 7th summitt - Morroco, Casablanca, 1994

17. 8th summitt - Iran, Tehran, 1997

18. 9th summitt - Qatar, Doha, 2000

19. 10th summitt - Malaysia, Putrajaya, 2003

20. 11th summitt - Senegal, Dakar, 2008

21. 12th summitt - Egypt, Cario, 2013

22. 13th summitt - Turkey, Istanbol, 2016

North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)

1. NATO was established in -1949

2. NATO headquarter - Brussels, Belgium

3. NATO members-28

4. Alliance: It is Military Alliance which consider attack on one country as the attack on all the
countries.

Warsaw Pact

1. Formation - 14-5-1955

2. Motto - Union of Peace and Socialism

3. Type - Military alliance

4. Headquarter - Moscow, Soviet Union

5. Dissolved -1-7-1991

6. Warsaw Pact was reaction -NATO

7. Members: Bulgaria, Czechosolvakia, East Germany, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Albania, Soviet
Union.

OPEC

1. Organization of Petrolium Exporting Countries (OPEC)

2. OPEC was established in -1960

3. OPEC members - 13

4. Aim of OPEC - Oil related policies

5. OPEC Headquarter - Vienna, Austria

SAARC (South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation)

1. Established -1985

2. Purpose - Regional Cooperation

3. Headquarter - Khathmando, Nepal

4. Appointment of Secretary General - For 03 Years

5. Members: (8) Pakistan* India, Bangladesh, Afghanistan, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan, Maldives.

European Union

1. Established - 01 November 1993

2. Members - 28 Countries of Europe

3. Currency - Euro

4. Largest City - London

5. Headquarter - Brussels. Belgium

6. Old name - European Economic Community

7. Type of union - Politico-Economic Union

8. Passport - Passport free regions

9. Common System - Justice, laws, security, jobs, trade, etc.

10. EU countries part of NATO - 22 Countries

Shangai Cooperation Organization (SCO)

1. Established -1996

2. Old name of SCO - Shangai Five

3. Waiting Members - Pakistan & India

4. Purpose - Political,Economic,Security

5. Total SCO members - 6-China, Russia. Kazikstan,

Kargstan,Tajkstan,Uzbkstan

D-8 Countries (D-Developing Countries)

1. Established -15 June 1997, Istanbul, Turkey.

2. Headquarter - Istanbul, Turkey.

3. Purpose - Improve economy of members states.

4. Members: - Pakistan, Iran, Turkey, Bangladesh, Indonesia, Malaysia, Nigeria, Egypt.

G-20

1. Established -1999

2. Purpose • - Economics

3. Secretariat - No permanent secretariat

4. President: Selected from members countries for 1 years

5. Members: (20) 19 Countries with 01 European Union.

BRiCS (B-Brazil.R-Russia, l-lndia, C-China. S-South Africa)

1. Established -2006-2009

2. Purpose - Economic

3. Members: (5) Brazil, Rusia, India, China, South Africa.

ABBREVIATIONS

Sr# Topic

1 A-B —

2 C
3 D-E

4 F-G-H

5 I-J-K

6 L-M

7 N

8 O-P

9 R

10 S-T

11 U-V-W

{A}

A/C -Account

AAC -Alternative Augmentative Communication

AAMD -American Association on Mental Deficiency

ABA -Applied Behavioural Analysis

ABC -American Broadcasting Corporation

ACR -Annual Confidential Report

ADA -American Disabilities Act

ADB -Asian Development Bank

ADHD -Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder

AER -Annual Evaluation Report

AG -Accountant General

AIOU -Allama iqbal Open University

AK -Azad Kashmir

ALU -Arithmetic Logical Unit

AMC -Army Medical Corps

AOTA -American Occupational Therapy Association

APA -American Psychological Association

APC -All Pakistan Conference

APCD -Asia Pacific Development Centre on Disability

APDDP -Asia and Pacific Decade of Disabled Persons (1993-2003)

APEC , -Asian Pacific Economic Corporation

APNS -All Pakistan Newspaper Society

APTMA -All Pakistan Textile Processing Mills Association

ARA -Adhoc Relief Allowance

ASD -Autism Spectrum Disorder

ASEAN -Association of South-East Asian Nations

ASHA -American Speech-Language and Hearing Association

ASI -Assistant Sub inspector

ASL -American Sign Language

AT -Assistive Technology

ATM -Automatic Teller Machine

{B}

B.Ed/M.Ed -Bachelor / Master of Education

BA/B.Sc-Bachelor of Arts/Science

BBC -British Broadcasting Corporation

BC -Before Christ

BCCI -Bank of Commerce and Credit International

BCS/MCS -Bachelor/Master of Computer Sciences

BIOS -Basic Input Output System

BISE -Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education

BISP -Benzir Income Support Program

BMF -Biwako Millennium Framework

BTI -Brain Traumatic Injury

BTU -British Thermal Unit

{C}
CA -Chartered Accountant / Chronological Age

CAI -Computer Aided Instruction

CAPD -Central Auditory Processing Disorder

CBI -Central Bureau of Investigation

CBR -Central Board of Revenue/Community Based Rehabilitation

CCPO -Capital City Police Officer

CCTV -Closed Captioning Television

CD -Compact Disc

CDA -Capital Development Authority

CENTO -Central Treaty Organization

CEO -Chief Executive Officer

CGS -Chief of General Staff

CHL -Conductive Hearing Loss

CIA -Central Intelligence Agency (U.S)

CID -Criminal Investigation Department

CL1 -Calling Line Identification

CM -Chief Minister

CMH -Combined Military Hospital

CNG -Compressed Natural Gas

CNIC -Computerized National Identity Card

CNN -Cable News Network

CNS -Central Nervous System

CO AS -Chief of Army Staff

COMSAT -Communication Satellite Corporation

CP -Cerebral Palsy

CPEC -China Pakistan Economic Corridor

CPU -Central Processing Unit

CRT -Cathode Ray Tube

CSD -Canteen Store Department

CSP -Civil Service of Pakistan

CSS -Central Superior Services

CT -Certificate in Teaching

CTBT -Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty

CTD -Counter Terrorism Department

CTI -College Teacher Internees

CV -Curriculum Vitae

{D}

D.Ed -Diploma in Education

D8 -Organization of 8 Developing Countries

DAE -Diploma of Associate Engineer

DAO -District Account Officer

DCO -District Coordination Officer

DDO -Drawing and Disbursing Officer

DEO -District Education Officer

DGSE -Directorate General of Special Education

DHQ -District Headquarters

DIG -Deputy Inspector General

Ditto -(") The same

DNA -De-oxyribo Nucleic Acid

DOS -Disk Operating S>stem

DPO -District Police Officer

DSM -Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Mental Disorders

DSP -Deputy Superintendet of Police

DVD -Dynamic Versatile Disk

D VM -Doctor of Veterinary Medicine

{E}
e.g. -Example of Gratia

EAHCA -Education for All Handicapped Children Act (1975)

EBD -Emotional and Behavioural Disorder

EGAT -Engineering College Admission Test

ECE -Early Childhood Education

ECG -Electro Cardio Gram

ECSE -Early Childhood Special Education

ECT -Electro Convulsant Therapy (Electric Shock Treatment)

EDO -Executive District Officer

EFA -Education for All

EI -Early Intervention / Emotional Intelligence

Email -Electronic Mail

EMIS -Educational Management and Information System

EMR -Educable Mentally Retarded

ENT -Ear Nose Throat

EPM -Educational Planning & Management

ERIC -Education Resources Information Center

ERRA -Earthquake Reconstruction & Rehabilitation Authority

ESE -Elementary School Educator

{f}

FA/F.Sc -Faculty of Arts/Science

FAB -Functional Behavioural Assessment

FANA -Federally Administered Northern Areas

FAPE -Free and Appropriate Education

FATA -Federally Administered Tribal Areas

FBA -Function Behavior Assessment

FBI -Federal Bureau of Investigation (U.S. A)

FC -Frontier Corps
FIA -Federal Investigation Agency

FIFA -Federation of International Football Association

FIR -First Investigation Report

FMIS -Financial Management and Information System

{H}

HAMAS

HCF

HDTV

HEC

HIC

HIV/AIDs

HRA HRD HTML HTTP

-Harkat-Al-Makawana-Al-Islamia

-Highest Common Factor

-High Definition Television

-Higher Education Commission (old name UGC)

-Children with Hearing Impairment

-Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndroms

-House Rent Allowance -Human Resource Development -Hyper Text Markup Language -Hyper Text
Transfer Protocol

{I}

i.e. -id est (that is)

IAEA -International Atomic Energy Agency

IBM -International Business Machine

ICC -International Cricket Corporation

ICTs -Information & Communication Technologies

ICU -Intense Care Unit

ID -Identity/Intellectually Disabled

IDB -Islamic Development Bank

IDEA -International Disabled Education Act (2004) (formally ADA)

IDPs -Internally Displaced Persons

IELTS -International English Language Testing System

IEP -Individual Education Plan

IER -Institute of Educational Research

a.m. -Ante Maridiem: Before Noon

IFSP -Individual Family Support Program

ILO -International Labour Organization

IMF -International Monetary Fund

IPE -Individualized Education Plan

IQ -Intelligent Quotient

IRC -International Red Cross

ISO -International Standardization Organization

ISP -Internet Service Protocol

ISPR -Inter Services Public Relations

ISSB -Inter Services Selection Board

ITP -Individualized Transition Plan

{J}

JCO -Junior Commissioned Officer

JICA -Japan International Cooperation Agency

JSET -Junior Special Education Teacher

JUI -JamiatUlma-e-Islam

{K}
KESC -Karachi Electric Supply Company

Kg -Kilogram

KG -Kindergarten

KKH -Karakaram Highway

KPK -Khyber PakhUmkhaw

KSE -Karachi Stock Exchange

{L}

LABARD-Lahore Business Association for Rehabilitation of the Disabled

LAN-Local Area Network

LCD-Liquid Crystal Display

LCM-Least Common Multiple

LD-Learning Disability

LEA-Local Education Agency

LED-Light Emitting Diode

LGO-Local Government Ordinance

LOC-Line of Control

LPC-Last Payment Certificate

LPR-Leave Preparatory to Retirement

LRE Least Restrictive Environment

LSBE-Life Skills-Based Training

{M}

M.Com -Master of Corporation

M.Phil -Master of Philosophy

MA -Mental Age

MA/M.Sc -Master of Arts/Science

MBA -Master in Business Administration

MBBS -Bachelor of Medicine and Surgery

MCAT -Medical College Admission Test

MCQ -Multiple Choice Questions

MDG -Millennium Development Goal

MDT -Multidisciplinary Team

MIU-Mobile Information Unit

MMS -Multimedia Messaging Service

MNA -Member of National Assembly

MO -Money Order

MODEM -Modulator-Demodulator

MoE -Ministry of Education

MOSSAD -No Abbreviation (Its Arabic word

MCAT -Medical College Admission Test

MoSW&SE -Ministry of Social Welfare & Special Education

MOU -Memorand um of Understanding

MP -Military Police

MPA -Member of Provincial Assembly

MQM -MuhajirQoumi Movement

MRC -Children with Mental Retardation

MRI -Magnetic Resonance Imaging

MS -Medical Superintendent

MSN -Microsoft Network

MTDF -Medium Term Development Framework

{N}

N/A -Not application

NAB -National Accountability Bureau

NACTA -National Counter Terrorism Authority

NADRA -National Database and Registration Authority

NASA -National Aeronautics and Space Administration

NAT -National Aptitude Test

NATO -North Atlantic Treaty Organization

NAVTEC -National Vocational & Technical Education Commission

NBP -National Bank of Pakistan

NCC -National Cadet Corps

NCHD -National Commission for Human Development

NCLB -No Child Left Behind Act

NCRD -National Council For Rehabilitation Of Disabled Persons

NEAS -National Education Assessment System

NEC -National Education Census

NEF -National Education Foundation

NEMIS -National Management and Information System

NEP -National Education Policy

NESPAK-National Engineering Services of Pakistan

NEWS -North East West South

NFC -National Finance Commission

NFE -Non-Formal Education

NGO -Non-Government Organization

NHA -National Highway Authority

NIH -National Institute for Handicapped

NIMH -National Institute for Mental Health

NIPA -National Institute of Public Administration

NISE -National Institute for Special Education

NISE -National Institute of Special Education

NLC -National Logistic Cell

NOC -No Objection Certificate

NPA -National Plan of Action

NRO -National Reconciliation Ordinance

NTC -National Telecommunication Corporation

NTD -National Trust for Disabled

NTN -National Tax Number

NTS -National Testing Service

NUML -National University of Modern Languages

NUST -National University of Science and Technology

NWFP -North Western Frontier Province

{O}

O&M -Orientation and Mobility Services

OCD -Obsessive Compulsive Disorder

OECD -Organization for Economic Cooperation & Development

OGDCL -Oil and Gas Development Company Limited

OGRA -Oil and Gas Regulatory Authority

OIC -Organization of Islamic Countries

OK All Correct (OllKorrect)

OPEC -Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries

OSD -Office on Special Duty

OT -Occupational Therapist

{P}

p.m. -Post maridiem: After Noon

PA -Personal Assistant

PAEC -Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission

PAF -Pakistan Air Force

PARCO -Pak Arab Refinery Company

PBS -Pakistan Bureau of Statistics

PC -Personal Computer / Project Cost

PCB -Pakistan Cricket Board

PCO -Pakistan Census Organization

PCS -Public Civil Service

PDD -Pervasive Developmental Disorder

PDPO -Pakistan Disabled Persons Organization

PEC -Pakistan Engineering Council / Primary Education Commission

PEEDA -Punjab Employees Efficiency, Discipline and Accountability Act

PEMRA -Pakistan Electronic Media Regulatory Authority

PEPCO -Pakistan Electric Power Company

PET -Physical Education Teacher

Ph.D -Doctorate of Philosophy

PHC -Children with Physical Handicapped

PIA -Pakistan International Airlines

PIFRA -Project to Improve Financial Reporting and Auditing

PILDAT -Pakistan Institute of Legislative Development and Transparency

PIMS -Pakistan Institute of Medical Science

Pin Code -Postal Index Code

PISA -Program for International Student Assessment

PL -Public Law

PLP/PLEP -Present Level of Education Performance

PLS -Profit and Loss Sharing

PM -Prime Minister

PM&DC-Pakistan Medical & Dental Corps

PMA -Pakistan Military Academy

PMDC -Pakistan Mineral Development Corporation

PMLN -Pakistan Muslim League Nawaz

PMLQ -Pakistan Muslim League Quaid

PO -Post Office

PPP -Pakistan Peoples Party / Public Private Partnership

PPRA -Public Procurement Regulatory Authority

PPSC -Punjab Public Service Commission

PRSP -Punjab Rural Support Program

PS -Personal Secretary

PSL -Pakistan Super League

PSO -Pakistan State Oil

PST -Primary School Teacher

PTA -Pakistan Telecommunication Authority/Parent Teacher Association

PTBT -Partial Nuclear Test Ban Treaty

PTC -Primary Teacher Course

PTCL -Pakistan Telecommunication Company Limited

PTI -Pakistan Tehrik-e-Insaaf

PTI -Physical Teacher Instructor

PTO -Please Turnover

PTR -Pupil-Teacher Ratio

PU -Punjab University

PUC -Paper under Consideration

PWD -Person with Disability

PWDs -Persons with Disabilities

{R}

R&D -Research & Development

RADAR -Radio, Angle, Direction and Range

RAM -Random Access Memory

RAW -Research and Analysis Wing (India)

RCD -Regional Cooperation for Development

RIMS -Restaurant Invoice Monitoring System

ROM -Read Only Memory

{S}

SAARC -South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation

SAARC -South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation

SADF -South Asian Disability Forum

SAT -Scholastic Aptitude Test

SDO -Sub Divisional Officer

SEATO -South East Asian Treaty Organization

SES -Socio-economic Status

SESE -Senior Elementary School Educator

SHO -Station House Officer

SLP -Speech and Language Pathologist

SLTs -Speech and Language Therapists

SMC -School Management Committee / Council

SMEDA -Small and Medium Enterprises Development Authority

SMS -Short Message Service

SNE -Schedule of New Entries

SNHL -Sensorineural Hearing Loss

SP -Superintendent of Police

SS -Subject Specialist

SSET -Senior Special Education Teacher

SSG -Special Services Group

STEP -Special Talent Exchange Program

SUPARCO -Space and Upper Atmosphere Research Committee

{T}

TA/DA -Travelling/Daily Allowance

TB -Tuberculosis

TCS -Tranzum Companies & Services

TD -Teacher of Deaf

TMO -Tehsil Municipal Officer

TMR -Trainable Mentally Retarded

TOEFL -Test of English and French Language

TTY -Tele Type Writer

TVE -Technical & Vocational Education

{U}

U.K -United Kingdom

U.S -United States

UET -University of Engineering and Technology

UGC -University Grant Commission (new name HEC)

UMS -Urgent Mail Service

UMT -University of Management & Technology

UNCRDPD -United Nations Convention of Rights of Persons with Disabilities

UNDP -United Nations Development Program

UNEF -United Nations Emergency Fund

UNESCO -United Nations, Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization

UNICEF -United Nations International Children Emergency Fund

UNO -United Nations

UPE -Universal Primary Education

USAID -United States Agency for International Development

USSR -United Soviet Socialist Republic

{V}

VAT -Value Added Tax

VC -Vice Chancellor

VIC -Children with Visual Impairment

VIP -Very Important Person

VOIP -Voice Over Internet Protocol

VPN -Virtual Private Network

 {W}

w.e.f -With Effect From

WAN -Wide Area Network

WAPDA-Water and Power Development Authority

WASA -Water and Sanitation Agency

WB -World Bank

WHO - World Health Organization

WIAT -Wechsler Individual Achievement Test

wise -Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children

WTO -World Trade Organization

WWW -World Wide Web